Subchapter F—Air Traffic and General Operating Rules

SUBCHAPTER F—AIR TRAFFIC AND GENERAL OPERATING RULES

PART 91—GENERAL OPERATING 91.115 Right-of-way rules: Water operations. 91.117 Aircraft speed. AND FLIGHT RULES 91.119 Minimum safe altitudes: General. 91.121 Altimeter settings. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 91.123 Compliance with ATC clearances and 50–2 instructions. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 91.125 ATC light signals. 60 91.126 Operating on or in the vicinity of an SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. airport in Class G airspace. 79 91.127 Operating on or in the vicinity of an SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. airport in Class E airspace. 87 91.129 Operations in Class D airspace. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 91.130 Operations in Class C airspace. 97 91.131 Operations in Class B airspace. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 91.133 Restricted and prohibited areas. 104 91.135 Operations in Class A airspace. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 91.137 Temporary flight restrictions in the 107 vicinity of disaster/hazard areas. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 91.138 Temporary flight restrictions in na- 108 tional disaster areas in the State of Ha- waii. Subpart A—General 91.139 Emergency air traffic rules. 91.141 Flight restrictions in the proximity Sec. of the Presidential and other parties. 91.1 Applicability. 91.143 Flight limitation in the proximity of 91.3 Responsibility and authority of the space flight operations. pilot in command. 91.144 Temporary restriction on flight oper- 91.5 Pilot in command of aircraft requiring ations during abnormally high baro- more than one required pilot. metric pressure conditions. 91.7 Civil aircraft airworthiness. 91.145 Management of aircraft operations in 91.9 Civil aircraft flight manual, marking, the vicinity of aerial demonstrations and and placard requirements. major sporting events. 91.11 Prohibition on interference with crew- 91.146 Passenger-carrying flights for the members. benefit of a charitable, nonprofit, or 91.13 Careless or reckless operation. community event. 91.15 Dropping objects. 91.147 Passenger carrying flights for com- 91.17 Alcohol or drugs. pensation or hire. 91.19 Carriage of narcotic drugs, marihuana, 91.148–91.149 [Reserved] and depressant or stimulant drugs or substances. VISUAL FLIGHT RULES 91.21 Portable electronic devices. 91.151 Fuel requirements for flight in VFR 91.23 Truth-in-leasing clause requirement in conditions. leases and conditional sales contracts. 91.153 VFR flight plan: Information re- 91.25 Aviation Safety Reporting Program: quired. Prohibition against use of reports for en- 91.155 Basic VFR weather minimums. forcement purposes. 91.157 Special VFR weather minimums. 91.27–91.99 [Reserved] 91.159 VFR cruising altitude or flight level. 91.161 Special awareness training required Subpart B—Flight Rules for pilots flying under visual flight rules within a 60-nautical mile radius of the GENERAL Washington, DC VOR/DME. 91.101 Applicability. 91.162–91.165 [Reserved] 91.103 Preflight action. INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES 91.105 Flight crewmembers at stations. 91.107 Use of safety belts, shoulder har- 91.167 Fuel requirements for flight in IFR nesses, and child restraint systems. conditions. 91.109 Flight instruction; Simulated instru- 91.169 IFR flight plan: Information required. ment flight and certain flight tests. 91.171 VOR equipment check for IFR oper- 91.111 Operating near other aircraft. ations. 91.113 Right-of-way rules: Except water op- 91.173 ATC clearance and flight plan re- erations. quired.

572

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00582 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91

91.175 Takeoff and landing under IFR. 91.319 Aircraft having experimental certifi- 91.177 Minimum altitudes for IFR oper- cates: Operating limitations. ations. 91.321 Carriage of candidates in elections. 91.179 IFR cruising altitude or flight level. 91.323 Increased maximum certificated 91.180 Operations within airspace des- weights for certain airplanes operated in ignated as Reduced Vertical Separation Alaska. Minimum airspace. 91.325 Primary category aircraft: Operating 91.181 Course to be flown. limitations. 91.183 IFR communications. 91.326 [Reserved] 91.185 IFR operations: Two-way radio com- 91.327 Aircraft having a special airworthi- munications failure. ness certificate in the light-sport cat- 91.187 Operation under IFR in controlled egory: Operating limitations. airspace: Malfunction reports. 91.328–91.399 [Reserved] 91.189 Category II and III operations: Gen- eral operating rules. Subpart E—Maintenance, Preventive 91.191 Category II and Category III manual. Maintenance, and Alterations 91.193 Certificate of authorization for certain Category II operations. 91.401 Applicability. 91.195–91.199 [Reserved] 91.403 General. 91.405 Maintenance required. Subpart C—Equipment, Instrument, and 91.407 Operation after maintenance, preven- Certificate Requirements tive maintenance, rebuilding, or alteration. 91.201 [Reserved] 91.409 Inspections. 91.203 Civil aircraft: Certifications required. 91.410 [Reserved] 91.205 Powered civil aircraft with standard 91.411 Altimeter system and altitude report- category U.S. airworthiness certificates: ing equipment tests and inspections. Instrument and equipment requirements. 91.413 ATC transponder tests and inspec- 91.207 Emergency locator transmitters. tions. 91.209 Aircraft lights. 91.415 Changes to aircraft inspection pro- 91.211 Supplemental oxygen. grams. 91.213 Inoperative instruments and equip- 91.417 Maintenance records. ment. 91.419 Transfer of maintenance records. 91.215 ATC transponder and altitude report- 91.421 Rebuilt engine maintenance records. ing equipment and use. 91.423–91.499 [Reserved] 91.217 Data correspondence between automatically reported pressure altitude data and the pilot’s altitude reference. Subpart F—Large and Turbine-Powered 91.219 Altitude alerting system or device: Multiengine Airplanes and Fractional Turbojet-powered civil airplanes. Ownership Program Aircraft 91.221 Traffic alert and collision avoidance 91.501 Applicability. system equipment and use. 91.503 Flying equipment and operating in- 91.223 Terrain awareness and warning sys- formation. tem. 91.505 Familiarity with operating limita- 91.225 Automatic Dependent Surveillance- tions and emergency equipment. Broadcast (ADS–B) Out equipment and use. 91.507 Equipment requirements: Over-the- 91.227 Automatic Dependent Surveillance- top or night VFR operations. Broadcast (ADS–B) Out equipment per- 91.509 Survival equipment for overwater op- formance requirements. erations. 91.228–91.299 [Reserved] 91.511 Communication and navigation equipment for overwater operations. Subpart D—Special Flight Operations 91.513 Emergency equipment. 91.515 Flight altitude rules. 91.301 [Reserved] 91.517 Passenger information. 91.303 Aerobatic flight. 91.519 Passenger briefing. 91.305 Flight test areas. 91.521 Shoulder harness. 91.307 Parachutes and parachuting. 91.523 Carry-on baggage. 91.309 Towing: Gliders and unpowered ultra- 91.525 Carriage of cargo. light vehicles. 91.527 Operating in icing conditions. 91.311 Towing: Other than under § 91.309. 91.529 Flight engineer requirements. 91.313 Restricted category civil aircraft: Op- 91.531 Second in command requirements. erating limitations. 91.533 Flight attendant requirements. 91.315 Limited category civil aircraft: Oper- 91.535 Stowage of food, beverage, and pas- ating limitations. senger service equipment during aircraft 91.317 Provisionally certificated civil air- movement on the surface, takeoff, and craft: Operating limitations. landing.

573

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00583 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

91.537–91.599 [Reserved] 91.858 Special flight authorizations for nonrevenue Stage 2 operations. Subpart G—Additional Equipment and Op- 91.859 Modification to meet Stage 3 or Stage erating Requirements for Large and 4 noise levels. Transport Category Aircraft 91.861 Base level. 91.863 Transfers of Stage 2 airplanes with 91.601 Applicability. base level. 91.603 Aural speed warning device. 91.865 Phased compliance for operators with 91.605 Transport category civil airplane base level. weight limitations. 91.867 Phased compliance for new entrants. 91.607 Emergency exits for airplanes car- 91.869 Carry-forward compliance. rying passengers for hire. 91.871 Waivers from interim compliance re- 91.609 Flight data recorders and cockpit quirements. voice recorders. 91.873 Waivers from final compliance. 91.611 Authorization for ferry flight with 91.875 Annual progress reports. one engine inoperative. 91.877 Annual reporting of Hawaiian oper- 91.613 Materials for compartment interiors. ations. 91.615–91.699 [Reserved] 91.879–91.880 [Reserved] 91.881 Final compliance: Civil subsonic jet Subpart H—Foreign Aircraft Operations airplanes weighing 75,000 pounds or less. and Operations of U.S.-Registered Civil 91.883 Special flight authorizations for jet Aircraft Outside of the United States; airplanes weighing 75,000 pounds or less. and Rules Governing Persons on Board 91.884–91.899 [Reserved] Such Aircraft Subpart J—Waivers 91.701 Applicability. 91.702 Persons on board. 91.901 [Reserved] 91.703 Operations of civil aircraft of U.S. 91.903 Policy and procedures. registry outside of the United States. 91.905 List of rules subject to waivers. 91.705 Operations within airspace des- 91.907–91.999 [Reserved] ignated as Minimum Navigation Per- formance Specification Airspace. Subpart K—Fractional Ownership 91.706 Operations within airspace designed Operations as Reduced Vertical Separation Min- 91.1001 Applicability. imum Airspace. 91.1002 Compliance date. 91.707 Flights between Mexico or Canada 91.1003 Management contract between and the United States. owner and program manager. 91.709 Operations to Cuba. 91.1005 Prohibitions and limitations. 91.711 Special rules for foreign civil air- 91.1007 Flights conducted under part 121 or craft. part 135 of this chapter. 91.713 Operation of civil aircraft of Cuban 91.1009 Clarification of operational control. registry. 91.1011 Operational control responsibilities 91.715 Special flight authorizations for for- and delegation. eign civil aircraft. 91.717–91.799 [Reserved] 91.1013 Operational control briefing and acknowledgment. Subpart I—Operating Noise Limits 91.1014 Issuing or denying management specifications. 91.801 Applicability: Relation to part 36. 91.1015 Management specifications. 91.803 Part 125 operators: Designation of ap- 91.1017 Amending program manager’s man- plicable regulations. agement specifications. 91.805 Final compliance: Subsonic airplanes. 91.1019 Conducting tests and inspections. 91.807–91.813 [Reserved] 91.1021 Internal safety reporting and inci- 91.815 Agricultural and fire fighting air- dent/accident response. planes: Noise operating limitations. 91.1023 Program operating manual require- 91.817 Civil aircraft sonic boom. ments. 91.819 Civil supersonic airplanes that do not 91.1025 Program operating manual contents. comply with part 36. 91.1027 Recordkeeping. 91.821 Civil supersonic airplanes: Noise lim- 91.1029 Flight scheduling and locating re- its. quirements. 91.823–91.849 [Reserved] 91.1031 Pilot in command or second in com- 91.851 Definitions. mand: Designation required. 91.853 Final compliance: Civil subsonic air- 91.1033 Operating information required. planes. 91.1035 Passenger awareness. 91.855 Entry and nonaddition rule. 91.1037 Large transport category airplanes: 91.857 Stage 2 operations outside of the 48 Turbine engine powered; Limitations; contiguous United States. Destination and alternate airports.

574

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00584 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91

91.1039 IFR takeoff, approach and landing 91.1109 Aircraft maintenance: Inspection minimums. program. 91.1041 Aircraft proving and validation 91.1111 Maintenance training. tests. 91.1113 Maintenance recordkeeping. 91.1043 [Reserved] 91.1115 Inoperable instruments and equip- 91.1045 Additional equipment requirements. ment. 91.1047 Drug and alcohol misuse education 91.1411 Continuous airworthiness mainte- program. nance program use by fractional owner- 91.1049 Personnel. ship program manager. 91.1050 Employment of former FAA employ- 91.1413 CAMP: Responsibility for airworthi- ees. ness. 91.1051 Pilot safety background check. 91.1415 CAMP: Mechanical reliability re- 91.1053 Crewmember experience. ports. 91.1055 Pilot operating limitations and pair- 91.1417 CAMP: Mechanical interruption ing requirement. summary report. 91.1057 Flight, duty and rest time require- 91.1423 CAMP: Maintenance organization. ments; All crewmembers. 91.1425 CAMP: Maintenance, preventive 91.1059 Flight time limitations and rest re- maintenance, and alteration programs. quirements: One or two pilot crews. 91.1427 CAMP: Manual requirements. 91.1061 Augmented flight crews. 91.1429 CAMP: Required inspection per- 91.1062 Duty periods and rest requirements: sonnel. Flight attendants. 91.1431 CAMP: Continuing analysis and sur- 91.1063 Testing and training: Applicability veillance. and terms used. 91.1433 CAMP: Maintenance and preventive 91.1065 Initial and recurrent pilot testing maintenance training program. requirements. 91.1435 CAMP: Certificate requirements. 91.1067 Initial and recurrent flight attend- 91.1437 CAMP: Authority to perform and ap- ant crewmember testing requirements. prove maintenance. 91.1069 Flight crew: Instrument proficiency 91.1439 CAMP: Maintenance recording re- check requirements. quirements. 91.1071 Crewmember: Tests and checks, 91.1441 CAMP: Transfer of maintenance grace provisions, training to accepted records. standards. 91.1443 CAMP: Airworthiness release or air- 91.1073 Training program: General. craft maintenance log entry. 91.1075 Training program: Special rules. 91.1077 Training program and revision: Ini- Subpart L—Continued Airworthiness and tial and final approval. Safety Improvements 91.1079 Training program: Curriculum. 91.1081 Crewmember training requirements. 91.1501 Purpose and definition. 91.1083 Crewmember emergency training. 91.1503 [Reserved] 91.1085 Hazardous materials recognition 91.1505 Repairs assessment for pressurized training. fuselages. 91.1087 Approval of aircraft simulators and 91.1507 Fuel tank system inspection pro- other training device. gram. 91.1089 Qualifications: Check pilots (aircraft) and check pilots (simulator). Subpart M—Special Federal Aviation 91.1091 Qualifications: Flight instructors Regulations (aircraft) and flight instructors (simulator). 91.1603 Special Federal Aviation Regulation 91.1093 Initial and transition training and No. 112—Prohibition Against Certain checking: Check pilots (aircraft), check Flights Within the Tripoli (HLLL) Flight pilots (simulator). Information Region (FIR). 91.1095 Initial and transition training and 91.1605 Special Federal Aviation Regulation checking: Flight instructors (aircraft), No. 77—Prohibition Against Certain flight instructors (simulator). Flights Within the Territory and Air- 91.1097 Pilot and flight attendant crew- space of Iraq. member training programs. APPENDIX A TO PART 91—CATEGORY II OPER- 91.1099 Crewmember initial and recurrent ATIONS: MANUAL, INSTRUMENTS, EQUIP- training requirements. MENT, AND MAINTENANCE 91.1101 Pilots: Initial, transition, and up- APPENDIX B TO PART 91—AUTHORIZATIONS TO grade ground training. EXCEED MACH 1 (§ 91.817) 91.1103 Pilots: Initial, transition, upgrade, APPENDIX C TO PART 91—OPERATIONS IN THE requalification, and differences flight NORTH ATLANTIC (NAT) MINIMUM NAVIGA- training. TION PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS 91.1105 Flight attendants: Initial and transi- (MNPS) AIRSPACE tion ground training. APPENDIX D TO PART 91—AIRPORTS/LOCA- 91.1107 Recurrent training. TIONS: SPECIAL OPERATING RESTRICTIONS

575

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00585 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 50–2 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

APPENDIX E TO PART 91—AIRPLANE FLIGHT (1) Unless necessary to maintain a safe dis- RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS tance from other aircraft or terrain— APPENDIX F TO PART 91—HELICOPTER FLIGHT (i) Remain clear of the areas described in RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS Section 4; and APPENDIX G TO PART 91—OPERATIONS IN RE- (ii) Remain at or above the following alti- DUCED VERTICAL SEPARATION MINIMUM tudes in each sector of the canyon: (RVSM) AIRSPACE Eastern section from Lees Ferry to North AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 1155, 40103, Canyon and North Canyon to Boundary 40113, 40120, 44101, 44111, 44701, 44704, 44709, Ridge: as prescribed in Section 5. 44711, 44712, 44715, 44716, 44717, 44722, 46306, Boundary Ridge to Supai Point 46315, 46316, 46504, 46506–46507, 47122, 47508, (Yumtheska Point): 10,000 feet MSL. 47528–47531, 47534, articles 12 and 29 of the Western section from Diamond Creek to Convention on International Civil Aviation the Grant Wash Cliffs: 8,000 feet MSL. (61 Stat. 1180), (126 Stat. 11). (2) Proceed through the four flight corridors describe in Section 4 at the following SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION altitudes unless otherwise authorized in NO. 50–2—SPECIAL FLIGHT RULES IN writing by the Flight Standards District Of- THE VICINITY OF THE GRAND CANYON fice: NATIONAL PARK, AZ Northbound Section 1. Applicability. This rule prescribes 11,500 or special operating rules for all persons oper- 13,500 feet MSL ating aircraft in the following airspace, designated as the Grand Canyon National Park Southbound Special Flight Rules Area: That airspace extending upward from the >10,500 or surface up to but not including 14,500 feet >12,500 feet MSL MSL within an area bounded by a line begin- (b) Is authorized in writing by the Flight ning at lat. 36°09′30″ N., long. 114°03′00″ W.; Standards District Office and is conducted in northeast to lat. 36°14′00″ N., long. 113°09′50″ compliance with the conditions contained in W.; thence northeast along the boundary of that authorization. Normally authorization the Grand Canyon National Park to lat. will be granted for operation in the areas de- 36°24′47″ N., long. 112°52′00″ W.; to lat. 36°30′30″ scribed in Section 4 or below the altitudes N., long. 112°36′15″ W. to lat. 36°21′30″ N., long. listed in Section 5 only for operations of air- 112°00′00″ W. to lat. 36°35′30″ N., long. 111°53′10″ craft necessary for law enforcement, fire- W., to lat. 36°53′00″ N., long. 111°36′45″ W. to fighting, emergency medical treatment/evac- lat. 36°53′00″ N., long. 111°33′00″ W.; to lat. uation of persons in the vicinity of the Park; 36°19′00″ N., long. 111°50′50″ W.; to lat. 36°17′00″ for support of Park maintenance or activi- N., long. 111°42′00″ W.; to lat. 35°59′30″ N., ties; or for aerial access to and maintenance long. 111°42′00″ W.; to lat. 35°57′30″ N., long. of other property located within the Special 112°03′55″ W.; thence counterclockwise via the Flight Rules Area. Authorization may be 5 statute mile radius of the Grand Canyon issued on a continuing basis. Airport airport reference point (lat. 35°57′09″ (c)(1) Prior to November 1, 1988, is con- N., long. 112°08′47″ W.) to lat. 35°57′30″ N., ducted in accordance with a specific author- long. 112°14′00″ W.; to lat. 35°57′30″ N., long. ization to operate in that airspace incor- 113°11′00″ W.; to lat. 35°42′30″ N., long. porated in the operator’s part 135 operations 113°11′00″ W.; to 35°38′30″ N.; long. 113°27′30″ specifications in accordance with the provi- W.; thence counterclockwise via the 5 stat- sions of SFAR 50–1, notwithstanding the pro- ute mile radius of the Peach Springs visions of Sections 4 and 5; and VORTAC to lat. 35°41′20″ N., long. 113°36′00″ (2) On or after November 1, 1988, is con- W.; to lat. 35°55′25″ N., long. 113°49′10″ W.; to ducted in accordance with a specific author- lat. 35°57′45″ N., 113°45′20″ W.; thence north- ization to operate in that airspace incor- west along the park boundary to lat. 36°02′20″ porated in the operated in the operator’s op- N., long. 113°50′15″ W.; to 36°00′10″ N., long. erations specifications and approved by the 113°53′45″ W.; thence to the point of begin- Flight Standards District Office in accord- ning. ance with the provisions of SFAR 50–2. Section 3. Aircraft operations: general. Ex- (d) Is a search and rescue mission directed cept in an emergency, no person may operate by the U.S. Air Force Rescue Coordination an aircraft in the Special Flight Rules, Area Center. under VFR on or after September 22, 1988, or (e) Is conducted within 3 nautical miles of under IFR on or after April 6, 1989, unless the Whitmore Airstrip, Pearce Ferry Airstrip, operation—(a) Is conducted in accordance North Rim Airstrip, Cliff Dwellers Airstrip, with the following procedures: or Marble Canyon Airstrip at an altitudes NOTE: The following procedures do not re- less than 3,000 feet above airport elevation, lieve the pilot from see-and-avoid responsi- for the purpose of landing at or taking off bility or compliance with FAR 91.119. from that facility. Or

576

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00586 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 60

(f) Is conducted under an IFR clearance 112°45′45″ W.;) including that area within a 1.5 and the pilot is acting in accordance with nautical mile radius of Toroweap Overlook ATC instructions. An IFR flight plan may (Lat. 36°12′45″ N., Long. 113°03′30″ W.); to the not be filed on a route or at an altitude that point of origin; but not including the fol- would require operation in an area described lowing airspace designated as the ‘‘Tuckup in Section 4. Corridor’’: at or above 10,500 feet MSL within Section 4. Flight-free zones. Except in an 2 nautical miles either side of a line extend- emergency or if otherwise necessary for safe- ing between Lat. 36°24′47″ N., Long. 112°48′50″ ty of flight, or unless otherwise authorized W. and Lat. 36°17′10″ N., Long. 112°48′50″ W.; to by the Flight Standards District Office for a the point of origin. purpose listed in Section 3(b), no person may Section 5. Minimum flight altitudes. Except operate an aircraft in the Special Flight in an emergency or if otherwise necessary Rules Area within the following areas: for safety of flight, or unless otherwise au- (a) Desert View Flight-Free Zone. Within thorized by the Flight Standards District Of- an area bounded by a line beginning at Lat. fice for a purpose listed in Section 3(b), no 35°59′30″ N., Long. 111°46′20″ W. to 35°59′30″ N., person may operate an aircraft in the Spe- Long. 111°52′45″ W.; to Lat. 36°04′50″ N., Long. cial Flight Rules Area at an altitude lower 111°52′00″ W.; to Lat. 36°06′00″ N., Long. than the following: ° ′ ″ 111 46 20 W.; to the point of origin; but not (a) Eastern section from Lees Ferry to including the airspace at and above 10,500 North Canyon: 5,000 feet MSL. feet MSL within 1 mile of the western bound- (b) Eastern section from North Canyon to ary of the zone. The area between the Desert Boundary Ridge: 6,000 feet MSL. View and Bright Angel Flight-Free Zones is (c) Boundary Ridge to Supai (Yumtheska) designated the ‘‘Zuni Point Corridor.’’ Point: 7,500 feet MSL. (b) Bright Angel Flight-Free Zone. Within an area bounded by a line beginning at Lat. (d) Supai Point to Diamond Creek: 6,500 35°59′30″ N., Long. 111°55′30″ W.; to Lat. feet MSL. 35°59′30″ N., Long. 112°04′00″ W.; thence coun- (e) Western section from Diamond Creek to terclockwise via the 5 statute mile radius of the Grand Wash Cliffs: 5,000 feet MSL. the Grand Canyon Airport point (Lat. Section 9. Termination date. Section 1. Ap- 35°57′09″ N., Long. 112°08′47″ W.) to Lat. plicability, Section 4, Flight-free zones, and 36°01′30″ N., Long. 112°11′00″ W.; to Lat. Section 5. Minimum flight altitudes, expire 36°06′15″ N., Long. 112°12′50″ W.; to Lat. on April 19, 2001. 36°14′40″ N., Long. 112°08′50″ W.; to Lat. NOTE: [Removed] 36°14′40″ N., Long. 111°57′30″ W.; to Lat. 36°12′30″ N., Long. 111°53′50″ W.; to the point [66 FR 1003, Jan. 4, 2001, as amended at 66 FR of origin; but not including the airspace at 16584, Mar. 26, 2001; 72 FR 9846, Mar. 6, 2007] and above 10,500 feet MSL within 1 mile of the eastern boundary between the southern SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION boundary and Lat. 36°04′50″ N. or the airspace NO. 60—AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL SYS- at and above 10,500 feet MSL within 2 miles TEM EMERGENCY OPERATION of the northwest boundary. The area bounded by the Bright Angel and Shinumo Flight- 1. Each person shall, before conducting any Free Zones is designated the ‘‘Dragon Cor- operation under the Federal Aviation Regu- ridor.’’ lations (14 CFR chapter I), be familiar with (c) Shinumo Flight-Free Zone. Within an all available information concerning that op- area bounded by a line beginning at Lat. eration, including Notices to Airmen issued 36°04′00″ N., Long. 112°16′40″ W.; northwest under § 91.139 and, when activated, the provi- along the park boundary to a point at Lat. sions of the National Air Traffic Reduced 36°12′47″ N., Long. 112°30′53″ W.; to Lat. Complement Operations Plan available for 36°21′15″ N., Long. 112°20′20″ W.; east along the inspection at operating air traffic facilities park boundary to Lat. 36°21′15″ N., Long. and Regional air traffic division offices, and 112°13′55″ W.; to Lat. 36°14′40″ N., Long. the General Aviation Reservation Program. 112°11′25″ W.; to the point of origin. The area No operator may change the designated air- between the Thunder River/Toroweap and port of intended operation for any flight con- Shinumo Flight Free Zones is designated the tained in the October 1, 1990, OAG. ‘‘Fossil Canyon Corridor.’’ 2. Notwithstanding any provision of the (d) Toroweap/Thunder River Flight-Free Federal Aviation Regulations to the con- Zone. Within an area bounded by a line be- trary, no person may operate an aircraft in ginning at Lat. 36°22′45″ N., Long. 112°20′35″ the Air Traffic Control System: W.; thence northwest along the boundary of a. Contrary to any restriction, prohibition, the Grand Canyon National Park to Lat. procedure or other action taken by the Di- 36°17′48″ N., Long. 113°03′15″ W.; to Lat. rector of the Office of Air Traffic Systems 36°15′00″ N., Long. 113°07′10″ W.; to Lat. Management (Director) pursuant to para- 36°10′30″ N., Long. 113°07′10″ W.; thence east graph 3 of this regulation and announced in along the Colorado River to the confluence a Notice to Airmen pursuant to § 91.139 of the of Havasu Canyon (Lat. 36°18′40″ N., Long. Federal Aviation Regulations.

577

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00587 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 79 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

b. When the National Air Traffic Reduced SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION Complement Operations Plan is activated NO. 79—PROHIBITION AGAINST CER- pursuant to paragraph 4 of this regulation, TAIN FLIGHTS WITHIN THE FLIGHT except in accordance with the pertinent pro- INFORMATION REGION (FIR) OF THE visions of the National Air Traffic Reduced DEMOCRATIC PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF Complement Operations Plan. KOREA (DPRK) 3. Prior to or in connection with the implementation of the RCOP, and as conditions 1. Applicability. This rule applies to the fol- warrant, the Director is authorized to: lowing persons: a. Restrict, prohibit, or permit VFR and/or (a) All U.S. air carriers or commercial op- IFR operations at any airport, Class B air- erators. space area, Class C airspace area, or other (b) All persons exercising the privileges of class of controlled airspace. an airman certificate issued by the FAA, ex- b. Give priority at any airport to flights cept such persons operating U.S.-registered that are of military necessity, or are medical aircraft for a foreign air carrier. emergency flights, Presidential flights, and (c) All operators of aircraft registered in flights transporting critical Government em- the United States except where the operator ployees. of such aircraft is a foreign air carrier. 2. Flight Prohibition. Except as provided in c. Implement, at any airport, traffic man- paragraphs 3 and 4 of this SFAR, no person agement procedures, that may include reduc- described in paragraph 1 may conduct flight tion of flight operations. Reduction of flight operations through the Pyongyang FIR west operations will be accomplished, to the ex- of 132 degrees east longitude. tent practical, on a pro rata basis among and 3. Permitted Operations. This SFAR does not between air carrier, commercial operator, prohibit persons described in paragraph 1 and general aviation operations. Flights can- from conducting flight operations within the celled under this SFAR at a high density Pyongyang FIR west of 132 degrees east lon- traffic airport will be considered to have gitude where such operations are authorized been operated for purposes of part 93 of the either by exemption issued by the Adminis- Federal Aviation Regulations. trator or by another agency of the United 4. The Director may activate the National States Government with FAA approval. Air Traffic Reduced Complement Operations 4. Emergency situations. In an emergency Plan at any time he finds that it is necessary that requires immediate decision and action for the safety and efficiency of the National for the safety of the flight, the pilot in com- Airspace System. Upon activation of the mand on an aircraft may deviate from this RCOP and notwithstanding any provision of SFAR to the extent required by that emer- the FAR to the contrary, the Director is au- gency. Except for U.S. air carriers and com- thorized to suspend or modify any airspace mercial operators that are subject to the re- designation. quirements of 14 CFR parts 121, 125, or 135, each person who deviates from this rule 5. Notice of restrictions, prohibitions, pro- shall, within ten (10) days of the deviation, cedures and other actions taken by the Di- excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal rector under this regulation with respect to holidays, submit to the nearest FAA Flight the operation of the Air Traffic Control sys- Standards District Office a complete report tem will be announced in Notices to Airmen of the operations of the aircraft involved in issued pursuant to § 91.139 of the Federal the deviation, including a description of the Aviation Regulations. deviation and the reasons therefore. 6. The Director may delegate his authority 5. Expiration. This Special Federal Aviation under this regulation to the extent he con- Regulation No. 79 will remain in effect until siders necessary for the safe and efficient op- further notice. eration of the National Air Traffic Control [Doc. No. 28831, 62 FR 20078, Apr. 24, 1997, as System. amended at 63 FR 8017, Feb. 17, 1998; 63 FR (Authority: 49 U.S.C. app. 1301(7), 1303, 1344, 19286, Apr. 17, 1998] 1348, 1352 through 1355, 1401, 1421 through 1431, 1471, 1472, 1502, 1510, 1522, and 2121 SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION through 2125; articles 12, 29, 31, and 32(a) of NO. 87—PROHIBITION AGAINST CER- the Convention on International Civil Avia- TAIN FLIGHTS WITHIN THE TERRI- tion (61 stat. 1180); 42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.; E.O. TORY AND AIRSPACE OF ETHIOPIA 11514, 35 FR 4247, 3 CFR, 1966–1970 Comp., p. 902; 49 U.S.C. 106(g)) 1. Applicability. This Special Federal Avia- tion Regulation (SFAR) No. 87 applies to all [Doc. No. 26351, 55 FR 40760, Oct. 4, 1990, as U.S. air carriers or commercial operators, all amended by Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65652, Dec. persons exercising the privileges of an air- 17, 1991] man certificate issued by the FAA unless that person is engaged in the operation of a

578

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00588 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 97

U.S.-registered aircraft for a foreign air car- space over and near Alaska (as set forth in rier, and all operators using aircraft reg- paragraph c of this section) at Special Min- istered in the United States except where the imum En Route Altitudes (MEA) that are operator of such aircraft is a foreign air car- outside the operational service volume of rier. ground-based navigation aids, if the aircraft 2. Flight prohibition. Except as provided in operation also meets the requirements of paragraphs 3 and 4 of this SFAR, no person sections 3 and 4 of this SFAR. described in paragraph 1 may conduct flight b. Certificate holders and part 91 operators operations within the territory and airspace may operate aircraft under this SFAR pro- of Ethiopia north of 12 degrees north lati- vided that they comply with the require- tude. ments of this SFAR. 3. Permitted operations. This SFAR does not c. Operations conducted under this SFAR prohibit persons described in paragraph 1 are limited to United States Airspace within from conducting flight operations within the and near the State of Alaska as defined in territory and airspace of Ethiopia where the following area description: such operations are authorized either by ex- From 62°00′00.000″ N, Long. 141°00′00.00″ W.; emption issued by the Administrator or by to Lat. 59°47′54.11″ N., Long. 135°28′38.34″ W.; an authorization issued by another agency of to Lat. 56°00′04.11″ N., Long. 130°00′07.80″ W.; the United States Government with the ap- to Lat. 54°43′00.00″ N., Long. 130°37′00.00″ W.; proval of the FAA. to Lat. 51°24′00.00″ N., Long. 167°49′00.00″ W.; 4. Emergency situations. In an emergency to Lat. 50°08′00.00″ N., Long. 176°34′00.00″ W.; that requires immediate decision and action to Lat. 45°42′00.00″ N., Long. ¥162°55′00.00″ E.; for the safety of the flight, the pilot in com- to Lat. 50°05′00.00″ N., Long. ¥159°00′00.00″ E.; mand of an aircraft may deviate from this to Lat. 54°00′00.00″ N., Long. ¥169°00′00.00″ E.; SFAR to the extent required by that emer- to Lat. 60°00 00.00″ N., Long. ¥180°00′ 00.00″ E; gency. Except for U.S. air carriers and com- to Lat. 65°00′00.00″ N., Long. 168°58′23.00″ W.; mercial operators that are subject to the re- to Lat. 90°00′00.00″ N., Long. 00°00′0.00″ W.; to quirements of 14 CFR 121.557, 121.559, or Lat. 62°00′00.000″ N, Long. 141°00′00.00″ W. 135.19, each person who deviates from this (d) No person may operate an aircraft rule shall, within ten (10) days of the devi- under IFR during the en route portion of ation, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and flight below the standard MEA or at the spe- Federal holidays, submit to the nearest FAA cial MEA unless the operation is conducted Flight Standards District Office a complete in accordance with sections 3 and 4 of this report of the operations of the aircraft in- SFAR. volved in the deviation, including a description of the deviation and the reasons there- Section 2. Definitions and abbreviations for. For the purposes of this SFAR, the fol- 5. Expiration. This Special Federal Aviation lowing definitions and abbreviations apply. Regulation shall remain in effect until fur- Area navigation (RNAV). RNAV is a method ther notice. of navigation that permits aircraft oper- [Doc. No. FAA–2000–7360; 65 FR 31215, May 16, ations on any desired flight path. 2000] Area navigation (RNAV) route. RNAV route is a published route based on RNAV that can SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION be used by suitably equipped aircraft. Certificate holder. A certificate holder NO. 97—SPECIAL OPERATING RULES means a person holding a certificate issued FOR THE CONDUCT OF INSTRUMENT under part 119 or part 125 of this chapter or FLIGHT RULES (IFR) AREA NAVIGA- holding operations specifications issued TION (RNAV) OPERATIONS USING under part 129 of this chapter. GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEMS Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS). (GPS) IN ALASKA GNSS is a world-wide position and time determination system that uses satellite rang- Those persons identified in Section 1 may ing signals to determine user location. It en- conduct IFR en route RNAV operations in compasses all satellite ranging technologies, the State of Alaska and its airspace on pub- including GPS and additional satellites. lished air traffic routes using TSO C145a/ Components of the GNSS include GPS, the C146a navigation systems as the only means Global Orbiting Navigation Satellite Sys- of IFR navigation. Despite contrary provi- tem, and WAAS satellites. sions of parts 71, 91, 95, 121, 125, and 135 of Global Positioning System (GPS). GPS is a this chapter, a person may operate aircraft satellite-based radio navigational, posi- in accordance with this SFAR if the fol- tioning, and time transfer system. The sys- lowing requirements are met. tem provides highly accurate position and velocity information and precise time on a Section 1. Purpose, use, and limitations continuous global basis to properly equipped a. This SFAR permits TSO C145a/C146a users. GPS (RNAV) systems to be used for IFR en Minimum crossing altitude (MCA). The min- route operations in the United States air- imum crossing altitude (MCA) applies to the

579

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00589 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 104 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

operation of an aircraft proceeding to a high- e. In order to operate under this SFAR, a er minimum en route altitude when crossing certificate holder must be authorized in op- specified fixes. erations specifications. Required navigation system. Required navigation system means navigation equipment Section 4. Equipment Requirements that meets the performance requirements of TSO C145a/C146a navigation systems certified a. The certificate holder must have prop- for IFR en route operations. erly installed, certificated, and functional Route segment. Route segment is a portion dual required navigation systems as defined of a route bounded on each end by a fix or in section 2 of this SFAR for the en route op- NAVAID. erations covered under this SFAR. Special MEA. Special MEA refers to the b. When the aircraft is being operated minimum en route altitudes, using required under part 91, the aircraft must be equipped navigation systems, on published routes out- with at least one properly installed, certifi- side the operational service volume of cated, and functional required navigation ground-based navigation aids and are de- system as defined in section 2 of this SFAR picted on the published Low Altitude and for the en route operations covered under High Altitude En Route Charts using the this SFAR. color blue and with the suffix ‘‘G.’’ For example, a GPS MEA of 4000 feet MSL would be Section 5. Expiration date depicted using the color blue, as 4000G. Standard MEA. Standard MEA refers to the This Special Federal Aviation Regulation minimum en route IFR altitude on published will remain in effect until rescinded. routes that uses ground-based navigation aids and are depicted on the published Low [Doc. No. FAA–2003–14305, 68 FR 14077, Mar. Altitude and High Altitude En Route Charts 21, 2003] using the color black. Station referenced. Station referenced refers SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION to radio navigational aids or fixes that are NO. 104—PROHIBITION AGAINST CER- referenced by ground based navigation facili- TAIN FLIGHTS BY SYRIAN AIR CAR- ties such as VOR facilities. RIERS TO THE UNITED STATES Wide Area Augmentation System (WAAS). WAAS is an augmentation to GPS that cal- 1. Applicability. This Special Federal Avia- culates GPS integrity and correction data on tion Regulation (SFAR) No. 104 applies to the ground and uses geo-stationary satellites any air carrier owned or controlled by Syria to broadcast GPS integrity and correction that is engaged in scheduled international data to GPS/WAAS users and to provide air services. ranging signals. It is a safety critical system consisting of a ground network of reference 2. Special flight restrictions. Except as pro- and integrity monitor data processing sites vided in paragraphs 3 and 4 of this SFAR No. to assess current GPS performance, as well 104, no air carrier described in paragraph 1 as a space segment that broadcasts that as- may take off from or land in the territory of sessment to GNSS users to support en route the United States. through precision approach navigation. 3. Permitted operations. This SFAR does not Users of the system include all aircraft ap- prohibit overflights of the territory of the plying the WAAS data and ranging signal. United States by any air carrier described in paragraph 1. Section 3. Operational Requirements 4. Emergency situations. In an emergency To operate an aircraft under this SFAR, that requires immediate decision and action the following requirements must be met: for the safety of the flight, the pilot in com- a. Training and qualification for oper- mand of an aircraft of any air carrier de- ations and maintenance personnel on re- scribed in paragraph 1 may deviate from this quired navigation equipment used under this SFAR to the extent required by that emer- SFAR. gency. Each person who deviates from this b. Use authorized procedures for normal, rule must, within 10 days of the deviation, abnormal, and emergency situations unique to these operations, including degraded navi- excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal gation capabilities, and satellite system out- holidays, submit to the nearest FAA Flight ages. Standards District Office a complete report c. For certificate holders, training of flight of the operations or the aircraft involved in crewmembers and other personnel authorized the deviation, including a description of the to exercise operational control on the use of deviation and the reasons therefor. those procedures specified in paragraph b of 5. Duration. This SFAR No. 104 will remain this section. in effect until further notice. d. Part 129 operators must have approval from the State of the operator to conduct op- [Doc. No. FAA–2004–17763, 69 FR 31719, June 4, erations in accordance with this SFAR. 2004]

580

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00590 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108

SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 107—PROHIBITION AGAINST CER- NO. 108—MITSUBISHI MU–2B SERIES TAIN FLIGHTS WITHIN THE TERRI- SPECIAL TRAINING, EXPERIENCE, AND TORY AND AIRSPACE OF SOMALIA OPERATING REQUIREMENTS

1. Applicability. This rule applies to the fol- 1. Applicability. After February 5, 2009, this lowing persons: Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) (a) All U.S. air carriers or commercial op- applies to all persons who operate the erators; Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane including (b) All persons exercising the privileges of those who act as pilot-in-command, act as an airman certificate issued by the FAA ex- second-in-command, or other persons who cept such persons operating U.S.-registered manipulate the controls while under the su- aircraft for a foreign air carrier; and pervision of a pilot-in-command. This SFAR (c) All operators of aircraft registered in also applies to those persons who provide the United States except where the operator pilot training for the Mitsubishi MU–2B se- of such aircraft is a foreign air carrier. ries airplane. The requirements in this SFAR 2. Flight prohibition. Except as provided are in addition to the requirements of 14 below, or in paragraphs 3 and 4 of this SFAR, CFR parts 61, 91, and 135 of this chapter. no person described in paragraph 1 may con- 2. Compliance and Eligibility. (a) Except as duct flight operations within the territory provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no and airspace of Somalia below flight level person may manipulate the controls, act as (FL) 200. pilot-in-command, act as second-in-com- (a) Overflights of Somalia may be con- mand, or provide pilot training for the ducted above FL 200 subject to the approval Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane unless that of, and in accordance with the conditions es- person meets the applicable requirements of tablished by, the appropriate authorities of this SFAR. Somalia. (b) A person, who does not meet the re- (b) Flights departing from countries adja- quirements of this SFAR, may manipulate cent to Somalia whose climb performance the controls of the Mitsubishi MU–2B series will not permit operation above FL 200 prior airplane if a pilot-in-command meeting the to entering Somali airspace may operate at applicable requirements of this SFAR is oc- altitudes below FL 200 within Somalia to the cupying a pilot station, and the flight is extent necessary to permit a climb above FL being conducted for one of the following rea- 200, subject to the approval of, and in accord- sons— ance with the conditions established by, the (1) The pilot-in-command is providing pilot appropriate authorities of Somalia. training to the manipulator of the controls, 3. Permitted operations. This SFAR does not and no passengers or cargo are carried on prohibit persons described in section 1 from board the airplane; conducting flight operations within the ter- (2) The pilot-in-command is conducting a ritory and airspace below FL 200 of Somalia maintenance test flight with a second pilot when such operations are authorized either or certificated mechanic, and no passengers by another agency of the United States Gov- or cargo are carried on board the airplane; or ernment with the approval of the FAA or by (3) The pilot-in-command is conducting a an exemption issued by the Administrator. simulated instrument flight and is using a safety pilot other than the pilot-in-command 4. Emergency situations. In an emergency who manipulates the controls for the pur- that requires immediate decision and action poses of 14 CFR 91.109, and no passengers or for the safety of the flight, the pilot in com- cargo are carried on board the airplane. mand of an aircraft may deviate from this (c) A person is required to complete SFAR to the extent required by that emer- Initial/ if that person has fewer gency. Except for U.S. air carriers and com- transition training than— mercial operators that are subject to the requirements of Title 14 CFR parts 119, 121, or (1) 50 hours of documented flight time ma- 135, each person who deviates from this rule nipulating the controls while serving as must, within 10 days of the deviation, ex- pilot-in-command of a Mitsubishi MU–2B se- cluding Saturdays, Sundays, and Federal ries airplane in the preceding 24 months; or holidays, submit to the nearest FAA Flight (2) 500 hours of documented flight time ma- Standards District Office a complete report nipulating the controls while serving as of the operations of the aircraft involved in pilot-in-command of a Mitsubishi MU–2B se- the deviation, including a description of the ries airplane. deviation and the reasons for it. (d) A person is eligible to receive Requali- fication training in lieu of Initial/transition 5. Expiration. This Special Federal Aviation training if that person has at least— Regulation will remain in effect until fur- (1) 50 hours of documented flight time ma- ther notice. nipulating the controls while serving as [Doc. No. FAA–2007–27602, 72 FR 16712, Apr. 5, pilot-in-command of a Mitsubishi MU–2B se- 2007] ries airplane in the preceding 24 months; or

581

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00591 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(2) 500 hours of documented flight time ma- (2) That person’s logbook has been en- nipulating the controls while serving as dorsed in accordance with paragraph (f) of pilot-in-command of a Mitsubishi MU–2B se- this section. ries airplane. (c) Satisfactory completion of the com- (e) A person is required to complete Recur- petency check required by 14 CFR 135.293 rent training within the preceding 12 months. within the preceding 12 calendar months Successful completion of Initial/transition or may not be substituted for the Mitsubishi Requalification training within the pre- MU–2B series airplane annual recurrent ceding 12 months satisfies the requirement of flight training of this section. Recurrent training. A person must success- (d) Satisfactory completion of a Federal fully complete Initial/transition training or Aviation Administration sponsored pilot pro- Requalification training before being eligible ficiency award program, as described in 14 to receive Recurrent training. CFR 61.56(e) may not be substituted for the (f) Successful completion of Initial/transi- Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane annual re- tion training or Requalification training is a current flight training of this section. one-time requirement. A person may elect to (e) If a person complies with the require- retake Initial/transition training or Requali- ments of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section fication training in lieu of Recurrent train- in the calendar month before or the calendar ing. month after the month in which compliance (g) A person is required to complete Dif- with these paragraphs are required, that per- ferences training if that person operates son is considered to have accomplished the more than one MU–2B model. Differences training requirement in the month the train- training between the K and M models of the ing is due. MU–2B airplane, and the J and L models of (f) The endorsement required under para- the MU–2B airplane, may be accomplished graph (a) and (b) of this section must be with Level A training. All other Differences made by— training must be accomplished with Level B (1) A certificated flight instructor meeting training. Persons that are operating two the qualifications of section 5 of this SFAR; models of the MU–2B airplane are required to or receive 1.5 hours of Differences training. Per- (2) For persons operating the Mitsubishi sons that are operating three or more models MU–2B series airplane for a part 119 certifi- of the MU–2B airplane are required to receive cate holder within the last 12 calendar 3.0 hours of Differences training. An addi- months, the 14 CFR part 119 certificate hold- tional 1.5 hours of Differences training is re- er’s flight instructor if authorized by the quired for each model added at a later date. FAA and if that flight instructor meets the Differences Training is not a recurring an- requirements of section 5 of this SFAR. nual requirement. Once a person has received (g) All training conducted for the Differences training between the applicable Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane must be different models, no additional Differences completed in accordance with the applicable training between those models is required. MU–2B series checklist listed in table 1 of 3. Required Pilot Training. (a) Except as pro- this SFAR or an MU–2B series airplane vided in section 2 paragraph (b) of this checklist that has been accepted by the Fed- SFAR, no person may manipulate the con- eral Aviation Administration’s MU–2B trols, act as pilot-in-command, or act as sec- Flight Standardization Board. ond-in-command of a Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane for the purpose of flight unless— TABLE 1 TO SFAR 108—MU–2B SERIES (1) The applicable requirements for ground AIRPLANE MANUFACTURER’S CHECKLISTS and flight training on Initial/transition, Re- Cockpit qualification, Recurrent, and Differences Date the Type certifi- checklist checklist was training have been completed, as specified in Model cate accepted by this SFAR, including Appendices A through MHI document No. the FSB D of this SFAR; and (2) That person’s logbook has been en- MU–2B–60 .. A10SW ...... YET06220C 2/12/2007 dorsed in accordance with paragraph (f) of MU–2B–40 .. A10SW ...... YET06256A 2/12/2007 this section. MU–2B–36A A10SW ...... YET06257B 2/12/2007 (b) No person may manipulate the con- MU–2B–36 .. A2PC ...... YET06252B 2/12/2007 trols, act as pilot-in-command, or act as sec- MU–2B–35 .. A2PC ...... YET06251B 2/12/2007 ond-in-command, of a Mitsubishi MU–2B se- MU–2B–30 .. A2PC ...... YET06250A 3/2/2007 MU–2B–26A A10SW ...... YET06255A 2/12/2007 ries airplane for the purpose of flight un- MU–2B–26 .. A2PC ...... YET06249A 3/2/2007 less— MU–2B–26 .. A10SW ...... YET06254A 3/2/2007 (1) That person satisfactorily completes, if MU–2B–25 .. A10SW ...... YET06253A 3/2/2007 applicable, annual Recurrent pilot training MU–2B–25 .. A2PC ...... YET06248A 3/2/2007 on the Special Emphasis Items, and all items MU–2B–20 .. A2PC ...... YET06247A 2/12/2007 listed in the Training Course Final Phase MU–2B–15 .. A2PC ...... YET06246A 3/2/2007 Check as specified in Appendix C of this MU–2B–10 .. A2PC ...... YET06245A 3/2/2007 MU–2B ...... A2PC ...... YET06244A 3/2/2007 SFAR; and

582

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00592 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108

4. Aeronautical Experience. No person may (3) Each flight instructor who provides act as pilot-in-command of a Mitsubishi MU– flight training for the Mitsubishi MU–2B se- 2B series airplane for the purpose of flight ries airplane must have— unless that person holds an airplane cat- (i) A minimum total pilot time of 2000 egory and multi-engine land class rating, pilot-in-command hours and 800 pilot-in- and has logged a minimum of 100 flight hours command hours in multiengine airplanes; of pilot-in-command time in multi-engine and airplanes. (ii) Within the preceding 12 months, either 5. Instruction, Checking and Evaluation. (a) 50 hours of Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane Flight Instructor (Airplane). No flight instruc- pilot-in-command experience or 50 hours pro- tor may provide instruction or conduct a viding simulator or flight training device inflight review in a Mitsubishi MU–2B series struction for the Mitsubishi MU–2B. airplane unless that flight instructor meets (c) Checking and Evaluation. No person may the requirements of this paragraph. provide checking or evaluation for the (1) Each flight instructor who provides Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane unless that flight training in the Mitsubishi MU–2B se- person meets the requirements of this para- ries airplane must meet the pilot training graph. and documentation requirements of section 3 (1) For the purpose of checking, designated of this SFAR before giving flight instruction pilot examiners, training center evaluators, in the Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane. and check airmen must have completed the (2) Each flight instructor who provides appropriate training in the Mitsubishi MU– flight training in the Mitsubishi MU–2B se- 2B series airplane in accordance with section ries airplane must meet the currency re- 3 of this SFAR. quirements of paragraphs (a) and (c) of sec- (2) For checking conducted in the tion 6 of this SFAR before giving flight in- Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane, each des- struction in the Mitsubishi MU–2B series air- ignated pilot examiner and check airman plane. must have 100 hours pilot-in-command flight (3) Each flight instructor who provides time in the Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane flight training in the Mitsubishi MU–2B se- and maintain currency in accordance with ries airplane must have a minimum total section 6 of this SFAR. pilot time of 2,000 pilot-in-command hours, 6. Currency Requirements and Flight Review. 800 pilot-in-command hours in multiengine (a) The takeoff and landing currency require- airplanes. ments of 14 CFR 61.57 must be maintained in (4) Each flight instructor who provides the Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane. Take- flight training in the Mitsubishi MU–2B se- off and landings in other multiengine air- ries airplane must have— planes do not meet the takeoff landing cur- (i) 300 pilot-in-command hours in the rency requirements for the Mitsubishi MU– Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane, 50 hours of 2B series airplane. Takeoff and landings in which must have been within the preceding either the short-body or long-body 12 months; or Mitsubishi MU–2B model airplane may be (ii) 100 pilot-in-command hours in the credited toward takeoff and landing currency Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane, 25 hours of for both Mitsubishi MU–2B model groups. which must have been within the preceding (b) Instrument experience obtained in 12 months, and 300 hours providing instruc- other category and class of aircraft may be tion in a FAA-approved Mitsubishi MU–2B used to satisfy the instrument currency re- simulator or FAA-approved Mitsubishi MU– quirements of 14 CFR 61.57 for the Mitsubishi 2B flight training device, 25 hours of which MU–2B series airplane. must have been within the preceding 12 (c) Satisfactory completion of a flight re- months. view to satisfy the requirements of 14 CFR (b) Flight Instructor (Simulator/ Flight Train- 61.56 is valid for operation of a Mitsubishi ing Device). No flight instructor may provide MU–2B series airplane only if that flight re- instruction for the Mitsubishi MU–2B series view is conducted in a Mitsubishi MU–2B se- airplane unless that instructor meets the re- ries airplane. The flight review for quirements of this paragraph. Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplanes must in- (1) Each flight instructor who provides clude the Special Emphasis Items, and all flight training for the Mitsubishi MU–2B se- items listed in the Training Course Final ries airplane must meet the pilot training Phase Check of Appendix C of this SFAR. and documentation requirements of section 3 (d) A person who successfully completes of this SFAR before giving flight instruction the Initial/transition, Requalification, or Re- for the Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane. current training requirements, as described (2) Each flight instructor who provides in section 3 of this SFAR, also meets the re- flight training for the Mitsubishi MU–2B se- quirements of 14 CFR 61.56 and need not ac- ries airplane must meet the currency re- complish a separate flight review provided quirements of paragraph (c) of section 6 of that at least 1 hour of the flight training was this SFAR before giving flight instruction conducted in the Mitsubishi MU–2B series for the Mitsubishi MU–2B series airplane. airplane.

583

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00593 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

7. Operating Requirements. (a) Except as Drive, Addison, Texas 75001, USA. You may provided in paragraph (b) of this section, no inspect a copy at U.S. Department of Trans- person may operate a Mitsubishi MU–2B air- portation, Docket Management Facility, plane in single pilot operations unless that Room W 12–140, West Building Ground Floor, airplane has a functional autopilot. 1200 New Jersey Ave., SE., Washington, DC (b) A person may operate a Mitsubishi MU– 20590–0001, or at the National Archives and 2B airplane in single pilot operations with- Records Administration at NARA, call 202– out a functional autopilot when— 741–6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/ (1) Operating under day visual flight rule federallregister/codeloflfederallregulations/ requirements; or ibrllocations.html. (2) Authorized under a FAA approved min- 10. Expiration. This SFAR will remain in ef- imum equipment list for that airplane, oper- fect until further notice. ating under instrument flight rule requirements in daytime visual meteorological con- APPENDIX A TO SFAR 108—MU–2B GENERAL ditions. TRAINING REQUIREMENTS (c) No person may operate a Mitsubishi (a) The Mitsubishi MU–2B Training Pro- MU–2B series airplane unless a copy of the gram consists of both ground and flight appropriate Mitsubishi Heavy Industries training. The minimum pilot training re- MU–2B Airplane Flight Manual is carried on quirement hours are shown in Table 1 of this board the airplane and is accessible during appendix for ground instruction and Table 2 each flight at the pilot station. of this appendix for flight instruction. An ad- (d) No person may operate a Mitsubishi ditional ground training requirement for Dif- MU–2B series airplane unless an MU–2B se- ferences Training is shown in Table 3. ries airplane checklist, appropriate for the (b) The MU–2B is certificated by the Fed- model being operated and accepted by the eral Aviation Administration (FAA) as a sin- Federal Aviation Administration MU–2B gle pilot airplane. No training credit is given Flight Standardization Board, is accessible for second in command (SIC) training and no for each flight at the pilot station and is credit is given for right seat time under this used by the flight crewmembers when oper- program. Only the sole manipulator of the ating the airplane. controls of the MU–2B airplane, Flight (e) No person may operate a Mitsubishi Training Device (FTD), or Level C or D simu- MU–2B series airplane contrary to the MU– lator can receive training credit under this 2B training program in the Appendices of program. this SFAR. (c) The training program references the ap- (f) If there are any differences between the plicable MU–2B airplane flight manual training and operating requirements of this (AFM) in several sections. There may be dif- SFAR and the MU–2B Airplane Flight Manu- ferences between sequencing of procedures al’s procedures sections (Normal, Abnormal, found in the AFM’s procedures sections and and Emergency) and the MU–2B airplane se- the checklists, procedures, and techniques ries checklist specified in section 3(g), table found within this training program. The 1, the person operating the airplane must op- FAA’s Mitsubishi MU–2B SFAR requires that erate the airplane in accordance with the if there are any differences between the training specified in section 3(g), table 1. AFM’s procedures sections (Normal, Abnor- 8. Credit for Prior Training. Initial/transi- mal, and Emergency) and the training and tion or requalification training conducted operating requirements of the Mitsubishi between July 27, 2006, and April 7, 2008, using MU–2B SFAR, the person operating the air- Mitsubishi Heavy Industries MU–2B Training plane must operate the airplane in accord- Program, Part number YET 05301, Revision ance with the training specified in the SFAR Original, dated July 27, 2006, or Revision 1, and this MU–2B training program. dated September 19, 2006, is considered to be (d) Minimum Programmed Training Hours compliant with this SFAR, if the student met the eligibility requirements for the ap- TABLE 1 TO APPENDIX A OF SFAR 108 plicable category of training and the student’s instructor met the experience require- Ground instruction ments of this SFAR. 9. Incorporation by Reference. You must pro- Initial/transition Requalification Recurrent ceed in accordance with the Mitsubishi 20 hours ...... 12 hours ...... 8 hours. Heavy Industries MU–2B Checklists as listed in Table 1 of this SFAR which are incorporated by reference. The Director of the TABLE 2 TO APPENDIX A OF SFAR 108 Federal Register approved this incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. sec- Flight instruction tion 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. The Mitsubishi Initial/transition Requalification Recurrent Heavy Industries MU–2B Checklists are distributed by Turbine Aircraft Services, Inc. 12 hours with a 8 hours Level C or 4 hours at Level E, You may obtain a copy from Turbine Air- minimum of 6 Level E. or 6 hours at hours at Level E. Level C. craft Services Inc., 4550 Jimmy Doolittle

584

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00594 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108

TABLE 3 TO APPENDIX A OF SFAR 108 5. Takeoff And Landing Operations 6. Enroute Operations Differences training E. Required Placards F. Instrument Markings 2 models currently ...... 1.5 hours at Level A or G. Flight Characteristics B. 1. Control System More than 2 models cur- 3 hours at Level A or B. 2. Stability and Stall Characteristics rently. 3. Single Engine Operation Each additional model 1.5 hours at Level A or 4. Maneuvering and Trim added. B. 5. Takeoff and Landing II. Electrical Power A. General Description (e) Definitions of Levels of Training as B. DC Electrical System Used in This Appendix 1. DC Power Generation (1) LEVEL A Training—Training that is 2. DC Power Distribution conducted through self instruction by the 3. Battery System pilot. 4. External Power System (2) LEVEL B Training—Training that is C. AC Electrical System conducted in the classroom environment 1. AC Power Generation with the aid of a qualified instructor who 2. Controls and Indicators meets the requirements of this SFAR. 3. AC Power Distribution (3) LEVEL C Training—Training that is ac- D. Limitations complished in an FAA-approved Level 5, 6, or 1. General Limitations 7 Flight Training Device (FTD). In addition 2. Instrument Markings to the basic FTD requirements, the FTD III. Lighting must be representative of the MU–2B cockpit A. Exterior Lighting System controls and be specifically approved by the 1. Navigation Lights FAA for the MU–2B airplane. 2. Anti-Collision Lights (4) LEVEL E Training—Training that must 3. Wing Inspection Lights be accomplished in the MU–2B airplane, 4. Taxi Lights Level C simulator, or Level D simulator. 5. Landing Lights 6. Rotating Beacon APPENDIX B TO SFAR 108—MU–2B GROUND 7. Operation TRAINING CURRICULUM CONTENTS B. Interior Lighting System All items in the ground training cur- 1. Flight Compartment Lights riculum must be covered. The order of pres- 2. Passenger Compartment Lights entation is at the discretion of the instruc- C. Emergency Lighting System tor. The student must satisfactorily com- 1. Cockpit Emergency Lighting plete a written or oral exam given by the 2. Aircraft Emergency Lighting training provider based on this MU–2B Train- D. Procedures ing Program. 1. Normal I. Aircraft General 2. Abnormal A. Introduction 3. Emergency B. Airplane (Structures/Aerodynamics/En- IV. Master Caution System gines) Overview A. System Description and Operation 1. Fuselage 1. Master Caution Light and Reset Switch 2. Wing 2. Annunciator and Indicator Panels 3. Empennage 3. Operation Lights 4. Doors 4. System Tests 5. Windshield and Windows B. Procedures C. Airplane Systems V. Fuel System 1. Electrical Power A. Fuel Storage 2. Lighting 1. Refueling/Balancing 3. Fuel System 2. De-Fueling and Draining 4. Powerplant 3. Tank Vent System 5. Environmental B. Fuel Distribution 6. Fire Protection 1. Fuel Transfer 7. Ice and Rain Protection 2. Fuel Balancing 8. Landing Gear and Brakes 3. Boost Pump Operation 9. Flight Controls and Trim C. Fuel Indicating 10. Pilot Static System/Flight Instruments 1. Fuel Quantity 11. Oxygen System 2. Low Fuel Warning D. Operating Limitations D. Fuel System Limitations 1. Weights 1. Approved Fuels 2. Center of Gravity and Loading 2. Fuel Anti-Icing Additives 3. Airspeeds 3. Fuel Temperature Limitations 4. Maneuvering Load Factors 4. Fuel Transfer and Fuel Imbalance

585

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00595 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

5. Fuel Pumps 1. System Description 6. Refueling 2. Operation 7. Capacity 3. Controls and Indications 8. Unusable Fuel C. Engine Anti-Ice VI. Powerplant 1. System Description A. Engine Description 2. Operation 1. Major Sections 3. Controls and Indications 2. Cockpit Controls D. Window Defog 3. Instrumentation 1. Controls 4. Operation 2. Operation B. Engine Systems E. Tail De-Ice 1. Lubrication 1. Horizontal Stabilizer De-Ice 2. Fuel 2. Vertical Stabilizer De-Ice 3. Ignition F. Pitot Static System Anti-Icing 4. Engine Starting 1. Pitot Tube Heating 5. Anti-Ice 2. Static Port Heating C. Propeller System 3. AOA Transmitter Heating 1. Ground Operations G. Windshield De-Ice/Anti-Ice 2. In-Flight Operations 1. System Description 3. Synchronization 2. Controls and Indications 4. De-Ice H. Windshield Wiper D. Ground Checks 1. System Description 1. Overspeed Governor 2. Control and Operation 2. SRL and Delta P/P I. Propeller De-Ice 3. NTS and Feather Valve 1. System Description 4. Supplementary NTS 2. Controls and Indications E. In Flight Post Maintenance Checks J. Ice Detector 1. NTS In-Flight 1. System Description 2. Flight Idle Fuel Flow 2. Controls and Indications F. Limitations 3. Operation 1. Powerplant K. Limitations 2. Engine Starting Conditions 1. Temperatures 3. Airstart Envelope 2. Cycling 4. Engine Starting X. Air Conditioning 5. Oil A. System Description and Operation 6. Fuel 1. Refrigeration Unit (ACM) 7. Starter/Generator 2. Air Distribution 8. External Power 3. Ventilation 9. Instrument Markings (as applicable) 4. Temperature Control a. TPE331–10–511M 5. Water Separator b. TPE331–5/6–252/251M B. Limitations c. TPE331–1–151M XI. Pressurization G. Engine Malfunctions and Failures A. General 1. Propeller Coupling B. Component Description 2. Torque Sensor 1. Cabin Pressure Controller 3. Engine Overspeed 2. Altitude Pressure Regulator 4. Fuel Control Spline 3. Ram Air VII. Fire Protection 4. Outflow Safety Valves A. Introduction 5. Air Filters B. Engine Fire Detection 6. Manual Control Valve 1. System Description 7. Pneumatic Relays 2. Annunciator 8. Venturi C. Portable Fire Extinguishers C. System Operation VIII. Pneumatics 1. Ground Operation A. System Description 2. Takeoff Mode B. System Operation 3. In-Flight Operation 1. Air Sources 4. Landing Operation 2. Limitations D. Emergency Operation C. Wing and Tail De-Ice 1. High Altitude 1. System Description 2. Low Altitude 2. Controls E. Limitations D. Entrance and Baggage Door Seal 1. Maximum Differential 1. Air Source 2. Landing Limitations 2. Operation XII. Landing Gear and Brakes IX. Ice and Rain Protection A. General Description A. General Description 1. Landing Gear Doors B. Wing De-Ice 2. Controls and Indicators

586

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00596 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108

3. Warning Systems 5. Aural Alert System 4. Emergency Extension I. Angle of Attack (AOA) System B. Nosewheel Steering 1. System Description C. Landing Gear/Brakes/Tires 2. Controls and Indications D. Limitations J. Limitations 1. Airspeed (with flaps) XV. Oxygen System 2. Emergency Extension A. System Description 3. Tire Speed B. Crew Oxygen 4. Brake Energy 1. Oxygen Cylinder Assembly XIII. Flight Controls 2. Pressure Gauge A. Primary Flight Controls (Elevator/Rud- 3. Outlet Valves der/Spoilers) 4. Duration 1. Description C. Passenger Oxygen 2. Operations 1. System Description B. Trim Systems 2. Duration 1. System Description D. Limitations 2. Roll Trim XVI. Performance and Planning a. Normal Operation A. Takeoff Performance Charts b. Emergency Operation 1. Runway Requirements 3. Rudder Trim 2. Normal and with One Engine Inoperative 4. Pitch Trim B. Climb Performance a. General 1. Normal and with One Engine Inoperative b. Operations 2. Obstacle Clearance c. Trim-in-Motion Alert System C. Secondary Flight Controls 3. Power Assurance Charts 1. System Description C. Cruise Performance 2. Flaps 1. Power Charts D. Limitations 2. Maximum Practical Altitude 1. Instrument Markings 3. Cruise Speeds/Engine Health 2. Placards 4. Buffet Boundary E. Flight Characteristics D. Landing Performance 1. Control Systems 1. Runway Requirements 2. Stability and Stall Characteristics a. Dry Runway 3. Single Engine Operation b. Wet Runway 5. Maneuvering and Trim 2. Go-Around 6. Takeoff and Landing a. One Engine Inoperative XIV. Avionics b. All Engines A. Pitot-Static System XVII. Weight and Balance 1. System Description A. Aircraft Loading Procedures 2. Pilot’s System B. Limitations 3. Co-Pilot’s System 1. Weight Limits 4. Alternate Static 2. C.G. Limits B. Air Data Computer C. Plotter C. Attitude Instrument Displays (EFIS and 1. Description Standard) 2. Use 1. EADI D. Calculations 2. Standard Attitude Gyro 1. AFM Procedures D. AHRS 2. Examples 1. System Description XVIII. General Subjects 2. Controls and Indications A. Controlled Flight into Terrain Aware- E. Navigation ness 1. Nav Systems Descriptions B. CRM/SPRM 2. Compass System Descriptions 1. Crew Resource Management 3. Display Systems 2. Single Pilot Resource Management 4. Terrain Awareness System C. MU–2B Flight Standardization Board 5. Traffic Avoidance System Report F. Communications 1. VHF Communications Systems APPENDIX C TO SFAR 108—MU–2B FINAL 2. Audio Control PHASE CHECK AND FLIGHT TRAINING RE- G. Standby Flight Instruments QUIREMENTS 1. System Description (I) MU–2B Final Phase Check Requirements 2. Controls and Indications H. Automatic Flight Control System (A) Completion of the MU–2B Training Pro- 1. Controls and Indications gram in this appendix requires successful 2. Yaw Damper completion of a final phase check taken in 3. Trim-in-Motion Alert System the MU–2B airplane or a Level C or D simu- 4. Autopilot Automatic Disconnect lator for Initial/Transition training. The

587

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00597 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

final phase check for Requalification or Re- (8) * Non-Precision Approaches (2)—Must current Training may be taken in the MU–2B include a Non-Precision Approach with One airplane, a Level C or D simulator, or in a Engine Inoperative. Level 5, 6, or 7 FAA-approved MU–2B Flight (9) Missed Approach from either Precision Training Device (FTD). The final phase or Non Precision Instrument Approach (Two check must be conducted by a qualified Engine). flight instructor who meets the require- (10) Landing from a Straight-In or Circling ments of the MU–2B SFAR. Simultaneous Approach. training and checking is not allowed for Ini- (11) Circling Approach. tial/Transition training. (12) Postflight Procedures. (B) For pilots operating under 14 CFR part (F) A form titled ‘‘Training Course Final 135, checking must be done in accordance Phase Check’’ has been included in this ap- with applicable regulations. For the purpose pendix for use in creating a training and of recurrent testing in 14 CFR 135.293(b), the final check record for the student and the MU–2B is considered a separate type of air- training provider. craft. (C) The final phase check must be con- (II) MU–2B Required Flight Training Tasks ducted using the standards contained in the (A) General Flight Training Requirements: FAA Commercial Pilot—Airplane Multi-En- All flight training maneuvers must be con- gine Land, and Instrument Rating—Airplane sistent with this training program and the Practical Test Standards (PTS). applicable MU–2B checklist accepted by the (D) The final phase check portion of the FAA. The maneuver profiles shown in Appen- training is comprised of the following tasks dix D to this SFAR No. 108 are presented to for all airmen (instrument rated and non in- show the required training scenarios. Pro- strument rated). An (*) indicates those ma- files conducted in flight require planning and neuvers for Initial/Transition training which care on the part of both the instructor and must be completed in the MU–2B airplane, or student in order to provide the highest level a Level C or D simulator. of safety possible. The maneuver profiles (1) Preflight Check. shown in Appendix D to this SFAR No. 108 do (2) Start and Taxi Procedures. not account for local geographic and flight (3) * Normal Takeoff (X-Wind) (Two En- conditions. The instructor and student must gine). consider local conditions when performing (4) * Takeoff Engine Failure. these maneuvers in flight. (5) Rejected Takeoff. (B) Special Emphasis Items: Certain as- (6) * Steep Turns. pects of pilot knowledge, skills and abilities (7) * Approach to Stalls (3) (must include must be emphasized and evaluated during Accelerated Stalls). the training and checking process of the MU– (8) * Maneuvering with One Engine Inoper- 2B Training Program. ative—Loss of Directional Control (Vmc). (1) Accelerated stall awareness and recov- (9) Abnormal and Emergency Procedures— ery procedures with emphasis on configura- To include MU–2B operation in icing condition management. Awareness of the margin tions without the autopilot or without trim- to stall in all flight operations and configu- in-motion or automatic autopilot dis- rations must be emphasized throughout connect. training. (10) * Precision Approach (One Engine In- (2) Vmc awareness and early recognition operative). must be trained and checked. Minimum air- (11) Go Around/Rejected Landing. speeds for one engine inoperative must be (12) Normal Landing (X-Wind). emphasized in all configurations. (13) * Landing with One Engine Inoper- (3) Airspeed management and recognition ative. of airspeed deterioration below rec- (14) * Landing with Non-Standard Flap ommended speeds and recovery methods in Configuration (0 or 5 degrees). this training program must be emphasized (15) Postflight Procedures. throughout training and checking. (E) The following additional tasks are re- (4) Knowledge of icing conditions and en- quired for those airmen who possess an in- counters must be emphasized throughout strument rating. An (*) indicates those ma- training and checking including: Equipment neuvers for Initial/Transition training which requirements, certification standards, min- must be completed in the MU–2B airplane, or imum airspeeds, and the use of the autopilot a Level C or D simulator. and other applicable AFM procedures. (1) Preflight Check. (5) Airplane performance characteristics (2) Unusual Attitudes. with all engines operating and with one en- (3) Abnormal and Emergency Procedures. gine inoperative must be emphasized. (4) Basic Instrument Flight Maneuvers. (C) MU–2B Flight Training Program Pro- (5) Area Arrival and Departure. ficiency Standards. (6) Holding. (1) Each pilot, regardless of the level of (7) Precision Approach (Two Engine). pilot certificate held, must be trained to and

588

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00598 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108

maintain the proficiency standards described Takeoff and Departure below. (1) Normal—One normal takeoff, which for (a) General VFR/IFR. the purpose of this maneuver, begins when (i) Bank Angle—±5 degrees of prescribed the airplane is taxied into position on the bank angle runway to be used. (ii) Heading—±10 degrees (2) Instrument Takeoff—Takeoff with sim- (iii) Altitude—±100 feet ulated instrument conditions at or before (iv) Airspeed—±10 knots reaching an altitude of 200 feet above the air- (b) Instrument Approach—Final Approach port elevation and visibility of 1800 RVR. Segment. (3) Crosswind—One crosswind takeoff, if Precision Approach practical, under the existing meteorological, airport and traffic conditions. (i) Heading—±10 degrees (4) Powerplant Failure—One takeoff with a (ii) Altitude—±100 feet simulated failure of the most critical power- (iii) Airspeed—±10 knots prior to final plant at a point after Vlof. In the MU–2B air- (iv) Airspeed—±10 knots after established on plane, all simulated powerplant failures final must only be initiated when the person con- (v) Glide Slope (GS)/Localizer Deviation— ducting the training or checking determines Within 3⁄4 scale—not below GS that it is safe under the prevailing conditions. The instructor must assure that the Non-Precision Approach power lever does not move beyond the flight Straight In idle gate. (5) Rejected Takeoff—A rejected takeoff (vi) Initial Approach Altitude—±100 feet performed in an airplane during a normal (vii) Heading—±10 degrees takeoff run after reaching a reasonable speed (viii) Altitude (MDA)—+ 100, ¥0 feet determined by giving due consideration to (ix) Airspeed—+ 10 knots aircraft characteristics, runway length, sur- (x) Course Deviation Indicator—Within 3⁄4 face conditions, wind direction and velocity, scale or ±10 degrees on RMI brake heat energy, and any other pertinent factors that may adversely affect safety or Circling Approach the airplane. (xi) Maximum Bank—30 degrees (6) Area departure—Demonstrate adequate (xii) Heading—Within 10 degrees knowledge of departure procedures, estab- (xiii) Altitude—+100, ¥0 feet lishing appropriate ATC communications (xiv) Airspeed—Within 10 knots but not less and following clearances. than Vref (c) In all cases, a pilot must show complete Flight Maneuvers and Procedures mastery of the aircraft with the outcome of (1) Steep bank turns—Each steep turn each maneuver or procedure never seriously must involve a bank angle of 50 degrees with in doubt. a heading change of at least 180 degrees but (D) Maneuvers and Procedures. All flight no more than 360 degrees. training maneuvers and procedures must be (2) Approaches to stalls—Must be per- conducted as they are applicable to the MU– formed in each of the following configura- 2B and each type of operations involved. tions; takeoff, clean, and landing. One approach to a stall must be performed in either Preflight the takeoff, clean, or landing configuration (1) Preflight Inspection—The pilot must— while in a turn with a bank angle between 15 (a) Conduct an actual visual inspection of degrees and 30 degrees. the exterior and interior of the airplane, lo- (3) Accelerated stalls—must be done in the cating each item and explaining briefly the flaps 20 and flaps 0 configurations. purpose of inspecting it; and (4) Recovery procedures must be initiated (b) Demonstrate the use of the appropriate at the first indication of a stall. checklist, appropriate control system checks, starting procedures, radio and elec- Normal and Abnormal Procedures and tronic equipment checks, and the selection Operations of proper navigation and communications (1) Runway trim. radio facilities and frequencies prior to (2) Normal and abnormal operations of the flight. following systems: (2) Taxiing—this maneuver includes tax- (a) Pressurization. iing in compliance with instructions issued (b) Pneumatic. by the appropriate ATC facility or by the (c) Air conditioning. person conducting the check. (d) Fuel. (3) Pre-Takeoff Checks—The pilot must (e) Electrical. satisfactorily complete all pre-takeoff air- (f) Flight control. craft systems and powerplant checks before (g) Anti-icing and de-icing. takeoff. (h) Autopilot.

589

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00599 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(i) Stall warning devices, as applicable. (iii) LOC, LOC/DME, LOC backcourse. (j) Airborne radar and weather detection (iv) GPS approach (If the aircraft/FTD/ devices. flight simulator has a GPS installed, the ap- (k) Other systems, devices or aids avail- plicant must demonstrate GPS approach pro- able. ficiency.) (l) Electrical, flight control and flight in- (v) ASR approach. strument system malfunction or failure. (c) Missed approach procedure: One missed (m) Landing gear and flap system malfunc- approach procedure must be a complete ap- tion or failure. proved missed approach procedure as pub- (n) Failure of navigation or communica- lished or as assigned by ATC. tions equipment. (i) From a precision approach. Flight Emergency Procedures (ii) From a non-precision approach. (iii) With a simulated powerplant failure. (1) Powerplant failure. (d) Circling approach. (2) Powerplant, cabin, flight deck, wing (i) The circling approach must be made to and electrical fires. the authorized MDA and followed by a (3) Smoke control. change in heading and the necessary maneu- (4) Fuel jettisoning, as applicable. vering (by visual reference) to maintain a (5) Any other emergency procedures out- flight path that permits a normal landing on lined in the appropriate AFM or FAA-accept- the runway. ed checklist. (ii) The circling approach must be per- Instrument Procedures formed without excessive maneuvering and without exceeding the normal operating lim- (1) Area departure. its of the airplane and the angle of bank (2) Use of navigation systems including ad- must not exceed 30°. herence to assigned course and/or radial. (3) Holding procedures. Landings and Approaches to Landings (4) Aircraft approach category airspeeds. (1) Airport orientation. (5) Approach procedures: Each instrument approach must be performed according to all (2) Normal landings with stabilized ap- procedures and limitations approved for that proach. facility. An instrument approach procedure (3) Crosswind landings. begins when the airplane is over the initial (4) From a precision instrument approach. approach fix for the approach procedure (5) From a precision instrument approach being used and ends when the airplane touch- with a powerplant inoperative. es down on the runway or when transition to (6) From a non-precision instrument ap- missed approach configuration is completed. proach. (a) ILS, ILS/DME, approach. (7) From a non-precision instrument ap- (i) A manually controlled ILS with a pow- proach with a powerplant inoperative. erplant inoperative; occurring before initi- (8) From a circling approach or VFR traffic ating the final approach course and con- pattern. tinuing to full stop or through the missed (9) Go Around/Rejected landings—a normal approach procedure. missed approach procedure or a visual go- (ii) A manually controlled ILS utilizing around after the landing is rejected. The raw data to 200 feet or decision height (DH). landing should be rejected at approximately (iii) An ILS with the autopilot coupled. 50 feet and approximately over the runway (b) Non-precision approaches. threshold. (i) NDB, NDB/DME approach, straight in or (10) Zero flap landing. circle. (a) Runway requirements. (ii) VOR, VOR/DME, straight in or circle. (b) Airspeeds.

590

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00600 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108

TRAINING COURSE FINAL PHASE CHECK

NAME OF AIRMAN (last,first, middle initial) IGRADE OF CERTIFICATE ICERTIFICATE NUMBER

DATE OF LOCATION OF TYPE OF CHECK MU-2BMODEL FTDMODEL CHECK CHECK

SCHOOL NAME I INSTRUCTOR NAME I CFINUMBER EXPIRES

FLIGHT MANEUVERS GRADE (S-Satisfactory U-Unsatisfactory)

MANEUVERS REQUIRED FOR ALL AIRMEN AlC FTD PREFLIGHT CHECK START AND TAX! PROCEDURES "NORMAL TAKEOFF (X WIND) (TWO ENGINE) "TAKEOFF ENGINE FAILURE REJECTED TAKEOFF ·STEEP TURNS "APPROACH TO STALL (3) "MANEUVERING WITH ONE ENGINE INOP (YMC) ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES - TO INCLUDE THE MU-2 OPERATIOIN IN ICING CONDITIONS WITHOUT THE AUTOPILOT OR WITHOUT . TRIM-IN-MOTION/AUTOMATIC AUTOPILOT DISCONNECT. "PRECISION APROACH (ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE) GO AROUND I REJECTED LANDING NORMAL LANDING (X WIND) "LANDING WITH ONE ENGINE INOPERATIVE "LANDING WITH NON-ST ANDARO FLAP CONFIG POST FLIGHT PROCEDURES ADDITIONAL MANEUVERS REQUIRED FOR INSTRUMENT RATED AIRMEN AlC FTD PREFLIGHT CHECK UNUSUAL ATTITUDES ABNORMAL AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES BASIC INSTRUMENT FLIGlfT MANEUVERS AREA ARRIVAL AND DEPARTURE HOLDING PRECISION APPROACH (TWO ENGINE) ·NON-PRECISION APPROACHES (2) MISSED APPROACH FROM EITHER PRECISION OR NON-PRECISION APPROACH (TWO ENGINE) MUST INCLUDE AN APPROACH WITH ONE ENGINE INOP LANDING FROM A STRAIGlfT-IN/CIRCLING APPROACH CIRCLING APPROACH POST FLIGlfT PROCEDURES

RESULTS OF I SATISFACTORY I FLIGHT AIRCRAFT Fro CHECK I UNSATISFACTORY I TIMES INSTRUCTOR SIGNATURE AIRMAN SIGNATURE

APPENDIX D TO SFAR 108—MU–2B MANEUVER and techniques contained within this MU–2B PROFILES Flight Training Program. (B) Though constructed for use in the air- (A) The Maneuver Profiles are provided to plane they may also be used in the Flight develop pilot proficiency with the procedures Training Device (FTD). When an FTD is

591

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00601 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.000 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

used, a maneuver may be performed at lower model groups. The three sections of this pro- altitudes or carried to its completion. When gram are: training is conducted in the MU–2B airplane, (1) Marquise (¥60), Solitaire (–40), N (–36A), all maneuvers must be performed in a man- P (–26A)—Figures A–1 through A–28 ner sufficient to evaluate the performance of (2) J (–35), K (–25), L (–;36), M (–26)—Figures the student while never jeopardizing the B–1 through B–28 safety of the flight. (3) B, D (–10), F (–20), G (–30)—Figures C–1 (C) The maneuvers profiles are broken through C–28 down into three sections by similar aircraft

592

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00602 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 OR IS TO TEMP. TEMP OR REQUIRED RETARD LENGTH OR MAXIMUM POWER AS WHICHEVER CLEARANCE SET TORQUE FIRST. TORQUE RUNWAY LEVERS IF MAINTAIN TO MAXIMUM, OCCURS CRITICAL, OBSTACLE EITHER NOTE: POWER • ALLOWABLE (-26A) P ("36A), IF tJ~1 N FLAPS 5° o 100 O), 20° TO UP .... OR FLAPS APPROX. 5° RETRACTED, FLAPS TO THEN FULLY SOUTAIRc( IS PITCH RETRACT 200 TAKE-OFF, P) (-60), GEAR 140KCAS, FLAPS 5° FLAPS (SOL, INCREASE UP. IF AFTER REMAINING KTS NORMAL GEAR MIN. 125 MARQUISE N) KTS RUNWAY 13° 113 UP NO LANDING, MU-2B (MARQ, NOSE FOR FLAPS RATE, PITCH KTS 99 SOL 103 100 110 102 108 106 104 200 PSOL MAX P 120 POS VR-ROTATE IF SPEEDS MARQ TO MARQ 106 109 105 103 100 101 100 100 600" ROLL. N N CAUSE OFF ROTATE OR BRAKES. LIGHTS OCCURS TEMP POWER MAXIMUM 90% WILL 87so1TT, OR TAKE / BETA TAKEOFF TO 20° 5° LBS. LBS. LBS. LBS. LBS. LBS. LBS. LBS. LBS. LBS. LBS. LBS. RISE RELEASE EGT TAKEOFF RISE TORQUE FIRST. WHICHEVER TORQUE RAM • 8,000 8,000 9,000 9,000 DURING OUT. 10,470 11,575 10,000 10,470 11,000 11,575 11,000 10,000 FLAPS FLAPS

593

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00603 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.001 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) AND AFTER OUT 150KCAS. CHECKLIST TO ENGINE AlS TAKE-OFF N) Pl. COMPLETE CLIMB: USING WEIGHT, TO POWER (SOL, (MARQ, RUNWAY FOR AHEAD UP MINIMUM. UNABLE REDUCE MINIMUM OR SUFFICIENT FLAPS STRAIGHT IF DOWN, 140KCAS APPROPRIATE -IF TO 100KCAS 105K CASMINIMUM 105K 10" FLAPS LAND AlS AlS REMAINS, GEAR (-26A) FEET P PITCH 20° APPROX. CLEARANCE). OR 130KCAS, 300-400 5° (:J6A). ADJUST N PITCH 20" D,r------. 5°, 0' APPROX FLAPS o TO FLAPS - ACCELERATE. (OBSTRUCTION SO. FAILURE SOlITAlRl:(04O). 8° - LESS AGL) POWER RUDDER FLAPS ENGINE (-60). APPROX (NOT ENGINE 200FT WITH STOP; PITCH, AIRCRAFT THAN 140/140· 135/130· FAILED ENGINE 150/150· FAILURE SIMULATED MINIMUM TRIM 1().12" VYSE!KCAS) MARQUISE -, TAKE-OFF N) VXSE FOR KCAS EMERGENCY OFF SPOILER. APPROX 113 MU-2B (MARQ, TAKE 20", LEVER, MAINTAIN P) KTS DIRECTIONAL CONTROL FLAPS REMAINING MINIMUM TO FLAPS 120 LEVER, 20" (SOL, 130/130· 125/125· 140/135· MARQlP,SOL IF AND VXSE!KCAS) PITCH N, CONDITION KTS MAINTAIN UP. FLAPS PITCH, RUNWAY TIO 5° 125 NO IF GEAR NORMAL RATE, 5° 0" MINIMUM. POS 20° SETTING LANDING, MAKE SOL FLAP .p,

594

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00604 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.002 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 TO AND TO BOTH STOP LEVERS SWITCH EVACUATING EMERGENCY IF • AIRCRAFT, AS MASTER CONDITION EMERGENCY RUNWAY EVACUATE AIRCRAFT NECESSARY' OR CLEAR (-26A) P D~I o o (-36A), N 50% RUNWAY BY OR ON THAN (-40), GIVEN FAILURE BE MORE SPEED. TO THE IDLE. LEVER FAILURE IS SINGLE NOT FAILED ENGINE CAUTION SOLITAIRE AT WITH REVERSE ROTATE USE FLIGHT POWER CAUTION OF NOT (-60), ENGINE THRUST SIMULATED DO ABOVE SIMULATED ENGINE MALFUNCTION INSTRUCTOR TAKE-OFF ENGINE MARQUISE MU-2B AS WHEEL TO AND/OR GROUND OR OCCURS TO NECESSARY. NOSE FAILS THRUST THRUST AS DIRECTIONAL BRAKES, USE CONTROL. LEVERS ENGINE BRAKES REVERSE REVERSE MALFUNCTION MAINTAIN POWER STEERING, REQUIRED. IDLE, A-3

595

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00605 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.003 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) BETA SWERVE WHEN OPERATING THEN CAUTION ENGINE ENTERING REQUIRED, BETA, REQUIRED ANTICIPATE TOWARD AS AS -~ BRAKES CAN REVERSE AS PROPELLERS FLAPS - N) P) AIRSPEED, AIRPORT - ENGINE LANDING POSITION, DOWN, A LAND. THE ENGINE TO ON GEAR (SOLITAIRE, (-26A) (MARQUISE, Y P TAKE-OFF OPERATING MADE CAS SINGLE CAS IN REMAINSOR CHECK CLIMB BE ON ONL REQUIRED TO TO 100K 105K TO (-36A), OR USING USE N REMAIN EITHER SAFELY POWER RUNWAY SURFACE, LAND IF AREA TO FTD (-40), BOUDARY UNABLE SURFACE OR - LANDING DECISION AIRPORT RUNWAY SOLITAIRE FAILURE THE MAKES SUITABLE BEYOND P) DISCUSSION (-60), PILOT FLAPS FLY (SOL, RETURN 5° UP. IF KCAS MIN. GEAR 125 MARQUISE CLASSROOM N) TAKE-OFF ENGINE KCAS RUNWAY REMAINING NO 113 LANDING, MU-2B (MARQ, FOR RATE, FLAPS KCAS 20" POS 120 IF N) P) BELOW AIRSPEED ENGINE (SOLITAIRE, (MARQUISE, LET WARNING AIRSPEED. SINGLE NOT DECELERATE DO 100KCAS 105KCAS A-4

596

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00606 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.004 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 ZO TO PITCH TEY AS TlTUDE AL OR BANK 3" I FOR 50" TO AND (-26A) APPROXIMA NECESSARY P MAINTAIN AfS TRENDS ESTABLISHED. UP ALTITUDE CHECK -iC~ .... ------ --- (-36A), " AS N / " ;;/ \\ TORQUE ~ (-40), POWER + 10% INCREASE Y TURN TURNS d SOLITAIRE NORMAL STEEP REQUIRED. (-60), APPROXIMATEL START MARQUISE ../1 _ . .. IN MU-2B ~-o;,;. ROLL FOR TO HEADING HEADING DOWN, PERFORMED BUG SET OUT 180" CONFIGURATIONS WILL BE AS GEAR THROUGH 20, TURNS CONFIGURATION) WELL LANDING SHOULD FLAPS AS DONE AREA, FLAPS AND 180KCAS, UP, BE 360" "NOTE: ~~'- LANDING TRIMAfC 130K AfS 'CLEAR MANEUVER CLEAN GEAR UP, (USE 'THIS BOTH A-5

597

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00607 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.005 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) P) P) (SOL, WEIGHT (SOL, 99" 79" 88" 15' STALL 881 831 1001 ACTIVATE 93KCAS 100KCAS SOLITIARE N), 98" 78" N), 88" MAY P, Q" (APPROXIMATE) I ABOVE 991 871 811 1061104" 1061106" (MARQ. (MARa, CAUTION 99K GROSS TAKEOFF KCAS 99K 9 NOT 20" 5" SPEEDS WARNING THE STALL BANK MARQUISE TO IN OF 4 OF ALTITUDE FLAPS FLAPS N, THE FLAP AIRCRAFT STALL STALL MAXIMUM Vmc BANK OR SOL THE AT (-26A) UNTIL FLAPS UP 5' ANGLE 2Qo -P, 400 AT FOLLOWS: AIRCRAFT P MAINTAIN GEAR AS THE ALLOW TO OF DONE MANEUVER. BE AIRCRAFT (-36A), NOT BUFFET. THE N POWER DO THE BANK AIRSPEED CONDUCTED STALL SHOULD 0 (-40), 15' IS ALTITUDE +8 +12 +4 +9 CONFIGURING SLOW COMBINATION IT STALL. ALTITUDE. OF BY AND ADD AND BEGINNING ANY AND TO PITCH PITCH PITCH PITCH PITCH USED, MANEUVERING IN CONFIGURATION AIRSPEED BE CONSTANT FOLLOWS: MAXIMUM SOLITAIRE AERODYNAMIC PRIOR TO DONE MANEUVER. AS WEIGHT A MANEUVER ARE: ACTIVATED APPROX APPROX APPROX APPROX APPROX IS AERODYNAMIC FLIGHT BE IS CONTROLLABLE RIGHT. CONFIGURATION. AIRCRAFT THE USE THE AREA (-60), REACH BANK MAY AND ABOVE FLAP TO THE IF AIRCRAFT SETTINGS SLOW BEGIN CONFIGURATIONS. CONTROLLABLE SHAKER) CHANGE CONDUCTED LEFT STAGES. AND JUST ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE MINIMUM IS BEGINNING 15°. ALL WITH THROUGHOUT. IN CLEAR 90' AND IN POWER MARQUISE TO (STICK MANEUVER PER PER PER PER PER GEAR OF MINIMUM THAN SPEED VARY GEAR A THE (42%) (54%) (35%) (32%) (44%) PRIOR REQUIRED WILL MU-2B AND 115KCAS MORE AND CONFIGURATIONS. WARNING DESIRED IS MANEUVERING CHANGES AREA FLAP CONFIGURATION ""APPROXIMATE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE THE SETTINGS MAINTAIN FULL FLIGHT HEADING TO CLEAN CLEAR SLOW POWER GEAR GEAR GEAR WITH & & & CLEAN PERFORM NOTE: FLAP FLAP FLAP START - FROM AND 5° 5'FLAP CLEAN 40' 20' A~

598

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00608 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.006 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 ON AND REDUCE ENGINE, TRIMMED POWER WARNING FLIGHT RECOVER AND WARNING STRAIGHT SIMULATED STALL AND LEVEL 125KCAS IF OPERATIVE FOR ACTIVATES, PITCH AJS TO TO Vmc LEVEL 15KCAS, LOSS ENGINE AT I RUDDER AND 10KCAS SIMULATED POWER PLUS DIRECTIONAL FLIGHT RECOVER CAUSE ON DIRECTIONAL SIMULATED OF OF INSffiUCTOR PLUS (-26A) Vmc ADD TO OF BLOCKS CONTROL AND P OPERATIVE RECOVER. STRAIGHT AT LOSS POWER LOSS TO OF AND (-36A), N ENGINE PITCH (-40), INDICATION CONTROL REDUCE MANEUVERING OPERATIVE FIRST ENGINE THE SIMULATED SECOND SOLITAIRE I DECELERATE INCREASING ON CONTROL, Willi PER ~ TO 'LYTAKEOFF .E !ATIVE PI THE BE PI THIS (-60), I AI 1KT EARLY DIRECTIONAL WH OPE BY OF INOPERATIVE POWE PITO TRAINED RECOVERY SHOULD DIRECTIONAL SOLITAIRE, BEST SOLITAIRE, OF AND BECAUSE BLOCKING ENGINE IS MARQUISE OBJECTIVE TRAVEL LOSS ONE 93KCAS HORN 10KCAS, -100KCAS RUDDER DING MU-2B STBE TPOWER R,THEN N - N MED N FLIGHT OUND CONffiOL F TRUCTOR RATIVE PRIMARY EAR ~ RUDDER SE RECOGNITION G u CAUTION PLUS IN: PRODUCE OPEF TRIM! THE TO UP, IF 5% MAY: AND 125KCAS TIO LEVEL Vmc IS BREAK TO POWER EARLY MANEUVER. MANEUVER. I CAUTION DISABLE MARQUISE, FOR BREAKER Vsse GEAR HORN SIMULATE MARQUQISE, 125KCAS DIRECTIONAL ONE TO LEVERS INSTRUCTOR THIS 20", CIRCUIT TO USING SIMULATED POSITION BETWEEN OF AJS SET GEAR RECOVERY 99KCAS RESET PRIOR RESET ENGINE ON CIRCUIT - 99KCAS WITH TORQUE) ENCOURAGED SEAT CONTINUOUSLY. ELECTS FLAPS LOSS AND DURING APPROXIMATELY IS THRUST OFF (VARIES (Vmc 17% CONDITION (Vmc AT ZERO SYNC AND ENGINE FLAPS ACCOMPLISHED ENGINE AREA, FLAPS TO 20' ONE TECHNIQUES. 5' LAND, AND EMPHASIZED CONTROL INSTRUCTOR RECOGNITION CLEAR FAILED LEVER AND A·7

599

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00609 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.007 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) ' ' " AS ~ 164 166 168' ns" no' 75n6 72n2" 74n4" 811 771 791 140KCAS, REQUIRED POWER TO ACCELERATE " ' " ~ n2' n4' n6' n9' ISS" S1/85 76/81 79/83 S51 83/ 871 ' ' ' " ' " ~ SPEEDS 182 180' /9S" 185 188 LEVEL A 92/96 90/93 87190 AT 941 991 961 OF (-26A) IN P AS APPLY IF STALL (STICK LOSS WINGS STALL. I " ' ' ' ' ' " PITCH ACTIVATE (-36A), WINGS .!,£ /93 191 185 188 1104 N MAY ABOVE MINIMIZE 93/96 95/99 9S1101" 1011 1031 1061 LEVEL ADJUST TO ALTITUDE. RECOGNITION (-40), KCAS SIMULTANEOUSLY "P,SOL AND 9 SET WARNING TO POWER, STALL 4 BANK GR.WT. CONFIGURATION 8,000 7,000 7,500 8,500 FLAPS 9,500 9,000 ON 10,000 10,470 10,500 11,000 11,575 MAX NECESSARY STALL SHAKER), SOLITAIRE CLEAN (-60), STALL TO MARQUISE MU-2B APPROACH CAS TORQUE LAND, 20% CONDITION AND TRIMMED -120-130K TlO AREA, OFF AIRCRAFT LEVERS CLEAR SYNC A-8

600

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00610 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.008 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 AS UP, 2Q 148/146· 140KCAS, 138/138· 113/110· FLAPS REQUIRED POWER A1S 98· ~ 1311130* 123/122· 1011 108/109· 122/123· 90· WEIGHT ~ APPROX. 921 981100· INCREASE 120/119* 1131112· 10" 5' TO 130KCCAS 94· SOLITIARE A1S ;l!! TAKEOFF P, 93/ 87/84· PITCH (APPROXIMATE) I ,FLAPS 106/105· CLIMB 80· 90· MAY AND ALTITUDE GROSS OF (-26A) ~ 84/ 89/ SPEEDS P 1091108* 1131112* 1021101· MARQUISE LOSS WINGS INCREASES, 88· 79* 98· N, WARNING STALL ORIGINAL STALL. 1Q MAXIMUM A1S BANK 82/ 87/ 99/ (-36A), 107/104* SHAKER), TO LEVEL AT N AS MINIMIZE STALL ABOVE TO 15-30° BANK (STICK UP. SOL (-40), POWER, OF .p, STALL KCAS 9 GEAR MAX TO TO UP FLAPS ANGLE 21J<> 5' 41J<> 4 NECESSARY RATE, AT APPLY RECOGNITION SOLITAIRE AS STALL CONFIGURATION (-60), PITCH POSITIVE APPROACH ACTIVATE ON ADJUST SIMULTANEOUSLY ALTITlJDE, TAKEOFF MARQUISE MU-2B A-9

601

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00611 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.009 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) 9 K RATE, AND TO (-26A) 4 P MINIMIZE SHAKER), AT ALTITUDE. POWER TO POSITNE (-36A), MAX (STICK 20·, N STALL. ORIGINAL ACTIVATE APPLY FLAPS TO NECESSARY FLAPS (-40), MAY AS ABOVE STALL CLIMB RECOGNITION FULL TO - PITCH UP, ALTITUDE, WARNING STALL • " OF SOLITAIRE ~ GEAR 164" 166" 168" 170' 178" ON SIMULTANEOUSLY DOWN STALL ADJUST 72172" 74174 75176 811 771 791 LOSS HiD), APPROACH GEAR " " " " " ~ 172 188 174" 176" 179" 81185 76/81 79/83 831 851 871 MARQUISE " " " " " " MU-2B 11 180 182 198" 188 185' 87190 90/93 92195 941 961 991 120 • • • " " • " A/S LEVERS UP - 191 185 188 193 1104 93/96 95199 981101" OFF 1011 1031 1061 TRIMMED ·P,SOL SYNC SET CONDITION 130KCAS LAND, GR.WT. FLAPS 8,000 8,500 9,000 9,500 7,500 7,000 AREA, - 10,000 10,470 10,500 11,000 11,575 AND CLEAR TIO A-10

602

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00612 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.010 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 MAX AS ROLL AND PITCH APPLY MINIMIZE Y LEVEL TO SHAKER) RECOGNITION A ADJUST ALTITUDE, WINGS (STICK STALL TANEOUSL OF ON TOWARD NECESSARY POWER, LOSS SIMUL BACKPRESSURE BANK ALTITUDE APPLY (-26A) P MAINTAIN ANGLE, TO PROGRESSIVE (-36A), BANK N 60" INITIATE (-40), STALLS SOLITAIRE §Q 1481146- 1381138- (-60), 122/123' 113/110' ACCELERATED 98- ID! 1011 1231122- 131/130- 1081109- 90' MARQUISE WEIGHT ~ 921 981100- 1131112- 94- 84- MU-2B SOLITIARE ~ TAKEOFF P, 93/ 871 (APPROXIMATE) / 113/112- 120/119- BE FLAPS 90- 80- GROSS 6Q 891 841 ALSO SPEEDS 1091108- 1021101- 1061105- DOWN, LANDING MARQUISE TRIMMED 98- 88- N, THE STALL 1Q GEAR MAXIMUM SHOULD IN 991 871 82/79- 107/104- AT WITH 100KCAS BANK SOL AlS OF "'P, MANEUVER 200, ACCOMPLISHED THIS - UP FLAPS 21Jo 5' ANGLE 41Jo CONFIGURATION A-11

603

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00613 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.011 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) "DO 120KCAS. AlC. ALTITUDE. UP BELOW IS CLEAN ASSIGNED AlC AT AND UNTIL AT LAND 20' MAX. ATC. DOWN ON 120KCAS AND EXERCISE BY FLAPS ROLL TO REACHING TIO GEAR FLAPS SPEED. (-26A) & 1S5KCAS N) P RAISE DESCENT UNTIL 120KCAS REDUCE COMPLETE LEVERS DESCENT, REQUIRED AT 20' NOT BANK, MARQ, MAINTAIN AS (-36A), 40' 17SKCAS, 30' TO N OR A SPEED) AT CONTINUE APPROX 5', FLAPS CONDITION 175KCAS IS (-40), P, (LOW Fil. ESTABLISHING LEVEL. NOSE UP HEADING FLAPS DOWN SOL. DESCENT IN 15SKCAS; THEN AFTER WINGS OFF. LEVERS NOSE STEADY SOLITAIRE DESCENT 155K. SYNC (170KCAS ESTABLISH POWER INITIAL (-60), EMERGENCY MARQUISE AT ON. MU-2B ALTITUDE. EXPLOSIVE MASKS EMERGENCY" LOWER AT AREA, TRAFFIC OXYGEN DECOMPRESSION ASSIGNED SIMULATE THE AIR "DECLARE TRAFFIC WITH START MIN. CRUISE ALTITUDES ALTITUDE. CLEAR CLEARING TO AREA, 1S0KCAS "WHILE COORDINATE AlS ASSIGNED 'CLEAR CONTROL CONFIGURATION AT A-12

604

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00614 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.012 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 1000 OFF FT FT KCAS ABOVE 5 KCAS, 1,000 FT ALTITUDE LEVEL INDICATED BY CHECK 21,300 250 NOTE EACH ALTITUDE. ABOUT BELOW FOR AIRSPEED DECREASE 200KCAS ASSIGNED AT SPEED TO EXERCISE NOSE REDUCE 15-2(1' WINGS HEADING (-26A) 8" P BANK, VMO. KEEP INITIAL ATC 30' COMPLETE STEADY A BY APPROX. (-36A), ON TO N SPEED) DESCENT, ~"l~ MMONMO. APPROACHES (-40), REQUIRED TO DESCENT IN DESCENT AlS (HIGH AS REDUCING AS OR ESTABLISHING DOWN, DOWN CONTINUE ESTABLISH SOLITAIRE DESCENT ACCELERATING NOSE AFTER LEVEL, ~--- (-60), ~ EMERGENCY MARQUISE AT ON. MU-2B ALTITUDE. EXPLOSIVE MASKS EMERGENCY LOWER AT AREA, TRAFFIC OXYGEN DECOMPRESSION ASSIGNED SIMULATE DECLARE THE AIR TRAFFIC WITH START MIN. CRUISE ALTITUDES. ALTITUDE. CLEAR CLEARING TO AREA, 150KCAS *WHILE COORDINATE NS ASSIGNED ·CLEAR CONFIGURATION AT CONTROL A-13

605

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00615 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.013 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) FLIGHT POWER ADD LEVEL A A TO TO LEVEL, WINGS UP MAINTAIN ROLL ONCE POWER COMMENCE TO ATTITUDE. PULL LOW, AND (-2GA) P FLIGHT REDUCE LEVEL IDLE, NOSE LEVEL LEVEL, (-3GA), WINGS WHEN FLIGHT N (NOSE HIGH) THE (-40), USING DURING PREVENT STALL AND ALLOW TO BANK ?" WINGS THROUGH 60" RECOVERY SPOILER SOLITAIRE CAUTION HORIZON FALL LOAD G MANUEVER AND TO ACCELERATED TOWARD (-GO), NOT AN ATTITUDE NOSE ROLL DO BANKING RUDDER MARQUISE UNUSUAL - NOSE MU-2B A WITH OF TO THE ATTITUDE, TAKEOFF TRAFFIC ALTITUDE. POSITIVE TO INITIATE COODINATE CONTROL USE CLEAR YOUR UNUSUAL RECOVERY NOTE TO RECOGNITION POWER AND AREA, FOR HIGH SHOULD BELOW UPON ~ THE TRANSFER AND CONTROL 'CLEARAREA TO INSTRUCTOR ATTITUDE STUDENT INSTRUCTOR ABOVE THE CLEARING TRAFFIC CONTROL UNUSUAL THE AIR BOTH "WHILE A-14

606

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00616 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.014 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 FLIGHT POWER ADD LEVEL ~ A LEVEL, A TO NOSE MAINTAIN TO IN ONCE UP TO LEVEL AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE. LEVEL COMMENCE PULL ARE ACCELERATED LOAD ARE STALL. AN (-26A) CAUTION 'G' FLIGHT LEVEL P WINGS ATTITUDE, NOT WINGS LOW) LEVEL DO WINGS UNTIL PREVENT LOW (-36A), ONCE N ~..... (NOSE (-40), LOW AND POWER RECOVERY ATTITUDE NOSE TOWARD A SOLITAIRE WINGS BANK, A OF PITCH REDUCE ROLL IN (-60), IF LOW ATTITUDE IDLE, LEVELING LEVEL ATTITUDE, NOSE WHILE RECOGNITION FLIGHT MARQUISE WITH TO WINGS UNUSUAL TO THE UPON UNUSUAL MAINTAIN TRAFFIC ALTITUDE. MU-2B POSITIVE INITIATE CONTROL USE CLEAR COORDINATE YOUR NOTE RECOVERY THE I AND FOR SHOULD AREA, BELOW TRANSFER THE AND TO CONTROL INSTRUCTOR ATTITUDE STUDENT OCLEAR(REA INSTRUCTOR THE ABOVE CLEARING I TRAFFIC CONTROL UNUSUAL THE BOTH AIR -wHILE A-IS

607

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00617 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.015 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) FPM MINIMUM 20"0r FPM TORQUE) 500-600 Vref. TO FLAPS S00-600 120KCAS (20-25% AfS DESCENT. RATE SLOWING SINK ASSURED, 25% 120- SINK AlS FPM AlS 40". SOD CHECK LANDING 20", (APPROX TORQUE) TE. FLAPS RA 130KCAS. (-26A) P (-36A), N FLIGHT FLAPS) LEVERS STOP. TO 40· (-40), IDLE TOUCHDOWN. POWER RETARD (20·or SOLITAIRE AS LANDING THEN (-60), GROUND BETA. TO BRAKING * * * * * 40" NORMAL 1102 1115 199 1.5VSl PROPS FLAPS MARQUISE RETARD 111/112 105/106 108/109* 1141 1161 1191 REQUIRED, REQUIRED. BOTH VREF AS - MU-2B LEVERS CHECK * * * * TORQUE) 20" 99* 96 SPEEDS REVERSE POWER IDLE, I I 1111 150KMINIMUM. 1.3VSl 99/102 FLAPS 1001105 1051 1101 102/108* 1081 (25-30% AlS APPROACH LANDING LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS DESCENT 8,000 7,SOO 8,500 9,000 9,500 9,955 10,000 10,500 11,025 WEIGHT ·P,SOL CHECKLIST COMPLETE A-16

608

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00618 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.016 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 o,r------. 0' o (-26A) P (-36A), N LANDING (-40), REJECTED - SOLITAIRE 100 FLAPS (-60), TO FULLY AROUND IS 130KCAS, PITCH GO NS GEAR MARQUISE INCREASE AFTER GEAR RATE 5·, MU-2B RETRACTED, 113KCAS 8" IF 120KCAS MINIMUM, CLIMB. UP, 200 POSITIVE RECOMMENDED. OF PITCH SELECTED REJECTED, FLAPS Y POWER, SELECT LANDING MAX FOR PREVIOUSL AND AND 400 WHEN UP APPLY NORMAL LANDING APPROACH, STABILIZED CONFIGURED A-17

609

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00619 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.017 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) 500- AlS RATE. 5'. TORQUE) DISTANCE OR 30% SINK INCREASE NOTE 26% CO MINIMUM. FPM WILL APPROXIMATELY LANDING FLAPS 600 (APPROX 140KCAS AS BE (-26A) RETARD POWER P - NOT IDLE STOP IDLE Y 90KCAS BRAKING SLOWLY MA (-36A), FLIGHT N BELOW BETA. BETA TO TOUCHDOWN LEVERS (-40), UNTIL LANDING NOTE: PROPS FLAP BOTH 5° AVA/LABLE SOLITAIRE REQUIRED. CHECK OR (-60), FLAP NO 5') MINIMUM. MARQUISE TORQUE) OR UP MU-2B lS0KCAS (25-30% FLAPS AlS /115" 1120" IllS" ~ 1151 FOR 1211 115/117* (USE 1116" IllS" IllS" IllS" 1126" ON UNTIL VSl UP SELECT NOSE 116/120" 119/123" 115/115" 1231 1271 1291 1181 DESCENT 1.25 GROUND NOT CAUTION WHEEL BELOW90K WITH REVERSE DO VREF CHECKLISTS AND APPROACH P COMPLETE FLAP 7,500 8,000 8,500 9,000 9,500 9,995 10,000 10,500 11,025 *SOL, NO A-18

610

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00620 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.018 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 IN FLAPS A BALL RUDDER COMPLETE WITH ARE BELOW AFTER RUDDER HOLD MIN. OR 600 PER ASSURED, ATTEMPT RATE, WITH FLAPS DOWN WARNING CHECK AGL SELECTED MINUTE 500- NOT CHECKLIST, FEET SINK 20' GO-AROUND 12SKCAS 400' DO GEAR RATE. LANDING CENTERED, CENTER NS LANDING SINK TRIM WHEN IF 20'. GEAR 300-600FPM 40% CHECK PATH, THE IDLE. LEVER SINGLE FAILED (APPROX WITH REVERSE ASSURED, GLIDE USE TORQUE) FLIGHT POWER CAUTION (-26A) NOT OKCAS 20% P) P DOWN. ENGINE CHECK 10SKCAS 11 THRUST SIMULATED DO ABOVE LANDING ENGINE N) (SOL, Vre!. (-36A), MIN N (MARQ, THESHOLD, LANDING TORQUE. MIN 140KCAS (-40), IDLE MINIMUM) NS SLOWLY ENGINE S' FLIGHT STOP TO (130KCAS LEVER FLAPS SOLITAIRE INOPERATIVE TOUCHDOWN OPERATING -- POWER RETARD (-60), ENGINE ' -- ONE P) BETA. N) MARQUISE 140/140 135/130' GROUND 1S0/1S0' ENGINE VYSEIKCAS) SOL, REQUIRED. -- REQUIRED. PROP TORQUE) AS MARQ, AS LEVER MU-2B THEN MIN 1S0KCAS MINIMUM 50-55% OPERATING NS BRAKES IDLE, POWER REVERSE (140KCAS (APPROX (13SKCAS 130/130' 140/13S' 125/125' MARQ/P,SOL VXSEIKCAS) N, AND AND LANDING BETA WHEN TOWARO ENGINE DESCENT CHECKLISTS 5' CAUTION UP 20' SETTING CHECKLIST OPERATING ANTICIPATE ENGINE SOL SINGLE ENTERING SWERVE FLAP 'P, COMPLETE APPROACH REVIEW A-19

611

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00621 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.019 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) WlND IS AS THE PATH NOSE DEVELOP OPPOSITE WING WIND TO LEVEL .... BEFORE \\\\,,~ DOWNWIND. AIRCRAFT UPWIND CENTERLINE. WINGS ALLOWED THE MODULATED. THAT DRIFT A SPOILERS INTO BE KEEP SO TO CENTERED RUNWAY TO ~""WIND (-26A) SMOOTHLY DOWN APPLIED P TOUCHDOWN, RUDDERS TENDENCY SHOULD NOT AND TOUCHDOWN. TO NECESSARY ANY (-36A), NOTE: N PRIOR RUDDER IS - CONTINUES WHEEL AIRCRAFT LOWERED __ (-40), ~////j LANDING SOLITAIRE (-60), CROSSWIND THE WIND ONE WlND KIAS. FLOWN BY 10 DRIFT MARQUISE BE EXTENSION ONE-HAF TO PLUS WITH CORRECTIONS AN ...... LANDING " \\\\,,~ PLUS MU-2B Vref LINE SUFFICIENTLY IN LINE DOWN SPEED II EXCEED CENTER ~ CENTER FLOWN CROSSWIND COORDINATED TO WIND v-~" ESABLISHED BE FOR NOT PERMIT MINOR RUNWAY WILL TO Vref STEADY THE SPEED ONLY THE OF CORRECTION GUST AIRCRAFT WITH ADVANCE INCREASE HALF ----.----- /////j A-20

612

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00622 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.020 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 20" (ONE MIN. 20", 120K FLAPS SLOPE AlS FLAPS DOWN, GLIDE 120K) GIS), GEAR ASSURED, BELOW TORQUE. BELOW CHECK 40" (20% 25% CHECK Vref DOT APPROACHING 20-25% (OR LANDING LANDING DESCEND MIN. APPROX TORQUE) SOOFPM WHEN THRESHOLD 140K (-26A) TORQUE, AlS P (-36A), N (-40), APPROACH SOLITAIRE MISSED (-60), AND ~""----'" ILS " " " 40" -ON" IDENTIFY. 1102 1115" 199" 1.SVSl ALTITUDE & FLAPS APPROACH APPROACH 108/109 111/112 105/108" MARQUISE 1141 1161 1191 TUNE MIN) VREF RECEIVER - BOTH REVIEW BRAKES CROSSING MU-2B REVERSE GROUND (140K LEVERS OM " RADIOS: TO 20" CHECK REQUIRED. 99' 1S0K 96' SPEEDS BETA. MARKER I I 1111 AS POWER AlS 1.3VSl REQUIRED. CHECKLIST. CHECK 99/102" IDLE, FLAPS PLATE. 1051 1081 1101 100/105" 102/108" RETARD AS PROPS APPROACH LANDING LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS 8,000 8,500 7,500 9,500 9,955 9,000 10,000 10,500 11,025 WEIGHT ·P,SOL A-21

613

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00623 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.021 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) (-26A) P (-36A), N (-40), APPROACH MISSED SOLITAIRE (-60), ENGINE TWO MARQUISE MU-2B GO 40' SELECT POWER. IF SELECTED AND 20' MAX 8' APPROACH UP FLAPS AROUND. MISSED PREVIOUSLY PITCH A-22

614

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00624 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.022 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 NS SLOPE MIN) AT 200, GIS), DOWN GLIDE 105KCAS FLAPS GEAR (130KCAS N), BELOW P) THRESHOLD 5°. DOT LEVER MIN.), TOFLIGHT CHECK ASSURED, OPERATING 140KCAS STOP CROSS FLAPS (ONE APPROACHING (SOLITAIRE, (MARQUISE, POWER 500 FPM TO CHECK RETARD IDLE (130KCAS TORQUE) LANDING CAS (-26A) TORQUE, ENGINE P 110K TOUCHDOWN, SLOWING DESCEND SLOWLY LANDING WHEN (50-55% 140KCAS APPROACH 50-60% NS (-36A), N MISSED (-40), AND BETA. GROUND ILS ENGINE REQUIRED. REQUIRED. PROP AS SOLITAIRE AS LEVER THEN (-60), OPERATING BRAKES IDLE, POWER REVERSE INOPERATIVE & ·ON" TUNE MARQ, Pl. MARQUISE REVIEW ENGINE MIN CROSSING SOL, RECEIVER OM RADIOS: ONE MIN MU-2B (140KCAS CHECKLIST. CHECK PLATE. MARKER (135KCAS N) 150KCAS A APPROACH IDENTIFY. THE IDLE. LEVER NS ALTITUDE WITH APPROACH ARE SINGLE BELOW AFTER FAILED WITH REVERSE OR ATTEMPT USE FLIGHT POWER FLAPS DOWN CAUTION WARNING AGL SELECTED NOT NOT 200 ENGINE THRUST GO-AROUND SIMULATED 400' DO DO ABOVE GEAR ENGINE A-23

615

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00625 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.023 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) LESS GO OF LANDING WEIGHT, WITH ENGINE OF ALTITUDES AGL. SINGLE AT ALTITUDE, 20°, FEET 400 WARNING COMBINATIONS POSSIBLE FLAPS PRESSURE BE THAN AND (-26A) AND NOT CERTAIN P DOWN MAY UNDER GEAR (-36A), APPROACH N AROUND TEMERATURE (-40), MISSED ACCELERATE CLEARANCE) 300'-400' SOLITAIRE TO 10" (-60), INOPERATIVE FULLY PITCH APPROX IS PITCH (OBSTRUCTION ADJUST GEAR ENGINE MARQUISE AFTER ONE RETRACTED, UP. MU-2B SOME PITCH 140KCAS, DESCENT, EXPECTED. GEAR RUDDER PITCH. BE APPROACH, MAINTAIN 10" FROM A MAINTAIN TO IS TO 140KCAS, NECESSARY. MISSED THEN CONTROL, AS POWER. AlS LOSS PITCH GEAR, MAX TRANSITIONING SPOILER SET MAINTAIN RAISE ALTITUDE DIRECTIONAL ·IF COMMENCING MAINTAIN TO AND A-24

616

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00626 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.024 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 MIN. 20" INBOUND, FLAPS FIX 120KCAS CHECKLIST TO NS AS DOWN, BOTH LEVERS LANDING RETARD GEAR BRAKES APPROACHING COMPLETE CHECK POWER AND IDLE, LEVERS (-26A) THEN P REQUIRED. REVERSE POWER STOP, GROUND (-36A), TO BETA. IDLE N APPROACH (-40), PROPS RETARD FLIGHT TOUCHDOWN: MISSED AND SOLITAIRE (-60), ------IDENTIFY. ALTITUDE & /102 /99 /115 APPROACH NON-PRECISION APPROACH 1.5VSl MARQUISE .. ~ 111/112 105/106 108/109 8". 114/ 116/ 119/ TUNE MIN) TO ENGINE PROFILE REVIEW VREF MU-2B CROSSING GO-AROUND, - (l40K lWO FIX PITCH RADIOS: - 150K 20" WITH 99- 96- SPEEDS APPROACH CHECK CHECKLIST. NS / / 1111- PLATE. POWER, APPROACH: 1.3VSl 99/102- FLAPS 1001105 105/ 102/108- 108/ 110/ MAX MISSED CONTINUE MISSED APPROACH LANDING LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS 8,000 8,500 9,000 9,500 9,955 7,500LBS 10,000LBS 10,500 11,025 WEIGHT ·p,Scx. A-25

617

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00627 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.025 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) N), 20", SECONDS. 20-30% COMPLETE 15 FLAPS (MARQUISE, DESCENT LANDING. MIN) 110K TO FPM DOWN, 50- AT CHECKLIST PRIOR GEAR (130KCAS DESCEND MIN.) 800-1000 APPROXIMATELY IDLE, AS 5°. TORQUE (130KCAS CAUTION IS DOWN LANDING SLOWLY FPM THRESHOLD Pl. ASSURED, (130KCAS FLAPS TIME 50-60% TORQUE, 500 BRAKES GEAR AlS140KCAS GROUND LEVER CROSS MIN) AlS140KCAS APPROACH (-26A) TO LANDING 140KCAS P LEVER TORQUE, ~ (SOLITAIRE, CONFIRM POWER EXTENSION AlS REQUIRED. 60% WHEN 105K MISSED AS POWER (-36A), GEAR SLOWING N ENGINE AND REQUIRED. STOP. (-40), REVERSE IDLE OPERATING BETA. TOFLIGHT PROP SOLITAIRE NON-PRECISION THEN (-60), TOUCHDOWN, RETARD ~ N) FIX INOPERATIVE MARQUISE PLATE. MARQ, CHECK MU-2B ENGINE MIN P).APPROACH APPROACH ALTITUDE ONE SOL, IDENTIFY. & (140KCAS MIN A REVIEW TUNE CROSSING IDLE. THE LEVER ARE DOWN BELOW AFTER SINGLE FAILED 150KCAS WITH OR REVERSE (135KCAS ATIEMPT USE FLIGHT AlS POWER GEAR RADIOS: FLAPS CHECKLIST. CAUTION WARNING AGL SELECTED NOT NOT 20" ENGINE WITH THRUST SIMULATED 400' DO GO-AROUND DO ABOVE ENGINE A-26

618

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00628 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.026 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 MIN, OF OR TORQUE, RATE 300 120K 20· DESCENT 500-600FPM SINK AlS TOVref DESCEND TO CENTERLINE 20-25% FLIGHT 4QOSLOWING WITHIN FLAPS 500-600FPM NOT BETA. TO CHECK DO RETARD UNTIL RUNWAY PROPS REQUIRED. LEVERS AS LEVERS BOTH POWER BRAKES POWER CHECK AND RETARD THEN IDLE, (-26A) P STOP, DOWN, REVERSE GROUND COMPLETE CHECKLIST IDLE GEAR (-36A). TOUCHDOWN, 200 MINIMUMS N CHECK LANDING FLAPS (-40). WEATHER AT SOLITAIRE (-60). APPROACH 400 99· 1102· 1 1115· 1.5VS1 FLAPS MARQUISE 105/106· 108/109· 111/112· 1141 1161 1191 CIRCLING VREF - MU-2B 1.7NM 2.3NM • • 20· NOT MIN.) 99· 96· SPEEDS I I 1111 MINIMUM 1.3VS1 99/102· FLAPS 100/105· 1051 1081 1101 102/108 165KCAS ALTITUDE TORQUE, (130KCAS -140KCAS - APPROACH 50% 121 141 0 C DESCENT 140KCAS CAT CAT LANDING BELOW CIRCLING BELOW APPROX AlS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS 8,000 8,500 9,000 9,500 9,955 7,500 10,000 10,500 11,025 WEIGHT ·P,SOL A-27

619

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00629 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.027 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) IF 500- FLAPS 125KCAS DESCENT RATE COMPLETE 600FPM LANDING LANDING NS LANDING CHECKLIST PROFILE, DOWN,CHECK SINK MIN. 20", ASSURED,GEAR ASSURED: CHECK NOT DO WITHIN 50, MINIMUMS RUNWAY UNTIL (-26A) OF FLAPS P CENTERLINE ~~ 300 DESCEND WEATHER CHECK (-36A). AT N (-40). APPROACH SOLITAIRE A CIRCLING (-60). WITH ARE BELOW AFTER OR ATTEMPT FLAPS DOWN WARNING AGL SELECTED NOT 20" MARQUISE GO-AROUND 400' DO GEAR INOPERATIVE MU-2B ENGINE THE IDLE. LEVER SINGLE FAILED ONE 1.7NM 2.3NM WITH REVERSE NOT MIN.) USE FLIGHT POWER CAUTION MINIMUM NOT ENGINE THRUST SIMULATED DO ABOVE ALTITUDE TORQUE, -165KCAS (130KCAS ENGINE 141 121-140KCAS 70% BETA CIRCLING 0 WHEN DESCENT 140KCAS CATC CAT CAUTION BELOW APPROX NS OPERATING ANTICIPATE ENGINE ENTERING SWERVE TOWARD A-28

620

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00630 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.028 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 OR AS IS TO FIRST. TORQUE MAXIMUM, LENGTH LEVERS MAINTAIN POWER TO TEMP. OCCURS CLEARANCE TEMP 1 SET OR RUNWAY POWER OR ALLOWABLE ... IF REQUIRED CRITICAL, OBSTACLE RETARD WHICHEVER NOTE: TORQUE • MAXIMUM (-26) 01 IF FLAPS o M M) PITCH o L, S/R10)(K, 20· TO (J, (-36), OR MOD L 1Cl', PITCH 5· RETRACTED, (K, INCREASE 140KCAS 5°. (-25), KCAS FULLY TO K ADJUST IS 130 S/R10), 2Cl' TOAPPROX. (-35), FLAPS TAKE-OFF, GEAR J MOD FLAPS KCAS FLAPS NOT 2Cl' 120 AFTER M) RETRACT MU-2B REMAINING ACCELERATE. IF NORMAL (K, UP. FLAPS 5° KCAS RUNWAY IF GEAR 13° 125 UP NO L) MIN. (J, NOSE PITCH RATE, LANDING, KCAS MAX POS 113 VR-ROTATE FOR SEE ON OF SPEEDS SIDE TO SPEEDS CHART SOCl' ROLL. OFF CAUSE OR BRAKES. ITT, PROFILE. LIGHTS OCCURS TEMP POWER ROTATE MAXIMUM 90% WILL REVERSE TAKE OR /875" TABULAR BETA TAKEOFF TO FOR RISE RELEASE EGT TAKEOFF RISE TORQUE FIRST. WHICHEVER TORQUE • RAM DURING OUT. B-1

621

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00631 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.029 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) -'= -'= 104 105 101 101 101 109 100 105 103 106 100 100 J .1 109 101 101 103 100 105 100 102 100 99 M 106 108 105 110 101 104 100 103 100 102 M SPEEDS 99 98 101 108 107 106 107 104 100 102 102 !$, !$, OFF ROTATE TAKE 5· 20· LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS LBS 9,920 9,500 9,000 9,000 8,000 7,500 9,920 9,500 7,500 8,000 11,575 11,000 10,800 10,000 FLAPS 10,000 10,470 10,800 11,000 11,575 10,470 FLAPS B-la

622

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00632 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.030 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 TO DURING AND UNTIL PITCH AFTER OUT 140KCAS. UP. INSTALLED, 150KCAS. IS SPEED CHECKLIST TO ENGINE 140KCAS NS NOT TAKE-OFF COMPLETE FLAPS FLAP L) M) 10 CLIMB; USING RETRACTION, WEIGHT, (J, (K, SR (IF TO POWER RUNWAY RETRACTION MAINTAIN 'IF FOR MIN AHEAD MAXIMUM UP'. DURING INSTALLED) UNABLE MINIMUM MINIMUM REDUCE 5° OR [==1- FLAPS 140KCAS SUFFICIENT STRAIGHT DOWN, NS FLAPS 10SKCAS 100KCAS APPROPRIATE "IF MIN. LAND NOT NS REMAINS, GEAR 5 APPROX. ADJUST 20" KCAS INSTALLED, 20" 130 FLAPS OR 5° PITCH (OBSTRUCTION ===-, (IF 5° 13".) (-26) UP', FLAPS D~ M 10". FEET FLAPS IF §~ [1 IF 10"TO {]! FLAPS FLAPS 5° o (-36), - ACCELERATE. 300-400 L TO APPROX. TO (-25), CLEARANCE). FLAPS PITCH APPROX PITCH INSTALLED, K FAILURE 5°. 8" - LESS (-35), AGL) POWER RUDDER FLAPS ENGINE J ' ENGINE APPROX (NOT ENGINE 200FT WITH STOP; PITCH, AIRCRAFT MU-2B THAN 140/140 135/130' 150/150' FAILED FAILURE SIMULATED MINIMUM TRIM VYSE{KCAS) 10-12" -, CONTROL TAKE-OFF VXSE EMERGENCY OFF SPOILER. APPROX FLAPS M) TAKE 20", 5° LEVER, (K, UP. M MAINTAIN IF DIRECTIONAL L, REMAINING MINIMUM TO K, FLAPS KCAS LEVER, MIN. GEAR J, 130/130' 125/125' 140/135' AND VXSE(KCAS) 125 PITCH CONDITION L) KCAS MAINTAIN RUNWAY PITCH, TIO (J, 113 NO LANDING, KCAS FOR RATE, NORMAL FLAPS 120 20° POS 5° SETTING UP 20° MAKE IF FLAP 'K,M B-2

623

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00633 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.031 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) TO AND TO BOTH STOP LEVERS SWITCH EVACUATING EMERGENCY "IF AIRCRAFT, AS MASTER CONDITION EMERGENCY RUNWAY EVACUATE AIRCRAFT NECESSARY" OR CLEAR Dlr------. 0' o MORE (-26) RUNWAY M NOT AT ON MALFUNCTION SPEEDS. (-36), DR L THE IDLE. LEVER ROTATE (-25), FAILURE FAILED SINGLE FAILURE INSTRUCTOR CAUTION K OF WITH REVERSE BY USE FLIGHT POWER 50% CAUTION (-35), ENGINE ENGINE NOT J GIVEN ENGINE THRUST THAN SUMULATED DO ABOVE BE ENGINE TO MU-2B IS SIMULATED TAKE-OFF AS WHEEL TO ANDIOR GROUND OR OCCURS TO NECESSARY. NOSE FAILS THRUST THRUST AS DIRECTIONAL BRAKES, USE CONTROL. LEVERS ENGINE BRAKES REVERSE REVERSE MALFUNCTION MAINTAIN POWER STEERING, SET, REQUIRED. IDLE, RELEASED POWER BRAKES B-3

624

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00634 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.032 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 BETA SWERVE WHEN OPERATING THEN CAUTION ENGINE ENTERING REQUIRED, BETA, REQUIRED ANTICIPATE TOWARD AS AS -~ BRAKES CAN REVERSE AS PROPELLERS FLAPS M) - (K, AIRSPEED, AIRPORT - ENGINE LANDING POSITION, DOWN, A LAND. THE TO ENGINE ON 100KCAS GEAR L), Y TAKE-OFF (J, OPERATING MADE SINGLE IN CLIMB CHECK BE ONL ON REQUIRED TO TO TO OR (-26) USING 105KCAS USE REMAIN M EITHER SAFELY POWER RUNWAY REMAINSOR SURFACE, LAND IF AREA TO FTD BOUDARY (-36), UNABLE SURFACE OR - L LANDING DECISION AIRPORT (-25), RUNWAY K FAILURE THE MAKES SUITABLE BEYOND (-35), DISCUSSION J PILOT FLAPS M) FLY RETURN ENGINE 5° (I<, UP. IF REMAINING MU-2B KCAS MIN. GEAR 125 CLASSROOM L) TAKE-OFF KCAS RUNWAY (J, 113 NO LANDING, KCAS FOR RATE, FLAPS 120 M) 20° POS IF (K, SINGLE AIRSPEED 100KCAS BELOW AIRSPEED. L) LET WARNING (J, NOT ENGINE DO DECELERATE 105KCAS B-4

625

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00635 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.033 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) . 2' TO PITCH TEY TITUDE AL BANK 50' T03'ORAS FOR APPROXIMA NECESSARY MAINTAIN ESTABLISHED. UP NSAND TRENDS ALTITUDE CHECK I .,. .,.-. '~~- AS (-26) / " M \\ TORQUE POWER t~ (-36), 10% L INCREASE Y TURN TURNS TEL (-25), K NORMAL REQUIRED. STEEP (-35), APPROXIMA J START MU-2B IN ROLL FOR TO HEADING HEADING DOWN, PERFORMED BUG SET OUT 180' CONFIGURATIONS WILL BE AS GEAR THROUGH 20, TURNS CONFIGURATION) WELL LANDING SHOULD FLAPS AS AREA, DONE FLAPS 180KCAS, AND NOTE: UP, BE 360' .. TRIMNC LANDING NS 130K 'CLEAR MANEUVER CLEAN GEAR UP, (USE *THIS BOTH B-5

626

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00636 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.034 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 80 89 97/100 78/ KIM M) 15' (I<, 891 871 83/ M) Jill (I<, WEIGHT 821 881 107/108/103/106 100/1011 93KCAS (ll, STALL ACTIVATE 98 87 78 100KCAS l), TAKEOFF 761 MAY 99KCAS (J, L,M (APPROXIMATE) ~ ABOVE K, (J), 991 951 871 851 811 J, CAUTION J/LIK/M 99KCAS KTS GROSS 98/ 861 791 S- 104/10611011104 9 OOKCAS SPEEDS WARNING NOT THE 20" TO STALL FlAPS 4 IN OF BANK ALTITUDE STALL THE FLAP Vmc FLAPS STALL MAXIMUM AIRCRAFT OF BANK AT OR THE UNTIL AT FOLLOWS: AIRCRAFT MAINTAIN GEAR UP FLAPS ANGLE 20' 5' 40' AS THE ALLOW TO OF DONE MANEUVER. BE AIRCRAFT NOT (-26) BUFFET. THE M DO POWER THE BANK AIRSPEED CONDUCTED STALL SHOULD 0 1S' IS ALTITUDE +12 CONFIGURING (-36), +9 +4 +8 SLOW COMBINATION IT STALL. ALTITUDE. L OF BY AND ADD AND BEGINNING ANY AND TO PITCH PITCH PITCH PITCH PITCH MANEUVERING USED, IN CONFIGURATION (-25), AIRSPEED BE CONSTANT K FOLLOWS: MAXIMUM AERODYNAMIC PRIOR TO MANEUVER. DONE AS WEIGHT MANEUVER A ARE: ACTIVATED APPROX APPROX APPROX APPROX APPROX IS AERODYNAMIC FLIGHT BE IS (-35), CONTROLLABLE RIGHT. CONFIGURATION. AIRCRAFT THE USE THE AREA J REACH MAY BANK AND ABOVE FLAP TO THE IF AIRCRAFT SLOW SETTINGS BEGIN CONFIGURATIONS. CONTROLLABLE SHAKER) CHANGE CONDUCTED MU-2B LEFT STAGES. AND JUST ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE MINIMUM IS BEGINNING 100. ALL WITH THROUGHOUT. IN CLEAR 90' AND IN POWER TO (STICK MANEUVER PER PER PER PER PER GEAR OF MINIMUM THAN SPEED VARY GEAR A THE (35%) (32%) (44%) (42%) (54%) PRIOR WILL REQUIRED AND 11SKCAS MORE AND CONFIGURATIONS. WARNING DESIRED IS MANEUVERING CHANGES AREA FLAP CONFIGURATION -APPROXIMATE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE THE SETTINGS MAINTAIN FLIGHT FULL HEADING TO CLEAN CLEAR SLOW POWER GEAR GEAR GEAR WITH & & & CLEAN PERFORM NOTE: FLAP FLAP FLAP START - FROM AND SO CLEAN 5'FLAP 411' 211' BoS

627

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00637 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.035 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) ON AND REDUCE ENGINE, TRIMMED ~ POWER WARNING FLIGHT RECOVER AND WARNING STRAIGHT SIMULATED STALL LEVEL AND 125KCAS IF OPERATIVE FOR ACTIVATES, PITCH NS TO Vmc TO LEVEL LOSS 15KCAS, ENGINE AT RUDDER 10KCAS AND SIMULATED he DIRECTIONAL POWER PLUS FLIGHT CAUSE RECOVER DIRECTIONAL ON SIMULATED INSTRUCTOR PLUS OF TO Vmc OF BLOCKS ADD CONTROL AND OPERATIVE RECOVER. STRAIGHT AT LOSS POWER -.., TO \. OF AND (-26) M ~ ENGINE PITCH CONTROL I MANEUVERING (-36), INDICATION L ,....-- REDUCE OPERATIVE FIRST (-25), ENGINE THE K SECOND e+ SIMULATED TAKEOFF DECELERATE I> INCREASING PER DIRECTIONAL ON CONTROL, WITH INOPERATIVE (-35), TO LE ~S 'PLY 'R ,RATIVE I THE BE THIS J OF A KG. WH OPI BY 1 OF EARLY POWI PITCf M) TRAINED ENGINE RECOVERY K, LOSS MU-2B SHOULD DIRECTIONAL M) BEST AND OF K, ONE BLOCKING IS BECAUSE OBJECTIVE 93KCAS TRAVEL :Z::e: LOSS 10K, L - BE HORN THEN POWER RUDDER -100KCAS CONTROL PRIMARY FLIGHT PLUS L SOUND MUST RUDDER SET GEAR RECOGNITION LANDING CAUTION J, INSTRUCTOR 99KCAS, PRODUCE 125K TRIMMED THE Vmc TO UP, IF 5% MAY AND TIO J - LEVEL IS BREAKER, TO EARLY POWER Vsse MANEUVER. MANEUVER. CAUTION DISABLE 99KCAS BREAKER FOR GEAR HORN SIMULATE 2e 125KCAS DIRECTIONAL ONE TO LEVERS INSTRUCTOR THIS 20', CIRCUIT TO USING SIMULATED OPERATIVE SIMULATED POSITION BETWEEN (Vrnc OF NS SET GEAR RECOVERY RESET PRIOR RESET ENGINE ON CIRCUIT - (Vmc90KCAS, WITH TORQUE) ENCOURAGED SEAT APPROXIMATELY CONTINUOUSLY. ELECTS FLAPS LOSS AND FLAPS DURING IS THRUST OFF (VARIES AT 17% 5' CONDITION FLAPS ZERO SYNC 20' ENGINE AND ACCOMPLISHED ENGINE AREA, TO ~ CONTROL ONE TECHNIQUES. LAND, AND EMPHASIZED RECOGNITION INSTRUCTOR CLEAR FAILED LEVER AND B-7

628

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00638 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.036 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 AS \>----:, 140KCAS, REQUIRED POWER TO ACCELERATE 1 CLIMB ALTITUDE REASES, NAL ,..;;~~ INC LEVEL .... A - AT OF SEE ... AlS ON IN TOORIGI AS APPLY PROFILE. IF AS (STICK LOSS ~ WINGS OF I I CHART SPEEDS SPEEDS PITCH STALL. ACTIVATE WINGS (-26) SIDE M MAY MINIMIZE STALL STALL I 2'--c-:...... ABOVE LEVEL ADJUST TABULAR TO ALTITUDE. RECOGNITION FOR 9 K (-36), SIMULTANEOUSLY REVERSE AND ~ THE L TO WARNING 4 POWER, STALL 'STALL" CALL BANK CONFIGURATION (-25), ON MAX NECESSARY STALL SHAKER), K I CLEAN be'- (-35), J 120KCAS I FOR STALL MU-2B TO TRIM I HT ILEVEL FLiG J l>..e ... MAINTAIN AGL ALT APPROACH MIN. 5,000' -...-- I SYNC TORQUE t--e LAND, CONDITION 20% TRIMMED AND AREA, TIO -120KCAS-130KCAS AIRCRAFT OFF CLEAR LEVERS ~ 8-8

629

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00639 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.037 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) 72 74 76 77 81 78 79 I I 731 801 69 791 I I 40 641 741 751 761 771 781 I I K/M/J/l 641 671 661 691 681 731 721 751 761 81 83 85 77 79 I 187 811 851 861 791 741 I I 20 721 811 831 861 841 881 I I K/M/J/L 821 721 741 751 771 771 841 851 791 791 771 711 701 711 94 90 92 88 97 I 199 SPEEDS 871 981 921 941 961 891 5 I I 801 881 961 981 I I K/M/J/L STALL 911 911 931 931 951 801 861 851 841 891 831 831 96 93 98 1103 1106 981 901 931 1103/101 11041 0 941 851 881 961 951 1991 I 1102/1001 11041 K/M/J/L 851 88 99 971 911 911 941 1011 SET 7,000 7,500 8,000 9,000 9,920 9,500 8,500 FLAPS GR.WT. 10,000 10,470 10,500 11,000 10,800 11,500 8-8a

630

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00640 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.038 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 AS MINIMUM, POWER UP REQUIRED 150KCAS 10", FLAPS AlS SR10), M) MOD L, RETRACT INCREASE (K, MOD (J, 5°. APPROX. 20" NOT TO TO KCAS SEE ON 140KCAS FLAPS 130 PROFILE. IF PITCH FLAPS SR10)(K, OF CHART SPEEDS SPEEDS SIDE LOSS STALL STALL CAS WINGS TABULAR CLIMB UP. 9 K FOR REVERSE BANK TO (-26) LEVEL ALTITUDE MINIMIZE 4 SHAKER), GEAR M TO AT 15-30· INCREASES, (STICK POWER, RATE, (-36), STALL ORIGINAL L AlS STALL. MAX TO TO ACTIVATE AS NECESSARY (-25), POSITIVE ABOVE MAY AS K APPLY RECOGNITION PITCH (-35), CONFIGURATION J ALTITUDE, APPROACH STALL WARNING OF ON ADJUST STALL MU-2B SIMULTANEOUSLY AND TAKEOFF TIO 120KCAS- LEVERS AlS AIRCRAFT - OFF CONDITION TRIMMED SYNC AREA, LAND 130KCAS AND CLEAR B-9

631

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00641 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.039 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) 60 J/!./K/M 146115011431147 1381140/1341138 12211231120/123 112/115/1081110 98 961 50 J/LIK/M 130/132/126/130 100/1021 1221123/119/122 108/109/107/109 00 90 9711 871 WEIGHT KIM 001 40 9811 921 931 JIll 120/12111161120 112/113/109/112 M TAKEOFF L, (APPROXIMATE) 94 84 K, J, 821 921 GROSS SPEEDS 871 1941 30 92 861 J/LIK/M 1121114/1091112 105/107/1021105 STALL MAXIMUM 90 81 AT 981101 881 791 KIM 901 20 831 841 891 JIll 101/1021 108/109/1051108 98 88 79 771 961 KIM 881 861 821 10 871 811 99/1001 JIll 106/107/102/105 BANK FLAPS UP ANGLE 5· 40· 20· B·9a

632

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00642 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.040 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 AS MINIMUM, POWER REQUIRED 150KCAS FLAPS UP AlS (J, 5°. TO NOT KCAS TO 130 PITCH 140KCAS SEE FLAPS L,M) SR10)(K, PROFILE. K SR10), OF MOD 9 CHARTON SPEEDS SPEEDS RATE, AND INCREASE (K, TO RETRACT APPROX.10", MOD SIDE 4 MINIMIZE SHAKER), STALL STALL AT ALTITUDE. POWER TO TABULAR POSITIVE FOR MAX REVERSE (STICK (-26) 20", M STALL. ORIGINAL ACTIVATE APPLY FLAPS TO NECESSARY FLAPS Y MAY (-36), STALL AS ABOVE L CLIMB RECOGNITION FULL TO - PITCH UP, ALTITUDE, (-25), WARNING TANEOUSL K STALL OF GEAR ON SIMUL DOWN STALL ADJUST LOSS (-35), J APPROACH GEAR MU-2B GEAR TORQUE AlS 20", 20% - LEVERS OFF TRIMMED FLAPS DOWN, SYNC CONDITION 130KCAS - LAND, AREA, AND 120KCAS TIO CLEAR B-10

633

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00643 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.041 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) 72 74 76 77 79 81 78 I I 69 711 801 791 I I 40 641 701 721 731 741 751 761 771 781 I I K/M/JIL 641 671 661 691 681 731 751 761 711 79 81 77 83 85 I 187 741 811 791 851 861 I I 20 721 771 791 771 811 831 861 841 881 I I K/M/J/L 721 85/ 821 841 741 751 771 791 88 90 92 94 97 I 199 SPEEDS 921 841 891 961 971 5 I I 801 831 931 961 941 981 851 I I K/M/J/L STALL 911 911 831 891 881 871 801 86/ 931 951 93 96 98 1103 1106 931 951 981 11041 11031101 0 941 1991 11041 11021100/ K/M/J/L 971 961 911 911 901 941 851 851 88/881 99 1011 SET 7,000 8,000 7,500 9,000 9,920 8,500 9,500 FLAPS 10,000 GR.WT. 10,470 10,500 10,800 11,000 11,500 8-10a

634

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00644 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.042 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 MAX AS ROLL AND PITCH APPLY MINIMIZE LEVEL TO SHAKER) RECOGNITION A ADJUST ALTITUDE, WINGS (STICK STALL OF ON TOWARD NECESSARY POWER, LOSS SIMULTANEOUSLY BACKPRESSURE BANK ALTITUDE APPLY MAINTAIN ANGLE, TO PROGRESSIVE (-26) BANK M SO" INITIATE (-36), STALLS L (-25), K (-35), J ACCELERATED MU-2B BE FLAPS SEE ON PROFILE. ALSO OF DOWN, LANDING CHART SPEEDS SPEEDS TRIMMED THE SIDE GEAR SHOULD IN STALL STALL TABULAR WITH 100KCAS FOR REVERSE NS MANEUVER 20°, ACCOMPLISHED THIS • CONFIGURATION B-11

635

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00645 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.043 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) 60 J/lIK/M 148/150/1431147 138114011341138 12211231120/123 112111511081110 98 961 50 J/LIK/M 130/132/126/130 108/109/107/109 100/1021 122/123/119/122 00 90 97/1 871 WEIGHT KIM 931 40 921 98/1001 JIll 120/121/116/120 11211131109/112 M TAKEOFF L, (APPROXIMATE) 94 84 K, J, 921 GROSS SPEEDS 871 821 1941 30 92 861 J/lIK/M 112/114/109/112 105/107/102/105 STALL MAXIMUM 81 90 AT 981101 881 791 901 20 891 831 841 J/lIK/M 108/109/105/108 101/1021 98 88 79 961 861 771 KIM 881 10 871 99/1001 811 821 JIll 106/107/1021105 BANK FLAPS UP 5' ANGLE 20' 40' B-lla

636

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00646 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.044 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 ""DO MAXIMUM AlC. FLAPS. ALTITUDE. UP FULL BELOW IS CLEAN FOR ASSIGNED AlC AT AND UNTIL SPEED LAND BASED UNTIL TO Vfo FULL ATC. AND ON 120KCAS DOWN EXERCISE BY ROLL FLAPS NOSE TIO SPEEDS TO AT COMPLIANCE NOSE MAXIMUM RAISE RAISE DESCENT ALLOWABLE LEVERS REDUCE COMPLETE DESCENT, REQUIRED SIR10 DEPLOYED. NOT BANK, EXTEND THEN AS (-26) 30" SPEED. AND ARE REACHING A OR SPEED) M CONTINUE (Vfe), IN FLAPS CONDITION UNTIL FLAPS MODEL (-36), Fn. AND (LOW MAINTAIN ESTABLISHING 2(1' LEVEL. L HEADING Y FOR FULL ALLOWED DESCENT GEAR TEL AFTER LEVERS (-25), WINGS STEADY K OFF. SPEED DESCENT SCHEDULE POWER ESTABLISH FLAP (-35), SYNC ON APPROXIMA J MU-2B EMERGENCY AT ON. ALTITUDE. EXPLOSIVE MASKS EMERGENCY" LOWER SEE AT AREA, TRAFFIC ON OXYGEN DECOMPRESSION ASSIGNED SIMULATE PROFILE. THE AIR "DECLARE SPEEDS SPEEDS OF TRAFFIC CHART WITH START nTUDE. SIDE CRUISE ALTITUDES MIN. AL CLEAR CLEARING TO GEARIFLAP GEAR/FLAP TABULAR 150K REVERSE "WHILE AlS FOR COORDINATE ASSIGNED 'CLEARAREA, CONTROL CONFIGURATION AT B-12

637

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00647 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.045 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) 40° 120KCAS 120KCAS 120KCAS 120KCAS 120KCAS 20° 146KCAS 146KCAS 140KCAS 140KCAS 155KCAS S/R10) ~ 160KCAS 170KCAS 175KCAS 146KCAS 175KCAS BY 140KCAS 175KCAS 175KCAS SCHEDULE 318 654 - - EXTEND MODIFIED 280 610 ARE FLAP SIN SIN J+ AND AND AND AND S/R10 S/R10 BY (K+ GEAR BY S/R10 S/R10 BY BY MODIFIED MODIFIED MODIFIED MODIFIED NOT NOT 279 609 279 609 - - - - 239 548 239 548 SIN SIN SIN SIN L: GEAR K,K+: M,J,J+: FLAPS K: LIM K+: J: J+: 8-12a

638

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00648 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.046 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 ALTITUDE. 200KCAS ASSIGNED TO AT SPEED EXERCISE 15-20" NOSE REDUCE WINGS HEADING tJO BANK, INITIAL (250KCAS). KEEP 30" COMPLETE STEADY Vmo A APPROX. IN ON (-26) BYATC TO SPEED) M DESCENT, REQ'D VMO(250KCAS). DESCENT (-36), DESCENT AS (HIGH APPROACHES TO L REDUCING OR AlS AS (-25), ESTABLISHING DOWN, CONTINUE K ESTABLISH DESCENT DOWN NOSE AFTER (-35), ACCELERATING LEVEL, J MU-2B EMERGENCY AT ON. ALTITUDE. EXPLOSIVE MASKS EMERGENCY LOWER AT AREA, TRAFFIC OXYGEN DECOMPRESSION ASSIGNED SIMULATE DECLARE THE AIR TRAFFIC WITH START MIN. CRUISE ALTITUDES. ALTITUDE. CLEAR CLEARING TO AREA, 150KCAS "WHILE COORDINATE AlS ASSIGNED 'CLEAR CONFIGURATION AT CONTROL B-13

639

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00649 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.047 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) FLIGHT POWER ADD LEVEL A A TO LEVEL, TO WINGS UP MAINTAIN ROLL ONCE COMMENCE TO ATTITUDE PULL LOW, AND FLIGHT REDUCE POWER LEVEL IDLE, NOSE HIGH) LEVEL LEVEL, WINGS (-26) WHEN FLIGHT M (NOSE THE ALLOW USING (-36), DURING PREVENT L STALL AND TO BANK WINGS THROUGH 60" (-25), RECOVERY K SPOILER CAUTION HORIZON FALL LOAD G MANUEVER AND TO ACCELERATED (-35), TOWARD J NOT AN ATIITUDE NOSE ROLL DO BANKING RUDDER MU-2B UNUSUAL NOSE A WITH OF TO THE ATTITUDE, TRAFFIC TAKEOFF ALTITUDE POSITIVE TO INITIATE -I COODINATE CONTROL USE CLEAR YOUR UNUSUAL NOTE RECOVERY TO RECOGNITION POWER AND AREA AREA, I FOR HIGH SHOULD BELOW UPON THE TRANSFER AND CONTROL TO INSTRUCTOR ATTITUDE -:CLEAR STUDENT 1 INSTRUCTOR ABOVE THE CLEARING TRAFFIC CONTROL UNUSUAL THE AIR BOTH 'WHILE B-14

640

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00650 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.048 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 FLIGHT POWER NOT ADD LOW LEVEL LEVEL WINGS DO AlTITUDE. NOSE LEVEL, Vmo, UNTIL ACCELERATED IN WINGS MOVEMENTS MAINTAIN A AN ONCE NEAR FLIGHT TO LEVEL RECOVERY. OR STALL AIRCRAFT CAUTION CONTROL AT LEVEL ARE PREVENT A IS COMMENCE LOAD DURING TO TO G WINGS ABRUPT UP LOW) NOT LEVEL USE AIRSPEED ONCE PULL AlTITUDE, DO (-26) IF ARE M (NOSE (-36), L LOW AND POWER (-25), RECOVERY AlTITUDE NOSE K TOWARD A WINGS BANK, A PITCH OF REDUCE (-35), ROLL IN J IF LOW ATIITUDE IDLE, LEVELING LEVEL AlTITUDE, NOSE MU-2B WHILE RECOGNITION FLIGHT WITH TO UNUSUAL WINGS TO THE UPON UNUSUAL MAINTAIN TRAFFIC ALTITUDE. POSITIVE INITIATE CONTROL USE CLEAR COORDINATE YOUR RECOVERY NOTE THE AND I FOR SHOULD AREA, BELOW TRANSFER THE AND TO CONTROL INSTRUCTOR AlTITUDE STUDENT OCLEARrREA INSTRUCTOR THE ABOVE I TRAFFIC CONTROL UNUSUAL THE BOTH AIR "WHILE CLEARING B-15

641

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00651 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.049 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) FPM MINIMUM 20"0. FPM TORQUE) 500-600 Vref. TO FLAPS 500-600 120KCAS (20-25% AlS DESCENT. RATE SLOWING SINK ASSURED, 25% 120- SINK AIS FPM AlS 40". 500 CHECK LANDING 20", (APPROX TORQUE) TE. FLAPS RA 130KCAS. (-26) M FLAPS) FLIGHT K+) LEVERS STOP. AlS TO 40· M, (-36), L, MINIMUM, LANDING IDLE L (J, TOUCHDOWN. (K) DOWN, POWER (20·or RETARD I CHECKLIST (-25), GEAR 5° K 140KCAS COMPLETE 130KCAS LANDING (-35), FLAPS J .-----r/ MU-2B NORMAL OF TABULAR APPROACH APPROACH SEE REVERSE SIDE SPEEDS PROFILE. ON LANDING LANDING SPEEDS FOR CHART DESCENT CHECKLIST COMPLETE B-16

642

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00652 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.050 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 1: 111 105 108 114 117 119 119 J 100 106 103 112 115 117 96 M VS1} 100 103 112 115 Vref 99 .!S 40° (1.5 112 109 109 109 106 106 103 SPEEDS M L, 99 99 1: FLAPS 103 105 108 110 110 K, J, 93 96 VS1} J APPROACH 110 106 109 (1.3 M 20° 100 106 109 100 103 103 112 115 LANDING FLAPS 93 96 96 .!S 100 103 108 106 8,500 8,000 7,000 9,000 7,500 9,955 9,435 9,500 WEIGHT 10,260 10,000 10,500 11,000 11,025 B-16a

643

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00653 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.051 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) D,r------. 0' o (-26) UP MINIMUM, M LANDING FLAPS (-36), 150KCAS l NS (-25), REJECTED K - (-35), J IF 130 AROUND 5', SR10), 10", TO GO MU-2B MOD M) FLAPS L, RETRACTED, NOT APPROX. (J, TO FULLY SR10)(K, IS 8' RETRACT IF PITCH 140KCAS 20" 20" MOD GEAR PITCH (I<, SELECTED REJECTED, FLAPS FLAPS AFTER INCREASE KCAS POWER, SELECT LANDING MAX FOR PREVIOUSLY AND AND 40" WHEN UP APPLY NORMAL LANDING APPROACH, STABILIZED CONFIGURED B-17

644

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00654 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.052 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 500- TE. AlS RA 5°. TORQUE) DISTANCE OR 30% SINK INCREASE NOTE 26% 0° MINIMUM. FPM WILL APPROXIMATELY LANDING FLAPS 600 (APPROX 140KCAS AS IDLE POWER - LANDING SLOWLY FLIGHT BRAKING MAYNOTBE TO CHECKLIST (-26) BELOW90K BETA M LEVERS BETA COMPLETE TOUCHDOWN UNTIL RETARD LANDING (-36), NOTE: PROPS L FLAP BOTH (-25), AVAILABLE 5° K REQUIRED. OR CHECK (-35), J FLAP NO MINIMUM. MU-2B TORQUE) 150KCAS (25-30% AlS OF FLAP So TABULAR APPROACH ON UNTIL APPROACH OR SELECT NOSE SEE REVERSE SIDE DESCENT SPEEDS PROFILE. GROUND NOT CAUTION FLAP WHEEL WITH ON BELOW90K LANDING APPROACH REVERSE DO NO LANDING CHECKLISTS SPEEDS FOR AND CHART COMPLETE 8-18

645

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00655 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.053 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) 115 115 115 117 119 M .!. 115 115 118 124 115 124 5° IS 115 115 FLAPS 115 117 115 5° ..J 115 115 115 115 118 VS1 OR 115KCAS) 1.25 UP M M 124 120 115 118 127 L, Vref K, FLAP BELOW J, .!. 117 120 127 129 123 129 UP FOR FLAP NOT NO USE JS 115 FLAPS 124 115 118 122 (BUT ..J 115 117 123 119 128 125 8.000 8.500 7,500 9.955 9,435 9.500 9.000 10.260 10.000 WEIGHT 10.500 11,000 11.025 B-18a

646

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00656 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.054 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 IN FLAPS A BALL RUDDER COMPLETE WITH BELOW AFTER RUDDER HOLD MIN. OR PER ASSURED, ATTEMPT RATE, WITH DOWN WARNING CHECK AGL SELECTED MINUTE 500-600 NOT CHECKLIST, FEET SINK ~ 20"FLAPSARE GO-AROUND 12SKCAS 400' DO GEAR LANDING CENTERED, CENTER RATE. AJS LANDING TRIM WHEN IF 20". SINK GEAR 45-55% 300-600FPM PATH, THE LEVER CHECK ______SINGLE FAILED ~ REVERSE WITH ASSURED, GLIDE USE (APPROX TORQUE) ruo,,,,,u;. POWER CAUTION NOT L) 20% ENGINE CHECK THRUST SIMULATED (J, DO DOWN. """ LANDING VREF. ENGINE I CAS (-26) 10SKCAS(K,M) 110K I TORQUE. M THESHOLD, LANDING (-36), L -...... """'I (-25), I ~ K INOPERATIVE IDLE, BETA. ENGINE REQUIRED. (-35), REQUIRED. J AS AS PROP FLIGHT ENGINE • THEN PROP MU-2B OPERATING ONE BRAKES REVERSE 150/150' 140/140 135/130' VYSECKCAS) M L, K, J, 140/135' 130/130' 125/125' VXSECKCAS) BETA WHEN TOWARD 5° CAUTION SETTING UP 200 ANTICIPATE OPERATING ENGINE ENTERING SWERVE 'K,M FLAP B-19

647

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00657 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.055 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) IS AS THE PATH NOSE DEVELOP OPPOSITE WING WIND TO LEVEL +-WIND INTO BEFORE \\\\""~ AIRCRAFT DOWNWIND. UPWIND CENTERLINE. WINGS ALLOWED THE MODULATED. THAT DRIFT f\ SPOILERS BE I \ I KEEP SO TO CENTERED RUNWAY TO NOT SMOOTHLY DOWN APPLIED TOUCHDOWN, RUDDERS IS TENDENCY SHOULD AND TO TOUCHDOWN. NECESSARY ANY ._~+-WIND (-26) NOTE! RUDDER PRIOR ** M CONTINUES WHEEL AIRCRAFT LOWERED /////j (-36), L LANDING (-25), K (-35), J CROSSWIND THE ONE IN MU-2B KCAS. FLOWN BY 10 DRIFT BE EXTENSION ONE-HAF TO PLUS CORRECTIONS WITH AN +-WIND LANDING \\\\,,~ PLUS Vref SUFFICIENTLY LINE DOWN ! I SPEED 1\ EXCEED ~ CENTER FLOWN CROSSWIND COORDINATED TO WIND ESABLISHED ~~+-WIND BE -' FOR NOT RUNWAY WILL Vref TO PERMIT CENTER LINE STEADY THE SPEED ONLY MINOR ONLY THE OF CORRECTION AIRCRAFT WITH ADVANCE GUST INCREASE HALF /////j

648

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00658 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.056 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 MIN. 20· (ONE 20·, FLAPS SLOPE 120KCAS FLAPS A1S DOWN, GLIDE 120KCAS) GIS), GEAR ASSURED, TORQUE. CHECK BELOW BELOW (20% 25% CHECK Vref 400 APPROACHING DOT LANDING (OR LANDING APPROX TORQUE) WHEN THRESHOLD (-26) M (-36), L APPROACH (-25), PLATE. K MINIMUM, MISSED CROSSING (K) 'ON" (-35), OM AND J APPROACH ILS CHECK RECEIVER K+)130KCAS MU-2B REVIEW M, L, MARKER (J, IDENTIFY. & CHECKLIST. BRAKES REVERSE TUNE 140KCAS ALTITUDE K+) AlS REQUIRED. 150K M, BETA. OF L, MINIMUM, RADIOS: LANDING AS APPROACH AlS REQUIRED. (J, (K) DOWN, SIDE AS PROPS CHECKLIST TABULAR APPROACH GEAR APPROACH 140KCAS COMPLETE 130KCAS SEE REVERSE SPEEDS PROFILE. ON LANDING LANDING SPEEDS FOR CHART B-21

649

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00659 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.057 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) .!: 105 111 117 119 119 4 106 109 108 112 103 115 114 117 96 M VS1) 100 100 109 112 106 115 Vref (1.5 99 1S 40° 112 106 103 103 109 SPEEDS L,M 99 99 .!: FLAPS 103 105 108 110 110 K, J, 93 96 4 VS1} APPROACH 106 109 110 (1.3 96 M 20° 100 112 106 100 115 LANDING FLAPS 93 96 1S 108 106 109 103 103 100 103 9,000 8,500 8,000 7,000 7,500 9,435 9,500 9,955 WEIGHT 10,000 10,260 10,500 11,025 11,000 a 6-21

650

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00660 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.058 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 (-26) M (-36), APPROACH L UP MINIMUM, (-25), FLAPS IF MISSED K 130 1S0KCAS 5°. SR10), AlS 10", TO (-35), MOD J ENGINE M) FLAPS L, RE1RACTED, NOT APPROX. (J, lWO MU-2B TO FUllY SR10)(K, 125 IS RE1RACT 20" L) M) PITCH 140KCAS KCAS IF 20" FLAPS MOD (J, GEAR 5° 113 UP. (K, IF FLAPS KCAS KCAS(K. AFTER GEAR INCREASE MIN. FLAPS KCAS 120 GO MAX PITCH B" UP MISSED AROUND. POWER. APPROACH 8-22

651

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00661 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.059 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) AIS SLOPE MIN) AT 20", GIS), M) DOWN (K, GLIDE FLAPS GEAR (130KCAS BELOW THRESHOLD DOT 10SKCAS CHECK ASSURED, L), 140KCAS CROSS (ONE (J, APPROACHING TO CHECK TORQUE) LANDING 110KCAS SLOWING LANDING WHEN (S(}'SS% APPROACH (-Zti) M MISSED (-3ti), L AND IDLE, BETA. ILS ENGINE (-Z5), REQUIRED. REQUIRED. 1\ AS AS PROP FLIGHT (-35), THEN PROP J OPERATING BRAKES REVERSE INOPERATIVE MU-ZIS OM RADIOS: (135KCAS ENGINE L) MARKER CHECKLIST. J, CHECK "ON" ONE PLATE. MIN ALTITUDE APPROACH IDENTIFY. RECEIVER & (140KCAS APPROACH M). A K, 150K TUNE CROSSING THE IDLE. LEVER WITH MIN ARE SINGLE BELOW AFTER FAILED REVIEW AlS WITH REVERSE OR ATTEMPT USE FLIGHT POWER FLAPS DOWN CAUTION WARNING AGL SELECTED NOT NOT 20" ENGINE THRUST GO-AROUND SIMULATED 400' DO DO ABOVE GEAR ENGINE 8-23

652

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00662 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.060 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 LESS GO OF LANDING WEIGHT, WITH ENGINE OF ALTITUDES AGL. SINGLE AT ALTITUDE, 200, FEET 400 WARNING COMBINATIONS POSSIBLE FLAPS PRESSURE BE THAN AND AND NOT CERTAIN DOWN MAY TURE UNDER GEAR (-26) APPROACH AROUND TEMERA M (-36), (K, L MISSED 140KCAS KCAS ADJUST (-25), 20" K 130 SR10), (OBSTRUCTION Y M) 10" FLAPS (-35), MOD FEET INOPERATIVE J IF FULL (J,L, IS NOT PITCH ACCELERATE. 300-400 MU-2B GEAR TO ENGINE SR10)(K, CLEARANCE). PITCH ONE AFTER APPROX RETRACTED, MOD SOME 140KCAS, GEAR DESCENT, 140KCAS. A RUDDER PITCH. BE EXPECTED. APPROACH, AJS MAINTAIN 10" FROM TO MAINTAIN IS NECESSARY. TO CONTROL, MISSED THEN AS MAINTAIN POWER. LOSS PITCH TO GEAR, MAX SPOILER TRANSITIONING SET PITCH RAISE ALTITUDE DIRECTIONAL "IF COMMENCING MAINTAIN AND UP. B-24

653

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00663 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.061 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) MIN. MIN. 20" TORQUE, TORQUE INBOUND, 140KCAS DESCENT FLAPS FIX 120KCAS MIN. 25-30% 25-30% CHECKLIST AlS FPM AlS MIN, DESCEND DOWN. (130KCAS LANDING GEAR 800-1000 500FPM 120KCAS APPROACHING TORQUE, COMPLETE AIS 140KCAS 20-25% AlS (-26) THEN M AS APPROACH LEVERS STOP, REQUIRED. (-36), AS L IDLE REVERSE POWER MISSED (-25), BRAKES BETA. FLIGHT PLATE. K AND MINIMUM, TO CROSSING (K) ·ON" .~ (-35), PROPS OM TOUCHDOWN: J REQUIRED. RETARD APPROACH CHECK RECEIVER MU-2B K+)130KCAS REVIEW M, NON-PRECISION L, MARKER (J, IDENTIFY. & SO. CHECKLIST. OF TO TUNE 140KCAS ALTITUDE ENGINE PROFILE UP SIDE GO·AROUND, 150K TWO RADIOS: TABULAR APPROACH PITCH APPROACH AlS APPROACH WITH SEE REVERSE APPROACH SPEEDS PROFILE. APPROACH: ON POWER, LANDING LANDING SPEEDS MISSED MAX CONTINUE FOR MISSED CHART B·25

654

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00664 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.062 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 h 105 111 114 117 119 119 4 100 106 103 112 109 108 115 117 96 M VS1) 103 100 112 115 Vref (1.5 99 K 40° 106 106 103 112 109 109 SPEEDS L,M 99 99 h FLAPS 110 110 108 K, J, 93 96 VS1) 4 APPROACH 100 106 103 109 105 110 (1.3 96 M 20° 100 103 106 112 109 103 115 LANDING F~PS 96 93 K 108 106 100 103 7,500 8,000 8,500 7,000 9,500 9,435 9,000 9,955 WEIGHT 10,000 10,260 10,500 11,000 11,025 8-25a

655

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00665 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.063 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) 40- L), So. 20", MIN.) (J, FPM SECONDS. FLAPS 17 FLAPS 500 COMPLETE LANDING. 110KCAS (130KCAS TO AT DOWN, TORQUE, APPROACH ..... DESCEND , 50% 140KCAS PRIOR GEAR CHECKLIST AIS APPROXIMATELY CAUTION IS THRESHOLD MISSED DOWN (-26) LANDING ASSURED, M TIME AND GEAR M). CROSS (K, TO (-36), L LANDING CONFIRM EXTENSION 10SKCAS ~-~ (-25), WHEN SLOWING K GEAR NON-PRECISION (-35), J ~~ IDLE, MU-2B BETA. ENGINE REQUIRED. MIN REQUIRED. & INOPERATIVE AS AS PROP FLIGHT ALTITUDE REVIEW TUNE THEN (13SKCAS PROP OPERATING ENGINE BRAKES L) REVERSE J, RADIOS: CROSSING ONE CHECKLIST. MIN FIX PLATE. A IDLE. THE LEVER CHECK (140KCAS ARE BELOW DOWN AFTER SINGLE FAILED .APPROACH WITH OR REVERSE M) lS0K ATTEMPT APPROACH FLIGHT POWER GEAR K, FLAPS CAUTION WARNING AGL SELECTED A1S IDENTIFY. NOT NOT USE 20" ENGINE WITH THRUST 400' SIMULATED DO GO-AROUND DO ABOVE ENGINE B-26

656

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00666 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.064 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 FPM OF TORQUE. RATE 120KCAS 300 FPM 20'OR 500-600 DESCENT SINK A1S TOVref DESCEND CENTERLINE 20-25% MIN. Y 40'SLOWING FLAPS WITHIN 500-600 NOT TO CHECK DO UNTIL RUNWA BETA. REQUIRED. LEVERS AS 20% PROPS POWER BRAKES THEN TORQUEVref STOP, THRESHOLD: RETARD IDLE REQUIRED. DOWN, AS COMPLETE CHECKLIST GEAR GROUND 20' (-26) TOUCHDOWN, MINIMUMS M REVERSE CHECK LANDING FLAPS (-36), L WEATHER AT (-25), K FLAPS MIN) 140K (-35), J A1S DOWN, APPROACH 20", (130KCAS FROM APPROACH: MU-2B GEAR CIRCLING '-- UNM 2.3NM NOT MIN.) 140K 165K MINIMUM ALTITUDE TORQUE, (130KCAS 121 141 50% DESCENT 140KCAS CATC CATD BELOW CIRCLING BELOW APPROX A1S B-27

657

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00667 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.065 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) h 108 111 117 119 119 J 106 105 100 103 112 115 114 117 96 M VS1) 100 103 106 115 109 109 112 Vref (1.5 99 IS 40° 106 109 103 112 SPEEDS M L, 99 99 b FLAPS 103 105 108 110 110 K, J, 93 96 J VS1) APPROACH 100 103 106 109 110 (1.3 96 20° M 100 103 106 109 112 115 LANDING FLAPS 93 96 IS 100 103 106 108 8,000 8,500 7,000 7,500 9,000 9,435 9,500 9,955 10,000 WEIGHT 10,260 10,500 11,000 11,025 8-27a

658

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00668 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.066 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 M) (K, WITH 500- FLAPS DOWN, WHEN TO 125KCAS DESCENT CIRCLING FLOWN RATE COMPLETE UP. 105KCAS 600FPM LANDING A1S GEAR LANDING LANDING CHECKLIST BE PROFILE,IF 500-600FPM OUT DOWN,CHECK SINK AIS MIN. 20', ASSURED,GEAR ASSURED: CHECK SLOWING CHECKSINKRA-iE-] GEAR L), 20', (J, AND SHOULD ENGINE ASSURED, FLAPS NOT FLAPS NOTE: 110KCAS 5' - DO WITHIN LANDING APPROACH A1S 50, MINIMUMS ~ RUNWAY UNTIL OF FLAPS CENTERLINE 300 DESCEND CHECK WEATHER (-26) AT M (-36), L APPROACH (-25), K A (-35), CIRCLING J WITH ARE BELOW AFTER OR ATTEMPT MU-2B FLAPS DOWN WARNING AGL SELECTED NOT 20' GO-AROUND 400' DO GEAR INOPERATIVE ENGINE 1.7NM 2.3NM THE IDLE. LEVER SINGLE FAILED ONE WITH REVERSE NOT MIN.) USE FLIGHT POWER 140K 165K CAUTION MINIMUM NOT ENGINE THRUST SIMULATED DO ABOVE ALTITUDE TORQUE, ENGINE (l30KCAS 141 121 70% BETA CIRCLING WHEN 0 TOWARD DESCENT 140KCAS CATC CAT CAUTION BELOW OPERATING ANTICIPATE APPROX A1S ENGINE ENTERING SWERVE B·28

659

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00669 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.067 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) OR OR IS TO TEMP REQUIRED RETARD LENGTH OR POWER MAXIMUM AS WHICHEVER CLEARANCE TORQUE/PSI SET TEMP. FIRST. RUNWAY LEVERS IF MAINTAIN TO TORQUEIPSIS MAXIMUM, OCCURS CRITICAL, OBSTACLE NOTE: ALLOWABLE POWER • FLAPS o!~ (-30) o (G) IF G 20° 130 NOT 5°. (F, OR 100. TO (-20), 5° 140KCAS F KCAS D), FLAPS RETRACTED. (B, APPROX. (-10), 0 D, TO FULLY 5° KCAS B, (B, S/R10)(140 TAKE-OFF, IS IF RETRACT UP. 130 PITCH 20° MOD REMAINING MIN. KCAS GEAR MU-2B (F, GEAR KTS S/R10), FLAPS NORMAL F) AFTER 113 INCREASE KCAS RUNWAY MOD NO KCAS (G)125 LANDING, FLAPS 13° 120 UP FOR 20° RATE, IF NOSE FLAPS POS PITCH ROTATE MAX VR- ON LIMITS CHARTS LIMITS PROFILE. EGT OF CHARTS EGT SPEEDS SPEED AND WILL OR LESS TEMP TO BETA AND SIDED OR RELEASE RISE ROLL. RISE TAKEOFF TABULAR DURING TAKEOFF TORQUE TAKEOFF FIRST. TORQUE TO RAM OUT. TORgUE WHICHEVER MAXIMUM SEE REVERSE FOR AND AT TAKEOFF POWER 10% TEMP MAXIMUM CAUSE TORQUE/PSI OCCURS SET LIGHTS • BRAKES. C-1

660

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00670 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.068 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 Ji Ji 109 105 103 101 100 101 105 102 100 MINUTES 5 E 99 98 E 108 107 104 101 102 TEMPERATURE, 092 99 SIB AIR 110 106 107 106 102 104 Q 101 103 100 100 Q 092 CONDITIONS DEPARTURE. SPEEDS LIMITS AND SIB TO 036 (RAM (STATIC) 111 111 107 OFF B+ 110 106 B+ 101 104 103 100 100 OUTSIDE ROTATE AND SIB PSI PSI PSI ON TORQUE PRIOR 036 TAKE 64 64 60 BYH 99 99 109 107 106 104 104 104 100 ~ 101 ~ 103 SIB LIMITS DEPEND BY EGT MODIFIED LIMITS 5° 20" lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS lBS NOT MODIFIED B,D F,G CHECK EGT 9,350 9,000 8,930 8,000 9,500 9,920 7,500 7,000 9,920 9.350 9,500 9,000 8,000 8,930 7,500 7,000 10,800 10,000 FLAPS 10,800lBS 10,000lBS FLAPS B: B+: C-1a

661

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00671 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.069 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) TO DURING AND UNTIL PITCH AFTER OUT 140KCAS. UP. INSTALLED, 150KCAS. IS SPEED CHECKLIST TO ENGINE 140KCAS A1S NOT TAKE-OFF F). FLAPS COMPLETE FLAP 10 CLIMB: USING D, RETRACTION, (G) WEIGHT, SR (IF TO POWER (B, RUNWAY MAINTAIN 'IF RETRACTION FOR MIN AHEAD MAXIMUM UP'. DURING MINIMUM INSTALLED) UNABLE REDUCE MINIMUM 5° OR FLAPS 140KCAS SUFFICIENT STRAIGHT DOWN, 105KCAS A1S FLAPS APPROPRIATE -IF 100KCAS MIN. LAND NOT A1S REMAINS, GEAR 5 APPROX. ;;;;;;;;,I ADJUST 20° KCAS INSTALLED, 20" 130 FLAPS OR 5° PITCH (OBSTRUCTION (IF 5° 13".) FLAPS UP', [J 10". (-30) FEET FlAPS B~ IF tJ G IF 10"TO tJ~1 FLAPS FLAPS 5° o - ACCELERATE. 300-400 TO (-20), APPROX. TO F CLEARANCE). FLAPS PITCH APPROX PITCH INSTALLED, (-10), FAILURE 5°. 8" D B, LESS AGL) POWER RUDDER FLAPS ENGINE ENGINE APPROX (NOT ENGINE 200FT WITH STOP; MU-2B 1150 PITCH, AIRCRAFT THAN FAILED FAILURE SIMULATED MINIMUM TRIM 10-12" VYSE(KCAS) 120/140/140 105/130/135 135/150 -, CONTROL TAKE-OFF YXSE EMERGENCY OFF SPOILER. APPROX F) FLAPS TAKE D, 20", LEVER, 5° G UP. MAINTAIN (B, DIRECTIONAL IF REMAINING MINIMUM TO FLAPS LEVER, DIFI MIN. GEAR YXSEIKCAS) KCAS 1151130/130 100/125/125 130/135/140 AND B, PITCH KTS CONDITION 125 MAINTAIN RUNWAY PITCH, TIO (G) 113 NO LANDING, KCAS FOR FLAPS RATE, NORMAL 120 20" POS 5° IF UP 20" MAKE FlAPSEmNG C-2

662

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00672 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.070 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 TO AND TO BOTH STOP LEVERS SWITCH EVACUATING EMERGENCY "IF AIRCRAFT, AS MASTER CONDITION EMERGENCY RUNWAY EVACUATE AIRCRAFT NECESSARY" OR CLEAR ,r------. o U o MORE RUNWAY (-30) NOT G AT ON MALFUNCTION SPEEDS. OR (-20), F IDLE. THE LEVER ROTATE FAILURE SINGLE FAILED FAILURE INSTRUCTOR CAUTION (-10), OF WITH REVERSE D BY USE POWER 50% CAUTION B, ENGINE NOT ENGINE GIVEN ENGINE THRUST SIMULATED THAN DO ABOVE FLIGHT ENGINE BE MU-2B TO IS SIMULATED TAKE-OFF AS WHEEL TO ANDIOR GROUND OR OCCURS TO NECESSARY. NOSE FAILS THRUST THRUST AS DIRECTIONAL BRAKES, USE CONTROL. LEVERS ENGINE BRAKES REVERSE REVERSE MALFUNCTION MAINTAIN POWER STEERING, REQUIRED. SET, IDLE, RELEASED POWER BRAKES C-3

663

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00673 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.071 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) BETA SWERVE WHEN OPERATING THEN CAUTION ENGINE ENTERING BETA, REQUIRED, REQUIRED ANTICIPATE TOWARD AS AS -~ CAN BRAKES F) REVERSE AS PROPELLERS FLAPS 0, - (B, AIRSPEED, AIRPORT ENGINE LANDING POSITION, DOWN, LAND. THE KCAS TO ENGINE ON GEAR 100K Y TAKE-OFF (G) OPERATING MADE SINGLE IN REMAINSORA CHECK CLIMB BE ON ONL REQUIRED TO KCAS TO TO OR USING USE REMAIN 105K EITHER (-30) SAFELY POWER RUNWAY SURFACE, G LAND IF AREA TO FTD BOUDARY UNABLE SURFACE OR - (-20), F LANDING DECISION AIRPORT RUNWAY (-10), FAILURE 0 THE MAKES SUITABLE BEYOND B, DISCUSSION F) PILOT FLAPS FLY RETURN 0, ENGINE 5° UP. MU-2B IF (B, REMAINING MIN. GEAR KCAS CLASSROOM 125 KCAS TAKE-OFF RUNWAY (G) 113 NO LANDING, KCAS FOR RATE, FLAPS 120 20" F) POS IF 0, (B, SINGLE AIRSPEED BELOW AIRSPEED. 100KCAS LET WARNING (G) NOT ENGINE DO DECELERATE 105KCAS C-4

664

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00674 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.072 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 2" TO PITCH TEY ALTITUDE. FOR 50"BANK T03"ORAS APPROXIMA NECESSARY AlSAND TRENDS MAINTAIN ALTITUDE ESTABLISHED. UP CHECK ~- - ...... " AS // " (-30) // \\ G TORQUE POWER t 10% (-20), INCREASE Y TURN F TURNS TEL (-10), NORMAL D REQUIRED. STEEP B, APPROXIMA START MU-2B IN ROLL FOR TO HEADING HEADING DOWN, PERFORMED BUG SET OUT 180" CONFIGURATIONS WILL BE AS GEAR THROUGH 20, TURNS CONFIGURATION) WELL LANDING SHOULD AlC AlS AS DONE FLAPS UP, AREA, AND NOTE: UP, BE TRIM 360" ** LANDING 130K GEAR MANEUVER CLEAN FLAPS ·CLEAR 180K, (USE *THIS BOTH C-5

665

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00675 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.073 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) B) B) AFM) 81 88 00 IN 9711 78/ 871 IG 89191KCAS 831 99/104/106 97199KCAS D, D, 991 891 891 APPUCABIUTY WEIGHT 15' 98/ 811 831 88/ 731 741 741 STALL B/B+/D/F ACTIVATE 89KCAS G NUMBER F, 97KCAS F, MAY F, TAKEOFF 86 98 80 (APPROXIMATE) ABOVE D, SERIAL 85/ 951 CAUTION B+, 93KCAS KTS NOT GROSS B, 9 THE G, 98/102/104 811 731 771 STALL 100KCAS WARNING I CONSULT SPEEDS IN OF TO ~ G, 98 811 88/ 88/ 731 ALTITUDE 4 THE FLAP AIRCRAFT B/B+/D/F/G SPEED STALL 85/ 951 801 721 BANK OR STALL (90KCAS MAXIMUM THE Vmc UNTIL AT (99KCAS AT FOLLOWS: AIRCRAFT MAINTAIN GEAR BANK FLAPS AS MODEL THE ALLOW TO OF B DONE OF MANEUVER. 2(1' FLAPS BE AIRCRAFT 5' NOT (FOR BUFFET. THE Vmc: (-30) UP POWER DO FLAPS 20' 5' ANGLE 40' THE G AIRSPEED CONDUCTED STALL SHOULD IS CONFIGURING SLOW COMBINATION IT STALL. (-20), BY AND ADD AND BEGINNING F ANY 0 TO +12 +8 USED, MANEUVERING +4 +9 BANK IN AIRSPEED BE 15' ALTITUDE (-10), ALTITUDE. AERODYNAMIC PRIOR D TO DONE PITCH PITCH PITCH PITCH PITCH OF MANEUVER ACTIVATED IS AERODYNAMIC FLIGHT B, BE IS AND CONTROLLABLE CONFIGURATION. THE AREA CONFIGURATION REACH MAY BANK CONSTANT FOLLOWS: APPROX APPROX APPROX APPROX APPROX ABOVE FLAP TO THE MAXIMUM IF SLOW MU-2B MANEUVER. BEGIN AS WEIGHT ARE: A SHAKER) AND JUST MINIMUM RIGHT. AIRCRAFT 100. THE USE CLEAR (STICK ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE ENGINE MANEWER AND GEAR MINIMUM CONTROLLABLE MINIMUM THAN SPEED AIRCRAFT SETTINGS A THE PER PER PER PER PER CHANGE CONDUCTED LEFT STAGES. CONFIGURATIONS. IS BEGINNING WITH (23) (21) (29) THROUGHOUT. (27) (35) IN MORE AND 9()O CONFIGURATIONS. AND WARNING DESIRED ALL POWER TO PSI PSI PSI PSI PSI IN OF VARY GEAR OR OR OR OR OR 115K PRIOR WILL REQUIRED AND (35%) (32%) (44%) (42%) (54%) IS MANEUVERING CHANGES AREA FLAP CONFIGURATION -APPROXIMATE MAINTAIN THE SETTINGS FULL FLIGHT TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE TORQUE HEADING TO CLEAN CLEAR SLOW POWER GEAR GEAR GEAR WITH & & & CLEAN PERFORM NOTE: FLAP FLAP FLAP START FLAP - FROM AND 5" 5' CLEAN 4(1' 2(1' C-6

666

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00676 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.074 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 ON AND REDUCE ENGINE, TRIMMED POWER WARNING FLIGHT RECOVER AND WARNING STRAIGHT SIMULATED STALL AND LEVEL 125KCAS IF OPERATIVE FOR ACTIVATES, PITCH AlS OF TO Vmc AND TO ENGINE AT LOSS RUDDER FLIGHT SIMULATED DIRECTIONAL RECOVER POWER SIMULATED ON 15KCAS,ADD ATVmcPLUS CAUSE INSTRUCTOR PLUS10KCAS DIRECTIONAL LEVEL STRAIGHT OF BLOCKS CONTROL AND OPERATIVE TO RECOVER. LOSS POWER TO OF AND (-30) ENGINE G PITCH CONTROL MANEUVERING INDICATION (-20). F REDUCE OPERATIVE FIRST ENGINE THE SECOND (-10). SIMULATED D TAKEOFF DECELERATE INCREASING PER DIRECTIONAL ON CONTROL, WITH AND INOPERATIVE B. THE BE THIS 8) TO EARLY OF BY OF APPLY AFM) KCAS 8) WHILE OPERATIVE IN 1 POWER PITCH MU-2B TRAINED SHOULD DIRECTIONAL ENGINE RECOVERY LOSS 89/91KCAS OF BECAUSE BLOCKING D, BEST AND OBJECTIVE ONE 97199KCAS IS APPLICABILITY TRAVEL LOSS D, 10KCAS, 89KCAS HORN 97K RUDDER THEN NUMBER PRIMARY F, F, UND STBE 'DING R, RUDDER MED "LIGHT TRUCTOR I CAUTION RATIVE CONTROL PLUS ETPOWER EAR ~ ~ SE PRODUCE G I.J 125K RECOGNITION THE Y IN~ SERIAL AND OPEl TRIM IS Vmc TO TO IF UP, 5% MA 93KCAS TIO LEVEL BREAK Vsse 100KCAS MANEUVER. MANEUVER. G, PSI) POWER EARLY G, CONSULT CAUTION DISABLE BREAKER FOR 11 GEAR PRIOR HORN SIMULATE INSTRUCTOR 125KCAS THIS DIRECTIONAL POSITION ONE TO TO LEVERS 20", CIRCUIT TO USING SPEED SIMULATED BETWEEN RECOVERY 3 OF AlS (90KCAS SET GEAR (99KCAS RESET ENGINE Vmc ON ENCOURAGED SEAT CIRCUIT OR - AND WITH DURING APPROXIMATELY IS CONTINUOUSLY. ELECTS FLAPS LOSS THRUST OFF (VARIES FLAPS AT MODEL FLAPS CONDITION B 20" 5· TORQUE ZERO SYNC (FOR ENGINE ACCOMPLISHED ENGINE AREA, 17% Vmc: TO TECHNIQUES. EMPHASIZED CONTROL RECOGNITION INSTRUCTOR ONE LAND, AND CLEAR FAILED LEVER AND C-7

667

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00677 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.075 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) AS B==e:, 140KCAS, REQUIRED POWER TO ACCELERATE SEE ON ....,~~ PROFILE. LEVEL ... OF A AT OF CHART SPEEDS SPEEDS IN AS APPLY IF SIDE (STICK LOSS ~~- WINGS STALL STALL STALL. I PITCH ACTNATE TABULAR WINGS FOR REVERSE (-30) MAY ABOVE MINIMIZE ~ G LEVEL ADJUST TO ALTITUDE. RECOGNITION KCAS SIMULTANEOUSLY AND 9 (-20), WARNING F TO POWER, STALL 4 BANK CONFIGURATION ON MAX NECESSARY STALL SHAKER), (-10), 0 B, CLEAN l>=e: MU-2B STALL TO D:e AGL ALT. APPROACH MIN. 5,000' -y-- SYNC S?e LAND, CONDITION TRIMMED AND AREA, TIO -120KCAS-130KCAS AIRCRAFT OFF CLEAR LEVERS ~ C-8

668

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00678 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.076 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 71 73 75 81 69 79 I I FIG 177 64 731 751 761 01 I I 40 701 711 731 631 721 I I B/B+, 631 661 631 671 681 681 691 701 721 81 74 77 79 83 87 85 FIG I I I 01 771 72 831 851 I I 20 701 801 811 811 731 741 751 I I BlB+, 751 701 781 781 791 791 731 B4 90 92 97 87 I 194 198 FIG SPEEOS 911 931 951 86/ 831 80 01 5 831 881 811 861 871 I I B/B+, STALL 811 831 851 761 761 781 781 90 95 98 93 1101 1103 1105 85 991 911 O/F/G I 11011 0 851 901 951 971 971 B+, I I BI 931 931 941 951 851 881 881 851 90/ SET 7,000 7,500 9,000 8,000 8,500 8,930 9,350 9,500 9,920 FLAPS GR.WT. 10,000 10,500 10,800 C-8a

669

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00679 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.077 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) UP, REQUIRED FLAPS D), (F, NOT 20' 140KCAS, AS 5'. (B, (F, TO TO AlS FULLY KCAS (G) FLAPS IS MINIMUM KCAS POWER 130 PITCH IF FLAPS 130 Ief', GEAR 140KCAS SIR10), SIR10)(140 KCAS INCREASE SEE AFTER RETRACT ON RETRACTED, APPROX. PROFILE. MOD MOD OF CHART SPEEDS SPEEDS LOSS WINGS ABOVE STALL STALL CLIMB UP. 9 K TABULAR BANK FOR LEVEL MINIMIZE ALTITUDE TO REVERSE SIDE SHAKER), GEAR (-30) 4 TO G AT 15-30° (STICK POWER, INCREASES, RATE, STALL ORIGINAL (-20), AlS MAX F TO TO AS STALl. ACTIVATE NECESSARY POSITIVE AS APPLY (-10), MAY 0 RECOGNITION B, PITCH CONFIGURATION ALTITUDE, APPROACH STALL WARNING OF ON MU-2B STALL SIMULTANEOUSLY AND ADJUST TAKEOFF PSI DOWN, 10 TIO OR GEAR 120KCAS- 20', LEVERS OR AlS AIRCRAFT TORQUE - 5' 20% OFF FLAPS CONDITION TRIMMED SYNC AREA, LAND 130KCAS AND CLEAR C-9

670

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00680 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.078 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 D/F/G 60 B/B+ 120112411351138 136113811431148 1131114/120/122 1021103/1081113 95/100 D/F/G 50 901 911 99/101/107/108 B1B+ 107/109/119/122 120/12211261130 98 91 971 871 D/F/G WEIGHT 831 40 B+ 911 931 98/100/1091112 821 BI 109/111/116/120 F.G TAKEOFF 93 86 (APPROXIMATE) D. 921 821 B+. D/F/G GROSS B. 9411021105 871 791 30 SPEEDS 921 86/ 771 B/B+, 10311051109/112 STALL MAXIMUM 89 82 AT 981101 791 D/F/~ 901 841 881 751 20 B/B+ 99/1011105/108 821 891 741 81 87 99 961 86/ D/F/G 991102/106 741 771 10 B+ 961 871 881 801 821 721 BI BANK FLAPS UP 5' ANGLE 20' 40" C-9a

671

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00681 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.079 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) D), (F, NOT 20" 5", (B, TO (F, TO FULLY KCAS (G) FLAPS IS KCAS KCAS 130 PITCH IF SEE FLAPS 130 ON 10", GEAR PROFILE, 9 K RATE, 140KCAS AND OF TO S/R10), CHART SIR10)(140 4 SPEEDS SPEEDS INCREASE MINIMIZE AFTER RETRACT SHAKER), RETRACTED, SIDE APPROX, AT ALTITUDE, POWER MOD TO MOD POSITNE STALL STALL MAX (STICK TABULAR 20", FOR (-30) STALL. REVERSE ORIGINAL ACTIVATE G APPLY FLAPS TO NECESSARY FLAPS MAY STALL AS ABOVE (-20), CLIMB F RECOGNITION FULL TO - PITCH UP, ALTITUDE, WARNING (-10), STALL OF D GEAR ON SIMULTANEOUSLY DOWN STALL ADJUST B, LOSS APPROACH GEAR MU-2B AIS - LEVERS OFF TRIMMED SYNC CONDITION 130KCAS - LAND, AREA, AND 120KCAS TIO CLEAR C-IO

672

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00682 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.080 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 81 71 73 69 75 79 I I 177 FIG 64 711 731 751 761 01 I I 40 631 631 671 721 731 B+, I I BI 631 661 681 681 691 721 701 701 G 74 81 87 83 85 77 79 FI I I I 01 72 811 831 851 I I 20 801 811 701 751 771 B+, I I BI 731 731 741 701 751 781 781 791 791 G 84 87 98 90 94 97 I I I FI 80 SPEEDS 831 911 951 861 881 93/92 01 5 811 76/ 861 871 781 831 B+, I I BI STAll 851 761 781 811 831 95 93 90 98 1101 1105 1103 991 911 971 851 85 I 11011 0 95/ 971 881 I I B/B+,O/F/G 95/ 901 901 931 931 941 851 851 881 SET 8,500 8,000 8,930 7,000 7,500 9,000 9,500 9,350 9,920 FLAPS 10,000 10,500 10,800 GR.WT. C-10a

673

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00683 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.081 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) MAX AS ROLL AND PITCH APPLY MINIMIZE LEVEL TO SHAKER) RECOGNITION A ADJUST ALTITUDE, WINGS (STICK STALL OF ON TOWARD NECESSARY POWER, SIMULTANEOUSLY LOSS BACKPRESSURE BANK ALTITUDE APPLY MAINTAIN ANGLE, TO PROGRESSIVE BANK (-30) G 60" INITIATE STALLS (-20), F (-10), D B, ACCELERATED MU-2B SEE ON PROFILE. BE FLAPS OF CHART SPEEDS SPEEDS ALSO DOWN, LANDING SIDE TRIMMED STALL STALL THE GEAR TABULAR SHOULD IN FOR REVERSE WITH 100KCAS NS MANEUVER 200, ACCOMPLISHED THIS • CONFIGURATION C-11

674

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00684 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.082 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 D/F/G 60 B/B+, 13611381143/148 120/124/135/138 113/114/120/122 102/103/1081113 951100 D/F/G 50 99110111071108 901 911 B/B+ 107/109/119/122 91 98 871 D/F/G WEIGHT 40 98/100/109/112 821 831 911 931 971 B/B+, 109/111/116/120 120/122/126/130 TAKEOFF 93 86 (APPROXIMATE) 821 921 D/F/G GROSS B,B+,D,F,G 94/1021105 30 SPEEDS 921 861 871 771 791 8/B+, 1031105/109/112 STALL MAXIMUM 89 82 AT 881 981101 791 D/F/G 901 751 20 99/101/105/108 B/B+, 891 821 841 741 81 99 87 771 961 861 D/F/G 991102/106 741 10 961 871 881 801 821 721 B/B+, BANK UP FLAPS 20· 5· ANGLE 40' C-11a

675

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00685 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.083 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) -DO MAXIMUM AlC. FLAPS. ALTITUDE. UP FULL BELOW IS CLEAN FOR ASSIGNED AlC AT AND SPEED UNTIL Vfo UNTIL FULL ATC. ON LAND BASED 120KCAS EXERCISE BY DOWN FLAPS ROLL TO NOSE TO AND NOSE T/O SPEEDS MAXIMUM RAISE DESCENT ALLOWABLE RAISE AT COMPLIANCE REDUCE COMPLETE DESCENT, REQUIRED NOT BANK, AS THEN LEVERS SIR10 30" DEPLOYED. SPEED. REACHING OR SPEED) (-30) EXTEND A CONTINUE (Vie), G IN AND ARE UNTIL FLAPS (LOW ESTABLISHING LEVEL. CONDITION MAINTAIN (-20), HEADING 20" FLAPS MODEL Y F FII. AND ALLOWED DESCENT TEL AFTER FOR FULL WINGS STEADY GEAR (-10), DESCENT SPEED LEVERS D OFF. B, ESTABLISH FLAP SCHEDULE APPROXIMA POWER SYNC ON MU-2B EMERGENCY AT ON. ALTITUDE. EXPLOSIVE MASKS EMERGENCY" LOWER SEE AT AREA, TRAFFIC ON OXYGEN DECOMPRESSION ASSIGNED SIMULATE PROFILE. THE AIR "DECLARE SPEEDS SPEEDS TRAFFIC OF CHART WITH START MIN. SIDE CRUISE ALTITUDES CLEAR ALTITUDE. CLEARING TO GEARIFLAP GEAR/FLAP TABULAR AREA, 150KCAS *WHILE REVERSE FOR COORDINATE AlS ASSIGNED 'CLEAR CONTROL CONFIGURATION AT C-12

676

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00686 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.084 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 40° 120KCAS 120KCAS 120KCAS 120KCAS 120KCAS 20° 146KCAS 140KCAS 146KCAS 140KCAS 140KCAS S/R10) ~ BY 160KCAS 170KCAS 146KCAS 140KCAS 175KCAS 175KCAS 140KCAS SCHEDULE EXTEND MODIFIED ARE FLAP G+ AND AND (F+ GEAR AND AND S/R10 S/R10 BY S/R10 BY S/R10 BY BY MODIFIED F+: MODIFIED F, MODIFIED MODIFIED NOT D, NOT GEAR B, G: G,G+: F: FLAPS F+: G+: B,D,F C-12a

677

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00687 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.085 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) 1000 OFF ABOVE ALTITUDE LEVEL CHECK FEET ALTITUDE. 200KCAS ASSIGNED TO AT EXERCISE 15-20" NOSE REDUCE SPEED WINGS HEADING 8' BANK, INITIAL (250KCAS). KEEP 30' COMPLETE STEADY Vmo NC A APPROX. IN ON BY TO SPEED) (-30) DESCENT, G mo(250KCAS). REQ'D V DESCENT DESCENT AS (HIGH APPROACHES TO (-20), REDUCING OR F NS AS ESTABLISHING DOWN, CONTINUE ESTABLISH (-10), DESCENT D DOWN NOSE AFTER B, ACCELERATING LEVEL, MU-2B EMERGENCY AT ON. ALTITUDE. EXPLOSIVE MASKS EMERGENCY LOWER AT AREA, TRAFFIC OXYGEN DECOMPRESSION ASSIGNED SIMULATE DECLARE THE AIR TRAFFIC WITH START MIN. CRUISE ALTITUDES. ALTITUDE. CLEAR CLEARING TO AREA, 150KCAS "WHILE COORDINATE NS ASSIGNED 'CLEAR CONFIGURATION AT CONTROL C-13

678

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00688 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.086 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 FLIGHT POWER ADD LEVEL A A TO LEVEL, TO WINGS UP MAINTAIN ROLL ONCE POWER COMMENCE TO ATTITUDE. PULL LOW, AND FLIGHT REDUCE LEVEL IDLE, NOSE HIGH) LEVEL LEVEL, WINGS WHEN FLIGHT (-30) (NOSE G THE USING DURING PREVENT STALL (-20), AND ALLOW TO F BANK WINGS THROUGH 60· RECOVERY (-10), SPOILER CAUTION HORIZON FALL D LOAD G MANUEVER AND B, TO ACCELERATED TOWARD NOT AN ATTITUDE NOSE ROLL DO BANKING MU-2B RUDDER !JNUSUAL NOSE A OF TO THE ATTITUDE, TAKEOFF TRAFFIC ALTITUDE. POSITIVE TO INITIATE COODINATE WITH CONTROL USE CLEAR YOUR UNUSUAL NOTE RECOVERY TO RECOGNITION POWER AND AREA, FOR HIGH SHOULD BELOW UPON THE TRANSFER AND CONTROL 'CLEARAREA TO INSTRUCTOR ATTITUDE STUDENT INSTRUCTOR ABOVE THE CLEARING TRAFFIC CONTROL UNUSUAL THE AIR BOTH WHILE C-14

679

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00689 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.087 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) FLIGHT POWER ADD LEVEL NOT LOW LEVEL WINGS DO AN LEVEL, AlTITUDE. NOSE Vmo, UNTIL MAINTAIN IN WINGS MOVEMENTS STALL. A ONCE TO NEAR FLIGHT PREVENT LEVEL RECOVERY. OR TO AIRCRAFT CAUTION CONTROL AT LEVEL ARE A IS COMMENCE LEVEL LOAD DURING TO ACCELERATED G WINGS LOW) ABRUPT UP ARE NOT USE AIRSPEED ONCE AlTITUDE, PULL DO IF (-30) (NOSE G (-20), F LOW AND POWER RECOVERY AlTITUDE NOSE (-10), TOWARD A BANK, WINGS D A PITCH OF REDUCE B, ROLL IN IF LOW ATTITUDE IDLE, LEVELING MU-2B LEVEL AlTITUDE, NOSE WHILE RECOGNITION FLIGHT WITH TO UNUSUAL WINGS TO THE UPON UNUSUAL MAINTAIN TRAFFIC ALTITUDE. POSITIVE INITIATE CONTROL USE CLEAR COORDINATE YOUR NOTE RECOVERY THE AND I FOR SHOULD AREA, BELOW TRANSFER THE AND TO CONTROL AlTITUDE INSTRUCTOR STUDENT 'CLEAR(REA INSTRUCTOR THE ABOVE CLEARING I TRAFFIC CONTROL UNUSUAL THE BOTH AIR 'WHILE C-15

680

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00690 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.088 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 FPM 13-16 MINIMUM 500-600 PSI) TORQUE, 120KCAS AIS DESCENT. (2()-25% SINK 25% 12()- PSI) FPM AlS 16 500 20", (APPROX TE. TORQUE, FLAPS RA 130KCAS. (-30) FLAPS) FLIGHT LANDING G DOWN, LEVERS STOP. TO 40" CHECKLIST IDLE GEAR (-20), TOUCHDOWN. POWER F (20"or COMPLETE RETARD (-10), D B, LANDING PSI D) G) B, F, 4()-50% SOAlS 25-32 MU-2B NORMAL FLAPS (130KCAS (llSKCAS MINIMUM) TORQUE, OF PSI) MINIMUM. TORQUE, SIDE 16-20 150K TABULAR APPROACH (25-30% AlS APPROACH SEE REVERSE SPEEDS PROFILE. ON LANDING LANDING SPEEDS FOR CHART DESCENT CHECKLIST COMPLETE C-16

681

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00691 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.089 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) Q 100 112 115 117 VSI} 99 .E 103 103 109 109 112 {1.5 40" 98 Vref 101 104 106 106 6+,0 107 FLAPS 94 94 98 ~ SPEEDS 101 104 94 97 Q 105 108 109 6,6+,D,F,G APPROACH VSll 93 .E 100 103 100 106 103 108 {1.3 LANDING 20" 98 101 103 6+,0 FLAPS 92 95 98 92 95 96 ~ 101 8,490 7,000 7,500 9,000 8,000 9,435 9,500 8,SOO 8,930 WEIGHT 10,000 10,260 C-16a

682

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00692 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.090 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 r . 01 o o (-30) G LANDING (-20), F REJECTED (-10), - D B, AROUND (G) IF MU-2B 130 NOT 5". GO (F, 10", TO (B, IF 120 OF 140KCAS KTS UP, KCAS D), KCAS FLAPS RETRACTED, 113 RATE (B, FLAPS APPROX. GEAR D,F) 5" TO (G)125 8" IF IF FUllY FLAPS KCAS SlR10)(140 IS RETRACT 20" 20" POSITIVE CLIMB. MIN. 130 PITCH KCAS PITCH 20" MOD GEAR SELECTED REJECTED, FLAPS (F, Y SIR10), FLAPS POWER, AFTER INCREASE KCAS MOD SELECT LANDING MAX FOR PREVIOUSL AND AND 40" WHEN UP APPLY NORMAL LANDING APPROACH, STABILIZED CONFIGURED C-17

683

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00693 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.091 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) 16 OR 0" 500- TE. NS TO RA 5'. TORQUE, DISTANCE OR 12 30% SINK INCREASE NOTE PSI) 0" MINIMUM. SLOWING FPM WILL APPROXIMATELY LANDING NS VREF FLAPS 600 TORQUE, MINIMUM. 130KCAS (APPROX26% 20% NO FLAP O/115KCAS PSI. AS 11 BE THRESHOLD: POWER - NOT SLOWLY 90KCAS FLIGHT IDLE BRAKING MAY TO BELOW BETA. (-30) LEVERS BETA G TOUCHDOWN RETARD LANDING UNTIL NOTE: PROPS (-20), F FLAP BOTH 5° AVAILABLE REQUIRED. D (-10), OR CHECK B, FLAP MU-2B NO 16-20 (25-30% PSI) 150KCAS NS TORQUE, MINIMUM. OF SIDE ON UNTIL FLAP SELECT NOSE 5' TABULAR DESCENT APPROACH APPROACH OR GROUND CAUTION NOT WHEEL BELOW90K WITH SEE APPROACH REVERSE SPEEDS REVERSE DO PROFILE. CHECKLISTS FLAP ON AND LANDING COMPLETE NO LANDING SPEEDS FOR CHART A-18

684

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00694 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.092 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 120 115 115 115 118 ~ 110 117 114 115 110 E (G)) 110 110 Q 110 110 110 110 110 110 B+ 110 5° 115KCAS F) 5° D, VS1 FLAPS 110 110 110 a OR B+, 1.25 UP (B, 117 115 128 123 127 ~ Vref FLAP B,B+,D,F,G FOR 110 FLAP 118 124 122 119 E 110KCAS NO USE 119 113 114 Q UP BELOW 110 110 B+ FLAPS 119 117 117 (BUT NOT 113 113 110 117 a 8,490 8.000 7,500 9,435 9.500 9.000 8,930 8.500 10.260 10.000 WEIGHT C-1Ba

685

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00695 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.093 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) (F), IN A FLAPS BALL RUDDER WITH ARE BELOW AFTER 105KCAS COMPLETE RUDDER HOLD OR 600 PER (G), ATTEMPT RATE, ASSURED, MIN. FLAPS DOWN WARNING WITH CHECK AGL SELECTED D) MINUTE 500- NOT FEET SINK 20' CHECKLIST, (B, GO-AROUND 400' DO RATE. GEAR 110KCAS LANDING CENTERED, CENTER AlS SINK LANDING IF TRIM 100KCAS WHEN 20'. 3OO-600FPM GEAR 40% CHECK PSI) PATH, THE IDLE. LEVER 26 SINGLE FAILED (APPROX WITH REVERSE ASSURED, GLIDE USE FLIGHT POWER (G) CAUTION D) PSI. TORQUE, 20% NOT (F) (B, 13 ENGINE DOWN. CHECK THRUST SIMULATED DO ABOVE LANDING ENGINE OKCAS 11 105KCAS 100KCAS THESHOLD: TORQUE, Vref. (-30) D) G) LANDING B, F, G 5'AlS (-20), MINIMUM) FLAPS F (130KCAS (115KCAS BETA. PROP (-10), INOPERATIVE D PROP B, REQUIRED. REQUIRED. ENGINE AS THEN AS ENGINE MU-2B IDLE, ONE BRAKES REVERSE 32- OPERATING FLIGHT D) VYSE(KCAS) 105/130/135 120/140/140 135/150/150 B, (135KCAS G) MIN TORQUE, PSI) 150KCAS 130 MIN 38 70% F) G AlS MIN VJ(SE(KCAS) (140KCAS (APPROX 1151130/130 100/125/125 130/135/140 B,DIFI AND AND LANDING BETA WHEN TOWARD ENGINE DESCENT CHECKLISTS 5' SETTING UP 20' CAUTION CHECKLIST OPERATING ANTICIPATE ENGINE SINGLE ENTERING SWERVE FLAP COMPLETE APPROACH REVIEW C-19

686

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00696 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.094 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 IS AS THE PATH NOSE DEVELOP OPPOSITE WING WIND TO LEVEL +-WlND INTO BEFORE \\\\"'~ DOWNWIND. AIRCRAFT UPIIIIIND CENTERLINE. ALLOWED THE MODULATED. THAT DRIFT SPOILERS A BE KEEP WINGS SO TO CENTERED RUNWAY TO NOT SMOOTHLY DOWN APPLIED TOUCHDOWN, RUDDERS IS TENDENCY SHOULD AND TO TOUCHDOWN. NECESSARY ANY NOTE: RUDDER PRIOR - CONTINUES (-30) WHEEL AIRCRAFT LOWERED G _~+-WlND ////// (-20), LANDING F (-10), D B, CROSSWIND MU-2B THE ONE IN KCAS. FLOWN BY 10 DRIFT BE EXTENSION ONE-HAF TO PLUS WITH CORRECTIONS AN +-WlND LANDING \\\\~~ PLUS LINE Vref SUFFICIENTLY LINE DOWN I ! SPEED 1\ CENTER EXCEED ~ CENTER FLOWN CROSSWIND COORDINATED TO WIND ESABLISHED ~+-WIND BE FOR PERMIT NOT MINOR RUNWAY WILL TO Vref STEADY THE SPEED ONLY THE OF CORRECTION AIRCRAFT WITH ADVANCE GUST INCREASE HALF ------/////j C-20

687

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00697 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.095 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) PSI TORQUE, 16-20 20', 25-30% LANDING DOWN, PSI, FLAPS 16 120K) CHECKLIST GEAR COMPLETE GLiDESLOPE ASSURED, BELOW TORQUE, Vref FPM 13-16 40' (20% 25% PSI) 500 (OR 13 LANDING TORQUE, APPROACHING APPROX WHEN DESCEND THRESHOLD: TORQUE, 20-25% PSI. STOP, LEVERS IDLE PSI D) G) POWER (-30) AlS B, F, FLIGHT 40-50% G 5' 25-32 TO WITH OUT (-20), APPROACH APPROACH: FLAPS (130KCAS (115KCAS F MINIMUM) PROFILE TORQUE, RETARD TOUCHDOWN: ENGINE CONTINUE ~t MISSED MISSED (-10), D B, MISSED APPROACH AND MISSED OM ILS PLATE. MU-2B APPROACH CHECK MARKER BRAKES REVERSE MIN) "ON" APPROACH IDENTIFY, REQUIRED, BETA ALTITUDE & AS (140KCAS OF REQUIRED, REVIEW RECEIVER TUNE AS PROPS SIDE CROSSING 150KCAS TABULAR APPROACH RADIOS: AlS APPROACH CHECKLIST. SEE REVERSE SPEEDS PROFILE. ON LANDING LANDING SPEEDS FOR CHART C-21

688

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00698 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.096 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 ~ 100 106 103 112 115 117 VSI) 99 E 112 103 109 109 (1.5 40° 94 98 Vref 101 B+,D 104 106 107 FLAPS 94 ~ 98 SPEEDS 101 104 94 ~ 97 100 108 109 105 103 B,B+,D,F,G APPROACH VSI) 96 93 E 106 100 103 108 (1.3 LANDING 20° 98 92 B+,D 101 103 FLAPS 95 95 98 92 ~ 101 8,490 8,000 8,500 7,500 7,000 8,930 9,435 9,500 9,000 10,000 10,260 WEIGHT C-21a

689

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00699 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.097 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) (-30) UP G 140KCAS. APPROACH FLAPS (-20), AlS F MISSED (-10), D (G) IF B, 130 NOT 5'. ENGINE (F, 10', TO 140KCAS MU-2B KCAS TWO D), FLAPS RETRACTED, (B, IF (B, APPROX. 120 OF KTS UP, TO KCAS FULLY 113 KCAS RATE S/R10)(140 F) IS FLAPS RETRACT GEAR 0, 130 5' PITCH 20' (G)125 MOD IF FLAPS GEAR (F, 20' POSITIVE CLIMB. MIN. S/R10), 8" IF KCAS FLAPS AFTER INCREASE 20' KCAS MOD PITCH GO SELECTED MAX REJECTED, FLAPS PITCH Y 8" POWER, UP MISSED SELECT LANDING MAX AROUND. POWER. APPROACH PREVIOUSL AND 40' WHEN UP APPLY C-22

690

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00700 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.098 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 SLOPE GIS) DOWN (F), IN GLIDE BELOW FLAPS GEAR BALL RUDDER DOT 105KCAS COMPLETE RUDDER HOLD CHECK (G), (ONE MIN. ASSURED, WITH D) APPROACHING CHECKLIST, CHECK (B, PSI) TORQUE, 110KCAS LANDING CENTERED, CENTER 32-38 AlS LANDING TRIM LANDING 100KCAS (50-55% WHEN 20". MISSED AND (-30) G ILS (-20), F IDLE, BETA. ENGINE REQUIRED. REQUIRED. (-10), AS AS PROP FLIGHT D APPROACH B, THEN PROP INOPERATIVE OPERATING BRAKES REVERSE MU-2B F) OM MIN ENGINE RADIOS: TORQUE, MARKER 70% CHECK CHECKLIST. "ON" ONE PLATE. (135KCAS G) 150KCAS ALTITUDE (APPROX A/S MIN IDENTIFY. RECEIVER D) APPROACH & APPROACH B, PSI) A MIN TUNE CROSSING 45 THE IDLE. (140KCAS LEVER WITH 130 REVIEW ARE SINGLE BELOW AFTER FAILED WITH REVERSE OR USE FLIGHT POWER FLAPS DOWN CAUTION WARNING AGL SELECTED NOTATIEMPT NOT 20" ENGINE THRUST GO-AROUND SIMULATED 400' DO DO ABOVE GEAR ENGINE C-23

691

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00701 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.099 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) LESS GO OF LANDING WEIGHT, WITH ENGINE OF ALTITUDES AGL. SINGLE AT ALTITUDE, 2CJO, FEET 400 WARNING COMBINATIONS POSSIBLE FLAPS PRESSURE BE THAN AND AND NOT CERTAIN DOWN MAY UNDER GEAR APPROACH (-30) AROUND TEMERATURE G MISSED (-20), F (F, 10" (-10), MOD 0 KCAS ADJUST NOT 10" 140KCAS B, 20" 130 APPROX. (F, D), INOPERATIVE FULLY (OBSTRUCTION IS (B, PITCH FLAPS KCAS PITCH MU-2B IF 5·, GEAR KCAS ENGINE TO ACCELERATE. 130 300-400 FEET TO S/R10)(140 ONE AFTER RETRACTED, RAISE S/R10), MOD (G)FLAPS CLEARANCE). PITCH APPROX GEAR ALTITUDE 140K, DESCENT, A 140KCAS·. RUDDER SOME APPROACH, AlS MAINTAIN EXPECTED. FROM MAINTAIN BE NECESSARY. PITCH. TO MISSED TO CONTROL, AS POWER. 10· IS MAINTAIN TO PITCH MAX LOSS THEN SPOILER TRANSITIONING SET PITCH DIRECTIONAL 'IF COMMENCING GEAR, AND MAINTAIN UP. C-24

692

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00702 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.100 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 200 MIN. INBOUND, 120K FLAPS FIX CHECKLIST AlS FPM 13-16 DOWN, 500 LANDING GEAR COMPLETE APPROACHING TORQUE, DESCEND PSI 20-25% THEN PSI D) G) (-30) B, F, 40-50% APPROACH G LEVERS 5°AlS 25-32 STOP, REQUIRED. AS IDLE (-20), REVERSEAS FLAPS (130KCAS (l15KCAS POWER F MINIMUM) MISSED TORQUE, BRAKES BETA. FLIGHT '~ (-10), AND TO D PROPS B, TOUCHDOWN: & REQUIRED. RETARD TUNE MU-2B ALTITUDE CHECKliST. NON-PRECISION RADIOS: 8°. TO ENGINE CROSSING PROFILE PLATE. APPROACH GO-AROUND, FIX TWO OF MIN) ROTATE WITH SIDE CHECK (140K APPROACH APPROACH TABULAR APPROACH: APPROACH POWER, 150K APPROACH SEE MAX REVERSE MISSED SPEEDS CONTINUE IDENTIFY. PROFILE. AlS REVIEW MISSED ON LANDING LANDING SPEEDS FOR CHART C-25

693

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00703 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.101 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) ~ 106 103 100 109 112 115 117 VSll 99 E 106 103 112 109 {1.5 40° 98 94 Vref 104 107 B+.D FLAPS 94 98 § SPEEDS 101 101 104 94 97 ~ 105 108 109 B,B+,D,F,G APPROACH VSll 96 E 103 100 100 108 106 103 {1.3 LANDING 20° 92 93 95 98 101 B+.D 103 FLAPS 95 92 98 § 101 8,490 8,500 8,000 7,000 8,930 9,435 9,500 9,000 7,500 10,000 10,260 WEIGHT C-25a

694

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00704 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.102 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 FPM 20-30% F). 800-1000 MIN) 0, PSI 20", (B, (130K DESCENT SECONDS. 13-20 105K 15 FLAPS (G), AlS140K TO LANDING. DOWN, TORQUE, 110K 32- APPROACH COMPLETE MIN) AT ~&! PRIOR GEAR PSI (130K APPROXIMATELY TORQUE, 40 CAUTION IS MISSED DOWN CHECKLIST THRESHOLD ASSURED, (-30) AlS140K TIME 50-80% AND GEAR G LANDING CROSS LANDING (-20), TO F CONFIRM EXTENSION ...... WHEN (-10), GEAR SLOWING D NON-PRECISION B, ...... -...... ~ I MU-2B IDLE, BETA. ENGINE REQUIRED. FIX REQUIRED. INOPERATIVE 70% PLATE. AS AS PROP FLIGHT (135KCAS CHECK G) THEN PROP OPERATING ENGINE BRAKES MIN (APPROX APPROACH REVERSE APPROACH ALTITUDE D) PSI) B, IDENTIFY. ONE & 45 MIN (140KCAS REVIEW A 130 TUNE CROSSING THE IDLE. LEVER F) ARE TORQUE, BELOW AFTER SINGLE DOWN FAILED 150KCAS MIN WITH OR REVERSE ATTEMPT USE RADIOS: FLIGHT CHECKLIST. AlS POWER GEAR FLAPS CAUTION WARNING AGL SELECTED NOT NOT 20" ENGINE WITH THRUST SIMULATED 400' DO GO-AROUND 00 ABOVE ENGINE C-26

695

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00705 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.103 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) A1S 500- OF FPM PSI TORQUE, RATE MIN, 300 20'OR Vref 600 DESCENT 13-16 SINK 120K TO DESCEND CENTERLINE 20-2S% 40'SLOWING FLAPS WITHIN SOO-600FPM NOT TO CHECK DO UNTIL RUNWAY BETA. REQUIRED. LEVERS AS 20% PSI PROPS 13 POWER BRAKES THEN VRref TORQUE, STOP, THRESHOLD: RETARD IDLE REQUIRED. DOWN, AS COMPLETE CHECKLIST GROUND GEAR TOUCHDOWN, 20· MINIMUMS (-30) REVERSE G CHECK LANDING FLAPS (-20), WEATHER F AT (-10), 0 B, APPROACH MU-2B CIRCLING OF 32 1.7NM 2.3NM SIDE CIRCLING TABULAR APPROACH TORQUE DESCENT APPROACH (130K MIN.) SEE REVERSE SPEEDS 50% -165KCAS PROFILE. BELOW ALTITUDE 140K ON LANDING 141 121-140KCAS NOT MINIMUM LANDING A1S D SPEEDS FOR APPROX PSI, CHART CATC CAT C-27

696

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00706 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.104 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 ~ 100 106 103 112 115 117 VSII 99 E 103 109 112 109 {1.5 40' 98 94 Vref B+,D 107 104 106 FLAPS 94 ~ 98 SPEEDS 101 101 104 94 97 ~ 105 108 103 109 B,B+,D,F,G APPROACH VSII 93 96 E 108 106 103 100 100 (1.3 LANDING 20' 95 B+,D 101 103 FLAPS 95 92 92 98 98 ~ 101 8,500 7,000 8,490 8,930 8,000 9,000 7,500 9,435 9,500 10,000 10,260 WEIGHT C-27a

697

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00707 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.105 Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition) I MIN. 51)1).. GEAR FLAPS FPM (F). 125K AlS DESCENT RATE 600FPM LANDING LANDING LANDING AlS 20", COMPLETE CHECKLIST PROFILE,IF D) 5O()..600 DOWN,CHECK SINK ASSURED, 105KCAS ASSURED: CHECK 20", (B, FLAPS AlS -1 (G), 100KCAS NOT THRESHOLD DO WITHIN 110KCAS 50, MINIMUMS ~CHECKSiNKRATE RUNWAY UNTIL OF FLAPS CENTERLINE 6~~ 300 WEATHER DESCEND CHECK AT (-30) G (-20), F APPROACH (-10), 0 B, A CIRCLING WITH ARE BELOW AFTER MU-2B OR ATTEMPT FLAPS DOWN WARNING AGL SELECTED NOT 20" GO-AROUND 400' DO GEAR INOPERATIVE ENGINE THE IDLE. LEVER SINGLE FAILED ONE 1.7NM 2.3NM 45 WITH REVERSE USE FLIGHT POWER MIN.) CAUTION CIRCLING NOT TORQUE, ENGINE THRUST DESCENT SIMULATED (130K DO ABOVE -140KCAS -165KCAS ENGINE 70% BELOW 121 141 ALTITUDE 140K BETA 0 C WHEN NOT TOWARD MINIMUM AlS CAT CAT APPROX PSI, CAUTION ANTICIPATE OPERATING ENGINE ENTERING SWERVE C-28

(D) Each MU–2B profile in its respective (4) Takeoff Engine Failure after Liftoff— section follows the outline below. Unable to Climb (Classroom or FTD only). (1) Normal Takeoff (5- and 20-degrees (5) Steep Turns. flaps). (6) Slow Flight Maneuvers. (2) Takeoff Engine Failure (5- and 20-de- (7) One Engine Inoperative Maneuvering/ grees flaps). Loss of Directional Control. (3) Takeoff Engine Failure on Runway or (8) Approach to Stall (clean configuration/ Rejected Takeoff. wings level).

698

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00708 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER06FE08.106 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, SFAR No. 108

(9) Approach to Stall (takeoff configura- In Flight Maneuvering tion/15- to 30-degrees bank). (A) Maneuvers conducted at altitude such (10) Approach to Stall (landing configura- as stalls and steep turns must always be pre- tion/gear down/40-degrees flaps). ceded by clearing turns and at least one crew (11) Accelerated Stall (no flaps). member must continually clear the flying (12) Emergency Descent (low speed). area during the maneuver. The instructor (13) Emergency Descent (high speed). must emphasize the importance of clearing (14) Unusual Altitude Recovery (nose high). the area, even if the maneuvers are being (15) Unusual Altitude Recovery (nose low). done in an FTD or simulator. This will cre- (16) Normal Landing (20- and 40-degrees ate the habit pattern in the pilot to clear the flaps). area before practicing maneuvers. (17) Go Around/Rejected Landing. (B) During stalling maneuvers and upon (18) No Flap or 5-degrees flaps Landing. recognition of the indication of a stall, the (19) One Engine Inoperative Landing (5- pilot must call the ‘‘stall’’ to the instructor and 20-degrees flaps). and then proceed with the recovery. In addi- (20) Crosswind Landing. tion, during training, the pilot must an- (21) ILS and Missed Approach. nounce the completion of the stall recovery (22) Two Engine Missed Approach. maneuver. Instructors must exercise caution (23) One Engine Inoperative ILS and Missed when conducting stall maneuvers and be pre- Approach. pared to take the controls if the safe out- (24) One Engine Inoperative Missed Ap- come of the maneuver is in doubt. proach. (C) During accelerated stall maneuvers, it (25) Non-Precision and Missed Approach. is important that the instructor pay close (26) One Engine Inoperative Non-Precision attention to the position of the ball through- and Missed Approach. out the maneuver and recovery so as to (27) Circling Approach at Weather Mini- maintain coordinated flight. Stall recogni- mums. tion and recovery is the completion criteria, (28) One Engine Inoperative Circling Ap- and it is not necessary to continue the stall proach at Weather Minimums. beyond the stick shaker to aerodynamic buffet. Engine Performance (D) When demonstrating a loss of direc- (A) The following should be considered in tional control with one engine inoperative, reference to power settings and airspeeds: the engine failure must only be simulated. (1) Power settings shown in italics are pro- During the slowing of the aircraft to dem- vided as guidance only during training and onstrate loss of directional control, the in- are not referenced in the AFM. Power set- structor should use the rudder block method ting guidance is provided to show the ap- to allow the student to experience the loss of proximate power setting that will produce directional control associated with VMC, at the desired airspeed or flight condition. Ac- a speed of approximately 10 knots above actual power settings may be different from tual VMC. those stated and should be noted by the in- NOTE: To accurately simulate single engine structor and student for reference during operations, zero thrust must be established. other maneuvers. Power settings in the pro- The zero thrust torque setting will vary files are stated in torque or PSI and will greatly from model to model. It is important vary with aircraft model, engine model, to establish to zero thrust torque setting for weight, and density altitude. Power settings your aircraft. This requires that the aircraft are based on standard atmospheric condi- be flown on one engine to establish the zero tions. thrust setting. This is accomplished by es- (2) Some pilots prefer to set power initially tablishing single engine flight with one pro- using fuel flow, because the fuel flow system peller feathered and noting the performance is not field adjustable. Fuel flow settings with the operating engine at maximum refer to engine operations only. If fuel flow is torque or temperature. It is suggested that used to set power for takeoff, check torque two airspeeds be established for zero thrust and temperature after setting fuel flow and power settings. They are 120 kts, flaps 20, adjust torque or temperature, whichever is gear up for takeoff and 140 knots, flaps 5, limiting, for maximum takeoff power prior gear up for in-flight and approach maneu- to liftoff. vering. Once performance has been estab- (3) Improperly adjusted torque or improp- lished and recorded for each airspeed, restart erly calibrated temperatures are a safety of the other engine and find the torque setting flight issue and must be checked and cor- that duplicates the performance (climb or rected prior to conducting flight training. descent rate, airspeed) as was recorded with (4) The pilot should refer to the perform- that propeller feathered. This torque setting ance section of the airplane flight manual to will be zero thrust for the simulated inoper- determine actual speeds required for his/her ative engine. The student/pilot should note particular model and specific weight for any that the performance experienced with one given operation. engine operating at flight idle, may produce

699

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00709 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

greater performance than if the engine were proaches, the instructor must be prepared to stopped and the propeller feathered. add power to the simulated failed engine at Pre-maneuver briefings for any maneuver the first sign of deteriorating airspeed or that requires either an actual engine shut- other situation that indicates the student’s down or a simulated engine failure must be inability to correctly perform the maneuver. undertaken when using an aircraft. In the (F) While maneuvering in the pattern or case of an actual engine shutdown, a min- during instrument approach procedures with imum altitude of 3,000 ft above ground level one engine inoperative, a 30° bank angle (agl) must be used and done in a position must not be exceeded. This will become espe- where a safe landing can be made at an air- cially important when executing non-preci- port in the event of difficulty. sion and circle to land approaches.

Takeoff and Landing Emergency and Abnormal Procedures (A) When using the profiles to establish the (A) During training, either in the FTD or procedure for configuring the aircraft for in the aircraft, the performance of emer- takeoff or landing, it is important to under- gency and abnormal procedures is critical to stand that each task for the procedure, as the completion of the training program. All noted on the procedure diagram, establishes emergency and abnormal procedures should the point at which each task should have be simulated when training in the MU–2B been completed and not the exact point at airplane. which the task should be accomplished un- (B) When presenting emergency scenarios less otherwise stated in the task box. Num- to the student, the instructor must not in- bers which represent performance such as de- troduce multiple emergencies concurrently. scent rates or other maneuvering information that is not contained in the aircraft Scenario Based Training (SBT) flight manual are shown in italics. (B) In all takeoff profiles the prompt for SBT flight training creates an environ- the gear to be retracted is ‘‘No Runway Re- ment of realism. The SBT programs utilize a maining, Gear Up’’. This should set the deci- highly structured flight operation scenario sion point for making a landback after an to simulate the overall flight environment. engine failure and should normally be The pilot is required to plan a routine, point- reached at altitudes of less than 100 ft AGL. to-point flight and initiate the flight. During It is impractical to attempt a landback from the conduct of the flight, ‘‘reality-based’’ ab- above 100 ft AGL, because it can require dis- normal or emergency events are introduced tances up to 10,000 ft from the beginning of without warning. Because the pilot is con- the takeoff run to bring the aircraft to a stantly operating in the world of unknowns, stop. But, even on very long runways, this type of training also builds in the landback will not be necessary above 100 ft ‘‘startle factor’’, and just as in the real- AGL and above Vyse for the flap configura- world, the consequences of the pilot’s actions tions, if the single engine climb capability (decisions, judgment, airmanship, tactile found in the POM charts, with the gear up, is skills, etc.) will continue to escalate and af- positive (250 fpm or better) and obstacles fect the outcome of the planned flight. Al- clearance is not an issue. though flying skills are an integral part of (C) The manufacturers FAA-accepted this type of training, SBT enables the pilot checklists and checklist in Appendix C to to gain experience in dealing with unex- this SFAR No. 108 describe a procedure for pected events and more importantly further the discontinuance of flight following an en- enhances the development of good judgment gine failure after takeoff and the realization and decisionmaking. that the aircraft cannot climb. The corresponding flight profile in this training pro- [Doc. No. FAA–2006–24981, 73 FR 7051, Feb. 6, gram is ‘‘Takeoff Engine Failure, Unable to 2008, as amended by Amdt. 91–324, 76 FR Climb’’. This maneuver must not be at- 54107, Aug. 31, 2011] tempted in the aircraft, but must be the subject of a classroom discussion or be dem- Subpart A—General onstrated in the FTD. (D) The focus of all landing procedures, whether two engine or engine out, is on a SOURCE: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. stabilized approach from an altitude of 500 18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. feet. This will not be possible for all approach procedure maneuvering, especially § 91.1 Applicability. during non-precision or circle to land ap- (a) Except as provided in paragraphs proaches. Approach procedures for these two (b) and (c) of this section and §§ 91.701 approaches should be stabilized from the point at which the pilot leaves the Minimum and 91.703, this part prescribes rules Descent Altitude for the landing. governing the operation of aircraft (E) When performing one engine inoper- (other than moored balloons, kites, un- ative approaches, landings or missed ap- manned rockets, and unmanned free

700

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00710 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.9

balloons, which are governed by part § 91.7 Civil aircraft airworthiness. 101 of this chapter, and ultralight vehi- (a) No person may operate a civil air- cles operated in accordance with part 103 of this chapter) within the United craft unless it is in an airworthy condi- States, including the waters within 3 tion. nautical miles of the U.S. coast. (b) The pilot in command of a civil (b) Each person operating an aircraft aircraft is responsible for determining in the airspace overlying the waters be- whether that aircraft is in condition tween 3 and 12 nautical miles from the for safe flight. The pilot in command coast of the United States must com- shall discontinue the flight when un- ply with §§ 91.1 through 91.21; §§ 91.101 airworthy mechanical, electrical, or through 91.143; §§ 91.151 through 91.159; structural conditions occur. §§ 91.167 through 91.193; § 91.203; § 91.205; §§ 91.209 through 91.217; § 91.221, § 91.225; § 91.9 Civil aircraft flight manual, §§ 91.303 through 91.319; §§ 91.323 through marking, and placard requirements. 91.327; § 91.605; § 91.609; §§ 91.703 through (a) Except as provided in paragraph 91.715; and § 91.903. (d) of this section, no person may oper- (c) This part applies to each person ate a civil aircraft without complying on board an aircraft being operated with the operating limitations speci- under this part, unless otherwise specified in the approved Airplane or Rotor- fied. craft Flight Manual, markings, and (d) This part also establishes require- placards, or as otherwise prescribed by ments for operators to take actions to support the continued airworthiness of the certificating authority of the coun- each airplane. try of registry. (b) No person may operate a U.S.-reg- [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as istered civil aircraft— amended by Amdt. 91–257, 64 FR 1079, Jan. 7, 1999; Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 27, 2004; (1) For which an Airplane or Rotor- Amdt. 91–297, 72 FR 63410, Nov. 8, 2007; Amdt. craft Flight Manual is required by § 21.5 91–314, 75 FR 30193, May 28, 2010] of this chapter unless there is available in the aircraft a current, approved Air- § 91.3 Responsibility and authority of plane or Rotorcraft Flight Manual or the pilot in command. the manual provided for in § 121.141(b); (a) The pilot in command of an air- and craft is directly responsible for, and is (2) For which an Airplane or Rotor- the final authority as to, the operation craft Flight Manual is not required by of that aircraft. § 21.5 of this chapter, unless there is (b) In an in-flight emergency requir- available in the aircraft a current ap- ing immediate action, the pilot in com- proved Airplane or Rotorcraft Flight mand may deviate from any rule of Manual, approved manual material, this part to the extent required to markings, and placards, or any com- meet that emergency. bination thereof. (c) Each pilot in command who deviates from a rule under paragraph (b) of (c) No person may operate a U.S.-reg- this section shall, upon the request of istered civil aircraft unless that air- the Administrator, send a written re- craft is identified in accordance with port of that deviation to the Adminis- part 45 of this chapter. trator. (d) Any person taking off or landing a helicopter certificated under part 29 (Approved by the Office of Management and of this chapter at a heliport con- Budget under control number 2120–0005) structed over water may make such § 91.5 Pilot in command of aircraft re- momentary flight as is necessary for quiring more than one required takeoff or landing through the prohib- pilot. ited range of the limiting height-speed No person may operate an aircraft envelope established for the helicopter that is type certificated for more than if that flight through the prohibited one required pilot flight crewmember range takes place over water on which unless the pilot in command meets the a safe ditching can be accomplished requirements of § 61.58 of this chapter. and if the helicopter is amphibious or

701

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00711 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.11 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

is equipped with floats or other emer- (b) Except in an emergency, no pilot gency flotation gear adequate to ac- of a civil aircraft may allow a person complish a safe emergency ditching on who appears to be intoxicated or who open water. demonstrates by manner or physical indications that the individual is under § 91.11 Prohibition on interference the influence of drugs (except a med- with crewmembers. ical patient under proper care) to be No person may assault, threaten, in- carried in that aircraft. timidate, or interfere with a crew- (c) A crewmember shall do the fol- member in the performance of the lowing: crewmember’s duties aboard an air- (1) On request of a law enforcement craft being operated. officer, submit to a test to indicate the § 91.13 Careless or reckless operation. alcohol concentration in the blood or (a) Aircraft operations for the purpose breath, when— of air navigation. No person may oper- (i) The law enforcement officer is au- ate an aircraft in a careless or reckless thorized under State or local law to manner so as to endanger the life or conduct the test or to have the test property of another. conducted; and (b) Aircraft operations other than for (ii) The law enforcement officer is re- the purpose of air navigation. No person questing submission to the test to in- may operate an aircraft, other than for vestigate a suspected violation of State the purpose of air navigation, on any or local law governing the same or subpart of the surface of an airport used stantially similar conduct prohibited by aircraft for air commerce (including by paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(4) of areas used by those aircraft for receiv- this section. ing or discharging persons or cargo), in (2) Whenever the FAA has a reason- a careless or reckless manner so as to able basis to believe that a person may endanger the life or property of an- have violated paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or other. (a)(4) of this section, on request of the FAA, that person must furnish to the § 91.15 Dropping objects. FAA the results, or authorize any clin- No pilot in command of a civil air- ic, hospital, or doctor, or other person craft may allow any object to be to release to the FAA, the results of dropped from that aircraft in flight each test taken within 4 hours after that creates a hazard to persons or acting or attempting to act as a crew- property. However, this section does member that indicates an alcohol con- not prohibit the dropping of any object centration in the blood or breath speci- if reasonable precautions are taken to men. avoid injury or damage to persons or (d) Whenever the Administrator has a property. reasonable basis to believe that a per- § 91.17 Alcohol or drugs. son may have violated paragraph (a)(3) of this section, that person shall, upon (a) No person may act or attempt to request by the Administrator, furnish act as a crewmember of a civil aircraft— the Administrator, or authorize any (1) Within 8 hours after the consump- clinic, hospital, doctor, or other person tion of any alcoholic beverage; to release to the Administrator, the re- (2) While under the influence of alco- sults of each test taken within 4 hours hol; after acting or attempting to act as a (3) While using any drug that affects crewmember that indicates the pres- the person’s faculties in any way con- ence of any drugs in the body. trary to safety; or (e) Any test information obtained by (4) While having an alcohol con- the Administrator under paragraph (c) centration of 0.04 or greater in a blood or (d) of this section may be evaluated or breath specimen. Alcohol concentra- in determining a person’s qualification means grams of alcohol per deci- tions for any airman certificate or pos- liter of blood or grams of alcohol per sible violations of this chapter and 210 liters of breath. may be used as evidence in any legal

702

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00712 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.23

proceeding under section 602, 609, or 901 pilot in command or other operator of of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958. the aircraft.

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as § 91.23 Truth-in-leasing clause require- amended by Amdt. 91–291, June 21, 2006] ment in leases and conditional sales contracts. § 91.19 Carriage of narcotic drugs, marihuana, and depressant or stim- (a) Except as provided in paragraph ulant drugs or substances. (b) of this section, the parties to a (a) Except as provided in paragraph lease or contract of conditional sale in- (b) of this section, no person may oper- volving a U.S.-registered large civil ate a civil aircraft within the United aircraft and entered into after January States with knowledge that narcotic 2, 1973, shall execute a written lease or drugs, marihuana, and depressant or contract and include therein a written stimulant drugs or substances as de- truth-in-leasing clause as a concluding fined in Federal or State statutes are paragraph in large print, immediately carried in the aircraft. preceding the space for the signature of (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does the parties, which contains the fol- not apply to any carriage of narcotic lowing with respect to each such air- drugs, marihuana, and depressant or craft: stimulant drugs or substances author- (1) Identification of the Federal Avia- ized by or under any Federal or State tion Regulations under which the air- statute or by any Federal or State craft has been maintained and in- agency. spected during the 12 months preceding the execution of the lease or contract § 91.21 Portable electronic devices. of conditional sale, and certification by (a) Except as provided in paragraph the parties thereto regarding the air- (b) of this section, no person may oper- craft’s status of compliance with appli- ate, nor may any operator or pilot in cable maintenance and inspection re- command of an aircraft allow the oper- quirements in this part for the operation of, any portable electronic device ation to be conducted under the lease on any of the following U.S.-registered or contract of conditional sale. civil aircraft: (2) The name and address (printed or (1) Aircraft operated by a holder of typed) and the signature of the person an air carrier operating certificate or responsible for operational control of an operating certificate; or the aircraft under the lease or contract (2) Any other aircraft while it is op- of conditional sale, and certification erated under IFR. that each person understands that per- (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does son’s responsibilities for compliance not apply to— with applicable Federal Aviation Regu- (1) Portable voice recorders; lations. (2) Hearing aids; (3) A statement that an explanation (3) Heart pacemakers; of factors bearing on operational con- (4) Electric shavers; or trol and pertinent Federal Aviation (5) Any other portable electronic de- Regulations can be obtained from the vice that the operator of the aircraft nearest FAA Flight Standards district has determined will not cause inter- office. ference with the navigation or commu- (b) The requirements of paragraph (a) nication system of the aircraft on of this section do not apply— which it is to be used. (1) To a lease or contract of condi- (c) In the case of an aircraft operated tional sale when— by a holder of an air carrier operating (i) The party to whom the aircraft is certificate or an operating certificate, furnished is a foreign air carrier or cer- the determination required by para- tificate holder under part 121, 125, 135, graph (b)(5) of this section shall be or 141 of this chapter, or made by that operator of the aircraft (ii) The party furnishing the aircraft on which the particular device is to be is a foreign air carrier or a person oper- used. In the case of other aircraft, the ating under part 121, 125, and 141 of this determination may be made by the chapter, or a person operating under

703

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00713 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.25 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

part 135 of this chapter having author- (e) For the purpose of this section, a ity to engage in on-demand operations lease means any agreement by a person with large aircraft. to furnish an aircraft to another person (2) To a contract of conditional sale, for compensation or hire, whether with when the aircraft involved has not been or without flight crewmembers, other registered anywhere prior to the execu- than an agreement for the sale of an tion of the contract, except as a new aircraft and a contract of conditional aircraft under a dealer’s aircraft reg- sale under section 101 of the Federal istration certificate issued in accord- Aviation Act of 1958. The person fur- ance with § 47.61 of this chapter. nishing the aircraft is referred to as (c) No person may operate a large the lessor, and the person to whom it is civil aircraft of U.S. registry that is furnished the lessee. subject to a lease or contract of condi- (Approved by the Office of Management and tional sale to which paragraph (a) of Budget under control number 2120–0005) this section applies, unless— (1) The lessee or conditional buyer, or [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as the registered owner if the lessee is not amended by Amdt. 91–212, 54 FR 39293, Sept. a citizen of the United States, has 25, 1989; Amdt. 91–253, 62 FR 13253, Mar. 19, 1997; Amdt. 91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. 27, 2001] mailed a copy of the lease or contract that complies with the requirements of § 91.25 Aviation Safety Reporting Pro- paragraph (a) of this section, within 24 gram: Prohibition against use of re- hours of its execution, to the Aircraft ports for enforcement purposes. Registration Branch, Attn: Technical The Administrator of the FAA will Section, P.O. Box 25724, Oklahoma not use reports submitted to the Na- City, OK 73125; tional Aeronautics and Space Adminis- (2) A copy of the lease or contract tration under the Aviation Safety Re- that complies with the requirements of porting Program (or information de- paragraph (a) of this section is carried rived therefrom) in any enforcement in the aircraft. The copy of the lease or action except information concerning contract shall be made available for re- accidents or criminal offenses which view upon request by the Adminis- are wholly excluded from the Program. trator, and (3) The lessee or conditional buyer, or §§ 91.27–91.99 [Reserved] the registered owner if the lessee is not a citizen of the United States, has notified by telephone or in person the FAA Subpart B—Flight Rules Flight Standards district office nearest the airport where the flight will origi- SOURCE: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. nate. Unless otherwise authorized by 18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. that office, the notification shall be GENERAL given at least 48 hours before takeoff in the case of the first flight of that air- § 91.101 Applicability. craft under that lease or contract and inform the FAA of— This subpart prescribes flight rules (i) The location of the airport of de- governing the operation of aircraft parture; within the United States and within 12 (ii) The departure time; and nautical miles from the coast of the (iii) The registration number of the United States. aircraft involved. (d) The copy of the lease or contract § 91.103 Preflight action. furnished to the FAA under paragraph Each pilot in command shall, before (c) of this section is commercial or fi- beginning a flight, become familiar nancial information obtained from a with all available information con- person. It is, therefore, privileged and cerning that flight. This information confidential and will not be made must include— available by the FAA for public inspec- (a) For a flight under IFR or a flight tion or copying under 5 U.S.C. 552(b)(4) not in the vicinity of an airport, unless recorded with the FAA under weather reports and forecasts, fuel re- part 49 of this chapter. quirements, alternatives available if

704

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00714 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.107

the planned flight cannot be com- dola, or an airship type certificated be- pleted, and any known traffic delays of fore November 2, 1987) unless the pilot which the pilot in command has been in command of that aircraft ensures advised by ATC; that each person on board is briefed on (b) For any flight, runway lengths at how to fasten and unfasten that per- airports of intended use, and the fol- son’s safety belt and, if installed, lowing takeoff and landing distance in- shoulder harness. formation: (2) No pilot may cause to be moved (1) For civil aircraft for which an ap- on the surface, take off, or land a U.S.- proved Airplane or Rotorcraft Flight registered civil aircraft (except a free Manual containing takeoff and landing balloon that incorporates a basket or distance data is required, the takeoff gondola, or an airship type certificated and landing distance data contained therein; and before November 2, 1987) unless the (2) For civil aircraft other than those pilot in command of that aircraft en- specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this sec- sures that each person on board has tion, other reliable information appro- been notified to fasten his or her safety priate to the aircraft, relating to air- belt and, if installed, his or her shoul- craft performance under expected val- der harness. ues of airport elevation and runway (3) Except as provided in this para- slope, aircraft gross weight, and wind graph, each person on board a U.S.-reg- and temperature. istered civil aircraft (except a free balloon that incorporates a basket or gon- § 91.105 Flight crewmembers at sta- dola or an airship type certificated be- tions. fore November 2, 1987) must occupy an (a) During takeoff and landing, and approved seat or berth with a safety while en route, each required flight belt and, if installed, shoulder harness, crewmember shall— properly secured about him or her dur- (1) Be at the crewmember station un- ing movement on the surface, takeoff, less the absence is necessary to per- and landing. For seaplane and float form duties in connection with the op- equipped rotorcraft operations during eration of the aircraft or in connection movement on the surface, the person with physiological needs; and pushing off the seaplane or rotorcraft (2) Keep the safety belt fastened while at the crewmember station. from the dock and the person mooring (b) Each required flight crewmember the seaplane or rotorcraft at the dock of a U.S.-registered civil aircraft shall, are excepted from the preceding seat- during takeoff and landing, keep his or ing and safety belt requirements. Not- her shoulder harness fastened while at withstanding the preceding require- his or her assigned duty station. This ments of this paragraph, a person may: paragraph does not apply if— (i) Be held by an adult who is occu- (1) The seat at the crewmember’s sta- pying an approved seat or berth, pro- tion is not equipped with a shoulder vided that the person being held has harness; or not reached his or her second birthday (2) The crewmember would be unable and does not occupy or use any re- to perform required duties with the straining device; shoulder harness fastened. (ii) Use the floor of the aircraft as a [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as seat, provided that the person is on amended by Amdt. 91–231, 57 FR 42671, Sept. board for the purpose of engaging in 15, 1992] sport parachuting; or (iii) Notwithstanding any other re- § 91.107 Use of safety belts, shoulder harnesses, and child restraint sys- quirement of this chapter, occupy an tems. approved child restraint system furnished by the operator or one of the (a) Unless otherwise authorized by persons described in paragraph the Administrator— (1) No pilot may take off a U.S.-reg- (a)(3)(iii)(A) of this section provided istered civil aircraft (except a free bal- that: loon that incorporates a basket or gon-

705

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00715 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.109 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(A) The child is accompanied by a (1) The restraint system must be parent, guardian, or attendant des- properly secured to an approved for- ignated by the child’s parent or guard- ward-facing seat or berth; ian to attend to the safety of the child (2) The child must be properly se- during the flight; cured in the restraint system and must (B) Except as provided in paragraph not exceed the specified weight limit (a)(3)(iii)(B)(4) of this action, the ap- for the restraint system; and proved child restraint system bears one (3) The restraint system must bear or more labels as follows: the appropriate label(s). (1) Seats manufactured to U.S. stand- (b) Unless otherwise stated, this sec- ards between January 1, 1981, and Feb- tion does not apply to operations con- ruary 25, 1985, must bear the label: ducted under part 121, 125, or 135 of this ‘‘This child restraint system conforms chapter. Paragraph (a)(3) of this sec- to all applicable Federal motor vehicle tion does not apply to persons subject safety standards’’; to § 91.105. (2) Seats manufactured to U.S. stand- [Doc. No. 26142, 57 FR 42671, Sept. 15, 1992, as ards on or after February 26, 1985, must amended by Amdt. 91–250, 61 FR 28421, June bear two labels: 4, 1996; Amdt. 91–289, 70 FR 50906, Aug. 26, 2005; Amdt. 91–292, 71 FR 40009, July 14, 2006; (i) ‘‘This child restraint system con- Amdt. 91–317, 75 FR 48857, Aug. 12, 2010] forms to all applicable Federal motor vehicle safety standards’’; and § 91.109 Flight instruction; Simulated (ii) ‘‘THIS RESTRAINT IS CER- instrument flight and certain flight TIFIED FOR USE IN MOTOR VEHI- tests. CLES AND AIRCRAFT’’ in red let- (a) No person may operate a civil air- tering; craft (except a manned free balloon) (3) Seats that do not qualify under that is being used for flight instruction paragraphs (a)(3)(iii)(B)(1) and unless that aircraft has fully func- (a)(3)(iii)(B)(2) of this section must tioning dual controls. However, instru- bear a label or markings showing: ment flight instruction may be given (i) That the seat was approved by a in an airplane that is equipped with a foreign government; single, functioning throwover control (ii) That the seat was manufactured wheel that controls the elevator and under the standards of the United Na- ailerons, in place of fixed, dual con- tions; or trols, when— (iii) That the seat or child restraint (1) The instructor has determined device furnished by the operator was that the flight can be conducted safely; approved by the FAA through Type and (2) The person manipulating the con- Certificate or Supplemental Type Cer- trols has at least a private pilot certifi- tificate. cate with appropriate category and (iv) That the seat or child restraint class ratings. device furnished by the operator, or (b) An airplane equipped with a sin- one of the persons described in para- gle, functioning throwover control graph (a)(3)(iii)(A) of this section, was wheel that controls the elevator and approved by the FAA in accordance ailerons, in place of fixed, dual controls with § 21.8 or Technical Standard Order may be used for flight instruction to C–100b, or a later version. conduct a flight review required by (4) Except as provided in § 61.56 of this chapter, or to obtain re- § 91.107(a)(3)(iii)(B)(3)(iii) and cent flight experience or an instrument § 91.107(a)(3)(iii)(B)(3)(iv), booster-type proficiency check required by § 61.57 child restraint systems (as defined in when— Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (1) The airplane is equipped with op- No. 213 (49 CFR 571.213)), vest- and har- erable rudder pedals at both pilot sta- ness-type child restraint systems, and tions; lap held child restraints are not ap- (2) The pilot manipulating the con- proved for use in aircraft; and trols is qualified to serve and serves as (C) The operator complies with the pilot in command during the entire following requirements: flight;

706

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00716 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.113

(3) The instructor is current and (c) No person may operate an air- qualified to serve as pilot in command craft, carrying passengers for hire, in of the airplane, meets the requirements formation flight. of § 61.195(b), and has logged at least 25 hours of pilot-in-command flight time § 91.113 Right-of-way rules: Except in the make and model of airplane; and water operations. (4) The pilot in command and the in- (a) Inapplicability. This section does structor have determined the flight can not apply to the operation of an air- be conducted safely. craft on water. (c) No person may operate a civil air- (b) General. When weather conditions craft in simulated instrument flight permit, regardless of whether an oper- unless— ation is conducted under instrument (1) The other control seat is occupied flight rules or visual flight rules, vigi- by a safety pilot who possesses at least lance shall be maintained by each per- a private pilot certificate with cat- son operating an aircraft so as to see egory and class ratings appropriate to and avoid other aircraft. When a rule of the aircraft being flown. this section gives another aircraft the (2) The safety pilot has adequate vi- right-of-way, the pilot shall give way sion forward and to each side of the to that aircraft and may not pass over, aircraft, or a competent observer in the under, or ahead of it unless well clear. aircraft adequately supplements the vi- (c) In distress. An aircraft in distress sion of the safety pilot; and has the right-of-way over all other air (3) Except in the case of lighter-than- traffic. air aircraft, that aircraft is equipped (d) Converging. When aircraft of the with fully functioning dual controls. same category are converging at ap- However, simulated instrument flight proximately the same altitude (except may be conducted in a single-engine head-on, or nearly so), the aircraft to airplane, equipped with a single, func- the other’s right has the right-of-way. tioning, throwover control wheel, in If the aircraft are of different cat- place of fixed, dual controls of the ele- egories— vator and ailerons, when— (1) A balloon has the right-of-way (i) The safety pilot has determined over any other category of aircraft; that the flight can be conducted safely; (2) A glider has the right-of-way over and an airship, powered parachute, weight- (ii) The person manipulating the con- shift-control aircraft, airplane, or trols has at least a private pilot certifi- rotorcraft. cate with appropriate category and (3) An airship has the right-of-way class ratings. over a powered parachute, weight-shift- (d) No person may operate a civil air- control aircraft, airplane, or rotorcraft that is being used for a flight test craft. for an airline transport pilot certifi- However, an aircraft towing or re- cate or a class or type rating on that fueling other aircraft has the right-of- certificate, or for a part 121 proficiency way over all other engine-driven air- flight test, unless the pilot seated at craft. the controls, other than the pilot being (e) Approaching head-on. When air- checked, is fully qualified to act as craft are approaching each other head- pilot in command of the aircraft. on, or nearly so, each pilot of each air- [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as craft shall alter course to the right. amended by Amdt. 91–324, 76 FR 54107, Aug. (f) Overtaking. Each aircraft that is 31, 2011] being overtaken has the right-of-way and each pilot of an overtaking aircraft § 91.111 Operating near other aircraft. shall alter course to the right to pass (a) No person may operate an aircraft well clear. so close to another aircraft as to create (g) Landing. Aircraft, while on final a collision hazard. approach to land or while landing, have (b) No person may operate an aircraft the right-of-way over other aircraft in in formation flight except by arrange- flight or operating on the surface, ex- ment with the pilot in command of cept that they shall not take advan- each aircraft in the formation. tage of this rule to force an aircraft off

707

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00717 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.115 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

the runway surface which has already B airspace area. Such operations shall landed and is attempting to make way comply with paragraph (a) of this sec- for an aircraft on final approach. When tion. two or more aircraft are approaching (c) No person may operate an aircraft an airport for the purpose of landing, in the airspace underlying a Class B the aircraft at the lower altitude has airspace area designated for an airport the right-of-way, but it shall not take or in a VFR corridor designated advantage of this rule to cut in front of through such a Class B airspace area, another which is on final approach to at an indicated airspeed of more than land or to overtake that aircraft. 200 knots (230 mph). [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as (d) If the minimum safe airspeed for amended by Amdt. 91-282, 69 FR 44880, July any particular operation is greater 27, 2004] than the maximum speed prescribed in § 91.115 Right-of-way rules: Water op- this section, the aircraft may be oper- erations. ated at that minimum speed. (a) General. Each person operating an [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as aircraft on the water shall, insofar as amended by Amdt. 91–219, 55 FR 34708, Aug. possible, keep clear of all vessels and 24, 1990; Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65657, Dec. 17, avoid impeding their navigation, and 1991; Amdt. 91–233, 58 FR 43554, Aug. 17, 1993] shall give way to any vessel or other aircraft that is given the right-of-way § 91.119 Minimum safe altitudes: Gen- by any rule of this section. eral. (b) Crossing. When aircraft, or an air- Except when necessary for takeoff or craft and a vessel, are on crossing landing, no person may operate an air- courses, the aircraft or vessel to the craft below the following altitudes: other’s right has the right-of-way. (a) Anywhere. An altitude allowing, if (c) Approaching head-on. When air- a power unit fails, an emergency land- craft, or an aircraft and a vessel, are ing without undue hazard to persons or approaching head-on, or nearly so, each shall alter its course to the right to property on the surface. keep well clear. (b) Over congested areas. Over any (d) Overtaking. Each aircraft or vessel congested area of a city, town, or set- that is being overtaken has the right- tlement, or over any open air assembly of-way, and the one overtaking shall of persons, an altitude of 1,000 feet alter course to keep well clear. above the highest obstacle within a (e) Special circumstances. When air- horizontal radius of 2,000 feet of the craft, or an aircraft and a vessel, ap- aircraft. proach so as to involve risk of colli- (c) Over other than congested areas. An sion, each aircraft or vessel shall pro- altitude of 500 feet above the surface, ceed with careful regard to existing except over open water or sparsely pop- circumstances, including the limita- ulated areas. In those cases, the air- tions of the respective craft. craft may not be operated closer than 500 feet to any person, vessel, vehicle, § 91.117 Aircraft speed. or structure. (a) Unless otherwise authorized by (d) Helicopters, powered parachutes, the Administrator, no person may op- and weight-shift-control aircraft. If the erate an aircraft below 10,000 feet MSL operation is conducted without hazard at an indicated airspeed of more than to persons or property on the surface— 250 knots (288 m.p.h.). (b) Unless otherwise authorized or re- (1) A helicopter may be operated at quired by ATC, no person may operate less than the minimums prescribed in an aircraft at or below 2,500 feet above paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, pro- the surface within 4 nautical miles of vided each person operating the heli- the primary airport of a Class C or copter complies with any routes or al- Class D airspace area at an indicated titudes specifically prescribed for heli- airspeed of more than 200 knots (230 copters by the FAA; and mph.). This paragraph (b) does not (2) A powered parachute or weight- apply to any operations within a Class shift-control aircraft may be operated

708

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00718 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.125

at less than the minimums prescribed Adjust- in paragraph (c) of this section. Current altimeter setting ment factor [Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, 27.91 through 27.42 ...... 2,500 as amended by Amdt. 91–311, 75 FR 5223, Feb. 27.41 through 26.92 ...... 3,000 1, 2010]

§ 91.121 Altimeter settings. § 91.123 Compliance with ATC clear- (a) Each person operating an aircraft ances and instructions. shall maintain the cruising altitude or (a) When an ATC clearance has been flight level of that aircraft, as the case obtained, no pilot in command may de- may be, by reference to an altimeter viate from that clearance unless an that is set, when operating— amended clearance is obtained, an (1) Below 18,000 feet MSL, to— emergency exists, or the deviation is in (i) The current reported altimeter response to a traffic alert and collision setting of a station along the route and avoidance system resolution advisory. within 100 nautical miles of the air- However, except in Class A airspace, a craft; pilot may cancel an IFR flight plan if (ii) If there is no station within the the operation is being conducted in area prescribed in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of VFR weather conditions. When a pilot this section, the current reported al- is uncertain of an ATC clearance, that timeter setting of an appropriate avail- pilot shall immediately request clari- able station; or fication from ATC. (iii) In the case of an aircraft not (b) Except in an emergency, no per- equipped with a radio, the elevation of son may operate an aircraft contrary the departure airport or an appropriate to an ATC instruction in an area in altimeter setting available before de- which air traffic control is exercised. parture; or (2) At or above 18,000 feet MSL, to (c) Each pilot in command who, in an 29.92″ Hg. emergency, or in response to a traffic (b) The lowest usable flight level is alert and collision avoidance system determined by the atmospheric pres- resolution advisory, deviates from an sure in the area of operation as shown ATC clearance or instruction shall no- in the following table: tify ATC of that deviation as soon as possible. Lowest (d) Each pilot in command who usable Current altimeter setting flight (though not deviating from a rule of level this subpart) is given priority by ATC 29.92 (or higher) ...... 180 in an emergency, shall submit a de- 29.91 through 29.42 ...... 185 tailed report of that emergency within 29.41 through 28.92 ...... 190 48 hours to the manager of that ATC 28.91 through 28.42 ...... 195 28.41 through 27.92 ...... 200 facility, if requested by ATC. 27.91 through 27.42 ...... 205 (e) Unless otherwise authorized by 27.41 through 26.92 ...... 210 ATC, no person operating an aircraft may operate that aircraft according to (c) To convert minimum altitude pre- any clearance or instruction that has scribed under §§ 91.119 and 91.177 to the been issued to the pilot of another air- minimum flight level, the pilot shall craft for radar air traffic control pur- take the flight level equivalent of the poses. minimum altitude in feet and add the appropriate number of feet specified (Approved by the Office of Management and below, according to the current re- Budget under control number 2120–0005) ported altimeter setting: [Doc. No. 18834, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as Adjust- amended by Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65658, Dec. Current altimeter setting ment 17, 1991; Amdt. 91–244, 60 FR 50679, Sept. 29, factor 1995] 29.92 (or higher) ...... None 29.91 through 29.42 ...... 500 § 91.125 ATC light signals. 29.41 through 28.92 ...... 1,000 28.91 through 28.42 ...... 1,500 ATC light signals have the meaning 28.41 through 27.92 ...... 2,000 shown in the following table:

709

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00719 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.126 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

Meaning with re- Meaning with re- aircraft and the control tower. Commu- Color and type of spect to aircraft on spect to aircraft in signal the surface flight nications must be established prior to 4 nautical miles from the airport, up to Steady green ...... Cleared for takeoff Cleared to land. and including 2,500 feet AGL. However, Flashing green ...... Cleared to taxi ...... Return for landing (to be followed if the aircraft radio fails in flight, the by steady green pilot in command may operate that at proper time). aircraft and land if weather conditions Steady red ...... Stop ...... Give way to other aircraft and con- are at or above basic VFR weather tinue circling. minimums, visual contact with the Flashing red ...... Taxi clear of run- Airport unsafe—do tower is maintained, and a clearance to way in use. not land. Flashing white ...... Return to starting Not applicable. land is received. If the aircraft radio point on airport. fails while in flight under IFR, the Alternating red and Exercise extreme Exercise extreme green. caution. caution. pilot must comply with § 91.185. [Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65658, Dec. 17, 1991, as § 91.126 Operating on or in the vicinity amended by Amdt. 91–239, 59 FR 11693, Mar. of an airport in Class G airspace. 11, 1994; Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 27, (a) General. Unless otherwise author- 2004] ized or required, each person operating an aircraft on or in the vicinity of an § 91.127 Operating on or in the vicinity of an airport in Class E airspace. airport in a Class G airspace area must comply with the requirements of this (a) Unless otherwise required by part section. 93 of this chapter or unless otherwise (b) Direction of turns. When approach- authorized or required by the ATC fa- ing to land at an airport without an op- cility having jurisdiction over the erating control tower in Class G air- Class E airspace area, each person op- space— erating an aircraft on or in the vicinity (1) Each pilot of an airplane must of an airport in a Class E airspace area make all turns of that airplane to the must comply with the requirements of left unless the airport displays ap- § 91.126. proved light signals or visual markings (b) Departures. Each pilot of an air- indicating that turns should be made craft must comply with any traffic pat- to the right, in which case the pilot must make all turns to the right; and terns established for that airport in (2) Each pilot of a helicopter or a part 93 of this chapter. powered parachute must avoid the flow (c) Communications with control tow- of fixed-wing aircraft. ers. Unless otherwise authorized or re- (c) Flap settings. Except when nec- quired by ATC, no person may operate essary for training or certification, the an aircraft to, from, through, or on an pilot in command of a civil turbojet- airport having an operational control powered aircraft must use, as a final tower unless two-way radio commu- flap setting, the minimum certificated nications are maintained between that landing flap setting set forth in the ap- aircraft and the control tower. Commu- proved performance information in the nications must be established prior to 4 Airplane Flight Manual for the appli- nautical miles from the airport, up to cable conditions. However, each pilot and including 2,500 feet AGL. However, in command has the final authority if the aircraft radio fails in flight, the and responsibility for the safe oper- pilot in command may operate that ation of the pilot’s airplane, and may aircraft and land if weather conditions use a different flap setting for that air- are at or above basic VFR weather plane if the pilot determines that it is minimums, visual contact with the necessary in the interest of safety. tower is maintained, and a clearance to (d) Communications with control tow- land is received. If the aircraft radio ers. Unless otherwise authorized or required by ATC, no person may operate fails while in flight under IFR, the an aircraft to, from, through, or on an pilot must comply with § 91.185. airport having an operational control [Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65658, Dec. 17, 1991, as tower unless two-way radio commu- amended by Amdt. 91–239, 59 FR 11693, Mar. nications are maintained between that 11, 1994]

710

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00720 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.129

§ 91.129 Operations in Class D air- (1) If the aircraft radio fails in flight space. under IFR, the pilot must comply with § 91.185 of the part. (a) General. Unless otherwise authorized or required by the ATC facility (2) If the aircraft radio fails in flight having jurisdiction over the Class D under VFR, the pilot in command may airspace area, each person operating an operate that aircraft and land if— aircraft in Class D airspace must com- (i) Weather conditions are at or ply with the applicable provisions of above basic VFR weather minimums; this section. In addition, each person (ii) Visual contact with the tower is must comply with §§ 91.126 and 91.127. maintained; and For the purpose of this section, the pri- (iii) A clearance to land is received. mary airport is the airport for which (e) Minimum altitudes when operating the Class D airspace area is designated. to an airport in Class D airspace. (1) Un- A satellite airport is any other airport less required by the applicable dis- within the Class D airspace area. tance-from-cloud criteria, each pilot (b) Deviations. An operator may devi- operating a large or turbine-powered ate from any provision of this section airplane must enter the traffic pattern at an altitude of at least 1,500 feet under the provisions of an ATC author- above the elevation of the airport and ization issued by the ATC facility hav- maintain at least 1,500 feet until fur- ing jurisdiction over the airspace con- ther descent is required for a safe land- cerned. ATC may authorize a deviation ing. on a continuing basis or for an indi- (2) Each pilot operating a large or vidual flight, as appropriate. turbine-powered airplane approaching (c) Communications. Each person oper- to land on a runway served by an in- ating an aircraft in Class D airspace strument approach procedure with must meet the following two-way radio vertical guidance, if the airplane is so communications requirements: equipped, must: (1) Arrival or through flight. Each per- (i) Operate that airplane at an alti- son must establish two-way radio com- tude at or above the glide path between munications with the ATC facility (in- the published final approach fix and cluding foreign ATC in the case of for- the decision altitude (DA), or decision eign airspace designated in the United height (DH), as applicable; or States) providing air traffic services (ii) If compliance with the applicable prior to entering that airspace and distance-from-cloud criteria requires thereafter maintain those communica- glide path interception closer in, oper- tions while within that airspace. ate that airplane at or above the glide (2) Departing flight. Each person— path, between the point of interception (i) From the primary airport or sat- of glide path and the DA or the DH. ellite airport with an operating control (3) Each pilot operating an airplane tower must establish and maintain approaching to land on a runway two-way radio communications with served by a visual approach slope indi- the control tower, and thereafter as in- cator must maintain an altitude at or structed by ATC while operating in the above the glide path until a lower alti- Class D airspace area; or tude is necessary for a safe landing. (ii) From a satellite airport without (4) Paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this an operating control tower, must es- section do not prohibit normal brack- tablish and maintain two-way radio eting maneuvers above or below the communications with the ATC facility glide path that are conducted for the having jurisdiction over the Class D purpose of remaining on the glide path. airspace area as soon as practicable (f) Approaches. Except when con- after departing. ducting a circling approach under part (d) Communications failure. Each per- 97 of this chapter or unless otherwise son who operates an aircraft in a Class required by ATC, each pilot must— D airspace area must maintain two- (1) Circle the airport to the left, if op- way radio communications with the erating an airplane; or ATC facility having jurisdiction over (2) Avoid the flow of fixed-wing air- that area. craft, if operating a helicopter.

711

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00721 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.130 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(g) Departures. No person may oper- (1) Arrival or through flight. Each per- ate an aircraft departing from an air- son must establish two-way radio com- port except in compliance with the fol- munications with the ATC facility (in- lowing: cluding foreign ATC in the case of for- (1) Each pilot must comply with any eign airspace designated in the United departure procedures established for States) providing air traffic services that airport by the FAA. prior to entering that airspace and (2) Unless otherwise required by the thereafter maintain those communica- prescribed departure procedure for that tions while within that airspace. airport or the applicable distance from (2) Departing flight. Each person— clouds criteria, each pilot of a turbine- (i) From the primary airport or sat- powered airplane and each pilot of a ellite airport with an operating control large airplane must climb to an alti- tower must establish and maintain tude of 1,500 feet above the surface as two-way radio communications with rapidly as practicable. the control tower, and thereafter as in- (h) Noise abatement. Where a formal structed by ATC while operating in the runway use program has been estab- Class C airspace area; or lished by the FAA, each pilot of a large (ii) From a satellite airport without or turbine-powered airplane assigned a an operating control tower, must es- noise abatement runway by ATC must tablish and maintain two-way radio use that runway. However, consistent communications with the ATC facility with the final authority of the pilot in having jurisdiction over the Class C command concerning the safe oper- airspace area as soon as practicable ation of the aircraft as prescribed in after departing. § 91.3(a), ATC may assign a different (d) Equipment requirements. Unless runway if requested by the pilot in the otherwise authorized by the ATC hav- interest of safety. ing jurisdiction over the Class C air- (i) Takeoff, landing, taxi clearance. No space area, no person may operate an person may, at any airport with an op- aircraft within a Class C airspace area erating control tower, operate an air- designated for an airport unless that craft on a runway or taxiway, or take aircraft is equipped with the applicable off or land an aircraft, unless an appro- equipment specified in § 91.215, and priate clearance is received from ATC. after January 1, 2020, § 91.225. (e) Deviations. An operator may devi- [Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65658, Dec. 17, 1991, as amended by Amdt. 91–234, 58 FR 48793, Sept. ate from any provision of this section 20, 1993; Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31678, June 7, under the provisions of an ATC author- 2007; 77 FR 28250, May 14, 2012] ization issued by the ATC facility having jurisdiction over the airspace con- § 91.130 Operations in Class C air- cerned. ATC may authorize a deviation space. on a continuing basis or for an indi- (a) General. Unless otherwise author- vidual flight, as appropriate. ized by ATC, each aircraft operation in [Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65659, Dec. 17, 1991, as Class C airspace must be conducted in amended by Amdt. 91–232, 58 FR 40736, July compliance with this section and 30, 1993; Amdt. 91–239, 59 FR 11693, Mar. 11, § 91.129. For the purpose of this section, 1994; Amdt. 91–314, 75 FR 30193, May 28, 2010] the primary airport is the airport for which the Class C airspace area is des- § 91.131 Operations in Class B air- ignated. A satellite airport is any other space. airport within the Class C airspace (a) Operating rules. No person may op- area. erate an aircraft within a Class B air- (b) Traffic patterns. No person may space area except in compliance with take off or land an aircraft at a sat- § 91.129 and the following rules: ellite airport within a Class C airspace (1) The operator must receive an ATC area except in compliance with FAA clearance from the ATC facility having arrival and departure traffic patterns. jurisdiction for that area before oper- (c) Communications. Each person operating an aircraft in that area. ating an aircraft in Class C airspace (2) Unless otherwise authorized by must meet the following two-way radio ATC, each person operating a large tur- communications requirements: bine engine-powered airplane to or

712

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00722 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.135

from a primary airport for which a (d) Other equipment requirements. No Class B airspace area is designated person may operate an aircraft in a must operate at or above the des- Class B airspace area unless the air- ignated floors of the Class B airspace craft is equipped with— area while within the lateral limits of (1) The applicable operating trans- that area. ponder and automatic altitude report- (3) Any person conducting pilot ing equipment specified in § 91.215 (a), training operations at an airport with- except as provided in § 91.215 (e), and in a Class B airspace area must comply (2) After January 1, 2020, the applica- with any procedures established by ble Automatic Dependent Surveillance- ATC for such operations in that area. Broadcast Out equipment specified in (b) Pilot requirements. (1) No person § 91.225. may take off or land a civil aircraft at [Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65658, Dec. 17, 1991, as an airport within a Class B airspace amended by Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July area or operate a civil aircraft within a 27, 2004; Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31678, June 7, Class B airspace area unless— 2007; Amdt. 91–314, 75 FR 30193, May 28, 2010] (i) The pilot in command holds at least a private pilot certificate; § 91.133 Restricted and prohibited areas. (ii) The pilot in command holds a recreational pilot certificate and has (a) No person may operate an aircraft met— within a restricted area (designated in (A) The requirements of § 61.101(d) of part 73) contrary to the restrictions this chapter; or imposed, or within a prohibited area, (B) The requirements for a student unless that person has the permission pilot seeking a recreational pilot cer- of the using or controlling agency, as tificate in § 61.94 of this chapter; appropriate. (b) Each person conducting, within a (iii) The pilot in command holds a restricted area, an aircraft operation sport pilot certificate and has met— (approved by the using agency) that (A) The requirements of § 61.325 of creates the same hazards as the oper- this chapter; or ations for which the restricted area (B) The requirements for a student was designated may deviate from the pilot seeking a recreational pilot cer- rules of this subpart that are not com- tificate in § 61.94 of this chapter; or patible with the operation of the air- (iv) The aircraft is operated by a stu- craft. dent pilot who has met the requirements of § 61.94 or § 61.95 of this chapter, § 91.135 Operations in Class A air- as applicable. space. (2) Notwithstanding the provisions of Except as provided in paragraph (d) paragraphs (b)(1)(ii), (b)(1)(iii) and of this section, each person operating (b)(1)(iv) of this section, no person may an aircraft in Class A airspace must take off or land a civil aircraft at those conduct that operation under instru- airports listed in section 4 of appendix ment flight rules (IFR) and in compli- D to this part unless the pilot in com- ance with the following: mand holds at least a private pilot cer- (a) Clearance. Operations may be con- tificate. ducted only under an ATC clearance re- (c) Communications and navigation ceived prior to entering the airspace. equipment requirements. Unless other- (b) Communications. Unless otherwise wise authorized by ATC, no person may authorized by ATC, each aircraft oper- operate an aircraft within a Class B ating in Class A airspace must be airspace area unless that aircraft is equipped with a two-way radio capable equipped with— of communicating with ATC on a fre- (1) For IFR operation. An operable quency assigned by ATC. Each pilot VOR or TACAN receiver or an operable must maintain two-way radio commu- and suitable RNAV system; and nications with ATC while operating in (2) For all operations. An operable Class A airspace. two-way radio capable of communica- (c) Equipment requirements. Unless tions with ATC on appropriate fre- otherwise authorized by ATC, no per- quencies for that Class B airspace area. son may operate an aircraft within

713

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00723 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.137 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

Class A airspace unless that aircraft is under the direction of the official in equipped with the applicable equip- charge of on scene emergency response ment specified in § 91.215, and after Jan- activities. uary 1, 2020, § 91.225. (c) When a NOTAM has been issued (d) ATC authorizations. An operator under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, may deviate from any provision of this no person may operate an aircraft section under the provisions of an ATC within the designated area unless at authorization issued by the ATC facil- least one of the following conditions ity having jurisdiction of the airspace are met: concerned. In the case of an inoper- (1) The aircraft is participating in ative transponder, ATC may immediately approve an operation within a hazard relief activities and is being op- Class A airspace area allowing flight to erated under the direction of the offi- continue, if desired, to the airport of cial in charge of on scene emergency ultimate destination, including any in- response activities. termediate stops, or to proceed to a (2) The aircraft is carrying law en- place where suitable repairs can be forcement officials. made, or both. Requests for deviation (3) The aircraft is operating under from any provision of this section must the ATC approved IFR flight plan. be submitted in writing, at least 4 days (4) The operation is conducted di- before the proposed operation. ATC rectly to or from an airport within the may authorize a deviation on a con- area, or is necessitated by the imprac- tinuing basis or for an individual ticability of VFR flight above or flight. around the area due to weather, or ter- [Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65659, Dec. 17, 1991, as rain; notification is given to the Flight amended by Amdt. 91–314, 75 FR 30193, May Service Station (FSS) or ATC facility 28, 2010] specified in the NOTAM to receive advisories concerning disaster relief § 91.137 Temporary flight restrictions aircraft operations; and the operation in the vicinity of disaster/hazard does not hamper or endanger relief ac- areas. tivities and is not conducted for the (a) The Administrator will issue a purpose of observing the disaster. Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) desig- (5) The aircraft is carrying properly nating an area within which temporary accredited news representatives, and, flight restrictions apply and specifying prior to entering the area, a flight plan the hazard or condition requiring their is filed with the appropriate FAA or imposition, whenever he determines it ATC facility specified in the Notice to is necessary in order to— Airmen and the operation is conducted (1) Protect persons and property on above the altitude used by the disaster the surface or in the air from a hazard relief aircraft, unless otherwise author- associated with an incident on the surface; ized by the official in charge of on (2) Provide a safe environment for scene emergency response activities. the operation of disaster relief aircraft; (d) When a NOTAM has been issued or under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, (3) Prevent an unsafe congestion of no person may operate an aircraft sightseeing and other aircraft above an within the designated area unless at incident or event which may generate a least one of the following conditions is high degree of public interest. met: The Notice to Airmen will specify the (1) The operation is conducted di- hazard or condition that requires the rectly to or from an airport within the imposition of temporary flight restric- area, or is necessitated by the imprac- tions. ticability of VFR flight above or (b) When a NOTAM has been issued around the area due to weather or ter- under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, rain, and the operation is not con- no person may operate an aircraft ducted for the purpose of observing the within the designated area unless that incident or event. aircraft is participating in the hazard (2) The aircraft is operating under an relief activities and is being operated ATC approved IFR flight plan.

714

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00724 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.139

(3) The aircraft is carrying incident (3) The aircraft is carrying persons or event personnel, or law enforcement involved in an emergency or a legiti- officials. mate scientific purpose. (4) The aircraft is carrying properly (4) The aircraft is carrying properly accredited news representatives and, accredited newspersons, and that prior prior to entering that area, a flight to entering the area, a flight plan is plan is filed with the appropriate FSS filed with the appropriate FAA or ATC or ATC facility specified in the facility specified in the NOTAM and NOTAM. the operation is conducted in compli- (e) Flight plans filed and notifica- ance with the conditions and restrictions made with an FSS or ATC facil- tions established by the official in ity under this section shall include the charge of on-scene emergency response following information: activities. (1) Aircraft identification, type and (5) The aircraft is operating in ac- color. cordance with an ATC clearance or in- (2) Radio communications fre- struction. quencies to be used. (c) A NOTAM issued under this sec- (3) Proposed times of entry of, and tion is effective for 90 days or until the exit from, the designated area. national disaster area designation is (4) Name of news media or organiza- terminated, whichever comes first, un- tion and purpose of flight. less terminated by notice or extended (5) Any other information requested by the Administrator at the request of by ATC. the Governor of the State of Hawaii or the Governor’s designee. § 91.138 Temporary flight restrictions in national disaster areas in the [Doc. No. 26476, 56 FR 23178, May 20, 1991, as State of Hawaii. amended by Amdt. 91–270, 66 FR 47377, Sept. 11, 2001] (a) When the Administrator has determined, pursuant to a request and § 91.139 Emergency air traffic rules. justification provided by the Governor of the State of Hawaii, or the Gov- (a) This section prescribes a process ernor’s designee, that an inhabited for utilizing Notices to Airmen area within a declared national dis- (NOTAMs) to advise of the issuance aster area in the State of Hawaii is in and operations under emergency air need of protection for humanitarian traffic rules and regulations and des- reasons, the Administrator will issue a ignates the official who is authorized Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) desig- to issue NOTAMs on behalf of the Ad- nating an area within which temporary ministrator in certain matters under flight restrictions apply. The Adminis- this section. trator will designate the extent and du- (b) Whenever the Administrator de- ration of the temporary flight restric- termines that an emergency condition tions necessary to provide for the pro- exists, or will exist, relating to the tection of persons and property on the FAA’s ability to operate the air traffic surface. control system and during which nor- (b) When a NOTAM has been issued in mal flight operations under this chap- accordance with this section, no person ter cannot be conducted consistent may operate an aircraft within the des- with the required levels of safety and ignated area unless at least one of the efficiency— following conditions is met: (1) The Administrator issues an im- (1) That person has obtained author- mediately effective air traffic rule or ization from the official in charge of regulation in response to that emer- associated emergency or disaster relief gency condition; and response activities, and is operating (2) The Administrator or the Asso- the aircraft under the conditions of ciate Administrator for Air Traffic that authorization. may utilize the NOTAM system to pro- (2) The aircraft is carrying law en- vide notification of the issuance of the forcement officials. rule or regulation.

715

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00725 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.141 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

Those NOTAMs communicate informa- transport, or medical services to be de- tion concerning the rules and regula- livered to isolated communities, where tions that govern flight operations, the the operation can be conducted with an use of navigation facilities, and des- acceptable level of safety. ignation of that airspace in which the [Amdt. 91–240, 59 FR 17452, Apr. 12, 1994; 59 FR rules and regulations apply. 37669, July 25, 1994] (c) When a NOTAM has been issued under this section, no person may oper- § 91.145 Management of aircraft operate an aircraft, or other device gov- ations in the vicinity of aerial dem- erned by the regulation concerned, onstrations and major sporting within the designated airspace except events. in accordance with the authorizations, (a) The FAA will issue a Notice to terms, and conditions prescribed in the Airmen (NOTAM) designating an area regulation covered by the NOTAM. of airspace in which a temporary flight restriction applies when it determines § 91.141 Flight restrictions in the prox- that a temporary flight restriction is imity of the Presidential and other necessary to protect persons or prop- parties. erty on the surface or in the air, to No person may operate an aircraft maintain air safety and efficiency, or over or in the vicinity of any area to be to prevent the unsafe congestion of air- visited or traveled by the President, craft in the vicinity of an aerial dem- the Vice President, or other public fig- onstration or major sporting event. ures contrary to the restrictions estab- These demonstrations and events may lished by the Administrator and pub- include: lished in a Notice to Airmen (NOTAM). (1) United States Naval Flight Dem- onstration Team (Blue Angels); § 91.143 Flight limitation in the prox- (2) United States Air Force Air Dem- imity of space flight operations. onstration Squadron (Thunderbirds); When a Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) is (3) United States Army Parachute issued in accordance with this section, Team (Golden Knights); no person may operate any aircraft of (4) Summer/Winter Olympic Games; U.S. registry, or pilot any aircraft (5) Annual Tournament of Roses under the authority of an airman cer- Football Game; tificate issued by the Federal Aviation (6) World Cup Soccer; Administration, within areas des- (7) Major League Baseball All-Star ignated in a NOTAM for space flight Game; operation except when authorized by (8) World Series; ATC. (9) Kodak Albuquerque International [Doc. No. FAA–2004–19246, 69 FR 59753, Oct. 5, Balloon Fiesta; 2004] (10) Sandia Classic Hang Gliding Competition; § 91.144 Temporary restriction on (11) Indianapolis 500 Mile Race; flight operations during abnormally (12) Any other aerial demonstration high barometric pressure condi- or sporting event the FAA determines tions. to need a temporary flight restriction (a) Special flight restrictions. When any in accordance with paragraph (b) of information indicates that barometric this section. pressure on the route of flight cur- (b) In deciding whether a temporary rently exceeds or will exceed 31 inches flight restriction is necessary for an of mercury, no person may operate an aerial demonstration or major sporting aircraft or initiate a flight contrary to event not listed in paragraph (a) of this the requirements established by the section, the FAA considers the fol- Administrator and published in a No- lowing factors: tice to Airmen issued under this sec- (1) Area where the event will be held. tion. (2) Effect flight restrictions will have (b) Waivers. The Administrator is au- on known aircraft operations. thorized to waive any restriction (3) Any existing ATC airspace traffic issued under paragraph (a) of this sec- management restrictions. tion to permit emergency supply, (4) Estimated duration of the event.

716

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00726 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.146

(5) Degree of public interest. vent the unsafe congestion of aircraft (6) Number of spectators. will vary depending on the size of the (7) Provisions for spectator safety. event and the factors listed in para- (8) Number and types of participating graph (b) of this section. The restricted aircraft. airspace will normally be limited to a (9) Use of mixed high and low per- 3 nautical mile radius from the center formance aircraft. of the event and 2500 feet above the (10) Impact on non-participating air- surface but will not be greater than the craft. minimum airspace necessary for the (11) Weather minimums. management of aircraft operations in (12) Emergency procedures that will the vicinity of the specified area. be in effect. (f) A NOTAM issued under this sec- (c) A NOTAM issued under this section will be issued at least 30 days in tion will state the name of the aerial advance of an aerial demonstration or demonstration or sporting event and a major sporting event, unless the FAA specify the effective dates and times, finds good cause for a shorter period the geographic features or coordinates, and explains this in the NOTAM. and any other restrictions or proce- (g) When warranted, the FAA Admin- dures governing flight operations in istrator may exclude the following the designated airspace. flights from the provisions of this sec- (d) When a NOTAM has been issued in tion: accordance with this section, no person (1) Essential military. may operate an aircraft or device, or (2) Medical and rescue. engage in any activity within the des- (3) Presidential and Vice Presi- ignated airspace area, except in accord- dential. ance with the authorizations, terms, (4) Visiting heads of state. and conditions of the temporary flight (5) Law enforcement and security. restriction published in the NOTAM, (6) Public health and welfare. unless otherwise authorized by: [Doc. No. FAA–2000–8274, 66 FR 47378, Sept. (1) Air traffic control; or 11, 2001] (2) A Flight Standards Certificate of Waiver or Authorization issued for the § 91.146 Passenger-carrying flights for demonstration or event. the benefit of a charitable, non- (e) For the purpose of this section: profit, or community event. (1) Flight restricted airspace area for an (a) Definitions. For purposes of this aerial demonstration—The amount of section, the following definitions airspace needed to protect persons and apply: property on the surface or in the air, to Charitable event means an event that maintain air safety and efficiency, or raises funds for the benefit of a chari- to prevent the unsafe congestion of air- table organization recognized by the craft will vary depending on the aerial Department of the Treasury whose do- demonstration and the factors listed in nors may deduct contributions under paragraph (b) of this section. The re- section 170 of the Internal Revenue stricted airspace area will normally be Code (26 U.S.C. Section 170). limited to a 5 nautical mile radius Community event means an event that from the center of the demonstration raises funds for the benefit of any local and an altitude 17000 mean sea level or community cause that is not a char- (for high performance aircraft) or 13000 itable event or non-profit event. feet above the surface (for certain Non-profit event means an event that parachute operations), but will be no raises funds for the benefit of a non- greater than the minimum airspace profit organization recognized under necessary for the management of air- State or Federal law, as long as one of craft operations in the vicinity of the the organization’s purposes is the pro- specified area. motion of aviation safety. (2) Flight restricted area for a major (b) Passenger carrying flights for the sporting event—The amount of airspace benefit of a charitable, nonprofit, or needed to protect persons and property community event identified in para- on the surface or in the air, to main- graph (c) of this section are not subject tain air safety and efficiency, or to pre- to the certification requirements of

717

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00727 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.147 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

part 119 or the drug and alcohol testing munity event per year, with no event requirements in part 120 of this chap- lasting more than three consecutive ter, provided the following conditions days. are satisfied and the limitations in (d) Pilots and sponsors of events de- paragraphs (c) and (d) are not exceeded: scribed in this section are limited to no (1) The flight is nonstop and begins more than 4 events per calendar year. and ends at the same airport and is (e) At least seven days before the conducted within a 25-statute mile ra- event, each sponsor of an event de- dius of that airport; scribed in this section must furnish to (2) The flight is conducted from a the FAA Flight Standards District Of- public airport that is adequate for the fice with jurisdiction over the geo- airplane or helicopter used, or from an- graphical area where the event is other location the FAA approves for scheduled: the operation; (1) A signed letter detailing the name (3) The airplane or helicopter has a of the sponsor, the purpose of the maximum of 30 seats, excluding each event, the date and time of the event, crewmember seat, and a maximum the location of the event, all prior payload capacity of 7,500 pounds; (4) The flight is not an aerobatic or a events under this section participated formation flight; in by the sponsor in the current cal- (5) Each airplane or helicopter holds endar year; a standard airworthiness certificate, is (2) A photocopy of each pilot in com- airworthy, and is operated in compli- mand’s pilot certificate, medical cer- ance with the applicable requirements tificate, and logbook entries that show of subpart E of this part; the pilot is current in accordance with (6) Each flight is made during day §§ 61.56 and 61.57 of this chapter and VFR conditions; that any private pilot has at least 500 (7) Reimbursement of the operator of hours of flight time; and the airplane or helicopter is limited to (3) A signed statement from each that portion of the passenger payment pilot that lists all prior events under for the flight that does not exceed the this section in which the pilot has par- pro rata cost of owning, operating, and ticipated during the current calendar maintaining the aircraft for that year. flight, which may include fuel, oil, airport expenditures, and rental fees; [Doc. No. FAA–1998–4521, 72 FR 6910, Feb. 13, 2007, as amended by Amdt. 91–308, 74 FR (8) The beneficiary of the funds raised 32804, July 9, 2009] is not in the business of transportation by air; § 91.147 Passenger carrying flights for (9) A private pilot acting as pilot in compensation or hire. command has at least 500 hours of flight time; Each Operator conducting passenger- (10) Each flight is conducted in ac- carrying flights for compensation or cordance with the safety provisions of hire must meet the following require- part 136, subpart A of this chapter; and ments unless all flights are conducted (11) Flights are not conducted over a under § 91.146. national park, unit of a national park, (a) For the purposes of this section or abutting tribal lands, unless the op- and for drug and alcohol testing, Oper- erator has secured a letter of agree- ator means any person conducting non- ment from the FAA, as specified under stop passenger-carrying flights in an subpart B of part 136 of this chapter, airplane or helicopter for compensa- and is operating in accordance with tion or hire in accordance with that agreement during the flights. §§ 119.1(e)(2), 135.1(a)(5), or 121.1(d), of (c) (1) Passenger-carrying flights or this chapter that begin and end at the series of flights are limited to a total same airport and are conducted within of four charitable events or non-profit a 25-statute mile radius of that airport. events per year, with no event lasting (b) An Operator must comply with more than three consecutive days. the safety provisions of part 136, sub- (2) Passenger-carrying flights or se- part A of this chapter, and apply for ries of flights are limited to one com- and receive a Letter of Authorization

718

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00728 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.155

from the Flight Standards District Of- § 91.153 VFR flight plan: Information fice nearest to its principal place of required. business. (a) Information required. Unless other- (c) Each application for a Letter of wise authorized by ATC, each person Authorization must include the fol- filing a VFR flight plan shall include in lowing information: it the following information: (1) Name of Operator, agent, and any (1) The aircraft identification num- d/b/a (doing-business-as) under which ber and, if necessary, its radio call that Operator does business; sign. (2) Principal business address and (2) The type of the aircraft or, in the mailing address; case of a formation flight, the type of (3) Principal place of business (if dif- each aircraft and the number of air- ferent from business address); craft in the formation. (4) Name of person responsible for (3) The full name and address of the management of the business; pilot in command or, in the case of a (5) Name of person responsible for formation flight, the formation com- aircraft maintenance; mander. (6) Type of aircraft, registration (4) The point and proposed time of de- number(s), and make/model/series; and parture. (7) An Antidrug and Alcohol Misuse (5) The proposed route, cruising alti- Prevention Program registration. tude (or flight level), and true airspeed (d) The Operator must register and at that altitude. implement its drug and alcohol testing (6) The point of first intended landing programs in accordance with part 120 and the estimated elapsed time until of this chapter. over that point. (e) The Operator must comply with (7) The amount of fuel on board (in the provisions of the Letter of Author- hours). ization received. (8) The number of persons in the aircraft, except where that information is [Doc. No. FAA–1998–4521, 72 FR 6911, Feb. 13, 2007, as amended by Amdt. 91–307, 74 FR otherwise readily available to the FAA. 22652, May 14, 2009; Amdt. 91–320, 76 FR 8893, (9) Any other information the pilot in Feb. 16, 2011] command or ATC believes is necessary for ATC purposes. §§ 91.148–91.149 [Reserved] (b) Cancellation. When a flight plan has been activated, the pilot in com- VISUAL FLIGHT RULES mand, upon canceling or completing the flight under the flight plan, shall § 91.151 Fuel requirements for flight in notify an FAA Flight Service Station VFR conditions. or ATC facility. (a) No person may begin a flight in an airplane under VFR conditions un- § 91.155 Basic VFR weather minimums. less (considering wind and forecast (a) Except as provided in paragraph weather conditions) there is enough (b) of this section and § 91.157, no per- fuel to fly to the first point of intended son may operate an aircraft under VFR landing and, assuming normal cruising when the flight visibility is less, or at speed— a distance from clouds that is less, (1) During the day, to fly after that than that prescribed for the cor- for at least 30 minutes; or responding altitude and class of air- (2) At night, to fly after that for at space in the following table: least 45 minutes. (b) No person may begin a flight in a Distance from Airspace Flight visibility clouds rotorcraft under VFR conditions unless (considering wind and forecast weather Class A ...... Not Applicable ...... Not Applicable. conditions) there is enough fuel to fly Class B ...... 3 statute miles ...... Clear of Clouds. to the first point of intended landing Class C ...... 3 statute miles ...... 500 feet below. 1,000 feet above. and, assuming normal cruising speed, 2,000 feet hori- to fly after that for at least 20 minutes. zontal.

719

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00729 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.157 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

weight-shift-control aircraft clear of Airspace Flight visibility Distance from clouds clouds. Class D ...... 3 statute miles ...... 500 feet below. (c) Except as provided in § 91.157, no 1,000 feet above. person may operate an aircraft beneath 2,000 feet hori- the ceiling under VFR within the lat- zontal. Class E: eral boundaries of controlled airspace Less than 3 statute miles ...... 500 feet below. designated to the surface for an airport 10,000 feet 1,000 feet above. when the ceiling is less than 1,000 feet. MSL. 2,000 feet hori- (d) Except as provided in § 91.157 of zontal At or above 5 statute miles ...... 1,000 feet below. this part, no person may take off or 10,000 feet 1,000 feet above. land an aircraft, or enter the traffic MSL. 1 statute mile pattern of an airport, under VFR, with- horizontal. in the lateral boundaries of the surface Class G: areas of Class B, Class C, Class D, or 1,200 feet or less above Class E airspace designated for an air- the surface port— (regardless (1) Unless ground visibility at that of MSL altitude). airport is at least 3 statute miles; or Day, except as 1 statute mile ...... Clear of clouds. (2) If ground visibility is not reported provided in at that airport, unless flight visibility § 91.155(b). during landing or takeoff, or while op- Night, except as 3 statute miles ...... 500 feet below. provided in 1,000 feet above. erating in the traffic pattern is at least § 91.155(b). 2,000 feet hori- 3 statute miles. zontal. (e) For the purpose of this section, an More than 1,200 feet above the aircraft operating at the base altitude surface but of a Class E airspace area is considered less than to be within the airspace directly 10,000 feet below that area. MSL Day ...... 1 statute mile ...... 500 feet below. [Doc. No. 24458, 56 FR 65660, Dec. 17, 1991, as 1,000 feet above. amended by Amdt. 91–235, 58 FR 51968, Oct. 5, 2,000 feet hori- 1993; Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 27, 2004] zontal. Night ...... 3 statute miles ...... 500 feet below. 1,000 feet above. § 91.157 Special VFR weather mini- 2,000 feet hori- mums. zontal. More than 1,200 5 statute miles ...... 1,000 feet below. (a) Except as provided in appendix D, feet above the 1,000 feet above. section 3, of this part, special VFR op- surface and at 1 statute mile erations may be conducted under the or above horizontal. weather minimums and requirements 10,000 feet MSL. of this section, instead of those contained in § 91.155, below 10,000 feet MSL (b) Class G Airspace. Notwithstanding within the airspace contained by the the provisions of paragraph (a) of this upward extension of the lateral bound- section, the following operations may aries of the controlled airspace des- be conducted in Class G airspace below ignated to the surface for an airport. 1,200 feet above the surface: (b) Special VFR operations may only (1) Helicopter. A helicopter may be op- be conducted— erated clear of clouds if operated at a (1) With an ATC clearance; speed that allows the pilot adequate (2) Clear of clouds; opportunity to see any air traffic or ob- (3) Except for helicopters, when flight struction in time to avoid a collision. visibility is at least 1 statute mile; and (2) Airplane, powered parachute, or (4) Except for helicopters, between weight-shift-control aircraft. If the visi- sunrise and sunset (or in Alaska, when bility is less than 3 statute miles but the sun is 6 degrees or more below the not less than 1 statute mile during horizon) unless— night hours and you are operating in (i) The person being granted the ATC an airport traffic pattern within 1⁄2 clearance meets the applicable require- mile of the runway, you may operate ments for instrument flight under part an airplane, powered parachute, or 61 of this chapter; and

720

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00730 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.161

(ii) The aircraft is equipped as re- § 91.161 Special awareness training required in § 91.205(d). quired for pilots flying under visual (c) No person may take off or land an flight rules within a 60-nautical aircraft (other than a helicopter) under mile radius of the Washington, DC VOR/DME. special VFR— (1) Unless ground visibility is at least (a) Operations within a 60-nautical mile 1 statute mile; or radius of the Washington, DC VOR/DME (2) If ground visibility is not re- under visual flight rules (VFR). Except ported, unless flight visibility is at as provided under paragraph (e) of this least 1 statute mile. For the purposes section, no person may serve as a pilot of this paragraph, the term flight visi- in command or as second in command bility includes the visibility from the of an aircraft while flying within a 60- cockpit of an aircraft in takeoff posi- nautical mile radius of the DCA VOR/ DME, under VFR, unless that pilot has tion if: completed Special Awareness Training (i) The flight is conducted under this and holds a certificate of training compart 91; and pletion. (ii) The airport at which the aircraft (b) Special Awareness Training. The is located is a satellite airport that Special Awareness Training consists of does not have weather reporting capa- information to educate pilots about the bilities. procedures for flying in the Wash- (d) The determination of visibility by ington, DC area and, more generally, in a pilot in accordance with paragraph other types of special use airspace. (c)(2) of this section is not an official This free training is available on the weather report or an official ground FAA’s Web site. Upon completion of visibility report. the training, each person will need to [Amdt. 91–235, 58 FR 51968, Oct. 5, 1993, as print out a copy of the certificate of amended by Amdt. 91–247, 60 FR 66874, Dec. training completion. 27, 1995; Amdt. 91–262, 65 FR 16116, Mar. 24, (c) Inspection of certificate of training 2000] completion. Each person who holds a certificate for completing the Special § 91.159 VFR cruising altitude or flight Awareness Training must present it for level. inspection upon request from: Except while holding in a holding (1) An authorized representative of pattern of 2 minutes or less, or while the FAA; turning, each person operating an air- (2) An authorized representative of craft under VFR in level cruising flight the National Transportation Safety more than 3,000 feet above the surface Board; shall maintain the appropriate altitude (3) Any Federal, State, or local law or flight level prescribed below, unless enforcement officer; or otherwise authorized by ATC: (4) An authorized representative of (a) When operating below 18,000 feet the Transportation Security Adminis- MSL and— tration. (1) On a magnetic course of zero de- (d) Emergency declared. The failure to grees through 179 degrees, any odd complete the Special Awareness Train- thousand foot MSL altitude +500 feet ing course on flying in and around the (such as 3,500, 5,500, or 7,500); or Washington, DC Metropolitan Area is not a violation of this section if an (2) On a magnetic course of 180 de- emergency is declared by the pilot, as grees through 359 degrees, any even described under § 91.3(b), or there was a thousand foot MSL altitude +500 feet failure of two-way radio communica- (such as 4,500, 6,500, or 8,500). tions when operating under IFR as de- (b) When operating above 18,000 feet scribed under § 91.185. MSL, maintain the altitude or flight (e) Exceptions. The requirements of level assigned by ATC. this section do not apply if the flight is [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as being performed in an aircraft of an air amended by Amdt. 91–276, 68 FR 61321, Oct. ambulance operator certificated to 27, 2003; 68 FR 70133, Dec. 17, 2003] conduct part 135 operations under this

721

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00731 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 §§ 91.162–91.165 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

chapter, the U.S. Armed Forces, or a filing an IFR flight plan must include law enforcement agency. in it the following information: (1) Information required under § 91.153 [Doc. No. FAA–2006–25250, 73 FR 46803, Aug. 12, 2008] (a) of this part; (2) Except as provided in paragraph §§ 91.162–91.165 [Reserved] (b) of this section, an alternate airport. (b) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section INSTRUMENT FLIGHT RULES does not apply if : (1) Part 97 of this chapter prescribes § 91.167 Fuel requirements for flight in a standard instrument approach proce- IFR conditions. dure to, or a special instrument ap- (a) No person may operate a civil air- proach procedure has been issued by craft in IFR conditions unless it car- the Administrator to the operator for, ries enough fuel (considering weather the first airport of intended landing; reports and forecasts and weather con- and ditions) to— (2) Appropriate weather reports or (1) Complete the flight to the first weather forecasts, or a combination of airport of intended landing; them, indicate the following: (2) Except as provided in paragraph (i) For aircraft other than helicopters. (b) of this section, fly from that airport For at least 1 hour before and for 1 to the alternate airport; and hour after the estimated time of ar- (3) Fly after that for 45 minutes at rival, the ceiling will be at least 2,000 normal cruising speed or, for heli- feet above the airport elevation and copters, fly after that for 30 minutes at the visibility will be at least 3 statute normal cruising speed. miles. (b) Paragraph (a)(2) of this section (ii) For helicopters. At the estimated does not apply if: time of arrival and for 1 hour after the (1) Part 97 of this chapter prescribes estimated time of arrival, the ceiling a standard instrument approach proce- will be at least 1,000 feet above the air- dure to, or a special instrument ap- port elevation, or at least 400 feet proach procedure has been issued by above the lowest applicable approach the Administrator to the operator for, minima, whichever is higher, and the the first airport of intended landing; visibility will be at least 2 statute and miles. (2) Appropriate weather reports or (c) IFR alternate airport weather mini- weather forecasts, or a combination of ma. Unless otherwise authorized by the them, indicate the following: Administrator, no person may include (i) For aircraft other than helicopters. an alternate airport in an IFR flight For at least 1 hour before and for 1 plan unless appropriate weather re- hour after the estimated time of ar- ports or weather forecasts, or a com- rival, the ceiling will be at least 2,000 bination of them, indicate that, at the feet above the airport elevation and estimated time of arrival at the alter- the visibility will be at least 3 statute nate airport, the ceiling and visibility miles. at that airport will be at or above the (ii) For helicopters. At the estimated following weather minima: time of arrival and for 1 hour after the (1) If an instrument approach proce- estimated time of arrival, the ceiling dure has been published in part 97 of will be at least 1,000 feet above the air- this chapter, or a special instrument port elevation, or at least 400 feet approach procedure has been issued by above the lowest applicable approach the Administrator to the operator, for minima, whichever is higher, and the that airport, the following minima: visibility will be at least 2 statute (i) For aircraft other than helicopters: miles. The alternate airport minima specified [Doc. No. 98-4390, 65 FR 3546, Jan. 21, 2000] in that procedure, or if none are specified the following standard approach § 91.169 IFR flight plan: Information minima: required. (A) For a precision approach procedure. (a) Information required. Unless other- Ceiling 600 feet and visibility 2 statute wise authorized by ATC, each person miles.

722

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00732 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.171

(B) For a nonprecision approach proce- designated as a VOR system check- dure. Ceiling 800 feet and visibility 2 point by the Administrator, or, outside statute miles. the United States, by an appropriate (ii) For helicopters: Ceiling 200 feet authority (the maximum permissible above the minimum for the approach bearing error is plus or minus 4 de- to be flown, and visibility at least 1 grees); statute mile but never less than the (3) If neither a test signal nor a des- minimum visibility for the approach to ignated checkpoint on the surface is be flown, and available, use an airborne checkpoint (2) If no instrument approach proce- designated by the Administrator or, dure has been published in part 97 of outside the United States, by an appro- this chapter and no special instrument approach procedure has been issued by priate authority (the maximum per- the Administrator to the operator, for missible bearing error is plus or minus the alternate airport, the ceiling and 6 degrees); or visibility minima are those allowing (4) If no check signal or point is descent from the MEA, approach, and available, while in flight— landing under basic VFR. (i) Select a VOR radial that lies (d) Cancellation. When a flight plan along the centerline of an established has been activated, the pilot in com- VOR airway; mand, upon canceling or completing (ii) Select a prominent ground point the flight under the flight plan, shall along the selected radial preferably notify an FAA Flight Service Station more than 20 nautical miles from the or ATC facility. VOR ground facility and maneuver the [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as aircraft directly over the point at a amended by Amdt. 91–259, 65 FR 3546, Jan. 21, reasonably low altitude; and 2000] (iii) Note the VOR bearing indicated by the receiver when over the ground § 91.171 VOR equipment check for IFR operations. point (the maximum permissible variation between the published radial and (a) No person may operate a civil air- the indicated bearing is 6 degrees). craft under IFR using the VOR system (c) If dual system VOR (units inde- of radio navigation unless the VOR pendent of each other except for the equipment of that aircraft— (1) Is maintained, checked, and in- antenna) is installed in the aircraft, spected under an approved procedure; the person checking the equipment or may check one system against the (2) Has been operationally checked other in place of the check procedures within the preceding 30 days, and was specified in paragraph (b) of this sec- found to be within the limits of the tion. Both systems shall be tuned to permissible indicated bearing error set the same VOR ground facility and note forth in paragraph (b) or (c) of this sec- the indicated bearings to that station. tion. The maximum permissible variation (b) Except as provided in paragraph between the two indicated bearings is 4 (c) of this section, each person con- degrees. ducting a VOR check under paragraph (d) Each person making the VOR (a)(2) of this section shall— operational check, as specified in para- (1) Use, at the airport of intended de- graph (b) or (c) of this section, shall parture, an FAA-operated or approved enter the date, place, bearing error, test signal or a test signal radiated by and sign the aircraft log or other a certificated and appropriately rated record. In addition, if a test signal ra- radio repair station or, outside the diated by a repair station, as specified United States, a test signal operated or in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, is approved by an appropriate authority to check the VOR equipment (the max- used, an entry must be made in the air- imum permissible indicated bearing craft log or other record by the repair error is plus or minus 4 degrees); or station certificate holder or the certifi- (2) Use, at the airport of intended de- cate holder’s representative certifying parture, a point on the airport surface

723

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00733 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.173 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

to the bearing transmitted by the re- standard instrument approach being pair station for the check and the date used; and of transmission. (3) Except for a Category II or Cat- (Approved by the Office of Management and egory III approach where any necessary Budget under control number 2120–0005) visual reference requirements are specified by the Administrator, at least one § 91.173 ATC clearance and flight plan of the following visual references for required. the intended runway is distinctly visi- No person may operate an aircraft in ble and identifiable to the pilot: controlled airspace under IFR unless (i) The approach light system, except that person has— that the pilot may not descend below (a) Filed an IFR flight plan; and 100 feet above the touchdown zone ele- (b) Received an appropriate ATC vation using the approach lights as a clearance. reference unless the red terminating bars or the red side row bars are also § 91.175 Takeoff and landing under distinctly visible and identifiable. IFR. (ii) The threshold. (a) Instrument approaches to civil air- (iii) The threshold markings. ports. Unless otherwise authorized by (iv) The threshold lights. the FAA, when it is necessary to use an (v) The runway end identifier lights. instrument approach to a civil airport, (vi) The visual approach slope indi- each person operating an aircraft must cator. use a standard instrument approach (vii) The touchdown zone or touch- procedure prescribed in part 97 of this down zone markings. chapter for that airport. This para- (viii) The touchdown zone lights. graph does not apply to United States (ix) The runway or runway markings. military aircraft. (x) The runway lights. (b) Authorized DA/DH or MDA. For the (d) Landing. No pilot operating an purpose of this section, when the ap- aircraft, except a military aircraft of proach procedure being used provides the United States, may land that air- for and requires the use of a DA/DH or craft when— MDA, the authorized DA/DH or MDA is (1) For operations conducted under the highest of the following: paragraph (l) of this section, the re- (1) The DA/DH or MDA prescribed by quirements of (l)(4) of this section are the approach procedure. not met; or (2) The DA/DH or MDA prescribed for (2) For all other part 91 operations the pilot in command. and parts 121, 125, 129, and 135 oper- (3) The DA/DH or MDA appropriate ations, the flight visibility is less than for the aircraft equipment available the visibility prescribed in the stand- and used during the approach. ard instrument approach procedure (c) Operation below DA/ DH or MDA. being used. Except as provided in paragraph (l) of (e) Missed approach procedures. Each this section, where a DA/DH or MDA is pilot operating an aircraft, except a applicable, no pilot may operate an air- military aircraft of the United States, craft, except a military aircraft of the shall immediately execute an appro- United States, below the authorized priate missed approach procedure when MDA or continue an approach below either of the following conditions exist: the authorized DA/DH unless— (1) Whenever operating an aircraft (1) The aircraft is continuously in a pursuant to paragraph (c) or (l) of this position from which a descent to a section and the requirements of that landing on the intended runway can be paragraph are not met at either of the made at a normal rate of descent using following times: normal maneuvers, and for operations (i) When the aircraft is being oper- conducted under part 121 or part 135 un- ated below MDA; or less that descent rate will allow touch- (ii) Upon arrival at the missed ap- down to occur within the touchdown proach point, including a DA/DH where zone of the runway of intended landing; a DA/DH is specified and its use is re- (2) The flight visibility is not less quired, and at any time after that until than the visibility prescribed in the touchdown.

724

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00734 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.175

(2) Whenever an identifiable part of (g) Military airports. Unless otherwise the airport is not distinctly visible to prescribed by the Administrator, each the pilot during a circling maneuver at person operating a civil aircraft under or above MDA, unless the inability to IFR into or out of a military airport see an identifiable part of the airport shall comply with the instrument ap- results only from a normal bank of the proach procedures and the takeoff and aircraft during the circling approach. landing minimum prescribed by the (f) Civil airport takeoff minimums. This military authority having jurisdiction paragraph applies to persons operating of that airport. an aircraft under part 121, 125, 129, or (h) Comparable values of RVR and 135 of this chapter. ground visibility. (1) Except for Category (1) Unless otherwise authorized by II or Category III minimums, if RVR the FAA, no pilot may takeoff from a minimums for takeoff or landing are civil airport under IFR unless the prescribed in an instrument approach weather conditions at time of takeoff procedure, but RVR is not reported for are at or above the weather minimums the runway of intended operation, the for IFR takeoff prescribed for that air- RVR minimum shall be converted to port under part 97 of this chapter. ground visibility in accordance with (2) If takeoff weather minimums are the table in paragraph (h)(2) of this sec- not prescribed under part 97 of this tion and shall be the visibility min- chapter for a particular airport, the imum for takeoff or landing on that following weather minimums apply to runway. takeoffs under IFR: (2) (i) For aircraft, other than heli- Visibility copters, having two engines or less—1 RVR (feet) (statute miles) statute mile visibility. (ii) For aircraft having more than 1,600 ...... 1⁄4 2,400 ...... 1⁄2 two engines—1⁄2 statute mile visibility. 3,200 ...... 5⁄8 1 (iii) For helicopters— ⁄2 statute mile 4,000 ...... 3⁄4 visibility. 4,500 ...... 7⁄8 (3) Except as provided in paragraph 5,000 ...... 1 6,000 ...... 11⁄4 (f)(4) of this section, no pilot may takeoff under IFR from a civil airport hav- (i) Operations on unpublished routes ing published obstacle departure proce- and use of radar in instrument approach dures (ODPs) under part 97 of this procedures. When radar is approved at chapter for the takeoff runway to be certain locations for ATC purposes, it used, unless the pilot uses such ODPs may be used not only for surveillance or an alternative procedure or route as- and precision radar approaches, as ap- signed by air traffic control. plicable, but also may be used in con- (4) Notwithstanding the requirements junction with instrument approach of paragraph (f)(3) of this section, no procedures predicated on other types of pilot may takeoff from an airport radio navigational aids. Radar vectors under IFR unless: may be authorized to provide course (i) For part 121 and part 135 opera- guidance through the segments of an tors, the pilot uses a takeoff obstacle approach to the final course or fix. clearance or avoidance procedure that When operating on an unpublished ensures compliance with the applicable route or while being radar vectored, airplane performance operating limita- the pilot, when an approach clearance tions requirements under part 121, sub- is received, shall, in addition to compart I or part 135, subpart I for takeoff plying with § 91.177, maintain the last at that airport; or altitude assigned to that pilot until the (ii) For part 129 operators, the pilot aircraft is established on a segment of uses a takeoff obstacle clearance or a published route or instrument ap- avoidance procedure that ensures com- proach procedure unless a different al- pliance with the airplane performance titude is assigned by ATC. After the operating limitations prescribed by the aircraft is so established, published al- State of the operator for takeoff at titudes apply to descent within each that airport. succeeding route or approach segment

725

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00735 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.175 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

unless a different altitude is assigned (2) The pilot determines that the en- by ATC. Upon reaching the final ap- hanced flight visibility observed by use proach course or fix, the pilot may ei- of a certified enhanced flight vision ther complete the instrument approach system is not less than the visibility in accordance with a procedure ap- prescribed in the standard instrument proved for the facility or continue a approach procedure being used; surveillance or precision radar ap- (3) The following visual references for proach to a landing. the intended runway are distinctly (j) Limitation on procedure turns. In visible and identifiable to the pilot the case of a radar vector to a final ap- using the enhanced flight vision sys- proach course or fix, a timed approach tem: from a holding fix, or an approach for (i) The approach light system (if in- which the procedure specifies ‘‘No PT,’’ stalled); or no pilot may make a procedure turn (ii) The following visual references in unless cleared to do so by ATC. both paragraphs (l)(3)(ii)(A) and (B) of (k) ILS components. The basic compo- this section: nents of an ILS are the localizer, glide (A) The runway threshold, identified slope, and outer marker, and, when in- by at least one of the following: stalled for use with Category II or Cat- (1) The beginning of the runway land- egory III instrument approach proce- ing surface; dures, an inner marker. The following (2) The threshold lights; or means may be used to substitute for (3) The runway end identifier lights. the outer marker: Compass locator; (B) The touchdown zone, identified precision approach radar (PAR) or air- by at least one of the following: port surveillance radar (ASR); DME, (1) The runway touchdown zone land- VOR, or nondirectional beacon fixes ing surface; authorized in the standard instrument (2) The touchdown zone lights; approach procedure; or a suitable (3) The touchdown zone markings; or RNAV system in conjunction with a fix (4) The runway lights. identified in the standard instrument (4) At 100 feet above the touchdown approach procedure. Applicability of, zone elevation of the runway of in- and substitution for, the inner marker tended landing and below that altitude, for a Category II or III approach is de- the flight visibility must be sufficient termined by the appropriate 14 CFR for the following to be distinctly visi- part 97 approach procedure, letter of ble and identifiable to the pilot with- authorization, or operations specifica- out reliance on the enhanced flight vi- tions issued to an operator. sion system to continue to a landing: (l) Approach to straight-in landing op- (i) The lights or markings of the erations below DH, or MDA using an en- threshold; or hanced flight vision system (EFVS). For (ii) The lights or markings of the straight-in instrument approach proce- touchdown zone; dures other than Category II or Cat- (5) The pilot(s) is qualified to use an egory III, no pilot operating under this EFVS as follows— section or §§ 121.651, 125.381, and 135.225 (i) For parts 119 and 125 certificate of this chapter may operate an aircraft holders, the applicable training, test- at any airport below the authorized ing and qualification provisions of MDA or continue an approach below parts 121, 125, and 135 of this chapter; the authorized DH and land unless— (ii) For foreign persons, in accord- (1) The aircraft is continuously in a ance with the requirements of the civil position from which a descent to a aviation authority of the State of the landing on the intended runway can be operator; or made at a normal rate of descent using (iii) For persons conducting any normal maneuvers, and, for operations other operation, in accordance with the conducted under part 121 or part 135 of applicable currency and proficiency re- this chapter, the descent rate will quirements of part 61 of this chapter; allow touchdown to occur within the (6) For parts 119 and 125 certificate touchdown zone of the runway of in- holders, and part 129 operations speci- tended landing; fications holders, their operations

726

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00736 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.177

specifications authorize use of EFVS; (3) The EFVS includes the display and element, sensors, computers and power (7) The aircraft is equipped with, and supplies, indications, and controls. It the pilot uses, an enhanced flight vi- may receive inputs from an airborne sion system, the display of which is navigation system or flight guidance suitable for maneuvering the aircraft system; and and has either an FAA type design ap- (4) The display characteristics and proval or, for a foreign-registered air- dynamics are suitable for manual con- craft, the EFVS complies with all of trol of the aircraft. the EFVS requirements of this chapter. (m) For purposes of this section, [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as ‘‘enhanced flight vision system’’ amended by Amdt. 91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. (EFVS) is an installed airborne system 27, 2001; Amdt. 91–281, 69 FR 1640, Jan. 9, 2004; comprised of the following features and Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31678, June 7, 2007; Amdt. characteristics: 91–306, 74 FR 20205, May 1, 2009] (1) An electronic means to provide a § 91.177 Minimum altitudes for IFR op- display of the forward external scene erations. topography (the natural or manmade features of a place or region especially (a) Operation of aircraft at minimum al- in a way to show their relative posi- titudes. Except when necessary for tions and elevation) through the use of takeoff or landing, or unless otherwise imaging sensors, such as a forward- authorized by the FAA, no person may looking infrared, millimeter wave operate an aircraft under IFR below— radiometry, millimeter wave radar, (1) The applicable minimum altitudes and low-light level image intensifying; prescribed in parts 95 and 97 of this (2) The EFVS sensor imagery and air- chapter. However, if both a MEA and a craft flight symbology (i.e., at least MOCA are prescribed for a particular airspeed, vertical speed, aircraft atti- route or route segment, a person may tude, heading, altitude, command guid- operate an aircraft below the MEA ance as appropriate for the approach to down to, but not below, the MOCA, pro- be flown, path deviation indications, vided the applicable navigation signals and flight path vector, and flight path are available. For aircraft using VOR angle reference cue) are presented on a for navigation, this applies only when head-up display, or an equivalent dis- the aircraft is within 22 nautical miles play, so that they are clearly visible to of that VOR (based on the reasonable the pilot flying in his or her normal po- estimate by the pilot operating the air- sition and line of vision and looking craft of that distance); or forward along the flight path, to in- (2) If no applicable minimum altitude clude: is prescribed in parts 95 and 97 of this (i) The displayed EFVS imagery, at- chapter, then— titude symbology, flight path vector, (i) In the case of operations over an and flight path angle reference cue, and area designated as a mountainous area other cues, which are referenced to this in part 95 of this chapter, an altitude of imagery and external scene topog- 2,000 feet above the highest obstacle raphy, must be presented so that they are aligned with and scaled to the ex- within a horizontal distance of 4 nau- ternal view; and tical miles from the course to be flown; (ii) The flight path angle reference or cue must be displayed with the pitch (ii) In any other case, an altitude of scale, selectable by the pilot to the de- 1,000 feet above the highest obstacle sired descent angle for the approach, within a horizontal distance of 4 nau- and suitable for monitoring the tical miles from the course to be flown. vertical flight path of the aircraft on (b) Climb. Climb to a higher minimum approaches without vertical guidance; IFR altitude shall begin immediately and after passing the point beyond which (iii) The displayed imagery and air- that minimum altitude applies, except craft flight symbology do not adversely that when ground obstructions inter- obscure the pilot’s outside view or field vene, the point beyond which that of view through the cockpit window; higher minimum altitude applies shall

727

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00737 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.179 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

be crossed at or above the applicable duced Vertical Separation Minimum MCA. (RVSM) airspace and— [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as (i) On a magnetic course of zero de- amended by Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31678, June grees through 179 degrees, any odd 7, 2007; Amdt. 91–315, 75 FR 30690, June 2, 2010] flight level, at 2,000-foot intervals beginning at and including flight level 290 § 91.179 IFR cruising altitude or flight (such as flight level 290, 310, 330, 350, level. 370, 390, 410); or Unless otherwise authorized by ATC, (ii) On a magnetic course of 180 de- the following rules apply— grees through 359 degrees, any even (a) In controlled airspace. Each person flight level, at 2000-foot intervals be- operating an aircraft under IFR in ginning at and including flight level 300 level cruising flight in controlled air- (such as 300, 320, 340, 360, 380, 400). space shall maintain the altitude or [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as flight level assigned that aircraft by amended by Amdt. 91–276, 68 FR 61321, Oct. ATC. However, if the ATC clearance as- 27, 2003; 68 FR 70133, Dec. 17, 2003; Amdt. 91– signs ‘‘VFR conditions on-top,’’ that 296, 72 FR 31679, June 7, 2007] person shall maintain an altitude or flight level as prescribed by § 91.159. § 91.180 Operations within airspace (b) In uncontrolled airspace. Except designated as Reduced Vertical while in a holding pattern of 2 minutes Separation Minimum airspace. or less or while turning, each person (a) Except as provided in paragraph operating an aircraft under IFR in (b) of this section, no person may oper- level cruising flight in uncontrolled ate a civil aircraft in airspace des- airspace shall maintain an appropriate ignated as Reduced Vertical Separa- altitude as follows: tion Minimum (RVSM) airspace unless: (1) When operating below 18,000 feet (1) The operator and the operator’s MSL and— aircraft comply with the minimum (i) On a magnetic course of zero de- standards of appendix G of this part; grees through 179 degrees, any odd and thousand foot MSL altitude (such as (2) The operator is authorized by the 3,000, 5,000, or 7,000); or Administrator or the country of reg- (ii) On a magnetic course of 180 de- istry to conduct such operations. grees through 359 degrees, any even (b) The Administrator may authorize thousand foot MSL altitude (such as a deviation from the requirements of 2,000, 4,000, or 6,000). this section. (2) When operating at or above 18,000 feet MSL but below flight level 290, [Amdt. 91–276, 68 FR 70133, Dec. 17, 2003] and— § 91.181 Course to be flown. (i) On a magnetic course of zero degrees through 179 degrees, any odd Unless otherwise authorized by ATC, flight level (such as 190, 210, or 230); or no person may operate an aircraft (ii) On a magnetic course of 180 de- within controlled airspace under IFR grees through 359 degrees, any even except as follows: flight level (such as 180, 200, or 220). (a) On an ATS route, along the cen- (3) When operating at flight level 290 terline of that airway. and above in non-RVSM airspace, and— (b) On any other route, along the di- (i) On a magnetic course of zero de- rect course between the navigational grees through 179 degrees, any flight aids or fixes defining that route. How- level, at 4,000-foot intervals, beginning ever, this section does not prohibit ma- at and including flight level 290 (such neuvering the aircraft to pass well as flight level 290, 330, or 370); or clear of other air traffic or the maneu- (ii) On a magnetic course of 180 de- vering of the aircraft in VFR condi- grees through 359 degrees, any flight tions to clear the intended flight path level, at 4,000-foot intervals, beginning both before and during climb or de- at and including flight level 310 (such scent. as flight level 310, 350, or 390). [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as (4) When operating at flight level 290 amended by Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June and above in airspace designated as Re- 7, 2007]

728

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00738 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.187

§ 91.183 IFR communications. (i) The altitude or flight level as- Unless otherwise authorized by ATC, signed in the last ATC clearance re- the pilot in command of each aircraft ceived; operated under IFR in controlled air- (ii) The minimum altitude (con- space must ensure that a continuous verted, if appropriate, to minimum watch is maintained on the appropriate flight level as prescribed in § 91.121(c)) frequency and must report the fol- for IFR operations; or lowing as soon as possible— (iii) The altitude or flight level ATC (a) The time and altitude of passing has advised may be expected in a fur- each designated reporting point, or the ther clearance. reporting points specified by ATC, ex- (3) Leave clearance limit. (i) When the cept that while the aircraft is under clearance limit is a fix from which an radar control, only the passing of those approach begins, commence descent or reporting points specifically requested descent and approach as close as pos- by ATC need be reported; sible to the expect-further-clearance (b) Any unforecast weather condi- time if one has been received, or if one tions encountered; and has not been received, as close as pos- (c) Any other information relating to sible to the estimated time of arrival the safety of flight. as calculated from the filed or amended [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as (with ATC) estimated time en route. amended by Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June (ii) If the clearance limit is not a fix 7, 2007] from which an approach begins, leave the clearance limit at the expect-fur- § 91.185 IFR operations: Two-way radio communications failure. ther-clearance time if one has been received, or if none has been received, (a) General. Unless otherwise author- upon arrival over the clearance limit, ized by ATC, each pilot who has two- and proceed to a fix from which an ap- way radio communications failure proach begins and commence descent when operating under IFR shall comply with the rules of this section. or descent and approach as close as (b) VFR conditions. If the failure oc- possible to the estimated time of ar- curs in VFR conditions, or if VFR con- rival as calculated from the filed or ditions are encountered after the fail- amended (with ATC) estimated time en ure, each pilot shall continue the flight route. under VFR and land as soon as prac- [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989; ticable. Amdt. 91–211, 54 FR 41211, Oct. 5, 1989] (c) IFR conditions. If the failure occurs in IFR conditions, or if paragraph § 91.187 Operation under IFR in con- (b) of this section cannot be complied trolled airspace: Malfunction re- with, each pilot shall continue the ports. flight according to the following: (a) The pilot in command of each air- (1) Route. (i) By the route assigned in craft operated in controlled airspace the last ATC clearance received; under IFR shall report as soon as prac- (ii) If being radar vectored, by the di- tical to ATC any malfunctions of navi- rect route from the point of radio fail- gational, approach, or communication ure to the fix, route, or airway speci- equipment occurring in flight. fied in the vector clearance; (iii) In the absence of an assigned (b) In each report required by para- route, by the route that ATC has ad- graph (a) of this section, the pilot in vised may be expected in a further command shall include the— clearance; or (1) Aircraft identification; (iv) In the absence of an assigned (2) Equipment affected; route or a route that ATC has advised (3) Degree to which the capability of may be expected in a further clearance, the pilot to operate under IFR in the by the route filed in the flight plan. ATC system is impaired; and (2) Altitude. At the highest of the fol- (4) Nature and extent of assistance lowing altitudes or flight levels for the desired from ATC. route segment being flown:

729

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00739 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.189 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

§ 91.189 Category II and III operations: (i) The approach light system, except General operating rules. that the pilot may not descend below (a) No person may operate a civil air- 100 feet above the touchdown zone ele- craft in a Category II or III operation vation using the approach lights as a unless— reference unless the red terminating (1) The flight crew of the aircraft bars or the red side row bars are also consists of a pilot in command and a distinctly visible and identifiable. (ii) The threshold. second in command who hold the ap- (iii) The threshold markings. propriate authorizations and ratings (iv) The threshold lights. prescribed in § 61.3 of this chapter; (v) The touchdown zone or touch- (2) Each flight crewmember has ade- down zone markings. quate knowledge of, and familiarity (vi) The touchdown zone lights. with, the aircraft and the procedures to (e) Unless otherwise authorized by be used; and the Administrator, each pilot oper- (3) The instrument panel in front of ating an aircraft shall immediately the pilot who is controlling the aircraft execute an appropriate missed ap- has appropriate instrumentation for proach whenever, prior to touchdown, the type of flight control guidance sys- the requirements of paragraph (d) of tem that is being used. this section are not met. (b) Unless otherwise authorized by (f) No person operating an aircraft the Administrator, no person may op- using a Category III approach without erate a civil aircraft in a Category II or decision height may land that aircraft Category III operation unless each except in accordance with the provi- ground component required for that op- sions of the letter of authorization eration and the related airborne equip- issued by the Administrator. ment is installed and operating. (g) Paragraphs (a) through (f) of this (c) Authorized DA/DH. For the pur- section do not apply to operations con- pose of this section, when the approach ducted by certificate holders operating procedure being used provides for and under part 121, 125, 129, or 135 of this requires the use of a DA/DH, the au- chapter, or holders of management thorized DA/DH is the highest of the specifications issued in accordance following: with subpart K of this part. Holders of (1) The DA/DH prescribed by the ap- operations specifications or manage- proach procedure. ment specifications may operate a civil (2) The DA/DH prescribed for the aircraft in a Category II or Category pilot in command. III operation only in accordance with (3) The DA/DH for which the aircraft their operations specifications or man- is equipped. agement specifications, as applicable. (d) Unless otherwise authorized by [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34294, Aug. 18, 1989, as the Administrator, no pilot operating amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. an aircraft in a Category II or Category 17, 2003; Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June 7, III approach that provides and requires 2007] use of a DA/DH may continue the approach below the authorized decision § 91.191 Category II and Category III height unless the following conditions manual. are met: (a) Except as provided in paragraph (1) The aircraft is in a position from (c) of this section, after August 4, 1997, which a descent to a landing on the in- no person may operate a U.S.-reg- tended runway can be made at a nor- istered civil aircraft in a Category II or mal rate of descent using normal ma- a Category III operation unless— neuvers, and where that descent rate (1) There is available in the aircraft a will allow touchdown to occur within current and approved Category II or the touchdown zone of the runway of Category III manual, as appropriate, intended landing. for that aircraft; (2) At least one of the following vis- (2) The operation is conducted in ac- ual references for the intended runway cordance with the procedures, instruc- is distinctly visible and identifiable to tions, and limitations in the appro- the pilot: priate manual; and

730

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00740 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.203

(3) The instruments and equipment cial flight permit, a copy of the appli- listed in the manual that are required cable operations specifications issued for a particular Category II or Cat- under § 21.197(c) of this chapter, appro- egory III operation have been inspected priate sections of the air carrier man- and maintained in accordance with the ual required by parts 121 and 135 of this maintenance program contained in the chapter containing that portion of the manual. operations specifications issued under (b) Each operator must keep a cur- § 21.197(c), or an authorization under rent copy of each approved manual at § 91.611) must have on it the registra- its principal base of operations and tion number assigned to the aircraft must make each manual available for under part 47 of this chapter. However, inspection upon request by the Admin- istrator. the airworthiness certificate need not (c) This section does not apply to op- have on it an assigned special identi- erations conducted by a certificate fication number before 10 days after holder operating under part 121 or part that number is first affixed to the air- 135 of this chapter or a holder of man- craft. A revised airworthiness certifi- agement specifications issued in ac- cate having on it an assigned special cordance with subpart K of this part. identification number, that has been affixed to an aircraft, may only be ob- [Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34560, July 2, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. tained upon application to an FAA 17, 2003] Flight Standards district office. (2) An effective U.S. registration cer- § 91.193 Certificate of authorization tificate issued to its owner or, for oper- for certain Category II operations. ation within the United States, the The Administrator may issue a cer- second copy of the Aircraft registra- tificate of authorization authorizing tion Application as provided for in deviations from the requirements of § 47.31(c), or a registration certification §§ 91.189, 91.191, and 91.205(f) for the op- issued under the laws of a foreign coun- eration of small aircraft identified as try. Category A aircraft in § 97.3 of this (b) No person may operate a civil air- chapter in Category II operations if the craft unless the airworthiness certifi- Administrator finds that the proposed cate required by paragraph (a) of this operation can be safely conducted section or a special flight authoriza- under the terms of the certificate. tion issued under § 91.715 is displayed at Such authorization does not permit op- the cabin or cockpit entrance so that it eration of the aircraft carrying persons or property for compensation or hire. is legible to passengers or crew. (c) No person may operate an aircraft §§ 91.195–91.199 [Reserved] with a fuel tank installed within the passenger compartment or a baggage Subpart C—Equipment, Instru- compartment unless the installation ment, and Certificate Re- was accomplished pursuant to part 43 quirements of this chapter, and a copy of FAA Form 337 authorizing that installation is on board the aircraft. SOURCE: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. (d) No person may operate a civil airplane (domestic or foreign) into or out § 91.201 [Reserved] of an airport in the United States unless it complies with the fuel venting § 91.203 Civil aircraft: Certifications and exhaust emissions requirements of required. part 34 of this chapter. (a) Except as provided in § 91.715, no person may operate a civil aircraft un- [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as less it has within it the following: amended by Amdt. 91–218, 55 FR 32861, Aug. (1) An appropriate and current air- 10, 1990; Amdt. 91–318, 75 FR 41983, July 20, worthiness certificate. Each U.S. air- 2010] worthiness certificate used to comply with this subparagraph (except a spe-

731

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00741 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.205 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

§ 91.205 Powered civil aircraft with areas which are intermittently under standard category U.S. airworthi- water. ness certificates: Instrument and (13) An approved safety belt with an equipment requirements. approved metal-to-metal latching de- (a) General. Except as provided in vice for each occupant 2 years of age or paragraphs (c)(3) and (e) of this section, older. no person may operate a powered civil (14) For small civil airplanes manu- aircraft with a standard category U.S. factured after July 18, 1978, an ap- airworthiness certificate in any oper- proved shoulder harness for each front ation described in paragraphs (b) seat. The shoulder harness must be de- through (f) of this section unless that signed to protect the occupant from se- aircraft contains the instruments and rious head injury when the occupant equipment specified in those para- experiences the ultimate inertia forces graphs (or FAA-approved equivalents) specified in § 23.561(b)(2) of this chapter. for that type of operation, and those Each shoulder harness installed at a instruments and items of equipment flight crewmember station must per- are in operable condition. mit the crewmember, when seated and (b) Visual-flight rules (day). For VFR with the safety belt and shoulder har- flight during the day, the following in- ness fastened, to perform all functions struments and equipment are required: necessary for flight operations. For (1) Airspeed indicator. purposes of this paragraph— (2) Altimeter. (i) The date of manufacture of an air- (3) Magnetic direction indicator. plane is the date the inspection acceptance records reflect that the airplane is (4) Tachometer for each engine. complete and meets the FAA-approved (5) Oil pressure gauge for each engine type design data; and using pressure system. (ii) A front seat is a seat located at a (6) Temperature gauge for each liq- flight crewmember station or any seat uid-cooled engine. located alongside such a seat. (7) Oil temperature gauge for each (15) An emergency locator trans- air-cooled engine. mitter, if required by § 91.207. (8) Manifold pressure gauge for each (16) For normal, utility, and acro- altitude engine. batic category airplanes with a seating (9) Fuel gauge indicating the quan- configuration, excluding pilot seats, of tity of fuel in each tank. 9 or less, manufactured after December (10) Landing gear position indicator, 12, 1986, a shoulder harness for— if the aircraft has a retractable landing (i) Each front seat that meets the re- gear. quirements of § 23.785 (g) and (h) of this (11) For small civil airplanes certifi- chapter in effect on December 12, 1985; cated after March 11, 1996, in accord- (ii) Each additional seat that meets ance with part 23 of this chapter, an the requirements of § 23.785(g) of this approved aviation red or aviation white chapter in effect on December 12, 1985. anticollision light system. In the event (17) For rotorcraft manufactured of failure of any light of the anti- after September 16, 1992, a shoulder collision light system, operation of the harness for each seat that meets the aircraft may continue to a location requirements of § 27.2 or § 29.2 of this where repairs or replacement can be chapter in effect on September 16, 1991. made. (c) Visual flight rules (night). For VFR (12) If the aircraft is operated for hire flight at night, the following instru- over water and beyond power-off glid- ments and equipment are required: ing distance from shore, approved flo- (1) Instruments and equipment speci- tation gear readily available to each fied in paragraph (b) of this section. occupant and, unless the aircraft is op- (2) Approved position lights. erating under part 121 of this sub- (3) An approved aviation red or avia- chapter, at least one pyrotechnic sig- tion white anticollision light system naling device. As used in this section, on all U.S.-registered civil aircraft. ‘‘shore’’ means that area of the land Anticollision light systems initially in- adjacent to the water which is above stalled after August 11, 1971, on aircraft the high water mark and excludes land for which a type certificate was issued

732

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00742 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.205

or applied for before August 11, 1971, is required under paragraph (d)(2) of must at least meet the anticollision this section, no person may operate a light standards of part 23, 25, 27, or 29 U.S.-registered civil aircraft within the of this chapter, as applicable, that were 50 states and the District of Columbia in effect on August 10, 1971, except that at or above FL 240 unless that aircraft the color may be either aviation red or is equipped with approved DME or a aviation white. In the event of failure suitable RNAV system. When the DME of any light of the anticollision light or RNAV system required by this para- system, operations with the aircraft graph fails at and above FL 240, the may be continued to a stop where re- pilot in command of the aircraft must pairs or replacement can be made. notify ATC immediately, and then may (4) If the aircraft is operated for hire, continue operations at and above FL one electric landing light. 240 to the next airport of intended (5) An adequate source of electrical energy for all installed electrical and landing where repairs or replacement radio equipment. of the equipment can be made. (6) One spare set of fuses, or three (f) Category II operations. The require- spare fuses of each kind required, that ments for Category II operations are are accessible to the pilot in flight. the instruments and equipment speci- (d) Instrument flight rules. For IFR fied in— flight, the following instruments and (1) Paragraph (d) of this section; and equipment are required: (2) Appendix A to this part. (1) Instruments and equipment speci- (g) Category III operations. The instru- fied in paragraph (b) of this section, ments and equipment required for Cat- and, for night flight, instruments and egory III operations are specified in equipment specified in paragraph (c) of paragraph (d) of this section. this section. (h) Night vision goggle operations. For (2) Two-way radio communication night vision goggle operations, the fol- and navigation equipment suitable for lowing instruments and equipment the route to be flown. must be installed in the aircraft, func- (3) Gyroscopic rate-of-turn indicator, tioning in a normal manner, and ap- except on the following aircraft: proved for use by the FAA: (i) Airplanes with a third attitude instrument system usable through flight (1) Instruments and equipment speci- attitudes of 360 degrees of pitch and fied in paragraph (b) of this section, in- roll and installed in accordance with struments and equipment specified in the instrument requirements pre- paragraph (c) of this section; scribed in § 121.305(j) of this chapter; (2) Night vision goggles; and (3) Interior and exterior aircraft (ii) Rotorcraft with a third attitude lighting system required for night vi- instrument system usable through sion goggle operations; flight attitudes of ±80 degrees of pitch (4) Two-way radio communications and ±120 degrees of roll and installed in system; accordance with § 29.1303(g) of this (5) Gyroscopic pitch and bank indi- chapter. cator (artificial horizon); (4) Slip-skid indicator. (6) Generator or alternator of ade- (5) Sensitive altimeter adjustable for quate capacity for the required instru- barometric pressure. ments and equipment; and (6) A clock displaying hours, minutes, and seconds with a sweep-second (7) Radar altimeter. pointer or digital presentation. (7) Generator or alternator of adequate capacity. (8) Gyroscopic pitch and bank indicator (artificial horizon). (9) Gyroscopic direction indicator (directional gyro or equivalent). (e) Flight at and above 24,000 feet MSL (FL 240). If VOR navigation equipment

733

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00743 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.207 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(i) Exclusions. Paragraphs (f) and (g) be replaced (or recharged, if the bat- of this section do not apply to oper- teries are rechargeable)— ations conducted by a holder of a cer- (1) When the transmitter has been in tificate issued under part 121 or part use for more than 1 cumulative hour; 135 of this chapter. or [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34292, Aug. 18, 1989, as (2) When 50 percent of their useful amended by Amdt. 91–220, 55 FR 43310, Oct. life (or, for rechargeable batteries, 50 26, 1990; Amdt. 91–223, 56 FR 41052, Aug. 16, percent of their useful life of charge) 1991; Amdt. 91–231, 57 FR 42672, Sept. 15, 1992; has expired, as established by the Amdt. 91–248, 61 FR 5171, Feb. 9, 1996; Amdt. transmitter manufacturer under its ap- 91–251, 61 FR 34560, July 2, 1996; Amdt. 91–285, proval. 69 FR 77599, Dec. 27, 2004; Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June 7, 2007; Amdt. 91–309, 74 FR 42563, The new expiration date for replacing Aug. 21, 2009] (or recharging) the battery must be legibly marked on the outside of the § 91.207 Emergency locator transmit- transmitter and entered in the aircraft ters. maintenance record. Paragraph (c)(2) (a) Except as provided in paragraphs of this section does not apply to bat- (e) and (f) of this section, no person teries (such as water-activated bat- may operate a U.S.-registered civil air- teries) that are essentially unaffected plane unless— during probable storage intervals. (1) There is attached to the airplane (d) Each emergency locator trans- an approved automatic type emergency mitter required by paragraph (a) of this locator transmitter that is in operable section must be inspected within 12 condition for the following operations, calendar months after the last inspec- except that after June 21, 1995, an tion for— emergency locator transmitter that (1) Proper installation; meets the requirements of TSO-C91 (2) Battery corrosion; may not be used for new installations: (3) Operation of the controls and (i) Those operations governed by the crash sensor; and supplemental air carrier and commer- (4) The presence of a sufficient signal cial operator rules of parts 121 and 125; radiated from its antenna. (ii) Charter flights governed by the (e) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of domestic and flag air carrier rules of this section, a person may— part 121 of this chapter; and (1) Ferry a newly acquired airplane (iii) Operations governed by part 135 from the place where possession of it of this chapter; or was taken to a place where the emer- (2) For operations other than those gency locator transmitter is to be in- specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- stalled; and tion, there must be attached to the airplane an approved personal type or an (2) Ferry an airplane with an inoper- approved automatic type emergency ative emergency locator transmitter locator transmitter that is in operable from a place where repairs or replace- condition, except that after June 21, ments cannot be made to a place where 1995, an emergency locator transmitter they can be made. that meets the requirements of TSO- No person other than required crew- C91 may not be used for new installa- members may be carried aboard an air- tions. plane being ferried under paragraph (e) (b) Each emergency locator trans- of this section. mitter required by paragraph (a) of this (f) Paragraph (a) of this section does section must be attached to the air- not apply to— plane in such a manner that the prob- (1) Before January 1, 2004, turbojet- ability of damage to the transmitter in powered aircraft; the event of crash impact is minimized. (2) Aircraft while engaged in sched- Fixed and deployable automatic type uled flights by scheduled air carriers; transmitters must be attached to the (3) Aircraft while engaged in training airplane as far aft as practicable. operations conducted entirely within a (c) Batteries used in the emergency 50-nautical mile radius of the airport locator transmitters required by para- from which such local flight operations graphs (a) and (b) of this section must began;

734

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00744 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.211

(4) Aircraft while engaged in flight operations area of an airport unless the operations incident to design and test- aircraft— ing; (i) Is clearly illuminated; (5) New aircraft while engaged in (ii) Has lighted position lights; or flight operations incident to their man- (iii) is in an area that is marked by ufacture, preparation, and delivery; obstruction lights; (6) Aircraft while engaged in flight (3) Anchor an aircraft unless the air- operations incident to the aerial appli- craft— cation of chemicals and other sub- (i) Has lighted anchor lights; or stances for agricultural purposes; (ii) Is in an area where anchor lights (7) Aircraft certificated by the Ad- are not required on vessels; or ministrator for research and develop- (b) Operate an aircraft that is ment purposes; equipped with an anticollision light system, unless it has lighted anti- (8) Aircraft while used for showing collision lights. However, the anti- compliance with regulations, crew collision lights need not be lighted training, exhibition, air racing, or mar- when the pilot-in-command determines ket surveys; that, because of operating conditions, (9) Aircraft equipped to carry not it would be in the interest of safety to more than one person. turn the lights off. (10) An aircraft during any period for which the transmitter has been tempo- [Doc. No. 27806, 61 FR 5171, Feb. 9, 1996] rarily removed for inspection, repair, § 91.211 Supplemental oxygen. modification, or replacement, subject to the following: (a) General. No person may operate a (i) No person may operate the air- civil aircraft of U.S. registry— craft unless the aircraft records con- (1) At cabin pressure altitudes above tain an entry which includes the date 12,500 feet (MSL) up to and including of initial removal, the make, model, se- 14,000 feet (MSL) unless the required rial number, and reason for removing minimum flight crew is provided with the transmitter, and a placard located and uses supplemental oxygen for that in view of the pilot to show ‘‘ELT not part of the flight at those altitudes installed.’’ that is of more than 30 minutes dura- (ii) No person may operate the air- tion; craft more than 90 days after the ELT (2) At cabin pressure altitudes above is initially removed from the aircraft; 14,000 feet (MSL) unless the required and minimum flight crew is provided with and uses supplemental oxygen during (11) On and after January 1, 2004, air- the entire flight time at those alti- craft with a maximum payload capac- tudes; and ity of more than 18,000 pounds when (3) At cabin pressure altitudes above used in air transportation. 15,000 feet (MSL) unless each occupant [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 18, 1989, as of the aircraft is provided with supple- amended by Amdt. 91–242, 59 FR 32057, June mental oxygen. 21, 1994; 59 FR 34578, July 6, 1994; Amdt. 91– (b) Pressurized cabin aircraft. (1) No 265, 65 FR 81319, Dec. 22, 2000; 66 FR 16316, person may operate a civil aircraft of Mar. 23, 2001] U.S. registry with a pressurized cabin— (i) At flight altitudes above flight § 91.209 Aircraft lights. level 250 unless at least a 10-minute No person may: supply of supplemental oxygen, in addi- (a) During the period from sunset to tion to any oxygen required to satisfy sunrise (or, in Alaska, during the pe- paragraph (a) of this section, is avail- riod a prominent unlighted object can- able for each occupant of the aircraft not be seen from a distance of 3 statute for use in the event that a descent is miles or the sun is more than 6 degrees necessitated by loss of cabin pressur- below the horizon)— ization; and (1) Operate an aircraft unless it has (ii) At flight altitudes above flight lighted position lights; level 350 unless one pilot at the con- (2) Park or move an aircraft in, or in trols of the airplane is wearing and dangerous proximity to, a night flight using an oxygen mask that is secured

735

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00745 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.213 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

and sealed and that either supplies ox- (5) The aircraft is operated under all ygen at all times or automatically sup- applicable conditions and limitations plies oxygen whenever the cabin pres- contained in the Minimum Equipment sure altitude of the airplane exceeds List and the letter authorizing the use 14,000 feet (MSL), except that the one of the list. pilot need not wear and use an oxygen (b) The following instruments and mask while at or below flight level 410 equipment may not be included in a if there are two pilots at the controls Minimum Equipment List: and each pilot has a quick-donning (1) Instruments and equipment that type of oxygen mask that can be placed are either specifically or otherwise re- on the face with one hand from the quired by the airworthiness require- ready position within 5 seconds, sup- ments under which the aircraft is type plying oxygen and properly secured and certificated and which are essential for sealed. safe operations under all operating (2) Notwithstanding paragraph conditions. (b)(1)(ii) of this section, if for any rea- (2) Instruments and equipment re- son at any time it is necessary for one quired by an airworthiness directive to pilot to leave the controls of the air- be in operable condition unless the aircraft when operating at flight altitudes worthiness directive provides other- above flight level 350, the remaining wise. pilot at the controls shall put on and (3) Instruments and equipment re- use an oxygen mask until the other quired for specific operations by this pilot has returned to that crew- part. member’s station. (c) A person authorized to use an approved Minimum Equipment List § 91.213 Inoperative instruments and issued for a specific aircraft under sub- equipment. part K of this part, part 121, 125, or 135 (a) Except as provided in paragraph of this chapter must use that Minimum (d) of this section, no person may take Equipment List to comply with the re- off an aircraft with inoperative instru- quirements in this section. ments or equipment installed unless (d) Except for operations conducted the following conditions are met: in accordance with paragraph (a) or (c) (1) An approved Minimum Equipment of this section, a person may takeoff an List exists for that aircraft. aircraft in operations conducted under (2) The aircraft has within it a letter this part with inoperative instruments of authorization, issued by the FAA and equipment without an approved Flight Standards district office having Minimum Equipment List provided— jurisdiction over the area in which the (1) The flight operation is conducted operator is located, authorizing oper- in a— ation of the aircraft under the Min- (i) Rotorcraft, non-turbine-powered imum Equipment List. The letter of airplane, glider, lighter-than-air air- authorization may be obtained by writ- craft, powered parachute, or weight- ten request of the airworthiness certifi- shift-control aircraft, for which a mas- cate holder. The Minimum Equipment ter minimum equipment list has not List and the letter of authorization been developed; or constitute a supplemental type certifi- (ii) Small rotorcraft, nonturbine- cate for the aircraft. powered small airplane, glider, or (3) The approved Minimum Equip- lighter-than-air aircraft for which a ment List must— Master Minimum Equipment List has (i) Be prepared in accordance with been developed; and the limitations specified in paragraph (2) The inoperative instruments and (b) of this section; and equipment are not— (ii) Provide for the operation of the (i) Part of the VFR-day type certifi- aircraft with the instruments and cation instruments and equipment pre- equipment in an inoperable condition. scribed in the applicable airworthiness (4) The aircraft records available to regulations under which the aircraft the pilot must include an entry de- was type certificated; scribing the inoperable instruments (ii) Indicated as required on the air- and equipment. craft’s equipment list, or on the Kinds

736

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00746 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.215

of Operations Equipment List for the may operate an aircraft in the airspace kind of flight operation being con- described in paragraphs (b)(1) through ducted; (b)(5) of this section, unless that air- (iii) Required by § 91.205 or any other craft is equipped with an operable rule of this part for the specific kind of coded radar beacon transponder having flight operation being conducted; or either Mode 3/A 4096 code capability, (iv) Required to be operational by an replying to Mode 3/A interrogations airworthiness directive; and with the code specified by ATC, or a (3) The inoperative instruments and Mode S capability, replying to Mode 3/ equipment are— A interrogations with the code speci- (i) Removed from the aircraft, the fied by ATC and intermode and Mode S cockpit control placarded, and the interrogations in accordance with the maintenance recorded in accordance applicable provisions specified in TSO with § 43.9 of this chapter; or C–112, and that aircraft is equipped (ii) Deactivated and placarded ‘‘In- with automatic pressure altitude re- operative.’’ If deactivation of the inop- porting equipment having a Mode C ca- erative instrument or equipment in- pability that automatically replies to volves maintenance, it must be accom- Mode C interrogations by transmitting plished and recorded in accordance pressure altitude information in 100- with part 43 of this chapter; and foot increments. This requirement ap- (4) A determination is made by a plies— pilot, who is certificated and appro- (1) All aircraft. In Class A, Class B, priately rated under part 61 of this and Class C airspace areas; chapter, or by a person, who is certifi- (2) All aircraft. In all airspace within cated and appropriately rated to per- 30 nautical miles of an airport listed in form maintenance on the aircraft, that appendix D, section 1 of this part from the inoperative instrument or equip- the surface upward to 10,000 feet MSL; ment does not constitute a hazard to the aircraft. (3) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2) An aircraft with inoperative instru- of this section, any aircraft which was ments or equipment as provided in not originally certificated with an en- paragraph (d) of this section is consid- gine-driven electrical system or which ered to be in a properly altered condi- has not subsequently been certified tion acceptable to the Administrator. with such a system installed, balloon (e) Notwithstanding any other provi- or glider may conduct operations in sion of this section, an aircraft with in- the airspace within 30 nautical miles of operable instruments or equipment an airport listed in appendix D, section may be operated under a special flight 1 of this part provided such operations permit issued in accordance with are conducted— §§ 21.197 and 21.199 of this chapter. (i) Outside any Class A, Class B, or Class C airspace area; and [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 18, 1989, as (ii) Below the altitude of the ceiling amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. 17, 2003; Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 27, of a Class B or Class C airspace area 2004] designated for an airport or 10,000 feet MSL, whichever is lower; and § 91.215 ATC transponder and altitude (4) All aircraft in all airspace above reporting equipment and use. the ceiling and within the lateral (a) All airspace: U.S.-registered civil boundaries of a Class B or Class C air- aircraft. For operations not conducted space area designated for an airport up- under part 121 or 135 of this chapter, ward to 10,000 feet MSL; and ATC transponder equipment installed (5) All aircraft except any aircraft must meet the performance and envi- which was not originally certificated ronmental requirements of any class of with an engine-driven electrical sys- TSO-C74b (Mode A) or any class of tem or which has not subsequently TSO-C74c (Mode A with altitude report- been certified with such a system in- ing capability) as appropriate, or the stalled, balloon, or glider— appropriate class of TSO-C112 (Mode S). (i) In all airspace of the 48 contiguous (b) All airspace. Unless otherwise au- states and the District of Columbia at thorized or directed by ATC, no person and above 10,000 feet MSL, excluding

737

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00747 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.217 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

the airspace at and below 2,500 feet equipment associated with a radar bea- above the surface; and con transponder— (ii) In the airspace from the surface (1) When deactivation of that equip- to 10,000 feet MSL within a 10-nautical- ment is directed by ATC; mile radius of any airport listed in ap- (2) Unless, as installed, that equip- pendix D, section 2 of this part, exclud- ment was tested and calibrated to ing the airspace below 1,200 feet outside transmit altitude data corresponding of the lateral boundaries of the surface within 125 feet (on a 95 percent prob- area of the airspace designated for that ability basis) of the indicated or cali- airport. brated datum of the altimeter nor- (c) Transponder-on operation. While in mally used to maintain flight altitude, the airspace as specified in paragraph with that altimeter referenced to 29.92 (b) of this section or in all controlled inches of mercury for altitudes from airspace, each person operating an air- sea level to the maximum operating al- craft equipped with an operable ATC titude of the aircraft; or transponder maintained in accordance (3) Unless the altimeters and with § 91.413 of this part shall operate digitizers in that equipment meet the the transponder, including Mode C standards of TSO-C10b and TSO-C88, re- equipment if installed, and shall reply spectively. on the appropriate code or as assigned (b) No person may operate any auto- by ATC. matic pressure altitude reporting (d) ATC authorized deviations. Re- equipment associated with a radar bea- quests for ATC authorized deviations con transponder or with ADS–B Out must be made to the ATC facility hav- equipment unless the pressure altitude ing jurisdiction over the concerned air- reported for ADS–B Out and Mode C/S space within the time periods specified is derived from the same source for air- as follows: craft equipped with both a transponder (1) For operation of an aircraft with and ADS–B Out. an operating transponder but without [Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 18, 1989, operating automatic pressure altitude as amended by Amdt. 91–314, 75 FR 30193, reporting equipment having a Mode C May 28, 2010] capability, the request may be made at any time. § 91.219 Altitude alerting system or de- (2) For operation of an aircraft with vice: Turbojet-powered civil air- an inoperative transponder to the airplanes. port of ultimate destination, including (a) Except as provided in paragraph any intermediate stops, or to proceed (d) of this section, no person may oper- to a place where suitable repairs can be ate a turbojet-powered U.S.-registered made or both, the request may be made civil airplane unless that airplane is at any time. equipped with an approved altitude (3) For operation of an aircraft that alerting system or device that is in op- is not equipped with a transponder, the erable condition and meets the require- request must be made at least one hour ments of paragraph (b) of this section. before the proposed operation. (b) Each altitude alerting system or device required by paragraph (a) of this (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2120–0005) section must be able to— (1) Alert the pilot— [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 18, 1989, as (i) Upon approaching a preselected amended by Amdt. 91–221, 56 FR 469, Jan. 4, altitude in either ascent or descent, by 1991; Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65660, Dec. 17, 1991; a sequence of both aural and visual sig- Amdt. 91–227, 7 FR 328, Jan. 3, 1992; Amdt. 91– 229, 57 FR 34618, Aug. 5, 1992; Amdt. 91–267, 66 nals in sufficient time to establish FR 21066, Apr. 27, 2001] level flight at that preselected altitude; or § 91.217 Data correspondence between (ii) Upon approaching a preselected automatically reported pressure al- altitude in either ascent or descent, by titude data and the pilot’s altitude a sequence of visual signals in suffi- reference. cient time to establish level flight at (a) No person may operate any auto- that preselected altitude, and when de- matic pressure altitude reporting viating above and below that

738

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00748 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.223

preselected altitude, by an aural sig- (6) Conducting a sales demonstration nal; of the operation of the airplane. (2) Provide the required signals from (7) Training foreign flight crews in sea level to the highest operating alti- the operation of the airplane before tude approved for the airplane in which ferrying it to a place outside the it is installed; United States for the purpose of reg- (3) Preselect altitudes in increments istering it in a foreign country. that are commensurate with the alti- [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34304, Aug. 18, 1989, as tudes at which the aircraft is operated; amended by Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June (4) Be tested without special equip- 7, 2007] ment to determine proper operation of the alerting signals; and § 91.221 Traffic alert and collision (5) Accept necessary barometric pres- avoidance system equipment and sure settings if the system or device use. operates on barometric pressure. How- (a) All airspace: U.S.-registered civil ever, for operation below 3,000 feet aircraft. Any traffic alert and collision AGL, the system or device need only avoidance system installed in a U.S.- provide one signal, either visual or registered civil aircraft must be ap- aural, to comply with this paragraph. proved by the Administrator. A radio altimeter may be included to (b) Traffic alert and collision avoidance provide the signal if the operator has system, operation required. Each person an approved procedure for its use to de- operating an aircraft equipped with an termine DA/DH or MDA, as appro- operable traffic alert and collision priate. avoidance system shall have that sys- (c) Each operator to which this sec- tem on and operating. tion applies must establish and assign procedures for the use of the altitude § 91.223 Terrain awareness and warn- alerting system or device and each ing system. flight crewmember must comply with (a) Airplanes manufactured after March those procedures assigned to him. 29, 2002. Except as provided in para- (d) Paragraph (a) of this section does graph (d) of this section, no person may not apply to any operation of an air- operate a turbine-powered U.S.-reg- plane that has an experimental certifi- istered airplane configured with six or cate or to the operation of any airplane more passenger seats, excluding any for the following purposes: pilot seat, unless that airplane is (1) Ferrying a newly acquired air- equipped with an approved terrain plane from the place where possession awareness and warning system that as of it was taken to a place where the al- a minimum meets the requirements for titude alerting system or device is to Class B equipment in Technical Stand- be installed. ard Order (TSO)–C151. (2) Continuing a flight as originally (b) Airplanes manufactured on or before planned, if the altitude alerting system March 29, 2002. Except as provided in or device becomes inoperative after the paragraph (d) of this section, no person airplane has taken off; however, the may operate a turbine-powered U.S.- flight may not depart from a place registered airplane configured with six where repair or replacement can be or more passenger seats, excluding any made. pilot seat, after March 29, 2005, unless (3) Ferrying an airplane with any in- that airplane is equipped with an ap- operative altitude alerting system or proved terrain awareness and warning device from a place where repairs or re- system that as a minimum meets the placements cannot be made to a place requirements for Class B equipment in where it can be made. Technical Standard Order (TSO)–C151. (4) Conducting an airworthiness flight test of the airplane. (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2120–0631) (5) Ferrying an airplane to a place outside the United States for the pur- (c) Airplane Flight Manual. The Air- pose of registering it in a foreign coun- plane Flight Manual shall contain ap- try. propriate procedures for—

739

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00749 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.225 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(1) The use of the terrain awareness quirements in paragraph (b) of this sec- and warning system; and tion: (2) Proper flight crew reaction in re- (1) Class B and Class C airspace areas; sponse to the terrain awareness and (2) Except as provided for in para- warning system audio and visual warn- graph (e) of this section, within 30 nau- ings. tical miles of an airport listed in ap- (d) Exceptions. Paragraphs (a) and (b) pendix D, section 1 to this part from of this section do not apply to— the surface upward to 10,000 feet MSL; (1) Parachuting operations when con- (3) Above the ceiling and within the ducted entirely within a 50 nautical lateral boundaries of a Class B or Class mile radius of the airport from which C airspace area designated for an air- such local flight operations began. port upward to 10,000 feet MSL; (2) Firefighting operations. (4) Except as provided in paragraph (3) Flight operations when incident (e) of this section, Class E airspace to the aerial application of chemicals within the 48 contiguous states and the and other substances. District of Columbia at and above [Doc. No. 29312, 65 FR 16755, Mar. 29, 2000] 10,000 feet MSL, excluding the airspace at and below 2,500 feet above the sur- § 91.225 Automatic Dependent Surveil- face; and lance-Broadcast (ADS–B) Out equip- (5) Class E airspace at and above 3,000 ment and use. feet MSL over the Gulf of Mexico from (a) After January 1, 2020, and unless the coastline of the United States out otherwise authorized by ATC, no per- to 12 nautical miles. son may operate an aircraft in Class A (e) The requirements of paragraph (b) airspace unless the aircraft has equip- of this section do not apply to any air- ment installed that— craft that was not originally certifi- (1) Meets the requirements in TSO– cated with an electrical system, or C166b, Extended Squitter Automatic that has not subsequently been cer- Dependent Surveillance-Broadcast tified with such a system installed, in- (ADS–B) and Traffic Information Serv- cluding balloons and gliders. These air- ice-Broadcast (TIS–B) Equipment Oper- craft may conduct operations without ating on the Radio Frequency of 1090 ADS–B Out in the airspace specified in Megahertz (MHz); and paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(4) of this sec- (2) Meets the requirements of § 91.227. tion. Operations authorized by this sec- (b) After January 1, 2020, and unless tion must be conducted— otherwise authorized by ATC, no per- (1) Outside any Class B or Class C air- son may operate an aircraft below space area; and 18,000 feet MSL and in airspace de- (2) Below the altitude of the ceiling scribed in paragraph (d) of this section of a Class B or Class C airspace area unless the aircraft has equipment in- designated for an airport, or 10,000 feet stalled that— MSL, whichever is lower. (1) Meets the requirements in— (f) Each person operating an aircraft (i) TSO–C166b; or equipped with ADS–B Out must operate (ii) TSO–C154c, Universal Access this equipment in the transmit mode Transceiver (UAT) Automatic Depend- at all times. ent Surveillance-Broadcast (ADS–B) (g) Requests for ATC authorized devi- Equipment Operating on the Frequency ations from the requirements of this of 978 MHz; section must be made to the ATC facil- (2) Meets the requirements of § 91.227. ity having jurisdiction over the con- (c) Operators with equipment in- cerned airspace within the time periods stalled with an approved deviation specified as follows: under § 21.618 of this chapter also are in (1) For operation of an aircraft with compliance with this section. an inoperative ADS–B Out, to the air- (d) After January 1, 2020, and unless port of ultimate destination, including otherwise authorized by ATC, no per- any intermediate stops, or to proceed son may operate an aircraft in the fol- to a place where suitable repairs can be lowing airspace unless the aircraft has made or both, the request may be made equipment installed that meets the re- at any time.

740

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00750 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.227

(2) For operation of an aircraft that Operational Performance Standards for is not equipped with ADS–B Out, the Universal Access Transceiver (UAT) request must be made at least 1 hour Automatic Dependent Surveillance- before the proposed operation. Broadcast (ADS–B), December 2, 2009 (h) The standards required in this (referenced in TSO C–154c) may be ob- section are incorporated by reference tained from RTCA, Inc., 1828 L Street, with the approval of the Director of the NW., Suite 805, Washington, DC 20036– Office of the Federal Register under 5 5133, telephone 202–833–9339. Copies of U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All ap- RTCA DO–260B and RTCA DO–282B are proved materials are available for in- also available on RTCA Inc.’s Web site, spection at the FAA’s Office of Rule- at http://www.rtca.org/onlinecart/ making (ARM–1), 800 Independence Av- allproducts.cfm. enue, SW., Washington, DC 20590 (telephone 202–267–9677), or at the National [Doc. No. FAA–2007–29305, 75 FR 30193, May 28, 2010; Amdt. 91–314–A, 75 FR 37712, June 30, Archives and Records Administration 2010; Amdt. 91–316, 75 FR 37712, June 30, 2010] (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call § 91.227 Automatic Dependent Surveil- 202–741–6030, or go to http:// lance-Broadcast (ADS–B) Out equip- www.archives.gov/federallregister/ ment performance requirements. codeloflfederallregulations/ (a) Definitions. For the purposes of ibrllocations.html. This material is also this section: available from the sources indicated in ADS–B Out is a function of an air- paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this sec- craft’s onboard avionics that periodi- tion. cally broadcasts the aircraft’s state (1) Copies of Technical Standard vector (3-dimensional position and 3-di- Order (TSO)–C166b, Extended Squitter mensional velocity) and other required Automatic Dependent Surveillance- information as described in this sec- Broadcast (ADS–B) and Traffic Infor- tion. mation Service-Broadcast (TIS–B) Equipment Operating on the Radio Navigation Accuracy Category for Posi- Frequency of 1090 Megahertz (MHz) tion (NACP) specifies the accuracy of a (December 2, 2009) and TSO–C154c, Uni- reported aircraft’s position, as defined versal Access Transceiver (UAT) Auto- in TSO–C166b and TSO–C154c. matic Dependent Surveillance-Broad- Navigation Accuracy Category for Ve- cast (ADS–B) Equipment Operating on locity (NACV) specifies the accuracy of a the Frequency of 978 MHz (December 2, reported aircraft’s velocity, as defined 2009) may be obtained from the U.S. in TSO–C166b and TSO–C154c. Department of Transportation, Subse- Navigation Integrity Category (NIC) quent Distribution Office, DOT Ware- specifies an integrity containment ra- house M30, Ardmore East Business Cen- dius around an aircraft’s reported posi- ter, 3341 Q 75th Avenue, Landover, MD tion, as defined in TSO–C166b and TSO– 20785; telephone (301) 322–5377. Copies of C154c. TSO –C166B and TSO–C154c are also Position Source refers to the equip- available on the FAA’s Web site, at ment installed onboard an aircraft used http://www.faa.gov/aircraft/airlcert/ to process and provide aircraft position designlapprovals/tso/. Select the link (for example, latitude, longitude, and ‘‘Search Technical Standard Orders.’’ velocity) information. (2) Copies of Section 2, Equipment Source Integrity Level (SIL) indicates Performance Requirements and Test the probability of the reported hori- Procedures, of RTCA DO–260B, Min- zontal position exceeding the contain- imum Operational Performance Stand- ment radius defined by the NIC on a ards for 1090 MHz Extended Squitter per sample or per hour basis, as defined Automatic Dependent Surveillance- in TSO–C166b and TSO–C154c. Broadcast (ADS–B) and Traffic Infor- System Design Assurance (SDA) indi- mation Services-Broadcast (TIS–B), cates the probability of an aircraft December 2, 2009 (referenced in TSO– malfunction causing false or mis- C166b) and Section 2, Equipment Per- leading information to be transmitted, formance Requirements and Test Pro- as defined in TSO–C166b and TSO– cedures, of RTCA DO–282B, Minimum C154c.

741

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00751 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.227 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

Total latency is the total time be- paragraphs (d)(7) through (d)(10) of this tween when the position is measured section during the appropriate phase of and when the position is transmitted flight. by the aircraft. (1) The length and width of the air- Uncompensated latency is the time for craft; which the aircraft does not compensate (2) An indication of the aircraft’s for latency. latitude and longitude; (b) 1090 MHz ES and UAT Broadcast (3) An indication of the aircraft’s bar- Links and Power Requirements— ometric pressure altitude; (1) Aircraft operating in Class A air- (4) An indication of the aircraft’s ve- space must have equipment installed locity; that meets the antenna and power out- (5) An indication if TCAS II or ACAS put requirements of Class A1, A1S, A2, is installed and operating in a mode A3, B1S, or B1 equipment as defined in that can generate resolution advisory TSO–C166b, Extended Squitter Auto- alerts; matic Dependent Surveillance-Broad- (6) If an operable TCAS II or ACAS is cast (ADS–B) and Traffic Information installed, an indication if a resolution Service-Broadcast (TIS–B) Equipment advisory is in effect; Operating on the Radio Frequency of (7) An indication of the Mode 3/A 1090 Megahertz (MHz). transponder code specified by ATC; (2) Aircraft operating in airspace des- (8) An indication of the aircraft’s call ignated for ADS–B Out, but outside of sign that is submitted on the flight Class A airspace, must have equipment plan, or the aircraft’s registration installed that meets the antenna and number, except when the pilot has not output power requirements of either: filed a flight plan, has not requested (i) Class A1, A1S, A2, A3, B1S, or B1 ATC services, and is using a TSO–C154c as defined in TSO–C166b; or self-assigned temporary 24-bit address; (ii) Class A1H, A1S, A2, A3, B1S, or B1 (9) An indication if the flightcrew has equipment as defined in TSO–C154c, identified an emergency, radio commu- Universal Access Transceiver (UAT) nication failure, or unlawful inter- Automatic Dependent Surveillance– ference; Broadcast (ADS–B) Equipment Oper- ating on the Frequency of 978 MHz. (10) An indication of the aircraft’s ‘‘IDENT’’ to ATC; (c) ADS–B Out Performance Require- (11) An indication of the aircraft as- ments for NAC P, NACV, NIC, SDA, and SIL— signed ICAO 24-bit address, except (1) For aircraft broadcasting ADS–B when the pilot has not filed a flight Out as required under § 91.225 (a) and plan, has not requested ATC services, (b)— and is using a TSO–C154c self-assigned temporary 24-bit address; (i) The aircraft’s NACP must be less than 0.05 nautical miles; (12) An indication of the aircraft’s emitter category; (ii) The aircraft’s NACV must be less than 10 meters per second; (13) An indication of whether an (iii) The aircraft’s NIC must be less ADS–B In capability is installed; than 0.2 nautical miles; (14) An indication of the aircraft’s (iv) The aircraft’s SDA must be 2; geometric altitude; and (15) An indication of the Navigation (v) The aircraft’s SIL must be 3. Accuracy Category for Position (NAC ); (2) Changes in NACP, NACV, SDA, and P SIL must be broadcast within 10 sec- (16) An indication of the Navigation onds. Accuracy Category for Velocity (3) Changes in NIC must be broadcast (NACV); within 12 seconds. (17) An indication of the Navigation (d) Minimum Broadcast Message Ele- Integrity Category (NIC); ment Set for ADS–B Out. Each aircraft (18) An indication of the System De- must broadcast the following informa- sign Assurance (SDA); and tion, as defined in TSO–C166b or TSO– (19) An indication of the Source In- C154c. The pilot must enter informa- tegrity Level (SIL). tion for message elements listed in (e) ADS–B Latency Requirements—

742

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00752 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.303

(1) The aircraft must transmit its Department of Transportation, Subse- geometric position no later than 2.0 quent Distribution Office, DOT Ware- seconds from the time of measurement house M30, Ardmore East Business Cen- of the position to the time of trans- ter, 3341 Q 75th Avenue, Landover, MD mission. 20785; telephone (301) 322–5377. Copies of (2) Within the 2.0 total latency allo- TSO –C166B and TSO–C154c are also cation, a maximum of 0.6 seconds can available on the FAA’s Web site, at be uncompensated latency. The air- http://www.faa.gov/aircraft/airlcert/ craft must compensate for any latency designlapprovals/tso/. Select the link above 0.6 seconds up to the maximum ‘‘Search Technical Standard Orders.’’ 2.0 seconds total by extrapolating the (2) Copies of Section 2, Equipment geometric position to the time of mes- Performance Requirements and Test sage transmission. Procedures, of RTCA DO–260B, Min- (3) The aircraft must transmit its po- imum Operational Performance Stand- sition and velocity at least once per ards for 1090 MHz Extended Squitter second while airborne or while moving Automatic Dependent Surveillance- on the airport surface. Broadcast (ADS–B) and Traffic Infor- (4) The aircraft must transmit its po- mation Services-Broadcast (TIS–B), sition at least once every 5 seconds December 2, 2009 (referenced in TSO– while stationary on the airport surface. C166b) and Section 2, Equipment Per- (f) Equipment with an approved devi- formance Requirements and Test Pro- ation. Operators with equipment in- cedures, of RTCA DO–282B, Minimum stalled with an approved deviation Operational Performance Standards for under § 21.618 of this chapter also are in Universal Access Transceiver (UAT) compliance with this section. Automatic Dependent Surveillance- (g) Incorporation by Reference. The Broadcast (ADS–B), December 2, 2009 standards required in this section are (referenced in TSO C–154c) may be ob- incorporated by reference with the ap- tained from RTCA, Inc., 1828 L Street, proval of the Director of the Office of NW., Suite 805, Washington, DC 20036– the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 5133, telephone 202–833–9339. Copies of 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved RTCA DO–260B and RTCA DO–282B are materials are available for inspection also available on RTCA Inc.’s Web site, at the FAA’s Office of Rulemaking at http://www.rtca.org/onlinecart/ (ARM–1), 800 Independence Avenue, allproducts.cfm. SW., Washington, DC 20590 (telephone [Doc. No. FAA–2007–29305, 75 FR 30194, May 202–267–9677), or at the National Ar- 28, 2010; Amdt. 91–314–A, 75 FR 37712, June 30, chives and Records Administration 2010; Amdt. 91–316, 75 FR 37712, June 30, 2010] (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call §§ 91.228–91.299 [Reserved] 202–741–6030, or go to http:// www.archives.gov/federallregister/ Subpart D—Special Flight codeloflfederallregulations/ Operations ibrllocations.html. This material is also available from the sources indicated in SOURCE: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. paragraphs (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this sec- 18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. tion. (1) Copies of Technical Standard § 91.301 [Reserved] Order (TSO)–C166b, Extended Squitter Automatic Dependent Surveillance– § 91.303 Aerobatic flight. Broadcast (ADS–B) and Traffic Infor- No person may operate an aircraft in mation Service–Broadcast (TIS–B) aerobatic flight— Equipment Operating on the Radio (a) Over any congested area of a city, Frequency of 1090 Megahertz (MHz) town, or settlement; (December 2, 2009) and TSO–C154c, Uni- (b) Over an open air assembly of per- versal Access Transceiver (UAT) Auto- sons; matic Dependent Surveillance–Broad- (c) Within the lateral boundaries of cast (ADS–B) Equipment Operating on the surface areas of Class B, Class C, the Frequency of 978 MHz (December 2, Class D, or Class E airspace designated 2009) may be obtained from the U.S. for an airport;

743

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00753 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.305 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(d) Within 4 nautical miles of the (d) Paragraph (c) of this section does center line of any Federal airway; not apply to— (e) Below an altitude of 1,500 feet (1) Flight tests for pilot certification above the surface; or or rating; or (f) When flight visibility is less than (2) Spins and other flight maneuvers 3 statute miles. required by the regulations for any cer- For the purposes of this section, aero- tificate or rating when given by— batic flight means an intentional ma- (i) A certificated flight instructor; or neuver involving an abrupt change in (ii) An airline transport pilot in- an aircraft’s attitude, an abnormal at- structing in accordance with § 61.67 of titude, or abnormal acceleration, not this chapter. necessary for normal flight. (e) For the purposes of this section, [Doc. No. 18834, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, as approved parachute means— amended by Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65661, Dec. (1) A parachute manufactured under 17, 1991] a type certificate or a technical standard order (C–23 series); or § 91.305 Flight test areas. (2) A personnel-carrying military No person may flight test an aircraft parachute identified by an NAF, AAF, except over open water, or sparsely or AN drawing number, an AAF order populated areas, having light air traf- number, or any other military designa- fic. tion or specification number. § 91.307 Parachutes and parachuting. [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, as (a) No pilot of a civil aircraft may amended by Amdt. 91–255, 62 FR 68137, Dec. allow a parachute that is available for 30, 1997; Amdt. 91–268, 66 FR 23553, May 9, 2001; Amdt. 91–305, 73 FR 69530, Nov. 19, 2008] emergency use to be carried in that aircraft unless it is an approved type § 91.309 Towing: Gliders and and has been packed by a certificated unpowered ultralight vehicles. and appropriately rated parachute rigger— (a) No person may operate a civil air- (1) Within the preceding 180 days, if craft towing a glider or unpowered its canopy, shrouds, and harness are ultralight vehicle unless— composed exclusively of nylon, rayon, (1) The pilot in command of the tow- or other similar synthetic fiber or ma- ing aircraft is qualified under § 61.69 of terials that are substantially resistant this chapter; to damage from mold, mildew, or other (2) The towing aircraft is equipped fungi and other rotting agents propa- with a tow-hitch of a kind, and in- gated in a moist environment; or stalled in a manner, that is approved (2) Within the preceding 60 days, if by the Administrator; any part of the parachute is composed (3) The towline used has breaking of silk, pongee, or other natural fiber strength not less than 80 percent of the or materials not specified in paragraph maximum certificated operating (a)(1) of this section. weight of the glider or unpowered (b) Except in an emergency, no pilot ultralight vehicle and not more than in command may allow, and no person twice this operating weight. However, may conduct, a parachute operation the towline used may have a breaking from an aircraft within the United strength more than twice the max- States except in accordance with part imum certificated operating weight of 105 of this chapter. the glider or unpowered ultralight ve- (c) Unless each occupant of the air- hicle if— craft is wearing an approved parachute, (i) A safety link is installed at the no pilot of a civil aircraft carrying any point of attachment of the towline to person (other than a crewmember) may the glider or unpowered ultralight ve- execute any intentional maneuver that hicle with a breaking strength not less exceeds— than 80 percent of the maximum cer- (1) A bank of 60 degrees relative to tificated operating weight of the glider the horizon; or or unpowered ultralight vehicle and (2) A nose-up or nose-down attitude not greater than twice this operating of 30 degrees relative to the horizon. weight;

744

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00754 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.313

(ii) A safety link is installed at the (b) For the purpose of paragraph (a) point of attachment of the towline to of this section, operating a restricted the towing aircraft with a breaking category civil aircraft to provide flight strength greater, but not more than 25 crewmember training in a special pur- percent greater, than that of the safety pose operation for which the aircraft is link at the towed glider or unpowered certificated is considered to be an oper- ultralight vehicle end of the towline ation for that special purpose. and not greater than twice the max- (c) No person may operate a re- imum certificated operating weight of stricted category civil aircraft car- the glider or unpowered ultralight ve- rying persons or property for com- hicle; pensation or hire. For the purposes of (4) Before conducting any towing op- this paragraph, a special purpose oper- eration within the lateral boundaries ation involving the carriage of persons of the surface areas of Class B, Class C, or material necessary to accomplish Class D, or Class E airspace designated that operation, such as crop dusting, for an airport, or before making each seeding, spraying, and banner towing towing flight within such controlled (including the carrying of required per- airspace if required by ATC, the pilot sons or material to the location of that in command notifies the control tower. operation), and operation for the pur- If a control tower does not exist or is pose of providing flight crewmember not in operation, the pilot in command training in a special purpose operation, must notify the FAA flight service sta- are not considered to be the carriage of tion serving that controlled airspace persons or property for compensation before conducting any towing oper- or hire. ations in that airspace; and (d) No person may be carried on a re- (5) The pilots of the towing aircraft stricted category civil aircraft unless and the glider or unpowered ultralight that person— vehicle have agreed upon a general (1) Is a flight crewmember; course of action, including takeoff and (2) Is a flight crewmember trainee; release signals, airspeeds, and emer- (3) Performs an essential function in gency procedures for each pilot. connection with a special purpose oper- (b) No pilot of a civil aircraft may ination for which the aircraft is certifi- tentionally release a towline, after re- cated; or lease of a glider or unpowered ultra- (4) Is necessary to accomplish the light vehicle, in a manner that endan- work activity directly associated with gers the life or property of another. that special purpose. [Doc. No. 18834, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, as (e) Except when operating in accord- amended by Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65661, Dec. ance with the terms and conditions of 17, 1991; Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44880, July 27, a certificate of waiver or special oper- 2004] ating limitations issued by the Admin- istrator, no person may operate a re- § 91.311 Towing: Other than under stricted category civil aircraft within § 91.309. the United States— No pilot of a civil aircraft may tow (1) Over a densely populated area; anything with that aircraft (other than (2) In a congested airway; or under § 91.309) except in accordance (3) Near a busy airport where pas- with the terms of a certificate of waiv- senger transport operations are con- er issued by the Administrator. ducted. (f) This section does not apply to § 91.313 Restricted category civil air- nonpassenger-carrying civil rotorcraft craft: Operating limitations. external-load operations conducted (a) No person may operate a re- under part 133 of this chapter. stricted category civil aircraft— (g) No person may operate a small re- (1) For other than the special purpose stricted-category civil airplane manu- for which it is certificated; or factured after July 18, 1978, unless an (2) In an operation other than one approved shoulder harness is installed necessary to accomplish the work ac- for each front seat. The shoulder har- tivity directly associated with that ness must be designed to protect each special purpose. occupant from serious head injury

745

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00755 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.315 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

when the occupant experiences the ul- affect the basic airworthiness of the timate inertia forces specified in aircraft; or § 23.561(b)(2) of this chapter. The shoul- (6) Service testing of the aircraft. der harness installation at each flight (e) Each person operating a provi- crewmember station must permit the sionally certificated civil aircraft shall crewmember, when seated and with the operate within the prescribed limita- safety belt and shoulder harness fas- tions displayed in the aircraft or set tened, to perform all functions nec- forth in the provisional aircraft flight essary for flight operation. For pur- manual or other appropriate document. poses of this paragraph— However, when operating in direct con- (1) The date of manufacture of an air- junction with the type or supplemental plane is the date the inspection accept- type certification of the aircraft, that ance records reflect that the airplane is person shall operate under the experi- complete and meets the FAA-approved mental aircraft limitations of § 21.191 of type design data; and this chapter and when flight testing, (2) A front seat is a seat located at a shall operate under the requirements of flight crewmember station or any seat § 91.305 of this part. located alongside such a seat. (f) Each person operating a provisionally certificated civil aircraft shall es- § 91.315 Limited category civil aircraft: tablish approved procedures for— Operating limitations. (1) The use and guidance of flight and No person may operate a limited cat- ground personnel in operating under egory civil aircraft carrying persons or this section; and property for compensation or hire. (2) Operating in and out of airports where takeoffs or approaches over pop- § 91.317 Provisionally certificated civil ulated areas are necessary. No person aircraft: Operating limitations. may operate that aircraft except in (a) No person may operate a provi- compliance with the approved proce- sionally certificated civil aircraft un- dures. less that person is eligible for a provi- (g) Each person operating a provisional airworthiness certificate under sionally certificated civil aircraft shall § 21.213 of this chapter. ensure that each flight crewmember is (b) No person may operate a provi- properly certificated and has adequate sionally certificated civil aircraft out- knowledge of, and familiarity with, the side the United States unless that per- aircraft and procedures to be used by son has specific authority to do so from that crewmember. the Administrator and each foreign (h) Each person operating a provi- country involved. sionally certificated civil aircraft shall (c) Unless otherwise authorized by maintain it as required by applicable the Director, Flight Standards Service, regulations and as may be specially no person may operate a provisionally prescribed by the Administrator. certificated civil aircraft in air trans- (i) Whenever the manufacturer, or portation. the Administrator, determines that a (d) Unless otherwise authorized by change in design, construction, or oper- the Administrator, no person may op- ation is necessary to ensure safe oper- erate a provisionally certificated civil ation, no person may operate a provi- aircraft except— sionally certificated civil aircraft until (1) In direct conjunction with the that change has been made and ap- type or supplemental type certification proved. Section 21.99 of this chapter ap- of that aircraft; plies to operations under this section. (2) For training flight crews, includ- (j) Each person operating a provision- ing simulated air carrier operations; ally certificated civil aircraft— (3) Demonstration flight by the man- (1) May carry in that aircraft only ufacturer for prospective purchasers; persons who have a proper interest in (4) Market surveys by the manufac- the operations allowed by this section turer; or who are specifically authorized by (5) Flight checking of instruments, both the manufacturer and the Admin- accessories, and equipment that do not istrator; and

746

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00756 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.319

(2) Shall advise each person carried operating the aircraft into or out of that the aircraft is provisionally cer- airports with operating control towers. tificated. (e) No person may operate an aircraft (k) The Administrator may prescribe that is issued an experimental certifi- additional limitations or procedures cate under § 21.191(i) of this chapter for that the Administrator considers nec- compensation or hire, except a person essary, including limitations on the may operate an aircraft issued an ex- number of persons who may be carried perimental certificate under in the aircraft. § 21.191(i)(1) for compensation or hire (Approved by the Office of Management and to— Budget under control number 2120–0005) (1) Tow a glider that is a light-sport [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, as aircraft or unpowered ultralight vehi- amended by Amdt. 91–212, 54 FR 39293, Sept. cle in accordance with § 91.309; or 25, 1989] (2) Conduct flight training in an aircraft which that person provides prior § 91.319 Aircraft having experimental to January 31, 2010. certificates: Operating limitations. (f) No person may lease an aircraft (a) No person may operate an aircraft that is issued an experimental certifi- that has an experimental certificate— cate under § 21.191(i) of this chapter, ex- (1) For other than the purpose for cept in accordance with paragraph which the certificate was issued; or (e)(1) of this section. (2) Carrying persons or property for (g) No person may operate an aircraft compensation or hire. issued an experimental certificate (b) No person may operate an aircraft under § 21.191(i)(1) of this chapter to that has an experimental certificate tow a glider that is a light-sport air- outside of an area assigned by the Ad- craft or unpowered ultralight vehicle ministrator until it is shown that— for compensation or hire or to conduct (1) The aircraft is controllable flight training for compensation or throughout its normal range of speeds hire in an aircraft which that persons and throughout all the maneuvers to provides unless within the preceding be executed; and 100 hours of time in service the aircraft (2) The aircraft has no hazardous op- has— erating characteristics or design fea- (1) Been inspected by a certificated tures. repairman (light-sport aircraft) with a (c) Unless otherwise authorized by maintenance rating, an appropriately the Administrator in special operating rated mechanic, or an appropriately limitations, no person may operate an rated repair station in accordance with aircraft that has an experimental cer- inspection procedures developed by the tificate over a densely populated area aircraft manufacturer or a person ac- or in a congested airway. The Adminis- ceptable to the FAA; or trator may issue special operating limitations for particular aircraft to per- (2) Received an inspection for the mit takeoffs and landings to be con- issuance of an airworthiness certificate ducted over a densely populated area or in accordance with part 21 of this chap- in a congested airway, in accordance ter. with terms and conditions specified in (h) The FAA may issue deviation au- the authorization in the interest of thority providing relief from the provi- safety in air commerce. sions of paragraph (a) of this section (d) Each person operating an aircraft for the purpose of conducting flight that has an experimental certificate training. The FAA will issue this devi- shall— ation authority as a letter of deviation (1) Advise each person carried of the authority. experimental nature of the aircraft; (1) The FAA may cancel or amend a (2) Operate under VFR, day only, un- letter of deviation authority at any less otherwise specifically authorized time. by the Administrator; and (2) An applicant must submit a re- (3) Notify the control tower of the ex- quest for deviation authority to the perimental nature of the aircraft when FAA at least 60 days before the date of

747

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00757 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.321 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

intended operations. A request for devi- § 91.323 Increased maximum certifi- ation authority must contain a com- cated weights for certain airplanes plete description of the proposed oper- operated in Alaska. ation and justification that establishes (a) Notwithstanding any other provi- a level of safety equivalent to that pro- sion of the Federal Aviation Regula- vided under the regulations for the de- tions, the Administrator will approve, viation requested. as provided in this section, an increase (i) The Administrator may prescribe in the maximum certificated weight of additional limitations that the Admin- istrator considers necessary, including an airplane type certificated under limitations on the persons that may be Aeronautics Bulletin No. 7–A of the carried in the aircraft. U.S. Department of Commerce dated January 1, 1931, as amended, or under (Approved by the Office of Management and the normal category of part 4a of the Budget under control number 2120–0005) former Civil Air Regulations (14 CFR [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, as part 4a, 1964 ed.) if that airplane is op- amended by Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44881, July erated in the State of Alaska by— 27, 2004] (1) A certificate holder conducting § 91.321 Carriage of candidates in elec- operations under part 121 or part 135 of tions. this chapter; or (a) As an aircraft operator, you may (2) The U.S. Department of Interior receive payment for carrying a can- in conducting its game and fish law en- didate, agent of a candidate, or person forcement activities or its manage- traveling on behalf of a candidate, run- ment, fire detection, and fire suppres- ning for Federal, State, or local elec- sion activities concerning public lands. tion, without having to comply with (b) The maximum certificated weight the rules in parts 121, 125 or 135 of this approved under this section may not chapter, under the following condi- exceed— tions: (1) 12,500 pounds; (1) Your primary business is not as an (2) 115 percent of the maximum air carrier or commercial operator; weight listed in the FAA aircraft speci- (2) You carry the candidate, agent, or fications; person traveling on behalf of a can- (3) The weight at which the airplane didate, under the rules of part 91; and meets the positive maneuvering load (3) By Federal, state or local law, you factor requirement for the normal cat- are required to receive payment for egory specified in § 23.337 of this chap- carrying the candidate, agent, or per- ter; or son traveling on behalf of a candidate. (4) The weight at which the airplane For federal elections, the payment may not exceed the amount required by the meets the climb performance require- Federal Election Commission. For a ments under which it was type certifi- state or local election, the payment cated. may not exceed the amount required (c) In determining the maximum cer- under the applicable state or local law. tificated weight, the Administrator (b) For the purposes of this section, considers the structural soundness of for Federal elections, the terms can- the airplane and the terrain to be tra- didate and election have the same mean- versed. ing as set forth in the regulations of (d) The maximum certificated weight the Federal Election Commission. For determined under this section is added State or local elections, the terms can- to the airplane’s operation limitations didate and election have the same mean- and is identified as the maximum ing as provided by the applicable State weight authorized for operations with- or local law and those terms relate to in the State of Alaska. candidates for election to public office in State and local government elec- [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989; tions. Amdt. 91–211, 54 FR 41211, Oct. 5, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 91–253, 62 FR 13253, Mar. [Doc. No. FAA–2005–20168, 70 FR 4982, Jan. 31, 19, 1997] 2005]

748

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00758 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.327

§ 91.325 Primary category aircraft: Op- with a safety directive an owner or operating limitations. erator may— (a) No person may operate a primary (i) Correct the unsafe condition in a category aircraft carrying persons or manner different from that specified in property for compensation or hire. the safety directive provided the per- (b) No person may operate a primary son issuing the directive concurs with category aircraft that is maintained by the action; or the pilot-owner under an approved spe- (ii) Obtain an FAA waiver from the cial inspection and maintenance pro- provisions of the safety directive based gram except— on a conclusion that the safety direc- (1) The pilot-owner; or tive was issued without adhering to the (2) A designee of the pilot-owner, pro- applicable consensus standard; vided that the pilot-owner does not re- (5) Each alteration accomplished ceive compensation for the use of the after the aircraft’s date of manufacture aircraft. meets the applicable and current consensus standard and has been author- [Doc. No. 23345, 57 FR 41370, Sept. 9, 1992] ized by either the manufacturer or a § 91.327 Aircraft having a special air- person acceptable to the FAA; worthiness certificate in the light- (6) Each major alteration to an air- sport category: Operating limita- craft product produced under a con- tions. sensus standard is authorized, per- (a) No person may operate an aircraft formed and inspected in accordance that has a special airworthiness certifi- with maintenance and inspection pro- cate in the light-sport category for cedures developed by the manufacturer compensation or hire except— or a person acceptable to the FAA; and (1) To tow a glider or an unpowered (7) The owner or operator complies ultralight vehicle in accordance with with the requirements for the record- § 91.309 of this chapter; or ing of major repairs and major alter- (2) To conduct flight training. ations performed on type-certificated (b) No person may operate an aircraft products in accordance with § 43.9(d) of that has a special airworthiness certifi- this chapter, and with the retention re- cate in the light-sport category un- quirements in § 91.417. less— (c) No person may operate an aircraft (1) The aircraft is maintained by a issued a special airworthiness certifi- certificated repairman with a light- cate in the light-sport category to tow sport aircraft maintenance rating, an a glider or unpowered ultralight vehi- appropriately rated mechanic, or an cle for compensation or hire or conduct appropriately rated repair station in flight training for compensation or accordance with the applicable provi- hire in an aircraft which that persons sions of part 43 of this chapter and provides unless within the preceding maintenance and inspection procedures 100 hours of time in service the aircraft developed by the aircraft manufacturer has— or a person acceptable to the FAA; (1) Been inspected by a certificated (2) A condition inspection is per- repairman with a light-sport aircraft formed once every 12 calendar months maintenance rating, an appropriately by a certificated repairman (light-sport rated mechanic, or an appropriately aircraft) with a maintenance rating, an rated repair station in accordance with appropriately rated mechanic, or an inspection procedures developed by the appropriately rated repair station in aircraft manufacturer or a person ac- accordance with inspection procedures ceptable to the FAA and been approved developed by the aircraft manufacturer for return to service in accordance or a person acceptable to the FAA; with part 43 of this chapter; or (3) The owner or operator complies (2) Received an inspection for the with all applicable airworthiness direc- issuance of an airworthiness certificate tives; in accordance with part 21 of this chap- (4) The owner or operator complies ter. with each safety directive applicable to (d) Each person operating an aircraft the aircraft that corrects an existing issued a special airworthiness certifi- unsafe condition. In lieu of complying cate in the light-sport category must

749

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00759 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 §§ 91.328–91.399 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

operate the aircraft in accordance with terations on an aircraft other than as the aircraft’s operating instructions, prescribed in this subpart and other ap- including any provisions for necessary plicable regulations, including part 43 operating equipment specified in the of this chapter. aircraft’s equipment list. (c) No person may operate an aircraft (e) Each person operating an aircraft for which a manufacturer’s mainte- issued a special airworthiness certifi- nance manual or instructions for con- cate in the light-sport category must tinued airworthiness has been issued advise each person carried of the spe- that contains an airworthiness limita- cial nature of the aircraft and that the tions section unless the mandatory re- aircraft does not meet the airworthi- placement times, inspection intervals, ness requirements for an aircraft and related procedures specified in that issued a standard airworthiness certifi- section or alternative inspection inter- cate. vals and related procedures set forth in (f) The FAA may prescribe additional an operations specification approved limitations that it considers necessary. by the Administrator under part 121 or [Doc. No. FAA–2001–11133, 69 FR 44881, July 135 of this chapter or in accordance 27, 2004] with an inspection program approved under § 91.409(e) have been complied §§ 91.328–91.399 [Reserved] with. (d) A person must not alter an air- Subpart E—Maintenance, Preven- craft based on a supplemental type cer- tive Maintenance, and Alter- tificate unless the owner or operator of ations the aircraft is the holder of the supplemental type certificate, or has written SOURCE: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. permission from the holder. 18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989, as § 91.401 Applicability. amended by Amdt. 91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. 27, 2001; Amdt. 91–293, 71 FR 56005, Sept. 26, (a) This subpart prescribes rules gov- 2006] erning the maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations of U.S.- § 91.405 Maintenance required. registered civil aircraft operating with- Each owner or operator of an air- in or outside of the United States. craft— (b) Sections 91.405, 91.409, 91.411, 91.417, and 91.419 of this subpart do not (a) Shall have that aircraft inspected apply to an aircraft maintained in acas prescribed in subpart E of this part cordance with a continuous airworthi- and shall between required inspections, ness maintenance program as provided except as provided in paragraph (c) of in part 121, 129, or §§ 91.1411 or this section, have discrepancies re- 135.411(a)(2) of this chapter. paired as prescribed in part 43 of this (c) Sections 91.405 and 91.409 of this chapter; part do not apply to an airplane in- (b) Shall ensure that maintenance spected in accordance with part 125 of personnel make appropriate entries in this chapter. the aircraft maintenance records indicating the aircraft has been approved [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989, as for return to service; amended by Amdt. 91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. 27, 2001; Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. 17, (c) Shall have any inoperative instru- 2003] ment or item of equipment, permitted to be inoperative by § 91.213(d)(2) of this § 91.403 General. part, repaired, replaced, removed, or (a) The owner or operator of an air- inspected at the next required inspec- craft is primarily responsible for main- tion; and taining that aircraft in an airworthy (d) When listed discrepancies include condition, including compliance with inoperative instruments or equipment, part 39 of this chapter. shall ensure that a placard has been in- (b) No person may perform mainte- stalled as required by § 43.11 of this nance, preventive maintenance, or al- chapter.

750

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00760 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.409

§ 91.407 Operation after maintenance, ‘‘annual’’ inspection in the required preventive maintenance, rebuild- maintenance records. ing, or alteration. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) No person may operate any air- (c) of this section, no person may oper- craft that has undergone maintenance, ate an aircraft carrying any person preventive maintenance, rebuilding, or (other than a crewmember) for hire, alteration unless— and no person may give flight instruc- (1) It has been approved for return to tion for hire in an aircraft which that service by a person authorized under person provides, unless within the pre- § 43.7 of this chapter; and ceding 100 hours of time in service the (2) The maintenance record entry re- aircraft has received an annual or 100- quired by § 43.9 or § 43.11, as applicable, hour inspection and been approved for of this chapter has been made. return to service in accordance with (b) No person may carry any person part 43 of this chapter or has received (other than crewmembers) in an air- an inspection for the issuance of an aircraft that has been maintained, re- worthiness certificate in accordance built, or altered in a manner that may with part 21 of this chapter. The 100- have appreciably changed its flight hour limitation may be exceeded by characteristics or substantially af- not more than 10 hours while en route fected its operation in flight until an to reach a place where the inspection appropriately rated pilot with at least can be done. The excess time used to a private pilot certificate flies the air- reach a place where the inspection can craft, makes an operational check of be done must be included in computing the maintenance performed or alter- the next 100 hours of time in service. ation made, and logs the flight in the (c) Paragraphs (a) and (b) of this sec- aircraft records. tion do not apply to— (c) The aircraft does not have to be (1) An aircraft that carries a special flown as required by paragraph (b) of flight permit, a current experimental this section if, prior to flight, ground certificate, or a light-sport or provi- tests, inspection, or both show conclu- sional airworthiness certificate; sively that the maintenance, preven- (2) An aircraft inspected in accord- tive maintenance, rebuilding, or alter- ance with an approved aircraft inspec- ation has not appreciably changed the tion program under part 125 or 135 of flight characteristics or substantially this chapter and so identified by the affected the flight operation of the air- registration number in the operations craft. specifications of the certificate holder having the approved inspection pro- (Approved by the Office of Management and gram; Budget under control number 2120–0005) (3) An aircraft subject to the requirements of paragraph (d) or (e) of this § 91.409 Inspections. section; or (a) Except as provided in paragraph (4) Turbine-powered rotorcraft when (c) of this section, no person may oper- the operator elects to inspect that ate an aircraft unless, within the pre- rotorcraft in accordance with para- ceding 12 calendar months, it has had— graph (e) of this section. (1) An annual inspection in accord- (d) Progressive inspection. Each reg- ance with part 43 of this chapter and istered owner or operator of an aircraft has been approved for return to service desiring to use a progressive inspection by a person authorized by § 43.7 of this program must submit a written request chapter; or to the FAA Flight Standards district (2) An inspection for the issuance of office having jurisdiction over the area an airworthiness certificate in accord- in which the applicant is located, and ance with part 21 of this chapter. shall provide— No inspection performed under para- (1) A certificated mechanic holding graph (b) of this section may be sub- an inspection authorization, a certifi- stituted for any inspection required by cated airframe repair station, or the this paragraph unless it is performed manufacturer of the aircraft to super- by a person authorized to perform an- vise or conduct the progressive inspec- nual inspections and is entered as an tion;

751

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00761 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.409 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(2) A current inspection procedures components in accordance with the manual available and readily under- progressive inspection. A routine in- standable to pilot and maintenance spection of the aircraft and a detailed personnel containing, in detail— inspection of several components is not (i) An explanation of the progressive considered to be a complete inspection. inspection, including the continuity of (e) Large airplanes (to which part 125 is inspection responsibility, the making not applicable), turbojet multiengine air- of reports, and the keeping of records planes, turbopropeller-powered multien- and technical reference material; gine airplanes, and turbine-powered (ii) An inspection schedule, speci- rotorcraft. No person may operate a fying the intervals in hours or days large airplane, turbojet multiengine when routine and detailed inspections airplane, turbopropeller-powered mul- will be performed and including in- tiengine airplane, or turbine-powered structions for exceeding an inspection rotorcraft unless the replacement interval by not more than 10 hours times for life-limited parts specified in while en route and for changing an in- the aircraft specifications, type data spection interval because of service ex- sheets, or other documents approved by perience; the Administrator are complied with (iii) Sample routine and detailed in- and the airplane or turbine-powered spection forms and instructions for rotorcraft, including the airframe, en- their use; and gines, propellers, rotors, appliances, (iv) Sample reports and records and survival equipment, and emergency instructions for their use; (3) Enough housing and equipment equipment, is inspected in accordance for necessary disassembly and proper with an inspection program selected inspection of the aircraft; and under the provisions of paragraph (f) of (4) Appropriate current technical in- this section, except that, the owner or formation for the aircraft. operator of a turbine-powered rotorcraft may elect to use the inspection The frequency and detail of the pro- provisions of § 91.409(a), (b), (c), or (d) in gressive inspection shall provide for lieu of an inspection option of the complete inspection of the aircraft § 91.409(f). within each 12 calendar months and be consistent with the manufacturer’s (f) Selection of inspection program recommendations, field service experi- under paragraph (e) of this section. The ence, and the kind of operation in registered owner or operator of each which the aircraft is engaged. The pro- airplane or turbine-powered rotorcraft gressive inspection schedule must en- described in paragraph (e) of this sec- sure that the aircraft, at all times, will tion must select, identify in the air- be airworthy and will conform to all craft maintenance records, and use one applicable FAA aircraft specifications, of the following programs for the in- type certificate data sheets, airworthi- spection of the aircraft: ness directives, and other approved (1) A continuous airworthiness in- data. If the progressive inspection is spection program that is part of a con- discontinued, the owner or operator tinuous airworthiness maintenance shall immediately notify the local FAA program currently in use by a person Flight Standards district office, in holding an air carrier operating certifi- writing, of the discontinuance. After cate or an operating certificate issued the discontinuance, the first annual in- under part 121 or 135 of this chapter and spection under § 91.409(a)(1) is due with- operating that make and model air- in 12 calendar months after the last craft under part 121 of this chapter or complete inspection of the aircraft operating that make and model under under the progressive inspection. The part 135 of this chapter and maintain- 100-hour inspection under § 91.409(b) is ing it under § 135.411(a)(2) of this chap- due within 100 hours after that com- ter. plete inspection. A complete inspection (2) An approved aircraft inspection of the aircraft, for the purpose of deter- program approved under § 135.419 of this mining when the annual and 100-hour chapter and currently in use by a per- inspections are due, requires a detailed son holding an operating certificate inspection of the aircraft and all its issued under part 135 of this chapter.

752

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00762 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.411

(3) A current inspection program rec- be applied in determining inspection ommended by the manufacturer. due times under the new program. (4) Any other inspection program es- (Approved by the Office of Management and tablished by the registered owner or Budget under control number 2120–0005) operator of that airplane or turbine- [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989; powered rotorcraft and approved by the Amdt. 91–211, 54 FR 41211, Oct. 5, 1989; Amdt. Administrator under paragraph (g) of 91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. 27, 2001; Amdt. 91–282, this section. However, the Adminis- 69 FR 44882, July 27, 2004] trator may require revision of this inspection program in accordance with § 91.410 [Reserved] the provisions of § 91.415. § 91.411 Altimeter system and altitude Each operator shall include in the se- reporting equipment tests and in- lected program the name and address spections. of the person responsible for scheduling (a) No person may operate an air- the inspections required by the pro- plane, or helicopter, in controlled air- gram and make a copy of that program space under IFR unless— available to the person performing in- (1) Within the preceding 24 calendar spections on the aircraft and, upon re- months, each static pressure system, quest, to the Administrator. each altimeter instrument, and each (g) Inspection program approved under automatic pressure altitude reporting paragraph (e) of this section. Each oper- system has been tested and inspected ator of an airplane or turbine-powered and found to comply with appendices E rotorcraft desiring to establish or and F of part 43 of this chapter; change an approved inspection program (2) Except for the use of system drain under paragraph (f)(4) of this section and alternate static pressure valves, following any opening and closing of must submit the program for approval the static pressure system, that system to the local FAA Flight Standards dis- has been tested and inspected and trict office having jurisdiction over the found to comply with paragraph (a), area in which the aircraft is based. The appendix E, of part 43 of this chapter; program must be in writing and in- and clude at least the following informa- (3) Following installation or mainte- tion: nance on the automatic pressure alti- (1) Instructions and procedures for tude reporting system of the ATC the conduct of inspections for the par- transponder where data correspondence ticular make and model airplane or error could be introduced, the inte- turbine-powered rotorcraft, including grated system has been tested, in- necessary tests and checks. The inspected, and found to comply with structions and procedures must set paragraph (c), appendix E, of part 43 of forth in detail the parts and areas of this chapter. the airframe, engines, propellers, ro- (b) The tests required by paragraph tors, and appliances, including survival (a) of this section must be conducted and emergency equipment required to by— be inspected. (1) The manufacturer of the airplane, (2) A schedule for performing the in- or helicopter, on which the tests and spections that must be performed inspections are to be performed; under the program expressed in terms (2) A certificated repair station properly equipped to perform those func- of the time in service, calendar time, tions and holding— number of system operations, or any (i) An instrument rating, Class I; combination of these. (ii) A limited instrument rating ap- (h) Changes from one inspection pro- propriate to the make and model of ap- gram to another. When an operator pliance to be tested; changes from one inspection program (iii) A limited rating appropriate to under paragraph (f) of this section to the test to be performed; another, the time in service, calendar (iv) An airframe rating appropriate times, or cycles of operation accumu- to the airplane, or helicopter, to be lated under the previous program must tested; or

753

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00763 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.413 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(3) A certificated mechanic with an is installed, if the transponder was in- airframe rating (static pressure system stalled by that manufacturer. tests and inspections only). [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989, as (c) Altimeter and altitude reporting amended by Amdt. 91–267, 66 FR 21066, Apr. equipment approved under Technical 27, 2001; Amdt. 91–269, 66 FR 41116, Aug. 6, Standard Orders are considered to be 2001] tested and inspected as of the date of their manufacture. § 91.415 Changes to aircraft inspection programs. (d) No person may operate an airplane, or helicopter, in controlled air- (a) Whenever the Administrator finds space under IFR at an altitude above that revisions to an approved aircraft the maximum altitude at which all al- inspection program under § 91.409(f)(4) timeters and the automatic altitude re- or § 91.1109 are necessary for the contin- porting system of that airplane, or hel- ued adequacy of the program, the icopter, have been tested. owner or operator must, after notification by the Administrator, make any [Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34308, Aug. 18, 1989, changes in the program found to be as amended by Amdt. 91–269, 66 FR 41116, necessary by the Administrator. Aug. 6, 2001; 72 FR 7739, Feb. 20, 2007] (b) The owner or operator may petition the Administrator to reconsider § 91.413 ATC transponder tests and in- the notice to make any changes in a spections. program in accordance with paragraph (a) No persons may use an ATC trans- (a) of this section. ponder that is specified in 91.215(a), (c) The petition must be filed with 121.345(c), or § 135.143(c) of this chapter the Director, Flight Standards Service unless, within the preceding 24 cal- within 30 days after the certificate endar months, the ATC transponder holder or fractional ownership program has been tested and inspected and manager receives the notice. found to comply with appendix F of (d) Except in the case of an emer- part 43 of this chapter; and gency requiring immediate action in (b) Following any installation or the interest of safety, the filing of the maintenance on an ATC transponder petition stays the notice pending a de- where data correspondence error could cision by the Administrator. be introduced, the integrated system [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989, as has been tested, inspected, and found amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. to comply with paragraph (c), appendix 17, 2003] E, of part 43 of this chapter. § 91.417 Maintenance records. (c) The tests and inspections specified in this section must be conducted (a) Except for work performed in ac- by— cordance with §§ 91.411 and 91.413, each (1) A certificated repair station prop- registered owner or operator shall keep the following records for the periods erly equipped to perform those func- specified in paragraph (b) of this sections and holding— tion: (i) A radio rating, Class III; (1) Records of the maintenance, pre- (ii) A limited radio rating appro- ventive maintenance, and alteration priate to the make and model trans- and records of the 100-hour, annual, ponder to be tested; progressive, and other required or ap- (iii) A limited rating appropriate to proved inspections, as appropriate, for the test to be performed; each aircraft (including the airframe) (2) A holder of a continuous air- and each engine, propeller, rotor, and worthiness maintenance program as appliance of an aircraft. The records provided in part 121 or § 135.411(a)(2) of must include— this chapter; or (i) A description (or reference to data (3) The manufacturer of the aircraft acceptable to the Administrator) of the on which the transponder to be tested work performed; and (ii) The date of completion of the work performed; and

754

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00764 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.421

(iii) The signature, and certificate ator shall present Form 337 described number of the person approving the in paragraph (d) of this section for in- aircraft for return to service. spection upon request of any law en- (2) Records containing the following forcement officer. information: (d) When a fuel tank is installed (i) The total time in service of the within the passenger compartment or a airframe, each engine, each propeller, baggage compartment pursuant to part and each rotor. 43 of this chapter, a copy of FAA Form (ii) The current status of life-limited 337 shall be kept on board the modified parts of each airframe, engine, pro- aircraft by the owner or operator. peller, rotor, and appliance. (iii) The time since last overhaul of (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 2120–0005) all items installed on the aircraft which are required to be overhauled on [Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34311, Aug. 18, 1989, a specified time basis. as amended by Amdt. 91–311, 75 FR 5223, Feb. (iv) The current inspection status of 1, 2010; Amdt. 91–323, 76 FR 39260, July 6, 2011] the aircraft, including the time since § 91.419 Transfer of maintenance the last inspection required by the in- records. spection program under which the aircraft and its appliances are main- Any owner or operator who sells a tained. U.S.-registered aircraft shall transfer (v) The current status of applicable to the purchaser, at the time of sale, airworthiness directives (AD) and safe- the following records of that aircraft, ty directives including, for each, the in plain language form or in coded form method of compliance, the AD or safe- at the election of the purchaser, if the ty directive number and revision date. coded form provides for the preserva- If the AD or safety directive involves tion and retrieval of information in a recurring action, the time and date manner acceptable to the Adminis- when the next action is required. trator: (vi) Copies of the forms prescribed by (a) The records specified in § 43.9(d) of this chapter for each major § 91.417(a)(2). alteration to the airframe and cur- (b) The records specified in rently installed engines, rotors, propel- § 91.417(a)(1) which are not included in lers, and appliances. the records covered by paragraph (a) of (b) The owner or operator shall re- this section, except that the purchaser tain the following records for the peri- may permit the seller to keep physical ods prescribed: custody of such records. However, cus- (1) The records specified in paragraph tody of records by the seller does not (a)(1) of this section shall be retained relieve the purchaser of the responsi- until the work is repeated or super- bility under § 91.417(c) to make the seded by other work or for 1 year after records available for inspection by the the work is performed. Administrator or any authorized rep- (2) The records specified in paragraph resentative of the National Transpor- (a)(2) of this section shall be retained tation Safety Board (NTSB). and transferred with the aircraft at the time the aircraft is sold. § 91.421 Rebuilt engine maintenance (3) A list of defects furnished to a records. registered owner or operator under (a) The owner or operator may use a § 43.11 of this chapter shall be retained new maintenance record, without pre- until the defects are repaired and the vious operating history, for an aircraft aircraft is approved for return to serv- engine rebuilt by the manufacturer or ice. by an agency approved by the manufac- (c) The owner or operator shall make turer. all maintenance records required to be (b) Each manufacturer or agency kept by this section available for in- that grants zero time to an engine re- spection by the Administrator or any built by it shall enter in the new authorized representative of the Na- record— tional Transportation Safety Board (1) A signed statement of the date the (NTSB). In addition, the owner or oper- engine was rebuilt;

755

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00765 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 §§ 91.423–91.499 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(2) Each change made as required by (2) Aerial work operations such as airworthiness directives; and aerial photography or survey, or pipe- (3) Each change made in compliance line patrol, but not including fire fight- with manufacturer’s service bulletins, ing operations; if the entry is specifically requested in (3) Flights for the demonstration of that bulletin. an airplane to prospective customers (c) For the purposes of this section, a when no charge is made except for rebuilt engine is a used engine that has those specified in paragraph (d) of this been completely disassembled, in- section; spected, repaired as necessary, reas- (4) Flights conducted by the operator sembled, tested, and approved in the of an airplane for his personal trans- same manner and to the same toler- portation, or the transportation of his ances and limits as a new engine with guests when no charge, assessment, or either new or used parts. However, all fee is made for the transportation; parts used in it must conform to the (5) Carriage of officials, employees, production drawing tolerances and lim- guests, and property of a company on its for new parts or be of approved an airplane operated by that company, oversized or undersized dimensions for or the parent or a subsidiary of the a new engine. company or a subsidiary of the parent, when the carriage is within the scope §§ 91.423–91.499 [Reserved] of, and incidental to, the business of the company (other than transpor- Subpart F—Large and Turbine- tation by air) and no charge, assess- Powered Multiengine Air- ment or fee is made for the carriage in planes and Fractional Owner- excess of the cost of owning, operating, and maintaining the airplane, except ship Program Aircraft that no charge of any kind may be made for the carriage of a guest of a SOURCE: Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. company, when the carriage is not 18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. within the scope of, and incidental to, the business of that company; § 91.501 Applicability. (6) The carriage of company officials, (a) This subpart prescribes operating employees, and guests of the company rules, in addition to those prescribed in on an airplane operated under a time other subparts of this part, governing sharing, interchange, or joint owner- the operation of large airplanes of U.S. ship agreement as defined in paragraph registry, turbojet-powered multiengine (c) of this section; civil airplanes of U.S. registry, and (7) The carriage of property (other fractional ownership program aircraft than mail) on an airplane operated by of U.S. registry that are operating a person in the furtherance of a busi- under subpart K of this part in oper- ness or employment (other than trans- ations not involving common carriage. portation by air) when the carriage is The operating rules in this subpart do within the scope of, and incidental to, not apply to those aircraft when they that business or employment and no are required to be operated under parts charge, assessment, or fee is made for 121, 125, 129, 135, and 137 of this chapter. the carriage other than those specified (Section 91.409 prescribes an inspection in paragraph (d) of this section; program for large and for turbine-pow- (8) The carriage on an airplane of an ered (turbojet and turboprop) multien- athletic team, sports group, choral gine airplanes and turbine-powered group, or similar group having a com- rotorcraft of U.S. registry when they mon purpose or objective when there is are operated under this part or part 129 no charge, assessment, or fee of any or 137.) kind made by any person for that car- (b) Operations that may be conducted riage; and under the rules in this subpart instead (9) The carriage of persons on an air- of those in parts 121, 129, 135, and 137 of plane operated by a person in the fur- this chapter when common carriage is therance of a business other than not involved, include— transportation by air for the purpose of (1) Ferry or training flights; selling them land, goods, or property,

756

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00766 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.503

including franchises or distributor- (4) Insurance obtained for the specific ships, when the carriage is within the flight. scope of, and incidental to, that busi- (5) Landing fees, airport taxes, and ness and no charge, assessment, or fee similar assessments. is made for that carriage. (6) Customs, foreign permit, and (10) Any operation identified in para- similar fees directly related to the graphs (b)(1) through (b)(9) of this sec- flight. tion when conducted— (7) In flight food and beverages. (i) By a fractional ownership program (8) Passenger ground transportation. manager, or (9) Flight planning and weather con- (ii) By a fractional owner in a frac- tract services. tional ownership program aircraft op- (10) An additional charge equal to 100 erated under subpart K of this part, ex- percent of the expenses listed in para- cept that a flight under a joint owner- graph (d)(1) of this section. ship arrangement under paragraph [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 18, 1989, as (b)(6) of this section may not be con- amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54560, Sept. ducted. For a flight under an inter- 17, 2003] change agreement under paragraph (b)(6) of this section, the exchange of § 91.503 Flying equipment and oper- equal time for the operation must be ating information. properly accounted for as part of the (a) The pilot in command of an air- total hours associated with the frac- plane shall ensure that the following tional owner’s share of ownership. flying equipment and aeronautical (c) As used in this section— charts and data, in current and appro- (1) A time sharing agreement means an priate form, are accessible for each arrangement whereby a person leases flight at the pilot station of the air- his airplane with flight crew to another plane: person, and no charge is made for the (1) A flashlight having at least two flights conducted under that arrange- size ‘‘D’’ cells, or the equivalent, that ment other than those specified in is in good working order. paragraph (d) of this section; (2) A cockpit checklist containing (2) An interchange agreement means an the procedures required by paragraph arrangement whereby a person leases (b) of this section. his airplane to another person in ex- (3) Pertinent aeronautical charts. change for equal time, when needed, on (4) For IFR, VFR over-the-top, or the other person’s airplane, and no night operations, each pertinent navi- charge, assessment, or fee is made, ex- gational en route, terminal area, and cept that a charge may be made not to approach and letdown chart. exceed the difference between the cost (5) In the case of multiengine air- of owning, operating, and maintaining planes, one-engine inoperative climb the two airplanes; performance data. (3) A joint ownership agreement means (b) Each cockpit checklist must con- an arrangement whereby one of the tain the following procedures and shall registered joint owners of an airplane be used by the flight crewmembers employs and furnishes the flight crew when operating the airplane: for that airplane and each of the reg- (1) Before starting engines. istered joint owners pays a share of the (2) Before takeoff. charge specified in the agreement. (3) Cruise. (d) The following may be charged, as (4) Before landing. expenses of a specific flight, for trans- (5) After landing. portation as authorized by paragraphs (6) Stopping engines. (b) (3) and (7) and (c)(1) of this section: (7) Emergencies. (1) Fuel, oil, lubricants, and other ad- (c) Each emergency cockpit checklist ditives. procedure required by paragraph (b)(7) (2) Travel expenses of the crew, in- of this section must contain the fol- cluding food, lodging, and ground lowing procedures, as appropriate: transportation. (1) Emergency operation of fuel, hy- (3) Hangar and tie-down costs away draulic, electrical, and mechanical sys- from the aircraft’s base of operation. tems.

757

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00767 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.505 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(2) Emergency operation of instru- nautical miles from the nearest shore, ments and controls. whichever is less, unless it has on (3) Engine inoperative procedures. board the following survival equip- (4) Any other procedures necessary ment: for safety. (1) A life preserver, equipped with an (d) The equipment, charts, and data approved survivor locator light, for prescribed in this section shall be used each occupant of the airplane. by the pilot in command and other (2) Enough liferafts (each equipped members of the flight crew, when perti- with an approved survival locator nent. light) of a rated capacity and buoyancy to accommodate the occupants of the § 91.505 Familiarity with operating airplane. limitations and emergency equip- (3) At least one pyrotechnic signaling ment. device for each liferaft. (a) Each pilot in command of an air- (4) One self-buoyant, water-resistant, plane shall, before beginning a flight, portable emergency radio signaling de- become familiar with the Airplane vice that is capable of transmission on Flight Manual for that airplane, if one the appropriate emergency frequency is required, and with any placards, list- or frequencies and not dependent upon ings, instrument markings, or any the airplane power supply. combination thereof, containing each (5) A lifeline stored in accordance operating limitation prescribed for with § 25.1411(g) of this chapter. that airplane by the Administrator, in- (c) A fractional ownership program cluding those specified in § 91.9(b). manager under subpart K of this part (b) Each required member of the crew may apply for a deviation from para- shall, before beginning a flight, become graphs (b)(2) through (5) of this section familiar with the emergency equip- for a particular over water operation or ment installed on the airplane to which the Administrator may amend the that crewmember is assigned and with management specifications to require the procedures to be followed for the the carriage of all or any specific items use of that equipment in an emergency of the equipment listed in paragraphs situation. (b)(2) through (5) of this section. (d) The required life rafts, life pre- § 91.507 Equipment requirements: servers, and signaling devices must be Over-the-top or night VFR oper- installed in conspicuously marked lo- ations. cations and easily accessible in the No person may operate an airplane event of a ditching without appreciable over-the-top or at night under VFR un- time for preparatory procedures. less that airplane is equipped with the (e) A survival kit, appropriately instruments and equipment required equipped for the route to be flown, for IFR operations under § 91.205(d) and must be attached to each required life one electric landing light for night op- raft. erations. Each required instrument and (f) As used in this section, the term item of equipment must be in operable shore means that area of the land adja- condition. cent to the water that is above the high water mark and excludes land § 91.509 Survival equipment for areas that are intermittently under overwater operations. water. (a) No person may take off an air- [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 18, 1989, as plane for a flight over water more than amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54561, Sept. 50 nautical miles from the nearest 17, 2003] shore unless that airplane is equipped with a life preserver or an approved flo- § 91.511 Communication and naviga- tation means for each occupant of the tion equipment for overwater oper- airplane. ations. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) of this section, no person may take (c), (d), and (f) of this section, no per- off an airplane for flight over water son may take off an airplane for a more than 30 minutes flying time or 100 flight over water more than 30 minutes

758

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00768 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.513

flying time or 100 nautical miles from areas which are intermittently under the nearest shore unless it has at least water. the following operable equipment: (f) Notwithstanding the requirements (1) Radio communication equipment in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a appropriate to the facilities to be used person may operate in the Gulf of Mex- and able to transmit to, and receive ico, the Caribbean Sea, and the Atlan- from, at least one communication fa- tic Ocean west of a line which extends cility from any place along the route: from 44°47′00″ N / 67°00′00″ W to 39°00′00″ (i) Two transmitters. N / 67°00′00″ W to 38°30′00″ N / 60°00′00″ W ° ′ ″ (ii) Two microphones. south along the 60 00 00 W longitude (iii) Two headsets or one headset and line to the point where the line intersects with the northern coast of South one speaker. America, when: (iv) Two independent receivers. (1) A single long-range navigation (2) Appropriate electronic naviga- system is installed, operational, and tional equipment consisting of at least appropriate for the route; and two independent electronic navigation (2) Flight conditions and the air- units capable of providing the pilot craft’s capabilities are such that no with the information necessary to more than a 30-minute gap in two-way navigate the airplane within the air- radio very high frequency communica- space assigned by air traffic control. tions is expected to exist. However, a receiver that can receive both communications and required [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 18, 1989, as navigational signals may be used in amended by Amdt. 91–249, 61 FR 7190, Feb. 26, 1996; Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June 7, 2007] place of a separate communications receiver and a separate navigational sig- § 91.513 Emergency equipment. nal receiver or unit. (a) No person may operate an air- (b) For the purposes of paragraphs plane unless it is equipped with the (a)(1)(iv) and (a)(2) of this section, a re- emergency equipment listed in this ceiver or electronic navigation unit is section. independent if the function of any part (b) Each item of equipment— of it does not depend on the func- (1) Must be inspected in accordance tioning of any part of another receiver with § 91.409 to ensure its continued or electronic navigation unit. serviceability and immediate readiness (c) Notwithstanding the provisions of for its intended purposes; paragraph (a) of this section, a person (2) Must be readily accessible to the may operate an airplane on which no crew; passengers are carried from a place (3) Must clearly indicate its method where repairs or replacement cannot be of operation; and made to a place where they can be (4) When carried in a compartment or made, if not more than one of each of container, must have that compart- the dual items of radio communication ment or container marked as to con- and navigational equipment specified tents and date of last inspection. in paragraphs (a)(1) (i) through (iv) and (c) Hand fire extinguishers must be (a)(2) of this section malfunctions or provided for use in crew, passenger, and becomes inoperative. cargo compartments in accordance (d) Notwithstanding the provisions of with the following: paragraph (a) of this section, when (1) The type and quantity of extin- both VHF and HF communications guishing agent must be suitable for the equipment are required for the route kinds of fires likely to occur in the and the airplane has two VHF trans- compartment where the extinguisher is mitters and two VHF receivers for intended to be used. communications, only one HF trans- (2) At least one hand fire extin- mitter and one HF receiver is required guisher must be provided and located for communications. on or near the flight deck in a place (e) As used in this section, the term that is readily accessible to the flight shore means that area of the land adja- crew. cent to the water which is above the (3) At least one hand fire extin- high-water mark and excludes land guisher must be conveniently located

759

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00769 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.515 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

in the passenger compartment of each (2) The altitudes prescribed in § 91.177, airplane accommodating more than six for night operations. but less than 31 passengers, and at (b) This section does not apply— least two hand fire extinguishers must (1) During takeoff or landing; be conveniently located in the pas- (2) When a different altitude is au- senger compartment of each airplane thorized by a waiver to this section accommodating more than 30 pas- under subpart J of this part; or sengers. (3) When a flight is conducted under (4) Hand fire extinguishers must be the special VFR weather minimums of installed and secured in such a manner § 91.157 with an appropriate clearance that they will not interfere with the from ATC. safe operation of the airplane or adversely affect the safety of the crew § 91.517 Passenger information. and passengers. They must be readily (a) Except as provided in paragraph accessible and, unless the locations of (b) of this section, no person may oper- the fire extinguishers are obvious, ate an airplane carrying passengers un- their stowage provisions must be prop- less it is equipped with signs that are erly identified. visible to passengers and flight attend- (d) First aid kits for treatment of in- ants to notify them when smoking is juries likely to occur in flight or in prohibited and when safety belts must minor accidents must be provided. be fastened. The signs must be so con- (e) Each airplane accommodating structed that the crew can turn them more than 19 passengers must be on and off. They must be turned on equipped with a crash axe. during airplane movement on the sur- (f) Each passenger-carrying airplane face, for each takeoff, for each landing, must have a portable battery-powered and when otherwise considered to be megaphone or megaphones readily ac- necessary by the pilot in command. cessible to the crewmembers assigned (b) The pilot in command of an air- to direct emergency evacuation, in- plane that is not required, in accord- stalled as follows: ance with applicable aircraft and (1) One megaphone on each airplane equipment requirements of this chap- with a seating capacity of more than 60 ter, to be equipped as provided in para- but less than 100 passengers, at the graph (a) of this section shall ensure most rearward location in the pas- that the passengers are notified orally senger cabin where it would be readily each time that it is necessary to fasten accessible to a normal flight attendant their safety belts and when smoking is seat. However, the Administrator may prohibited. grant a deviation from the require- (c) If passenger information signs are ments of this subparagraph if the Ad- installed, no passenger or crewmember ministrator finds that a different loca- may smoke while any ‘‘no smoking’’ tion would be more useful for evacu- sign is lighted nor may any passenger ation of persons during an emergency. or crewmember smoke in any lavatory. (2) On each airplane with a seating (d) Each passenger required by capacity of 100 or more passengers, one § 91.107(a)(3) to occupy a seat or berth megaphone installed at the forward end shall fasten his or her safety belt about and one installed at the most rearward him or her and keep it fastened while location where it would be readily ac- any ‘‘fasten seat belt’’ sign is lighted. cessible to a normal flight attendant (e) Each passenger shall comply with seat. instructions given him or her by crewmembers regarding compliance with § 91.515 Flight altitude rules. paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. (a) Notwithstanding § 91.119, and except as provided in paragraph (b) of [Doc. No. 26142, 57 FR 42672, Sept. 15, 1992] this section, no person may operate an airplane under VFR at less than— § 91.519 Passenger briefing. (1) One thousand feet above the sur- (a) Before each takeoff the pilot in face, or 1,000 feet from any mountain, command of an airplane carrying pas- hill, or other obstruction to flight, for sengers shall ensure that all passengers day operations; and have been orally briefed on—

760

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00770 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.523

(1) Smoking. Each passenger shall be the requirements of paragraphs (a) briefed on when, where, and under what through (c) of this section. conditions smoking is prohibited. This [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 18, 1989, as briefing shall include a statement, as amended by Amdt. 91–231, 57 FR 42672, Sept. appropriate, that the Federal Aviation 15, 1992; Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54561, Sept. 17, Regulations require passenger compli- 2003] ance with lighted passenger information signs and no smoking placards, § 91.521 Shoulder harness. prohibit smoking in lavatories, and re- (a) No person may operate a trans- quire compliance with crewmember in- port category airplane that was type structions with regard to these items; certificated after January 1, 1958, un- (2) Use of safety belts and shoulder har- less it is equipped at each seat at a nesses. Each passenger shall be briefed flight deck station with a combined on when, where, and under what condi- safety belt and shoulder harness that tions it is necessary to have his or her meets the applicable requirements safety belt and, if installed, his or her specified in § 25.785 of this chapter, ex- shoulder harness fastened about him or cept that— (1) Shoulder harnesses and combined her. This briefing shall include a state- safety belt and shoulder harnesses that ment, as appropriate, that Federal were approved and installed before Aviation Regulations require passenger March 6, 1980, may continue to be used; compliance with the lighted passenger and sign and/or crewmember instructions (2) Safety belt and shoulder harness with regard to these items; restraint systems may be designed to (3) Location and means for opening the inertia load factors established the passenger entry door and emer- under the certification basis of the air- gency exits; plane. (4) Location of survival equipment; (b) No person may operate a trans- (5) Ditching procedures and the use of port category airplane unless it is flotation equipment required under equipped at each required flight at- § 91.509 for a flight over water; and tendant seat in the passenger compart- (6) The normal and emergency use of ment with a combined safety belt and oxygen equipment installed on the air- shoulder harness that meets the appli- plane. cable requirements specified in § 25.785 (b) The oral briefing required by of this chapter, except that— paragraph (a) of this section shall be (1) Shoulder harnesses and combined given by the pilot in command or a safety belt and shoulder harnesses that member of the crew, but need not be were approved and installed before given when the pilot in command de- March 6, 1980, may continue to be used; termines that the passengers are famil- and iar with the contents of the briefing. It (2) Safety belt and shoulder harness may be supplemented by printed cards restraint systems may be designed to for the use of each passenger con- the inertia load factors established taining— under the certification basis of the airplane. (1) A diagram of, and methods of operating, the emergency exits; and § 91.523 Carry-on baggage. (2) Other instructions necessary for No pilot in command of an airplane use of emergency equipment. having a seating capacity of more than (c) Each card used under paragraph 19 passengers may permit a passenger (b) must be carried in convenient loca- to stow baggage aboard that airplane tions on the airplane for the use of except— each passenger and must contain infor- (a) In a suitable baggage or cargo mation that is pertinent only to the storage compartment, or as provided in type and model airplane on which it is § 91.525; or used. (b) Under a passenger seat in such a (d) For operations under subpart K of way that it will not slide forward under this part, the passenger briefing re- crash impacts severe enough to induce quirements of § 91.1035 apply, instead of the ultimate inertia forces specified in

761

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00771 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.525 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

§ 25.561(b)(3) of this chapter, or the re- wing in the area of the fuel tanks if au- quirements of the regulations under thorized by the FAA. which the airplane was type certifi- (b) No pilot may fly under IFR into cated. Restraining devices must also known or forecast light or moderate limit sideward motion of under-seat icing conditions, or under VFR into baggage and be designed to withstand known light or moderate icing condi- crash impacts severe enough to induce tions, unless— sideward forces specified in § 25.561(b)(3) (1) The aircraft has functioning deic- of this chapter. ing or anti-icing equipment protecting § 91.525 Carriage of cargo. each rotor blade, propeller, windshield, wing, stabilizing or control surface, (a) No pilot in command may permit and each airspeed, altimeter, rate of cargo to be carried in any airplane un- climb, or flight attitude instrument less— system; (1) It is carried in an approved cargo (2) The airplane has ice protection rack, bin, or compartment installed in provisions that meet section 34 of Spe- the airplane; cial Federal Aviation Regulation No. (2) It is secured by means approved 23; or by the Administrator; or (3) The airplane meets transport cat- (3) It is carried in accordance with each of the following: egory airplane type certification provi- (i) It is properly secured by a safety sions, including the requirements for belt or other tiedown having enough certification for flight in icing condi- strength to eliminate the possibility of tions. shifting under all normally anticipated (c) Except for an airplane that has flight and ground conditions. ice protection provisions that meet the (ii) It is packaged or covered to avoid requirements in section 34 of Special possible injury to passengers. Federal Aviation Regulation No. 23, or (iii) It does not impose any load on those for transport category airplane seats or on the floor structure that ex- type certification, no pilot may fly an ceeds the load limitation for those airplane into known or forecast severe components. icing conditions. (iv) It is not located in a position (d) If current weather reports and that restricts the access to or use of briefing information relied upon by the any required emergency or regular pilot in command indicate that the exit, or the use of the aisle between the forecast icing conditions that would crew and the passenger compartment. otherwise prohibit the flight will not (v) It is not carried directly above be encountered during the flight be- seated passengers. cause of changed weather conditions (b) When cargo is carried in cargo since the forecast, the restrictions in compartments that are designed to re- paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section quire the physical entry of a crew- based on forecast conditions do not member to extinguish any fire that apply. may occur during flight, the cargo must be loaded so as to allow a crew- [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 18, 1989, as member to effectively reach all parts amended by Amdt. 91–310, 74 FR 62696, Dec. 1, of the compartment with the contents 2009] of a hand fire extinguisher. § 91.529 Flight engineer requirements. § 91.527 Operating in icing conditions. (a) No person may operate the fol- (a) No pilot may take off an airplane lowing airplanes without a flight crew- that has frost, ice, or snow adhering to member holding a current flight engi- any propeller, windshield, stabilizing neer certificate: or control surface; to a powerplant in- (1) An airplane for which a type cer- stallation; or to an airspeed, altimeter, tificate was issued before January 2, rate of climb, or flight attitude instru- 1964, having a maximum certificated ment system or wing, except that take- takeoff weight of more than 80,000 offs may be made with frost under the pounds.

762

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00772 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.535

(2) An airplane type certificated after second in command prescribed in § 61.55 January 1, 1964, for which a flight engi- of this chapter. neer is required by the type certifi- (d) No person may operate an aircraft cation requirements. under subpart K of this part without a (b) No person may serve as a required pilot who is designated as second in flight engineer on an airplane unless, command of that aircraft in accord- within the preceding 6 calendar ance with § 91.1049(d). The second in months, that person has had at least 50 command must meet the experience re- hours of flight time as a flight engineer quirements of § 91.1053. on that type airplane or has been [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34314, Aug. 18, 1989, as checked by the Administrator on that amended by Amdt. 91–280, 68 FR 54561, Sept. type airplane and is found to be famil- 17, 2003] iar and competent with all essential current information and operating pro- § 91.533 Flight attendant require- cedures. ments. (a) No person may operate an air- § 91.531 Second in command require- plane unless at least the following ments. number of flight attendants are on (a) Except as provided in paragraph board the airplane: (b) and (d) of this section, no person (1) For airplanes having more than 19 may operate the following airplanes but less than 51 passengers on board, without a pilot who is designated as one flight attendant. second in command of that airplane: (2) For airplanes having more than 50 (1) A large airplane, except that a but less than 101 passengers on board, person may operate an airplane certifi- two flight attendants. cated under SFAR 41 without a pilot (3) For airplanes having more than who is designated as second in com- 100 passengers on board, two flight at- mand if that airplane is certificated for tendants plus one additional flight at- operation with one pilot. tendant for each unit (or part of a unit) (2) A turbojet-powered multiengine of 50 passengers above 100. airplane for which two pilots are re- (b) No person may serve as a flight quired under the type certification re- attendant on an airplane when required quirements for that airplane. by paragraph (a) of this section unless (3) A commuter category airplane, that person has demonstrated to the except that a person may operate a pilot in command familiarity with the commuter category airplane notwith- necessary functions to be performed in standing paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- an emergency or a situation requiring tion, that has a passenger seating con- emergency evacuation and is capable of figuration, excluding pilot seats, of using the emergency equipment in- nine or less without a pilot who is des- stalled on that airplane. ignated as second in command if that airplane is type certificated for oper- § 91.535 Stowage of food, beverage, ations with one pilot. and passenger service equipment (b) The Administrator may issue a during aircraft movement on the letter of authorization for the oper- surface, takeoff, and landing. ation of an airplane without compli- (a) No operator may move an aircraft ance with the requirements of para- on the surface, take off, or land when graph (a) of this section if that air- any food, beverage, or tableware fur- plane is designed for and type certifi- nished by the operator is located at cated with only one pilot station. The any passenger seat. authorization contains any conditions (b) No operator may move an aircraft that the Administrator finds necessary on the surface, take off, or land unless for safe operation. each food and beverage tray and seat (c) No person may designate a pilot back tray table is secured in its stowed to serve as second in command, nor position. may any pilot serve as second in com- (c) No operator may permit an air- mand, of an airplane required under craft to move on the surface, take off, this section to have two pilots unless or land unless each passenger serving that pilot meets the qualifications for cart is secured in its stowed position.

763

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00773 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 §§ 91.536–91.599 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(d) No operator may permit an air- (b) No person may operate a turbine- craft to move on the surface, take off, engine-powered transport category air- or land unless each movie screen that plane certificated after September 30, extends into the aisle is stowed. 1958, contrary to the Airplane Flight (e) Each passenger shall comply with Manual, or take off that airplane un- instructions given by a crewmember less— with regard to compliance with this (1) The takeoff weight does not ex- section. ceed the takeoff weight specified in the Airplane Flight Manual for the ele- [Doc. No. 26142, 57 FR 42672, Sept. 15, 1992] vation of the airport and for the ambi- §§ 91.536–91.599 [Reserved] ent temperature existing at the time of takeoff; Subpart G—Additional Equipment (2) Normal consumption of fuel and oil in flight to the airport of intended and Operating Requirements landing and to the alternate airports for Large and Transport Cat- will leave a weight on arrival not in ex- egory Aircraft cess of the landing weight specified in the Airplane Flight Manual for the ele- SOURCE: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34318, Aug. vation of each of the airports involved 18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. and for the ambient temperatures expected at the time of landing; § 91.601 Applicability. (3) The takeoff weight does not ex- This subpart applies to operation of ceed the weight shown in the Airplane large and transport category U.S.-reg- Flight Manual to correspond with the istered civil aircraft. minimum distances required for takeoff, considering the elevation of the § 91.603 Aural speed warning device. airport, the runway to be used, the ef- No person may operate a transport fective runway gradient, the ambient category airplane in air commerce un- temperature and wind component at less that airplane is equipped with an the time of takeoff, and, if operating aural speed warning device that com- limitations exist for the minimum dis- plies with § 25.1303(c)(1). tances required for takeoff from wet runways, the runway surface condition § 91.605 Transport category civil air- (dry or wet). Wet runway distances as- plane weight limitations. sociated with grooved or porous fric- (a) No person may take off any trans- tion course runways, if provided in the port category airplane (other than a Airplane Flight Manual, may be used turbine-engine-powered airplane cer- only for runways that are grooved or tificated after September 30, 1958) un- treated with a porous friction course less— (PFC) overlay, and that the operator (1) The takeoff weight does not ex- determines are designed, constructed, ceed the authorized maximum takeoff and maintained in a manner acceptable weight for the elevation of the airport to the Administrator. of takeoff; (4) Where the takeoff distance in- (2) The elevation of the airport of cludes a clearway, the clearway dis- takeoff is within the altitude range for tance is not greater than one-half of— which maximum takeoff weights have (i) The takeoff run, in the case of air- been determined; planes certificated after September 30, (3) Normal consumption of fuel and 1958, and before August 30, 1959; or oil in flight to the airport of intended (ii) The runway length, in the case of landing will leave a weight on arrival airplanes certificated after August 29, not in excess of the authorized max- 1959. imum landing weight for the elevation (c) No person may take off a turbine- of that airport; and engine-powered transport category air- (4) The elevations of the airport of in- plane certificated after August 29, 1959, tended landing and of all specified al- unless, in addition to the requirements ternate airports are within the altitude of paragraph (b) of this section— range for which the maximum landing (1) The accelerate-stop distance is no weights have been determined. greater than the length of the runway

764

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00774 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.607

plus the length of the stopway (if (1) For each additional floor-level present); and exit at least 24 inches wide by 48 inches (2) The takeoff distance is no greater high, with an unobstructed 20-inch- than the length of the runway plus the wide access aisleway between the exit length of the clearway (if present); and and the main passenger aisle, 12 addi- (3) The takeoff run is no greater than tional occupants. the length of the runway. (2) For each additional window exit [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34318, Aug. 18, 1989, as located over a wing that meets the re- amended by Amdt. 91–256, 63 FR 8321, Feb. 18, quirements of the airworthiness stand- 1998] ards under which the airplane was type certificated or that is large enough to § 91.607 Emergency exits for airplanes inscribe an ellipse 19×26 inches, eight carrying passengers for hire. additional occupants. (a) Notwithstanding any other provi- (3) For each additional window exit sion of this chapter, no person may op- that is not located over a wing but that erate a large airplane (type certificated otherwise complies with paragraph under the Civil Air Regulations effec- (b)(2) of this section, five additional oc- tive before April 9, 1957) in passenger- carrying operations for hire, with more cupants. than the number of occupants— (4) For each airplane having a ratio (1) Allowed under Civil Air Regula- (as computed from the table in para- tions § 4b.362 (a), (b), and (c) as in effect graph (a) of this section) of maximum on December 20, 1951; or number of occupants to number of (2) Approved under Special Civil Air exits greater than 14:1, and for each Regulations SR–387, SR–389, SR–389A, airplane that does not have at least or SR–389B, or under this section as in one full-size, door-type exit in the side effect. of the fuselage in the rear part of the However, an airplane type listed in the cabin, the first additional exit must be following table may be operated with a floor-level exit that complies with up to the listed number of occupants paragraph (b)(1) of this section and (including crewmembers) and the cor- must be located in the rear part of the responding number of exits (including cabin on the opposite side of the fuse- emergency exits and doors) approved lage from the main entrance door. for the emergency exit of passengers or However, no person may operate an with an occupant-exit configuration airplane under this section carrying approved under paragraph (b) or (c) of more than 115 occupants unless there is this section. such an exit on each side of the fuselage in the rear part of the cabin. Maximum Corresponding number of oc- number of (c) No person may eliminate any ap- Airplane type cupants in- exits author- cluding all ized for pas- proved exit except in accordance with crewmembers senger use the following:

B–307 ...... 61 4 (1) The previously authorized max- B–377 ...... 96 9 imum number of occupants must be re- C–46 ...... 67 4 duced by the same number of addi- CV–240 ...... 53 6 CV–340 and CV–440 ...... 53 6 tional occupants authorized for that DC–3 ...... 35 4 exit under this section. DC–3 (Super) ...... 39 5 (2) Exits must be eliminated in ac- DC–4 ...... 86 5 DC–6 ...... 87 7 cordance with the following priority DC–6B ...... 112 11 schedule: First, non-over-wing window L–18 ...... 17 3 exits; second, over-wing window exits; L–049, L–649, L–749 ...... 87 7 L–1049 series ...... 96 9 third, floor-level exits located in the M–202 ...... 53 6 forward part of the cabin; and fourth, M–404 ...... 53 7 floor-level exits located in the rear of Viscount 700 series ...... 53 7 the cabin. (b) Occupants in addition to those au- (3) At least one exit must be retained thorized under paragraph (a) of this on each side of the fuselage regardless section may be carried as follows: of the number of occupants.

765

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00775 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.609 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(4) No person may remove any exit test it or to test any communications that would result in a ratio of max- or electrical equipment installed in the imum number of occupants to approved aircraft; exits greater than 14:1. (4) Ferry a newly acquired aircraft (d) This section does not relieve any from a place where possession of it was person operating under part 121 of this taken to a place where the flight re- chapter from complying with § 121.291. corder or cockpit voice recorder is to be installed; or § 91.609 Flight data recorders and (5) Operate an aircraft: cockpit voice recorders. (i) For not more than 15 days while (a) No holder of an air carrier oper- the flight recorder and/or cockpit voice ating certificate or an operating cer- recorder is inoperative and/or removed tificate may conduct any operation for repair provided that the aircraft under this part with an aircraft listed maintenance records contain an entry in the holder’s operations specifica- that indicates the date of failure, and a tions or current list of aircraft used in placard is located in view of the pilot air transportation unless that aircraft to show that the flight recorder or complies with any applicable flight re- cockpit voice recorder is inoperative. corder and cockpit voice recorder re- (ii) For not more than an additional quirements of the part under which its 15 days, provided that the requirements certificate is issued except that the op- in paragraph (b)(5)(i) are met and that erator may— a certificated pilot, or a certificated (1) Ferry an aircraft with an inoper- person authorized to return an aircraft ative flight recorder or cockpit voice to service under § 43.7 of this chapter, recorder from a place where repair or certifies in the aircraft maintenance replacement cannot be made to a place records that additional time is required where they can be made; to complete repairs or obtain a replace- (2) Continue a flight as originally ment unit. planned, if the flight recorder or cock- (c)(1) No person may operate a U.S. pit voice recorder becomes inoperative civil registered, multiengine, turbine- after the aircraft has taken off; powered airplane or rotorcraft having a (3) Conduct an airworthiness flight passenger seating configuration, ex- test during which the flight recorder or cluding any pilot seats of 10 or more cockpit voice recorder is turned off to that has been manufactured after Octo- test it or to test any communications ber 11, 1991, unless it is equipped with or electrical equipment installed in the one or more approved flight recorders aircraft; or that utilize a digital method of record- (4) Ferry a newly acquired aircraft ing and storing data and a method of from the place where possession of it is readily retrieving that data from the taken to a place where the flight re- storage medium, that are capable of recorder or cockpit voice recorder is to cording the data specified in appendix be installed. E to this part, for an airplane, or ap- (b) Notwithstanding paragraphs (c) pendix F to this part, for a rotorcraft, and (e) of this section, an operator of this part within the range, accuracy, other than the holder of an air carrier and recording interval specified, and or a commercial operator certificate that are capable of retaining no less may— than 8 hours of aircraft operation. (1) Ferry an aircraft with an inoper- (2) All airplanes subject to paragraph ative flight recorder or cockpit voice (c)(1) of this section that are manufac- recorder from a place where repair or tured before April 7, 2010, by April 7, replacement cannot be made to a place 2012, must meet the requirements of where they can be made; § 23.1459(a)(7) or § 25.1459(a)(8) of this (2) Continue a flight as originally chapter, as applicable. planned if the flight recorder or cock- (3) All airplanes and rotorcraft sub- pit voice recorder becomes inoperative ject to paragraph (c)(1) of this section after the aircraft has taken off; that are manufactured on or after (3) Conduct an airworthiness flight April 7, 2010, must meet the flight data test during which the flight recorder or recorder requirements of § 23.1459, cockpit voice recorder is turned off to § 25.1459, § 27.1459, or § 29.1459 of this

766

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00776 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.609

chapter, as applicable, and retain at under part 830. The Administrator does least the last 25 hours of recorded in- not use the cockpit voice recorder formation using a recorder that meets record in any civil penalty or certifi- the standards of TSO–C124a, or later re- cate action. vision. (h) All airplanes required by this sec- (d) Whenever a flight recorder, re- tion to have a cockpit voice recorder quired by this section, is installed, it and a flight data recorder, that are must be operated continuously from manufactured before April 7, 2010, must the instant the airplane begins the by April 7, 2012, have a cockpit voice takeoff roll or the rotorcraft begins recorder that also— lift-off until the airplane has com- (1) Meets the requirements of pleted the landing roll or the rotorcraft has landed at its destination. § 23.1457(d)(6) or § 25.1457(d)(6) of this (e) Unless otherwise authorized by chapter, as applicable; and the Administrator, after October 11, (2) If transport category, meets the 1991, no person may operate a U.S. civil requirements of § 25.1457(a)(3), (a)(4), registered multiengine, turbine-pow- and (a)(5) of this chapter. ered airplane or rotorcraft having a (i) All airplanes or rotorcraft re- passenger seating configuration of six quired by this section to have a cockpit passengers or more and for which two voice recorder and flight data recorder, pilots are required by type certifi- that are manufactured on or after cation or operating rule unless it is April 7, 2010, must have a cockpit voice equipped with an approved cockpit recorder installed that also— voice recorder that: (1) Is installed in accordance with the (1) Is installed in compliance with requirements of § 23.1457 (except for § 23.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), paragraphs (a)(6) and (d)(5)); § 25.1457 (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g); § 25.1457(a)(1) (except for paragraphs (a)(6) and (d)(5)); and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), (2) and (3), (e), § 27.1457 (except for paragraphs (a)(6) (f), and (g); § 27.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), and (d)(5)); or § 29.1457 (except for para- (c), (d)(1)(i), (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g); graphs (a)(6) and (d)(5)) of this chapter, or § 29.1457(a)(1) and (2), (b), (c), (d)(1)(i), as applicable; and (2) and (3), (e), (f), and (g) of this chapter, as applicable; and (2) Retains at least the last 2 hours of (2) Is operated continuously from the recorded information using a recorder use of the checklist before the flight to that meets the standards of TSO–C123a, completion of the final checklist at the or later revision. end of the flight. (3) For all airplanes or rotorcraft (f) In complying with this section, an manufactured on or after April 6, 2012, approved cockpit voice recorder having also meets the requirements of an erasure feature may be used, so that § 23.1457(a)(6) and (d)(5); § 25.1457(a)(6) at any time during the operation of the and (d)(5); § 27.1457(a)(6) and (d)(5); or recorder, information recorded more § 29.1457(a)(6) and (d)(5) of this chapter, than 15 minutes earlier may be erased as applicable. or otherwise obliterated. (j) All airplanes or rotorcraft re- (g) In the event of an accident or oc- quired by this section to have a cockpit currence requiring immediate notifica- voice recorder and a flight data re- tion to the National Transportation corder, that install datalink commu- Safety Board under part 830 of its regu- nication equipment on or after April 6, lations that results in the termination 2012, must record all datalink messages of the flight, any operator who has in- as required by the certification rule ap- stalled approved flight recorders and plicable to the aircraft. approved cockpit voice recorders shall keep the recorded information for at (k) An aircraft operated under this least 60 days or, if requested by the Ad- part under deviation authority from ministrator or the Board, for a longer part 125 of this chapter must comply period. Information obtained from the with all of the applicable flight data record is used to assist in determining the cause of accidents or occurrences in connection with the investigation

767

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00777 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.611 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

recorder requirements of part 125 appli- (ii) A limitation that takeoffs must cable to the aircraft, notwithstanding be made from dry runways unless, such deviation authority. based on a showing of actual operating [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34318, Aug. 18, 1989, as takeoff techniques on wet runways amended by Amdt. 91–226, 56 FR 51621, Oct. with one engine inoperative, takeoffs 11, 1991; Amdt. 91–228, 57 FR 19353, May 5, with full controllability from wet run- 1992; Amdt. 91–300, 73 FR 12564, Mar. 7, 2008; ways have been approved for the spe- Amdt. 91–304, 73 FR 73178, Dec. 2, 2008; Amdt. cific model aircraft and included in the 91–300, 74 FR 32800, July 9, 2009; Amdt. 91–313, Airplane Flight Manual: 75 FR 17045, Apr. 5, 2010] (iii) Operations from airports where § 91.611 Authorization for ferry flight the runways may require a takeoff or with one engine inoperative. approach over populated areas; and (iv) Inspection procedures for deter- (a) General. The holder of an air carrier operating certificate or an oper- mining the operating condition of the ating certificate issued under part 125 operative engines. may conduct a ferry flight of a four-en- (4) No person may take off an air- gine airplane or a turbine-engine-pow- plane under this section if— ered airplane equipped with three en- (i) The initial climb is over thickly gines, with one engine inoperative, to a populated areas; or base for the purpose of repairing that (ii) Weather conditions at the takeoff engine subject to the following: or destination airport are less than (1) The airplane model has been test those required for VFR flight. flown and found satisfactory for safe (5) Persons other than required flight flight in accordance with paragraph (b) crewmembers shall not be carried dur- or (c) of this section, as appropriate. ing the flight. However, each operator who before No- (6) No person may use a flight crew- vember 19, 1966, has shown that a model member for flight under this section of airplane with an engine inoperative unless that crewmember is thoroughly is satisfactory for safe flight by a test familiar with the operating procedures flight conducted in accordance with for one-engine inoperative ferry flight performance data contained in the ap- contained in the certificate holder’s plicable Airplane Flight Manual under manual and the limitations and per- paragraph (a)(2) of this section need formance information in the Airplane not repeat the test flight for that Flight Manual. model. (b) Flight tests: reciprocating-engine- (2) The approved Airplane Flight powered airplanes. The airplane per- Manual contains the following performance of a reciprocating-engine- formance data and the flight is con- powered airplane with one engine inop- ducted in accordance with that data: erative must be determined by flight (i) Maximum weight. test as follows: (ii) Center of gravity limits. (iii) Configuration of the inoperative (1) A speed not less than 1.3 VS1 must propeller (if applicable). be chosen at which the airplane may be (iv) Runway length for takeoff (in- controlled satisfactorily in a climb cluding temperature accountability). with the critical engine inoperative (v) Altitude range. (with its propeller removed or in a con- (vi) Certificate limitations. figuration desired by the operator and (vii) Ranges of operational limits. with all other engines operating at the (viii) Performance information. maximum power determined in para- (ix) Operating procedures. graph (b)(3) of this section. (3) The operator has FAA approved (2) The distance required to accel- procedures for the safe operation of the erate to the speed listed in paragraph airplane, including specific require- (b)(1) of this section and to climb to 50 ments for— feet must be determined with— (i) Limiting the operating weight on (i) The landing gear extended; any ferry flight to the minimum nec- (ii) The critical engine inoperative essary for the flight plus the necessary and its propeller removed or in a con- reserve fuel load; figuration desired by the operator; and

768

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00778 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.613

(iii) The other engines operating at (3) The takeoff, flight, and landing not more than maximum power estab- procedures such as the approximate lished under paragraph (b)(3) of this trim setting, method of power applica- section. tion, maximum power, and speed must (3) The takeoff, flight and landing be established. The airplane must be procedures, such as the approximate satisfactorily controllable during the trim settings, method of power applica- entire takeoff run when operated action, maximum power, and speed must cording to these procedures. be established. (4) The performance must be deter- (4) The performance must be determined at a maximum weight not great- mined at a maximum weight not greater than the weight determined under er than the weight that allows a rate of § 25.121(c) of this chapter but with— climb of at least 400 feet per minute in the en route configuration set forth in (i) The actual steady gradient of the § 25.67(d) of this chapter in effect on final takeoff climb requirement not January 31, 1977, at an altitude of 5,000 less than 1.2 percent at the end of the feet. takeoff path with two critical engines (5) The performance must be deter- inoperative; and mined using temperature account- (ii) The climb speed not less than the ability for the takeoff field length, two-engine inoperative trim speed for computed in accordance with § 25.61 of the actual steady gradient of the final this chapter in effect on January 31, takeoff climb prescribed by paragraph 1977. (c)(4)(i) of this section. (c) Flight tests: Turbine-engine-powered (5) The airplane must be satisfac- airplanes. The airplane performance of torily controllable in a climb with two a turbine-engine-powered airplane with critical engines inoperative. Climb per- one engine inoperative must be deter- formance may be shown by calcula- mined by flight tests, including at tions based on, and equal in accuracy least three takeoff tests, in accordance to, the results of testing. with the following: (6) The performance must be deter- (1) Takeoff speeds V and V , not less R 2 mined using temperature account- than the corresponding speeds under ability for takeoff distance and final which the airplane was type certificated under § 25.107 of this chapter, takeoff climb computed in accordance must be chosen at which the airplane with § 25.101 of this chapter. may be controlled satisfactorily with For the purpose of paragraphs (c)(4) the critical engine inoperative (with and (5) of this section, two critical en- its propeller removed or in a configura- gines means two adjacent engines on tion desired by the operator, if applica- one side of an airplane with four en- ble) and with all other engines oper- gines, and the center engine and one ating at not more than the power se- outboard engine on an airplane with lected for type certification as set three engines. forth in § 25.101 of this chapter. (2) The minimum takeoff field length § 91.613 Materials for compartment in- must be the horizontal distance re- teriors. quired to accelerate and climb to the (a) No person may operate an air- 35-foot height at V speed (including 2 plane that conforms to an amended or any additional speed increment ob- supplemental type certificate issued in tained in the tests) multiplied by 115 percent and determined with— accordance with SFAR No. 41 for a (i) The landing gear extended; maximum certificated takeoff weight (ii) The critical engine inoperative in excess of 12,500 pounds unless within and its propeller removed or in a con- 1 year after issuance of the initial air- figuration desired by the operator (if worthiness certificate under that applicable); and SFAR the airplane meets the compart- (iii) The other engine operating at ment interior requirements set forth in not more than the power selected for § 25.853 (a), (b), (b–1), (b–2), and (b–3) of type certification as set forth in § 25.101 this chapter in effect on September 26, of this chapter. 1978.

769

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00779 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 §§ 91.615–91.699 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(b) Thermal/acoustic insulation ma- scheduled or otherwise planned landing terials. For transport category air- site. planes type certificated after January [Doc. No. FAA–1998–4954, 64 FR 1079, Jan. 7, 1, 1958: 1999] (1) For airplanes manufactured before September 2, 2005, when thermal/acous- § 91.702 Persons on board. tic insulation is installed in the fuse- Section 91.11 of this part (Prohibi- lage as replacements after September tions on interference with crew- 2, 2005, the insulation must meet the members) applies to each person on flame propagation requirements of board an aircraft. § 25.856 of this chapter, effective Sep- tember 2, 2003, if it is: [Doc. No. FAA–1998–4954, 64 FR 1079, Jan. 7, (i) Of a blanket construction or 1999] (ii) Installed around air ducting. § 91.703 Operations of civil aircraft of (2) For airplanes manufactured after U.S. registry outside of the United September 2, 2005, thermal/acoustic in- States. sulation materials installed in the fuselage must meet the flame propaga- (a) Each person operating a civil air- tion requirements of § 25.856 of this craft of U.S. registry outside of the chapter, effective September 2, 2003. United States shall— (1) When over the high seas, comply [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34318, Aug. 18, 1989, as with annex 2 (Rules of the Air) to the amended by Amdt. 91–279, 68 FR 45083, July Convention on International Civil 31, 2003; Amdt. 91–290, 70 FR 77752, Dec. 30, Aviation and with §§ 91.117(c), 91.127, 2005] 91.129, and 91.131; (2) When within a foreign country, §§ 91.615–91.699 [Reserved] comply with the regulations relating to the flight and maneuver of aircraft Subpart H—Foreign Aircraft Oper- there in force; ations and Operations of U.S.- (3) Except for §§ 91.117(a), 91.307(b), Registered Civil Aircraft Out- 91.309, 91.323, and 91.711, comply with side of the United States; and this part so far as it is not inconsistent Rules Governing Persons on with applicable regulations of the for- Board Such Aircraft eign country where the aircraft is operated or annex 2 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation; and SOURCE: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34320, Aug. (4) When operating within airspace 18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. designated as Minimum Navigation § 91.701 Applicability. Performance Specifications (MNPS) airspace, comply with § 91.705. When op- (a) This subpart applies to the oper- erating within airspace designated as ations of civil aircraft of U.S. registry Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum outside of the United States and the (RVSM) airspace, comply with § 91.706. operations of foreign civil aircraft (5) For aircraft subject to ICAO within the United States. Annex 16, carry on board the aircraft (b) Section 91.702 of this subpart also documents that summarize the noise applies to each person on board an air- operating characteristics and certifi- craft operated as follows: cations of the aircraft that dem- (1) A U.S. registered civil aircraft op- onstrate compliance with this part and erated outside the United States; part 36 of this chapter. (2) Any aircraft operated outside the (b) Annex 2 to the Convention on United States— International Civil Aviation, Ninth (i) That has its next scheduled des- Edition—July 1990, with Amendments tination or last place of departure in through Amendment 32 effective Feb- the United States if the aircraft next ruary 19, 1996, to which reference is lands in the United States; or made in this part, is incorporated into (ii) If the aircraft lands in the United this part and made a part hereof as States with the individual still on the provided in 5 U.S.C. § 552 and pursuant aircraft regardless of whether it was a to 1 CFR part 51. Annex 2 (including a

770

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00780 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.709

complete historic file of changes there- (1) The operator and the operator’s to) is available for public inspection at aircraft comply with the requirements the Rules Docket, AGC–200, Federal of appendix G of this part; and Aviation Administration, 800 Independ- (2) The operator is authorized by the ence Avenue SW., Washington, DC Administrator to conduct such oper- 20591; or at the National Archives and ations. Records Administration (NARA). For (b) The Administrator may authorize information on the availability of this a deviation from the requirements of material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or this section in accordance with Section go to: http://www.archives.gov/ 5 of appendix G to this part. federallregister/ codeloflfederallregulations/ [Doc. No. 28870, 62 FR 17487, Apr. 9, 1997] ibrllocations.html. In addition, Annex 2 may be purchased from the Inter- § 91.707 Flights between Mexico or national Civil Aviation Organization Canada and the United States. (Attention: Distribution Officer), P.O. Unless otherwise authorized by ATC, Box 400, Succursale, Place de no person may operate a civil aircraft L’Aviation Internationale, 1000 between Mexico or Canada and the Sherbrooke Street West, Montreal, United States without filing an IFR or Quebec, Canada H3A 2R2. VFR flight plan, as appropriate. [Doc. No. 18834, 54 FR 34320, Aug. 18, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65661, Dec. § 91.709 Operations to Cuba. 17, 1991; Amdt. 91–254, 62 FR 17487, Apr. 9, 1997; 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; Amdt. 91–299, 73 No person may operate a civil air- FR 10143, Feb. 26, 2008; Amdt. 91–312, 75 FR craft from the United States to Cuba 9333, Mar. 2, 2010] unless— (a) Departure is from an inter- § 91.705 Operations within airspace national airport of entry designated in designated as Minimum Navigation § 6.13 of the Air Commerce Regulations Performance Specification Air- space. of the Bureau of Customs (19 CFR 6.13); and (a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) In the case of departure from any (b) of this section, no person may oper- of the 48 contiguous States or the Dis- ate a civil aircraft of U.S. registry in airspace designated as Minimum Navi- trict of Columbia, the pilot in com- gation Performance Specifications air- mand of the aircraft has filed— space unless— (1) A DVFR or IFR flight plan as pre- (1) The aircraft has approved naviga- scribed in § 99.11 or § 99.13 of this chap- tion performance capability that com- ter; and plies with the requirements of appendix (2) A written statement, within 1 C of this part; and hour before departure, with the Office (2) The operator is authorized by the of Immigration and Naturalization Administrator to perform such oper- Service at the airport of departure, ations. containing— (b) The Administrator may authorize (i) All information in the flight plan; a deviation from the requirements of (ii) The name of each occupant of the this section in accordance with Section aircraft; 3 of appendix C to this part. (iii) The number of occupants of the [Doc. No. 28870, 62 FR 17487, Apr. 9, 1997] aircraft; and (iv) A description of the cargo, if any. § 91.706 Operations within airspace designed as Reduced Vertical Sepa- This section does not apply to the oper- ration Minimum Airspace. ation of aircraft by a scheduled air car- (a) Except as provided in paragraph rier over routes authorized in oper- (b) of this section, no person may operations specifications issued by the Ad- ate a civil aircraft of U.S. registry in ministrator. airspace designated as Reduced (Approved by the Office of Management and Vertical Separation Minimum (RVSM) Budget under control number 2120–0005) airspace unless:

771

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00781 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.711 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

§ 91.711 Special rules for foreign civil diately and may then continue oper- aircraft. ations at and above FL 240 to the next (a) General. In addition to the other airport of intended landing where re- applicable regulations of this part, pairs or replacement of the equipment each person operating a foreign civil can be made. A foreign civil aircraft aircraft within the United States shall may be operated within the 50 States comply with this section. and the District of Columbia at or (b) VFR. No person may conduct VFR above FL 240 without DME or an RNAV operations which require two-way system when operated for the following radio communications under this part purposes, and ATC is notified before unless at least one crewmember of that each takeoff: aircraft is able to conduct two-way (1) Ferry flights to and from a place radio communications in the English in the United States where repairs or language and is on duty during that op- alterations are to be made. eration. (2) Ferry flights to a new country of (c) IFR. No person may operate a for- registry. eign civil aircraft under IFR unless— (3) Flight of a new aircraft of U.S. (1) That aircraft is equipped with— manufacture for the purpose of— (i) Radio equipment allowing two- (i) Flight testing the aircraft; way radio communication with ATC (ii) Training foreign flight crews in when it is operated in controlled air- the operation of the aircraft; or space; and (iii) Ferrying the aircraft for export (ii) Navigation equipment suitable delivery outside the United States. for the route to be flown. (4) Ferry, demonstration, and test (2) Each person piloting the air- flight of an aircraft brought to the craft— United States for the purpose of dem- (i) Holds a current United States in- onstration or testing the whole or any strument rating or is authorized by his part thereof. foreign airman certificate to pilot under IFR; and [Doc. No. 18834, 54 FR 34320, Aug. 18, 1989, as (ii) Is thoroughly familiar with the amended by Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65661, Dec. United States en route, holding, and 17, 1991; Amdt. 91–296, 72 FR 31679, June 7, letdown procedures; and 2007] (3) At least one crewmember of that aircraft is able to conduct two-way ra- § 91.713 Operation of civil aircraft of Cuban registry. diotelephone communications in the English language and that crewmember No person may operate a civil air- is on duty while the aircraft is ap- craft of Cuban registry except in con- proaching, operating within, or leaving trolled airspace and in accordance with the United States. air traffic clearance or air traffic con- (d) Over water. Each person operating trol instructions that may require use a foreign civil aircraft over water off of specific airways or routes and land- the shores of the United States shall ings at specific airports. give flight notification or file a flight plan in accordance with the Supple- § 91.715 Special flight authorizations mentary Procedures for the ICAO re- for foreign civil aircraft. gion concerned. (a) Foreign civil aircraft may be op- (e) Flight at and above FL 240. If VOR erated without airworthiness certifi- navigation equipment is required under cates required under § 91.203 if a special paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this section, no flight authorization for that operation person may operate a foreign civil air- is issued under this section. Applica- craft within the 50 States and the Dis- tion for a special flight authorization trict of Columbia at or above FL 240, must be made to the Flight Standards unless the aircraft is equipped with ap- Division Manager or Aircraft Certifi- proved DME or a suitable RNAV sys- cation Directorate Manager of the FAA tem. When the DME or RNAV system region in which the applicant is located required by this paragraph fails at and or to the region within which the U.S. above FL 240, the pilot in command of point of entry is located. However, in the aircraft must notify ATC imme- the case of an aircraft to be operated in

772

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00782 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.801

the U.S. for the purpose of demonstra- States under this part and parts 121, tion at an airshow, the application 125, and 135, but not to those operating may be made to the Flight Standards under part 129 of this chapter. Division Manager or Aircraft Certifi- (3) Sections 91.803, 91.819, and 91.821 cation Directorate Manager of the FAA apply to U.S.-registered civil super- region in which the airshow is located. sonic airplanes having standard air- (b) The Administrator may issue a worthiness certificates and to foreign- special flight authorization for a for- registered civil supersonic airplanes eign civil aircraft subject to any condi- that, if registered in the United States, tions and limitations that the Admin- would be required by this chapter to istrator considers necessary for safe have U.S. standard airworthiness cer- operation in the U.S. airspace. tificates in order to conduct the oper- (c) No person may operate a foreign ations intended for the airplane. Those civil aircraft under a special flight au- sections apply to operations under this thorization unless that operation also part and under parts 121, 125, 129, and complies with part 375 of the Special Regulations of the Department of 135 of this chapter. Transportation (14 CFR part 375). (b) Unless otherwise specified, as used in this subpart ‘‘part 36’’ refers to (Approved by the Office of Management and 14 CFR part 36, including the noise lev- Budget under control number 2120–0005) els under appendix C of that part, not- [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34320, Aug. 18, 1989, as withstanding the provisions of that amended by Amdt. 91–212, 54 FR 39293, Sept. part excepting certain airplanes from 25, 1989] the specified noise requirements. For §§ 91.717–91.799 [Reserved] purposes of this subpart, the various stages of noise levels, the terms used to describe airplanes with respect to those Subpart I—Operating Noise Limits levels, and the terms ‘‘subsonic airplane’’ and ‘‘supersonic airplane’’ have SOURCE: Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34321, Aug. the meanings specified under part 36 of 18, 1989, unless otherwise noted. this chapter. For purposes of this sub- § 91.801 Applicability: Relation to part part, for subsonic airplanes operated in 36. foreign air commerce in the United States, the Administrator may accept (a) This subpart prescribes operating compliance with the noise require- noise limits and related requirements that apply, as follows, to the operation ments under annex 16 of the Inter- of civil aircraft in the United States. national Civil Aviation Organization (1) Sections 91.803, 91.805, 91.807, when those requirements have been 91.809, and 91.811 apply to civil subsonic shown to be substantially compatible jet (turbojet) airplanes with maximum with, and achieve results equivalent to weights of more than 75,000 pounds those achievable under, part 36 for that and— airplane. Determinations made under (i) If U.S. registered, that have stand- these provisions are subject to the lim- ard airworthiness certificates; or itations of § 36.5 of this chapter as if (ii) If foreign registered, that would those noise levels were part 36 noise be required by this chapter to have a levels. U.S. standard airworthiness certificate (c) Sections 91.851 through 91.877 of in order to conduct the operations in- this subpart prescribe operating noise tended for the airplane were it reg- limits and related requirements that istered in the United States. Those sec- apply to any civil subsonic jet (tur- tions apply to operations to or from bojet) airplane (for which an airworthi- airports in the United States under ness certificate other than an experi- this part and parts 121, 125, 129, and 135 mental certificate has been issued by of this chapter. the Administrator) with a maximum (2) Section 91.813 applies to U.S. oper- certificated takeoff weight of more ators of civil subsonic jet (turbojet) than 75,000 pounds operating to or from airplanes covered by this subpart. This an airport in the 48 contiguous United section applies to operators operating States and the District of Columbia to or from airports in the United under this part, parts 121, 125, 129, or

773

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00783 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.803 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

135 of this chapter on and after Sep- November 29, 1980, because the airplane tember 25, 1991. was not operated in the United States (d) Section 91.877 prescribes reporting under this part or part 121, 129, or 135 of requirements that apply to any civil this chapter, the requirements of subsonic jet (turbojet) airplane with a §§ 91.819 and 91.821 of this subpart apply. maximum weight of more than 75,000 (d) For each airplane required to op- pounds operated by an air carrier or erate under part 125 for which a devi- foreign air carrier between the contig- ation under that part is approved to uous United States and the State of operate, in whole or in part, under this Hawaii, between the State of Hawaii part or part 121, 129, or 135 of this chap- and any point outside of the 48 contig- ter, notwithstanding the approval, the uous United States, or between the is- requirements prescribed under para- lands of Hawaii in turnaround service, graphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section under part 121 or 129 of this chapter on continue to apply. or after November 5, 1990. (e) Sections 91.881 through 91.883 of [Docket No. 18334, 54 FR 34321, Aug. 18, 1989, this subpart prescribe operating noise as amended by Amdt. 91–276, 67 FR 46571, July 15, 2002] limits and related requirements that apply to any civil subsonic jet airplane § 91.805 Final compliance: Subsonic with a maximum takeoff weight of airplanes. 75,000 pounds or less and for which an airworthiness certificate (other than Except as provided in §§ 91.809 and an experimental certificate) has been 91.811, on and after January 1, 1985, no issued, operating to or from an airport person may operate to or from an air- in the contiguous United States under port in the United States any subsonic this part, part 121, 125, 129, or 135 of airplane covered by this subpart unless this chapter on and after December 31, that airplane has been shown to com- 2015. ply with Stage 2 or Stage 3 noise levels under part 36 of this chapter. [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34321, Aug. 18, 1989; Amdt. 91–211, 54 FR 41211, Oct. 5, 1989, as §§ 91.807–91.813 [Reserved] amended by Amdt. 91–225, 56 FR 48658, Sept. 25, 1991; Amdt. 91–252, 61 FR 66185, Dec. 16, § 91.815 Agricultural and fire fighting 1996; Amdt. 91–275, 67 FR 45237, July 8, 2002; airplanes: Noise operating limita- Amdt. 91–276, 67 FR 46571, July 15, 2002; tions. Amdt. 91–328, 78 FR 39583, July 2, 2013] (a) This section applies to propeller- § 91.803 Part 125 operators: Designa- driven, small airplanes having standard tion of applicable regulations. airworthiness certificates that are de- For airplanes covered by this subpart signed for ‘‘agricultural aircraft oper- and operated under part 125 of this ations’’ (as defined in § 137.3 of this chapter, the following regulations chapter, as effective on January 1, 1966) apply as specified: or for dispensing fire fighting mate- (a) For each airplane operation to rials. which requirements prescribed under (b) If the Airplane Flight Manual, or this subpart applied before November other approved manual material infor- 29, 1980, those requirements of this sub- mation, markings, or placards for the part continue to apply. airplane indicate that the airplane has (b) For each subsonic airplane oper- not been shown to comply with the ation to which requirements prescribed noise limits under part 36 of this chap- under this subpart did not apply before ter, no person may operate that air- November 29, 1980, because the airplane plane, except— was not operated in the United States (1) To the extent necessary to accom- under this part or part 121, 129, or 135 of plish the work activity directly associ- this chapter, the requirements pre- ated with the purpose for which it is scribed under § 91.805 of this subpart designed; apply. (2) To provide flight crewmember (c) For each supersonic airplane oper- training in the special purpose operation to which requirements prescribed ation for which the airplane is de- under this subpart did not apply before signed; and

774

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00784 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.851

(3) To conduct ‘‘nondispensing aerial (2) No flight may be scheduled, or work operations’’ in accordance with otherwise planned, for takeoff or land- the requirements under § 137.29(c) of ing after 10 p.m. and before 7 a.m. local this chapter. time.

§ 91.817 Civil aircraft sonic boom. § 91.821 Civil supersonic airplanes: (a) No person may operate a civil air- Noise limits. craft in the United States at a true Except for Concorde airplanes having flight Mach number greater than 1 ex- flight time before January 1, 1980, no cept in compliance with conditions and person may operate in the United limitations in an authorization to ex- States, a civil supersonic airplane that ceed Mach 1 issued to the operator does not comply with Stage 2 noise under appendix B of this part. limits of part 36 in effect on October 13, (b) In addition, no person may oper- 1977, using applicable trade-off provi- ate a civil aircraft for which the max- sions. imum operating limit speed MM0 exceeds a Mach number of 1, to or from §§ 91.823–91.849 [Reserved] an airport in the United States, unless— § 91.851 Definitions. (1) Information available to the For the purposes of §§ 91.851 through flight crew includes flight limitations 91.877 of this subpart: that ensure that flights entering or Chapter 4 noise level means a noise leaving the United States will not level at or below the maximum noise cause a sonic boom to reach the surface level prescribed in Chapter 4, Para- within the United States; and graph 4.4, Maximum Noise Levels, of (2) The operator complies with the the International Civil Aviation Orga- flight limitations prescribed in para- nization (ICAO) Annex 16, Volume I, graph (b)(1) of this section or complies Amendment 7, effective March 21, 2002. with conditions and limitations in an The Director of the Federal Register in authorization to exceed Mach 1 issued accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 under appendix B of this part. CFR part 51 approved the incorporation (Approved by the Office of Management and by reference of this document, which Budget under control number 2120–0005) can be obtained from the International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO), § 91.819 Civil supersonic airplanes that Document Sales Unit, 999 University do not comply with part 36. Street, Montreal, Quebec H3C 5H7, Can- (a) Applicability. This section applies ada. Also, you may obtain documents to civil supersonic airplanes that have on the Internet at http://www.ICAO.int/ not been shown to comply with the eshop/index.cfm. Copies may be reviewed Stage 2 noise limits of part 36 in effect at the U.S. Department of Transpor- on October 13, 1977, using applicable tation, Docket Operations, West Build- trade-off provisions, and that are oper- ing Ground Floor, Room W12–140, 1200 ated in the United States, after July New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, 31, 1978. DC 20590 or at the National Archives (b) Airport use. Except in an emer- and Records Administration (NARA). gency, the following apply to each per- For information on the availability of son who operates a civil supersonic air- this material at NARA, call 202–741– plane to or from an airport in the 6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/ United States: federallregister/ (1) Regardless of whether a type de- codeloflfederallregulations/ sign change approval is applied for ibrllocations.html. under part 21 of this chapter, no person Contiguous United States means the may land or take off an airplane cov- area encompassed by the 48 contiguous ered by this section for which the type United States and the District of Co- design is changed, after July 31, 1978, in lumbia. a manner constituting an ‘‘acoustical Fleet means those civil subsonic jet change’’ under § 21.93 unless the acous- (turbojet) airplanes with a maximum tical change requirements of part 36 certificated weight of more than 75,000 are complied with. pounds that are listed on an operator’s

775

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00785 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.853 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

operations specifications as eligible for complies with all of the noise oper- operation in the contiguous United ating rules of this part. States. [Doc. No. 26433, 56 FR 48658, Sept. 25, 1991, as Import means a change in ownership amended by Amdt. 91–252, 61 FR 66185, Dec. of an airplane from a non-U.S. person 16, 1996; Amdt. 91–275, 67 FR 45237, July 8, to a U.S. person when the airplane is 2002; Amdt. 91–288, 70 FR 38749, July 5, 2005; 72 brought into the United States for op- FR 68475, Dec. 5, 2007] eration. § 91.853 Final compliance: Civil sub- Operations specifications means an sonic airplanes. enumeration of airplanes by type, Except as provided in § 91.873, after model, series, and serial number oper- December 31, 1999, no person shall operated by the operator or foreign air car- ate to or from any airport in the con- rier on a given day, regardless of how tiguous United States any airplane or whether such airplanes are formally subject to § 91.801(c) of this subpart, un- listed or designated by the operator. less that airplane has been shown to Owner means any person that has in- comply with Stage 3 or Stage 4 noise dicia of ownership sufficient to register levels. the airplane in the United States pur- [Doc. No. FAA–2003–16526, 70 FR 38749, July 5, suant to part 47 of this chapter. 2005] New entrant means an air carrier or foreign air carrier that, on or before § 91.855 Entry and nonaddition rule. November 5, 1990, did not conduct oper- No person may operate any airplane ations under part 121 or 129 of this subject to § 91.801(c) of this subpart to chapter using an airplane covered by or from an airport in the contiguous this subpart to or from any airport in United States unless one or more of the the contiguous United States, but that following apply: initiates such operation after that (a) The airplane complies with Stage date. 3 or Stage 4 noise levels. Stage 2 noise levels mean the require- (b) The airplane complies with Stage ments for Stage 2 noise levels as de- 2 noise levels and was owned by a U.S. fined in part 36 of this chapter in effect person on and since November 5, 1990. Stage 2 airplanes that meet these cri- on November 5, 1990. teria and are leased to foreign airlines Stage 3 noise levels mean the require- are also subject to the return provi- ments for Stage 3 noise levels as de- sions of paragraph (e) of this section. fined in part 36 of this chapter in effect (c) The airplane complies with Stage on November 5, 1990. 2 noise levels, is owned by a non-U.S. Stage 4 noise level means a noise level person, and is the subject of a binding at or below the Stage 4 noise limit pre- lease to a U.S. person effective before scribed in part 36 of this chapter. and on September 25, 1991. Any such Stage 2 airplane means a civil sub- airplane may be operated for the term sonic jet (turbojet) airplane with a of the lease in effect on that date, and maximum certificated weight of 75,000 any extensions thereof provided for in pounds or more that complies with that lease. Stage 2 noise levels as defined in part (d) The airplane complies with Stage 36 of this chapter. 2 noise levels and is operated by a for- Stage 3 airplane means a civil sub- eign air carrier. sonic jet (turbojet) airplane with a (e) The airplane complies with Stage maximum certificated weight of 75,000 2 noise levels and is operated by a foreign operator other than for the pur- pounds or more that complies with pose of foreign air commerce. Stage 3 noise levels as defined in part (f) The airplane complies with Stage 36 of this chapter. 2 noise levels and— Stage 4 airplane means an airplane (1) On November 5, 1990, was owned that has been shown not to exceed the by: Stage 4 noise limit prescribed in part 36 (i) A corporation, trust, or partner- of this chapter. A Stage 4 airplane ship organized under the laws of the United States or any State (including

776

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00786 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.861

individual States, territories, posses- (b) An operator of a Stage 2 airplane sions, and the District of Columbia); that needs to operate in the contiguous (ii) An individual who is a citizen of United States for any of the purposes the United States; or listed above may apply to FAA’s Office (iii) An entity owned or controlled by of Environment and Energy for a spe- a corporation, trust, partnership, or in- cial flight authorization. The applicant dividual described in paragraph (f)(1) (i) must file in advance. Applications are or (ii) of this section; and due 30 days in advance of the planned (2) Enters into the United States not flight and must provide the informa- later than 6 months after the expiration necessary for the FAA to deter- tion of a lease agreement (including mine that the planned flight is within any extensions thereof) between an the limits prescribed in the law. owner described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section and a foreign airline. [Doc. No. FAA–2002–12771, 67 FR 46571, July (g) The airplane complies with Stage 15, 2002] 2 noise levels and was purchased by the § 91.859 Modification to meet Stage 3 importer under a written contract exe- or Stage 4 noise levels. cuted before November 5, 1990. (h) Any Stage 2 airplane described in For an airplane subject to § 91.801(c) this section is eligible for operation in of this subpart and otherwise prohib- the contiguous United States only as ited from operation to or from an air- provided under § 91.865 or 91.867. port in the contiguous United States by § 91.855, any person may apply for a [Doc. No. 26433, 56 FR 48658, Sept. 25, 1991; 56 special flight authorization for that FR 51167, Oct. 10, 1991, as amended by Amdt. airplane to operate in the contiguous 91–288, 70 FR 38750, July 5, 2005] United States for the purpose of ob- § 91.857 Stage 2 operations outside of taining modifications to meet Stage 3 the 48 contiguous United States. or Stage 4 noise levels. An operator of a Stage 2 airplane [Doc. No. FAA–2003–16526, 70 FR 38750, July 5, that is operating only between points 2005] outside the contiguous United States on or after November 5, 1990, must in- § 91.861 Base level. clude in its operations specifications a (a) U.S. Operators. The base level of a statement that such airplane may not U.S. operator is equal to the number of be used to provide air transportation to owned or leased Stage 2 airplanes sub- or from any airport in the contiguous ject to § 91.801(c) of this subpart that United States. were listed on that operator’s oper- [Doc. No. FAA–2002–12771, 67 FR 46571, July ations specifications for operations to 15, 2002] or from airports in the contiguous United States on any one day selected § 91.858 Special flight authorizations by the operator during the period Jan- for non-revenue Stage 2 operations. uary 1, 1990, through July 1, 1991, plus (a) After December 31, 1999, any oper- or minus adjustments made pursuant ator of a Stage 2 airplane over 75,000 to paragraphs (a) (1) and (2). pounds may operate that airplane in (1) The base level of a U.S. operator nonrevenue service in the contiguous shall be increased by a number equal to United States only for the following the total of the following— purposes: (i) The number of Stage 2 airplanes (1) Sell, lease, or scrap the airplane; returned to service in the United (2) Obtain modifications to meet States pursuant to § 91.855(f); Stage 3 noise levels; (ii) The number of Stage 2 airplanes (3) Obtain scheduled heavy mainte- purchased pursuant to § 91.855(g); and nance or significant modifications; (iii) Any U.S. operator base level ac- (4) Deliver the airplane to a lessee or quired with a Stage 2 airplane trans- return it to a lessor; ferred from another person under (5) Park or store the airplane; and § 91.863. (6) Prepare the airplane for any of (2) The base level of a U.S. operator the purposes listed in paragraph (a)(1) shall be decreased by the amount of thru (a)(5) of this section. U.S. operator base level transferred

777

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00787 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.863 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

with the corresponding number of (3) The total number of Stage 2 air- Stage 2 airplanes to another person planes transferred, listed by airplane under § 91.863. type, model, series, and serial number; (b) Foreign air carriers. The base (4) The corresponding amount of base level of a foreign air carrier is equal to level transferred and whether it is U.S. the number of owned or leased Stage 2 operator or foreign air carrier base airplanes that were listed on that car- level; and rier’s U.S. operations specifications on (5) The effective date of the trans- any one day during the period January action. 1, 1990, through July 1, 1991, plus or (d) If, taken as a whole, a transaction minus any adjustments to the base lev- or series of transactions made pursuant to this section does not produce an in- els made pursuant to paragraphs (b) (1) crease or decrease in the number of and (2). Stage 2 airplanes for either the acquir- (1) The base level of a foreign air car- ing or transferring operator, such rier shall be increased by the amount transaction or series of transactions of foreign air carrier base level ac- may not be used to establish compli- quired with a Stage 2 airplane from an- ance with the requirements of § 91.865. other person under § 91.863. (2) The base level of a foreign air car- [Doc. No. 26433, 56 FR 48659, Sept. 25, 1991] rier shall be decreased by the amount § 91.865 Phased compliance for opera- of foreign air carrier base level trans- tors with base level. ferred with a Stage 2 airplane to an- Except as provided in paragraph (a) other person under § 91.863. of this section, each operator that op- (c) New entrants do not have a base erates an airplane under part 91, 121, level. 125, 129, or 135 of this chapter, regard- [Doc. No. 26433, 56 FR 48659, Sept. 25, 1991; 56 less of the national registry of the air- FR 51167, Oct. 10, 1991] plane, shall comply with paragraph (b) or (d) of this section at each interim § 91.863 Transfers of Stage 2 airplanes compliance date with regard to its sub- with base level. sonic airplane fleet covered by (a) Stage 2 airplanes may be trans- § 91.801(c) of this subpart. ferred with or without the cor- (a) This section does not apply to responding amount of base level. Base new entrants covered by § 91.867 or to level may not be transferred without foreign operators not engaged in for- the corresponding number of Stage 2 eign air commerce. airplanes. (b) Each operator that chooses to (b) No portion of a U.S. operator’s comply with this paragraph pursuant base level established under § 91.861(a) to any interim compliance requirement shall reduce the number of Stage 2 air- may be used for operations by a foreign planes it operates that are eligible for air carrier. No portion of a foreign air operation in the contiguous United carrier’s base level established under States to a maximum of: § 91.861(b) may be used for operations (1) After December 31, 1994, 75 percent by a U.S. operator. of the base level held by the operator; (c) Whenever a transfer of Stage 2 (2) After December 31, 1996, 50 percent airplanes with base level occurs, the of the base level held by the operator; transferring and acquiring parties (3) After December 31, 1998, 25 percent shall, within 10 days, jointly submit of the base level held by the operator. written notification of the transfer to (c) Except as provided under § 91.871, the FAA, Office of Environment and the number of Stage 2 airplanes that Energy. Such notification shall state: must be reduced at each compliance (1) The names of the transferring and date contained in paragraph (b) of this acquiring parties; section shall be determined by ref- (2) The name, address, and telephone erence to the amount of base level held number of the individual responsible by the operator on that compliance for submitting the notification on be- date, as calculated under § 91.861. half of the transferring and acquiring (d) Each operator that chooses to parties; comply with this paragraph pursuant

778

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00788 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.871

to any interim compliance requirement ued operation of the next whole num- shall operate a fleet that consists of: ber of Stage 2 airplanes. (1) After December 31, 1994, not less [Doc. No. 26433, 56 FR 48659, Sept. 25, 1991, as than 55 percent Stage 3 airplanes; amended by Amdt. 91–252, 61 FR 66185, Dec. (2) After December 31, 1996, not less 16, 1996] than 65 percent Stage 3 airplanes; (3) After December 31, 1998, not less § 91.869 Carry-forward compliance. than 75 percent Stage 3 airplanes. (a) Any operator that exceeds the re- (e) Calculations resulting in fractions quirements of paragraph (b) of § 91.865 may be rounded to permit the contin- of this part on or before December 31, ued operation of the next whole num- 1994, or on or before December 31, 1996, ber of Stage 2 airplanes. may claim a credit that may be applied at a subsequent interim compliance [Doc. No. 26433, 56 FR 48659, Sept. 25, 1991] date. (b) Any operator that eliminates or § 91.867 Phased compliance for new modifies more Stage 2 airplanes pursu- entrants. ant to § 91.865(b) than required as of De- (a) New entrant U.S. air carriers. cember 31, 1994, or December 31, 1996, (1) A new entrant initiating oper- may count the number of additional ations under part 121 of this chapter on Stage 2 airplanes reduced as a credit or before December 31, 1994, may ini- toward— (1) The number of Stage 2 airplanes it tiate service without regard to the per- would otherwise be required to reduce centage of its fleet composed of Stage following a subsequent interim compli- 3 airplanes. ance date specified in § 91.865(b); or (2) After December 31, 1994, at least 25 (2) The number of Stage 3 airplanes it percent of the fleet of a new entrant would otherwise be required to operate must comply with Stage 3 noise levels. in its fleet following a subsequent in- (3) After December 31, 1996, at least 50 terim compliance date to meet the per- percent of the fleet of a new entrant centage requirements specified in must comply with Stage 3 noise levels. § 91.865(d). (4) After December 31, 1998, at least 75 [Doc. No. 26433, 56 FR 48659, Sept. 25, 1991; 56 percent of the fleet of a new entrant FR 65783, Dec. 18, 1991] must comply with Stage 3 noise levels. (b) New entrant foreign air carriers. § 91.871 Waivers from interim compli- (1) A new entrant foreign air carrier ance requirements. initiating part 129 operations on or be- (a) Any U.S. operator or foreign air fore December 31, 1994, may initiate carrier subject to the requirements of service without regard to the percent- § 91.865 or 91.867 of this subpart may re- age of its fleet composed of Stage 3 air- quest a waiver from any individual planes. compliance requirement. (2) After December 31, 1994, at least 25 (b) Applications must be filed with percent of the fleet on U.S. operations the Secretary of Transportation at specifications of a new entrant foreign least 120 days prior to the compliance air carrier must comply with Stage 3 date from which the waiver is requested. noise levels. (c) Applicants must show that a (3) After December 31, 1996, at least 50 grant of waiver would be in the public percent of the fleet on U.S. operations interest, and must include in its appli- specifications of a new entrant foreign cation its plans and activities for modi- air carrier must comply with Stage 3 fying its fleet, including evidence of noise levels. good faith efforts to comply with the (4) After December 31, 1998, at least 75 requirements of § 91.865 or § 91.867. The percent of the fleet on U.S. operations application should contain all informa- specifications of a new entrant foreign tion the applicant considers relevant, air carrier must comply with Stage 3 including, as appropriate, the fol- noise levels. lowing: (c) Calculations resulting in fractions (1) The applicant’s balance sheet and may be rounded to permit the contin- cash flow positions;

779

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00789 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.873 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(2) The composition of the applicant’s (d) The Secretary may grant a waiver current fleet; and under this section if the Secretary (3) The applicant’s delivery position finds that granting such waiver is in with respect to new airplanes or noise- the public interest. In making such a abatement equipment. finding, the Secretary shall include (d) Waivers will be granted only upon consideration of the effect of granting a showing by the applicant that com- such waiver on competition in the air pliance with the requirements of carrier industry and the effect on small § 91.865 or 91.867 at a particular interim community air service, and any other compliance date is financially onerous, information submitted by the appli- physically impossible, or techno- cant that the Secretary considers rel- logically infeasible, or that it would evant. have an adverse effect on competition (e) The term of any waiver granted or on service to small communities. under this section shall be determined (e) The conditions of any waiver by the circumstances presented in the granted under this section shall be de- application, but in no case will the termined by the circumstances pre- waiver permit the operation of any sented in the application, but in no Stage 2 airplane covered by this sub- case may the term extend beyond the chapter in the contiguous United next interim compliance date. States after December 31, 2003. (f) A summary of any request for a (f) A summary of any request for a waiver under this section will be pub- waiver under this section will be published in the FEDERAL REGISTER, and lished in the FEDERAL REGISTER, and public comment will be invited. Unless public comment will be invited. Unless the Secretary finds that circumstances the secretary finds that circumstances require otherwise, the public comment require otherwise, the public comment period will be at least 14 days. period will be at least 14 days. [Doc. No. 26433, 56 FR 48660, Sept. 25, 1991] [Doc. No. 26433, 56 FR 48660, Sept. 25, 1991; 56 FR 51167 Oct. 10, 1991; Amdt. 91–276, 67 FR § 91.873 Waivers from final compliance. 46571, July 15, 2002] (a) A U.S. air carrier or a foreign air § 91.875 Annual progress reports. carrier may apply for a waiver from (a) Each operator subject to § 91.865 the prohibition contained in § 91.853 of or § 91.867 of this chapter shall submit this part for its remaining Stage 2 air- an annual report to the FAA, Office of planes, provided that, by July 1, 1999, Environment and Energy, on the at least 85 percent of the airplanes used progress it has made toward complying by the carrier to provide service to or from an airport in the contiguous with the requirements of that section. United States will comply with the Such reports shall be submitted no Stage 3 noise levels. later than 45 days after the end of a (b) An application for the waiver de- calendar year. All progress reports scribed in paragraph (a) of this section must provide the information through must be filed with the Secretary of the end of the calendar year, be cer- Transportation no later than January tified by the operator as true and com- 1, 1999, or, in the case of a foreign air plete (under penalty of 18 U.S.C. 1001), carrier, no later than April 20, 2000. and include the following information: Such application must include a plan (1) The name and address of the oper- with firm orders for replacing or modi- ator; fying all airplanes to comply with (2) The name, title, and telephone Stage 3 noise levels at the earliest number of the person designated by the practicable time. operator to be responsible for ensuring (c) To be eligible to apply for the the accuracy of the information in the waiver under this section, a new en- report; trant U.S. air carrier must initiate (3) The operator’s progress during the service no later than January 1, 1999, reporting period toward compliance and must comply fully with all provi- with the requirements of § 91.853, sions of this section. § 91.865 or § 91.867. For airplanes on U.S.

780

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00790 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.877

operations specifications, each oper- report and including any changes in ator shall identify the airplanes by the information provided in paragraphs type, model, series, and serial number. (a) and (b) of this section; including the (i) Each Stage 2 airplane added or re- use of any carry-forward credits pursu- moved from operation or U.S. oper- ant to § 91.869. ations specifications (grouped sepa- (d) An operator may request, in any rately by those airplanes acquired with report, that specific planning data be and without base level); considered proprietary. (ii) Each Stage 2 airplane modified to (e) If an operator’s actions during Stage 3 noise levels (identifying the any reporting period cause it to manufacturer and model of noise achieve compliance with § 91.853, the re- abatement retrofit equipment; port should include a statement to that (iii) Each Stage 3 airplane on U.S. op- effect. Further progress reports are not erations specifications as of the last required unless there is any change in day of the reporting period; and the information reported pursuant to (iv) For each Stage 2 airplane trans- paragraph (a) of this section. ferred or acquired, the name and ad- (f) For each U.S. operator subject to dress of the recipient or transferor; § 91.865, progress reports submitted for and, if base level was transferred, the calendar years 1994, 1996, and 1998, shall person to or from whom base level was also state how the operator achieved transferred or acquired pursuant to compliance with the requirements of Section 91.863 along with the effective that section, i.e.— date of each base level transaction, and (1) By reducing the number of Stage the type of base level transferred or ac- 2 airplanes in its fleet to no more than quired. the maximum permitted percentage of (b) Each operator subject to § 91.865 its base level under § 91.865(b), or or § 91.867 of this chapter shall submit (2) By operating a fleet that consists an initial progress report covering the of at least the minimum required per- period from January 1, 1990, through centage of Stage 3 airplanes under December 31, 1991, and provide: § 91.865(d). (1) For each operator subject to (Approved by the Office of Management and § 91.865: Budget under control number 2120–0553) (i) The date used to establish its base [Doc. No. 26433, 56 FR 48660, Sept. 25, 1991; 56 level pursuant to § 91.861(a); and FR 51168, Oct. 10, 1991, as amended by 57 FR (ii) A list of those Stage 2 airplanes 5977, Feb. 19, 1992] (by type, model, series and serial number) in its base level, including adjust- § 91.877 Annual reporting of Hawaiian ments made pursuant to § 91.861 after operations. the date its base level was established. (a) Each air carrier or foreign air car- (2) For each U.S. operator: rier subject to § 91.865 or § 91.867 of this (i) A plan to meet the compliance part that conducts operations between schedules in § 91.865 or § 91.867 and the the contiguous United States and the final compliance date of § 91.853, includ- State of Hawaii, between the State of ing the schedule for delivery of replace- Hawaii and any point outside of the ment Stage 3 airplanes or the installa- contiguous United States, or between tion of noise abatement retrofit equip- the islands of Hawaii in turnaround ment; and service, on or since November 5, 1990, (ii) A separate list (by type, model, shall include in its annual report the series, and serial number) of those air- information described in paragraph (c) planes included in the operator’s base of this section. level, pursuant to § 91.861(a)(1) (i) and (b) Each air carrier or foreign air car- (ii), under the categories ‘‘returned’’ or rier not subject to § 91.865 or § 91.867 of ‘‘purchased,’’ along with the date each this part that conducts operations be- was added to its operations specifica- tween the contiguous U.S. and the tions. State of Hawaii, between the State of (c) Each operator subject to § 91.865 or Hawaii and any point outside of the § 91.867 of this chapter shall submit sub- contiguous United States, or between sequent annual progress reports cov- the islands of Hawaii in turnaround ering the calendar year preceding the service, on or since November 5, 1990,

781

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00791 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 §§ 91.879–91.880 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

shall submit an annual report to the (i) The number of Stage 2 airplanes FAA, Office of Environment and En- used to conduct such operations as of ergy, on its compliance with the Ha- November 5, 1990; and waiian operations provisions of 49 (ii) Any change to that number dur- U.S.C. 47528. Such reports shall be sub- ing the calendar year being reported, mitted no later than 45 days after the including the date of such change. end of a calendar year. All progress re- (d) Reports or amended reports for ports must provide the information years predating this regulation are re- through the end of the calendar year, quired to be filed concurrently with the be certified by the operator as true and next annual report. complete (under penalty of 18 U.S.C. [Doc. No. 28213, 61 FR 66185, Dec. 16, 1996] 1001), and include the following information— §§ 91.879–91.880 [Reserved] (1) The name and address of the air carrier or foreign air carrier; § 91.881 Final compliance: Civil sub- (2) The name, title, and telephone sonic jet airplanes weighing 75,000 number of the person designated by the pounds or less. air carrier or foreign air carrier to be Except as provided in § 91.883, after responsible for ensuring the accuracy December 31, 2015, a person may not op- of the information in the report; and erate to or from an airport in the con- (3) The information specified in para- tiguous United States a civil subsonic graph (c) of this section. jet airplane subject to § 91.801(e) of this (c) The following information must subpart unless that airplane has been be included in reports filed pursuant to shown to comply with Stage 3 noise this section— levels. (1) For operations conducted between [Doc. No. FAA–2013–0503, 78 FR 39583, July 2, the contiguous United States and the 2013] State of Hawaii— (i) The number of Stage 2 airplanes § 91.883 Special flight authorizations used to conduct such operations as of for jet airplanes weighing 75,000 November 5, 1990; pounds or less. (ii) Any change to that number dur- (a) After December 31, 2015, an oper- ing the calendar year being reported, ator of a jet airplane weighing 75,000 including the date of such change; pounds or less that does not comply (2) For air carriers that conduct with Stage 3 noise levels may, when inter-island turnaround service in the granted a special flight authorization State of Hawaii— by the FAA, operate that airplane in (i) The number of Stage 2 airplanes the contiguous United States only for used to conduct such operations as of one of the following purposes: November 5, 1990; (1) To sell, lease, or use the airplane (ii) Any change to that number dur- outside the 48 contiguous States; ing the calendar year being reported, (2) To scrap the airplane; including the date of such change; (3) To obtain modifications to the (iii) For an air carrier that provided airplane to meet Stage 3 noise levels; inter-island trunaround service within (4) To perform scheduled heavy main- the state of Hawaii on November 5, tenance or significant modifications on 1990, the number reported under para- the airplane at a maintenance facility graph (c)(2)(i) of this section may in- located in the contiguous 48 States; clude all Stage 2 airplanes with a max- (5) To deliver the airplane to an oper- imum certificated takeoff weight of ator leasing the airplane from the more than 75,000 pounds that were owner or return the airplane to the les- owned or leased by the air carrier on sor; November 5, 1990, regardless of whether (6) To prepare, park, or store the air- such airplanes were operated by that plane in anticipation of any of the ac- air carrier or foreign air carrier on tivities described in paragraphs (a)(1) that date. through (a)(5) of this section; (3) For operations conducted between (7) To provide transport of persons the State of Hawaii and a point outside and goods in the relief of an emergency the contiguous United States— situation; or

782

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00792 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT §§ 91.907–91.999

(8) To divert the airplane to an alter- 91.119 Minimum safe altitudes: General. native airport in the 48 contiguous 91.121 Altimeter settings. States on account of weather, mechan- 91.123 Compliance with ATC clearances and ical, fuel, air traffic control, or other instructions. safety reasons while conducting a 91.125 ATC light signals. flight in order to perform any of the 91.126 Operating on or in the vicinity of an activities described in paragraphs (a)(1) airport in Class G airspace. through (a)(7) of this section. 91.127 Operating on or in the vicinity of an airport in Class E airspace. (b) An operator of an affected air- 91.129 Operations in Class D airspace. plane may apply for a special flight au- 91.130 Operations in Class C airspace. thorization for one of the purposes list- 91.131 Operations in Class B airspace. ed in paragraph (a) of this section by 91.133 Restricted and prohibited areas. filing an application with the FAA’s 91.135 Operations in Class A airspace. Office of Environment and Energy. Ex- 91.137 Temporary flight restrictions. cept for emergency relief authoriza- 91.141 Flight restrictions in the proximity tions sought under paragraph (a)(7) of of the Presidential and other parties. this section, applications must be filed 91.143 Flight limitation in the proximity of at least 30 days in advance of the space flight operations. planned flight. All applications must 91.153 VFR flight plan: Information re- provide the information necessary for quired. the FAA to determine that the planned 91.155 Basic VFR weather minimums flight is within the limits prescribed in 91.157 Special VFR weather minimums. the law. 91.159 VFR cruising altitude or flight level. 91.169 IFR flight plan: Information required. [Doc. No. FAA–2013–0503, 78 FR 39583, July 2, 91.173 ATC clearance and flight plan re- 2013] quired. 91.175 Takeoff and landing under IFR. §§ 91.884–91.899 [Reserved] 91.177 Minimum altitudes for IFR operations. Subpart J—Waivers 91.179 IFR cruising altitude or flight level. 91.181 Course to be flown. § 91.901 [Reserved] 91.183 IFR radio communications. 91.185 IFR operations: Two-way radio com- § 91.903 Policy and procedures. munications failure. (a) The Administrator may issue a 91.187 Operation under IFR in controlled certificate of waiver authorizing the airspace: Malfunction reports. operation of aircraft in deviation from 91.209 Aircraft lights. any rule listed in this subpart if the 91.303 Aerobatic flights. Administrator finds that the proposed 91.305 Flight test areas. 91.311 Towing: Other than under § 91.309. operation can be safely conducted 91.313(e) Restricted category civil aircraft: under the terms of that certificate of Operating limitations. waiver. 91.515 Flight altitude rules. (b) An application for a certificate of 91.705 Operations within the North Atlantic waiver under this part is made on a Minimum Navigation Performance Spec- form and in a manner prescribed by the ifications Airspace. Administrator and may be submitted 91.707 Flights between Mexico or Canada to any FAA office. and the United States. (c) A certificate of waiver is effective 91.713 Operation of civil aircraft of Cuban as specified in that certificate of waiv- registry. er. [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34325, Aug. 18, 1989, as [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34325, Aug. 18, 1989] amended by Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65661, Dec. 17, 1991] § 91.905 List of rules subject to waivers. §§ 91.907–91.999 [Reserved] Sec. 91.107 Use of safety belts. Subpart K—Fractional Ownership 91.111 Operating near other aircraft. Operations 91.113 Right-of-way rules: Except water operations. 91.115 Right-of-way rules: Water operations. SOURCE: Docket No. FAA–2001–10047, 68 FR 91.117 Aircraft speed. 54561, Sept. 17, 2003, unless otherwise noted.

783

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00793 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1001 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

§ 91.1001 Applicability. ownership and exchange that consists of all of the following elements: (a) This subpart prescribes rules, in addition to those prescribed in other (i) The provision for fractional own- subparts of this part, that apply to ership program management services fractional owners and fractional owner- by a single fractional ownership pro- ship program managers governing— gram manager on behalf of the fractional owners. (1) The provision of program management services in a fractional ownership (ii) Two or more airworthy aircraft. program; (iii) One or more fractional owners (2) The operation of a fractional own- per program aircraft, with at least one ership program aircraft in a fractional program aircraft having more than one ownership program; and owner. (3) The operation of a program air- (iv) Possession of at least a minimum craft included in a fractional ownership fractional ownership interest in one or program managed by an affiliate of the more program aircraft by each frac- manager of the program to which the tional owner. owner belongs. (v) A dry-lease aircraft exchange ar- (b) As used in this part— rangement among all of the fractional (1) Affiliate of a program manager owners. means a manager that, directly, or in- (vi) Multi-year program agreements directly, through one or more inter- covering the fractional ownership, mediaries, controls, is controlled by, or fractional ownership program manage- is under common control with, another ment services, and dry-lease aircraft program manager. The holding of at exchange aspects of the program. least forty percent (40 percent) of the (6) A fractional ownership program air- equity and forty percent (40 percent) of craft or program aircraft means: the voting power of an entity will be (i) An aircraft in which a fractional presumed to constitute control for pur- owner has a minimal fractional owner- poses of determining an affiliation ship interest and that has been in- under this subpart. cluded in the dry-lease aircraft ex- (2) A dry-lease aircraft exchange means change pursuant to the program agree- an arrangement, documented by the ments, or written program agreements, under (ii) In the case of a fractional owner which the program aircraft are avail- from one program operating an aircraft able, on an as needed basis without in a different fractional ownership pro- crew, to each fractional owner. gram managed by an affiliate of the op- (3) A fractional owner or owner means erating owner’s program manager, the an individual or entity that possesses a aircraft being operated by the frac- minimum fractional ownership interest tional owner, so long as the aircraft is: in a program aircraft and that has en- (A) Included in the fractional owner- tered into the applicable program ship program managed by the affiliate agreements; provided, however, that in of the operating owner’s program man- the case of the flight operations de- ager, and scribed in paragraph (b)(6)(ii) of this (B) Included in the operating owner’s section, and solely for purposes of re- program’s dry-lease aircraft exchange quirements pertaining to those flight pursuant to the program agreements of operations, the fractional owner oper- the operating owner’s program. ating the aircraft will be deemed to be (iii) An aircraft owned in whole or in a fractional owner in the program man- part by the program manager that has aged by the affiliate. been included in the dry-lease aircraft (4) A fractional ownership interest exchange and is used to supplement means the ownership of an interest or program operations. holding of a multi-year leasehold inter- (7) A Fractional Ownership Program est and/or a multi-year leasehold inter- Flight or Program Flight means a flight est that is convertible into an owner- under this subpart when one or more ship interest in a program aircraft. passengers or property designated by a (5) A fractional ownership program or fractional owner are on board the air- program means any system of aircraft craft.

784

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00794 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1003

(8) Fractional ownership program man- second (1⁄32) of at least one rotorcraft agement services or program management program aircraft. services mean administrative and avia- (c) The rules in this subpart that tion support services furnished in ac- refer to a fractional owner or a frac- cordance with the applicable require- tional ownership program manager ments of this subpart or provided by also apply to any person who engages the program manager on behalf of the in an operation governed by this sub- fractional owners, including, but not part without the management speci- limited to, the— fications required by this subpart. (i) Establishment and implementation of program safety guidelines; § 91.1002 Compliance date. (ii) Employment, furnishing, or con- No person that conducted flights be- tracting of pilots and other crew- fore November 17, 2003 under a program members; that meets the definition of fractional (iii) Training and qualification of pi- ownership program in § 91.1001 may lots and other crewmembers and personnel; conduct such flights after February 17, 2005 unless it has obtained manage- (iv) Scheduling and coordination of the program aircraft and crews; ment specifications under this subpart. (v) Maintenance of program aircraft; [Doc. No. FAA–2001–10047, 68 FR 54561, Sept. (vi) Satisfaction of recordkeeping re- 17, 2003; 69 FR 74413, Dec. 14, 2004] quirements; (vii) Development and use of a pro- § 91.1003 Management contract be- gram operations manual and proce- tween owner and program man- dures; and ager. (viii) Application for and mainte- Each owner must have a contract nance of management specifications with the program manager that— and other authorizations and approv- (a) Requires the program manager to als. ensure that the program conforms to (9) A fractional ownership program all applicable requirements of this manager or program manager means the chapter. entity that offers fractional ownership (b) Provides the owner the right to program management services to frac- inspect and to audit, or have a designee tional owners, and is designated in the of the owner inspect and audit, the multi-year program agreements ref- records of the program manager per- erenced in paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this taining to the operational safety of the section to fulfill the requirements of program and those records required to this chapter applicable to the manager show compliance with the management of the program containing the aircraft specifications and all applicable regu- being flown. When a fractional owner is lations. These records include, but are operating an aircraft in a fractional ownership program managed by an af- not limited to, the management speci- filiate of the owner’s program man- fications, authorizations, approvals, ager, the references in this subpart to manuals, log books, and maintenance the flight-related responsibilities of records maintained by the program the program manager apply, with re- manager. spect to that particular flight, to the (c) Designates the program manager affiliate of the owner’s program man- as the owner’s agent to receive service ager rather than to the owner’s pro- of notices pertaining to the program gram manager. that the FAA seeks to provide to own- (10) A minimum fractional ownership ers and authorizes the FAA to send interest means— such notices to the program manager (i) A fractional ownership interest in its capacity as the agent of the equal to, or greater than, one-sixteenth owner for such service. (1⁄16) of at least one subsonic, fixed-wing (d) Acknowledges the FAA’s right to or powered-lift program aircraft; or contact the owner directly if the Ad- (ii) A fractional ownership interest ministrator determines that direct equal to, or greater than, one-thirty- contact is necessary.

785

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00795 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1005 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

§ 91.1005 Prohibitions and limitations. (2) Has directed that a program aircraft carry passengers or property des- (a) Except as provided in § 91.321 or ignated by that owner; and § 91.501, no owner may carry persons or (3) The aircraft is carrying those pas- property for compensation or hire on a sengers or property. program flight. (b) An owner is not in operational (b) During the term of the multi-year control of a flight in the following cir- program agreements under which a cumstances: fractional owner has obtained a minimum fractional ownership interest in (1) A program aircraft is used for a flight for administrative purposes such a program aircraft, the flight hours as demonstration, positioning, used during that term by the owner on ferrying, maintenance, or crew train- program aircraft must not exceed the ing, and no passengers or property des- total hours associated with the frac- ignated by such owner are being car- tional owner’s share of ownership. ried; or (c) No person may sell or lease an air- (2) The aircraft being used for the craft interest in a fractional ownership flight is being operated under part 121 program that is smaller than that pre- or 135 of this chapter. scribed in the definition of ‘‘minimum fractional ownership interest’’ in § 91.1011 Operational control respon- § 91.1001(b)(10) unless flights associated sibilities and delegation. with that interest are operated under part 121 or 135 of this chapter and are (a) Each owner in operational control conducted by an air carrier or commer- of a program flight is ultimately responsible for safe operations and for cial operator certificated under part complying with all applicable require- 119 of this chapter. ments of this chapter, including those § 91.1007 Flights conducted under part related to airworthiness and operations 121 or part 135 of this chapter. in connection with the flight. Each owner may delegate some or all of the (a) Except as provided in § 91.501(b), performance of the tasks associated when a nonprogram aircraft is used to with carrying out this responsibility to substitute for a program flight, the the program manager, and may rely on flight must be operated in compliance the program manager for aviation ex- with part 121 or part 135 of this chap- pertise and program management serv- ter, as applicable. ices. When the owner delegates per- (b) A program manager who holds a formance of tasks to the program man- certificate under part 119 of this chap- ager or relies on the program man- ter may conduct a flight for the use of ager’s expertise, the owner and the pro- a fractional owner under part 121 or gram manager are jointly and individ- part 135 of this chapter if the aircraft is ually responsible for compliance. listed on that certificate holder’s oper- (b) The management specifications, ations specifications for part 121 or authorizations, and approvals required part 135, as applicable. by this subpart are issued to, and in (c) The fractional owner must be in- the sole name of, the program manager formed when a flight is being con- on behalf of the fractional owners col- ducted as a program flight or is being lectively. The management specifica- conducted under part 121 or part 135 of tions, authorizations, and approvals this chapter. will not be affected by any change in ownership of a program aircraft, as OPERATIONAL CONTROL long as the aircraft remains a program aircraft in the identified program. § 91.1009 Clarification of operational control. § 91.1013 Operational control briefing (a) An owner is in operational control and acknowledgment. of a program flight when the owner— (a) Upon the signing of an initial pro- (1) Has the rights and is subject to gram management services contract, the limitations set forth in §§ 91.1003 or a renewal or extension of a program through 91.1013; management services contract, the

786

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00796 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1015

program manager must brief the frac- priate provisions of part 91 of this tional owner on the owner’s oper- chapter and management specifica- ational control responsibilities, and tions issued under this subpart. the owner must review and sign an ac- (c) An application for management knowledgment of these operational specifications will be denied if the Ad- control responsibilities. The acknowl- ministrator finds that the applicant is edgment must be included with the not properly or adequately equipped or program management services con- is not able to conduct safe operations tract. The acknowledgment must de- under this part. fine when a fractional owner is in operational control and the owner’s respon- § 91.1015 Management specifications. sibilities and liabilities under the program. These include: (a) Each person conducting oper- (1) Responsibility for compliance ations under this subpart or furnishing with the management specifications fractional ownership program manage- and all applicable regulations. ment services to fractional owners (2) Enforcement actions for any non- must do so in accordance with manage- compliance. ment specifications issued by the Ad- (3) Liability risk in the event of a ministrator to the fractional ownership flight-related occurrence that causes program manager under this subpart. personal injury or property damage. Management specifications must in- (b) The fractional owner’s signature clude: on the acknowledgment will serve as (1) The current list of all fractional the owner’s affirmation that the owner owners and types of aircraft, registra- has read, understands, and accepts the tion markings and serial numbers; operational control responsibilities de- (2) The authorizations, limitations, scribed in the acknowledgment. and certain procedures under which (c) Each program manager must en- these operations are to be conducted, sure that the fractional owner or own- (3) Certain other procedures under er’s representatives have access to the which each class and size of aircraft is acknowledgments for such owner’s pro- to be operated; gram aircraft. Each program manager must ensure that the FAA has access (4) Authorization for an inspection to the acknowledgments for all pro- program approved under § 91.1109, in- gram aircraft. cluding the type of aircraft, the registration markings and serial numbers PROGRAM MANAGEMENT of each aircraft to be operated under the program. No person may conduct § 91.1014 Issuing or denying manage- any program flight using any aircraft ment specifications. not listed. (a) A person applying to the Adminis- (5) Time limitations, or standards for trator for management specifications determining time limitations, for over- under this subpart must submit an ap- hauls, inspections, and checks for air- plication— frames, engines, propellers, rotors, ap- (1) In a form and manner prescribed pliances, and emergency equipment of by the Administrator; and aircraft. (2) Containing any information the (6) The specific location of the pro- Administrator requires the applicant gram manager’s principal base of oper- to submit. (b) Management specifications will ations and, if different, the address be issued to the program manager on that will serve as the primary point of behalf of the fractional owners if, after contact for correspondence between the investigation, the Administrator finds FAA and the program manager and the that the applicant: name and mailing address of the pro- (1) Meets the applicable requirements gram manager’s agent for service; of this subpart; and (7) Other business names the program (2) Is properly and adequately manager may use; equipped in accordance with the re- (8) Authorization for the method of quirements of this chapter and is able controlling weight and balance of air- to conduct safe operations under appro- craft;

787

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00797 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1017 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(9) Any authorized deviation and ex- apply to that employee’s or person’s emption granted from any requirement duties and responsibilities. of this chapter; and (10) Any other information the Ad- § 91.1017 Amending program man- ministrator determines is necessary. ager’s management specifications. (b) The program manager may keep (a) The Administrator may amend the current list of all fractional owners any management specifications issued required by paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- under this subpart if— tion at its principal base of operation (1) The Administrator determines or other location approved by the Ad- that safety and the public interest re- ministrator and referenced in its man- quire the amendment of any manage- agement specifications. Each program ment specifications; or manager shall make this list of owners (2) The program manager applies for available for inspection by the Admin- the amendment of any management istrator. specifications, and the Administrator (c) Management specifications issued determines that safety and the public under this subpart are effective un- interest allows the amendment. less— (b) Except as provided in paragraph (1) The management specifications (e) of this section, when the Adminis- are amended as provided in § 91.1017; or trator initiates an amendment of a pro- (2) The Administrator suspends or re- gram manager’s management specifica- vokes the management specifications. tions, the following procedure applies: (d) At least 30 days before it proposes (1) The Flight Standards District Of- to establish or change the location of fice that issued the program manager’s its principal base of operations, its management specifications will notify main operations base, or its main the program manager in writing of the maintenance base, a program manager proposed amendment. must provide written notification to (2) The Flight Standards District Of- the Flight Standards District Office fice that issued the program manager’s that issued the program manager’s management specifications will set a management specifications. reasonable period (but not less than 7 (e) Each program manager must days) within which the program man- maintain a complete and separate set ager may submit written information, of its management specifications at its views, and arguments on the amend- principal base of operations, or at a ment. place approved by the Administrator, (3) After considering all material pre- and must make its management speci- sented, the Flight Standards District fications available for inspection by Office that issued the program man- the Administrator and the fractional ager’s management specifications will owner(s) to whom the program man- notify the program manager of— ager furnishes its services for review (i) The adoption of the proposed and audit. amendment, (f) Each program manager must in- (ii) The partial adoption of the pro- sert pertinent excerpts of its manage- posed amendment, or ment specifications, or references (iii) The withdrawal of the proposed thereto, in its program manual and amendment. must— (4) If the Flight Standards District (1) Clearly identify each such excerpt Office that issued the program man- as a part of its management specifica- ager’s management specifications tions; and issues an amendment of the manage- (2) State that compliance with each ment specifications, it becomes effec- management specifications require- tive not less than 30 days after the pro- ment is mandatory. gram manager receives notice of it un- (g) Each program manager must keep less— each of its employees and other persons (i) The Flight Standards District Of- who perform duties material to its op- fice that issued the program manager’s erations informed of the provisions of management specifications finds under its management specifications that paragraph (e) of this section that there

788

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00798 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1019

is an emergency requiring immediate ment specifications concerning the action with respect to safety; or amendment of management specifica- (ii) The program manager petitions tions, the following procedure applies: for reconsideration of the amendment (1) The program manager must peti- under paragraph (d) of this section. tion for reconsideration of that deci- (c) When the program manager ap- sion within 30 days of the date that the plies for an amendment to its manage- program manager receives a notice of ment specifications, the following pro- denial of the amendment of its man- cedure applies: agement specifications, or of the date (1) The program manager must file it receives notice of an FAA-initiated an application to amend its manage- amendment of its management speci- ment specifications— fications, whichever circumstance ap- (i) At least 90 days before the date plies. proposed by the applicant for the (2) The program manager must ad- amendment to become effective, unless dress its petition to the Director, a shorter time is approved, in cases Flight Standards Service. such as mergers, acquisitions of oper- (3) A petition for reconsideration, if ational assets that require an addi- filed within the 30-day period, suspends tional showing of safety (for example, the effectiveness of any amendment proving tests or validation tests), and issued by the Flight Standards District resumption of operations following a Office that issued the program man- suspension of operations as a result of ager’s management specifications un- bankruptcy actions. less that District Office has found, (ii) At least 15 days before the date under paragraph (e) of this section, proposed by the applicant for the that an emergency exists requiring im- amendment to become effective in all mediate action with respect to safety. other cases. (4) If a petition for reconsideration is (2) The application must be sub- not filed within 30 days, the procedures mitted to the Flight Standards District of paragraph (c) of this section apply. Office that issued the program man- (e) If the Flight Standards District ager’s management specifications in a Office that issued the program man- form and manner prescribed by the Ad- ager’s management specifications finds ministrator. that an emergency exists requiring im- (3) After considering all material pre- mediate action with respect to safety sented, the Flight Standards District that makes the procedures set out in Office that issued the program man- this section impracticable or contrary ager’s management specifications will to the public interest— notify the program manager of— (1) The Flight Standards District Of- (i) The adoption of the applied for fice amends the management specifica- amendment; tions and makes the amendment effec- (ii) The partial adoption of the ap- tive on the day the program manager plied for amendment; or receives notice of it; and (iii) The denial of the applied for (2) In the notice to the program man- amendment. The program manager ager, the Flight Standards District Of- may petition for reconsideration of a fice will articulate the reasons for its denial under paragraph (d) of this sec- finding that an emergency exists re- tion. quiring immediate action with respect (4) If the Flight Standards District to safety or that makes it impracti- Office that issued the program man- cable or contrary to the public interest ager’s management specifications ap- to stay the effectiveness of the amend- proves the amendment, following co- ment. ordination with the program manager regarding its implementation, the § 91.1019 Conducting tests and inspec- amendment is effective on the date the tions. Administrator approves it. (a) At any time or place, the Admin- (d) When a program manager seeks istrator may conduct an inspection or reconsideration of a decision of the test, other than an en route inspection, Flight Standards District Office that to determine whether a program man- issued the program manager’s manage- ager under this subpart is complying

789

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00799 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1021 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

with title 49 of the United States Code, part. However, the Administrator may applicable regulations, and the pro- authorize a deviation from this para- gram manager’s management specifica- graph if the Administrator finds that, tions. because of the limited size of the oper- (b) The program manager must— ation, part of the manual is not nec- (1) Make available to the Adminis- essary for guidance of management, trator at the program manager’s prin- flight, ground, or maintenance per- cipal base of operations, or at a place sonnel. approved by the Administrator, the (b) Each program manager must program manager’s management speci- maintain at least one copy of the man- fications; and ual at its principal base of operations. (2) Allow the Administrator to make (c) No manual may be contrary to any test or inspection, other than an any applicable U.S. regulations, foreign en route inspection, to determine com- regulations applicable to the program pliance respecting any matter stated in flights in foreign countries, or the pro- paragraph (a) of this section. gram manager’s management specifica- (c) Each employee of, or person used tions. by, the program manager who is re- (d) The program manager must make sponsible for maintaining the program a copy of the manual, or appropriate manager’s records required by or nec- portions of the manual (and changes essary to demonstrate compliance with and additions), available to its mainte- this subpart must make those records nance and ground operations personnel available to the Administrator. and must furnish the manual to— (d) The Administrator may determine a program manager’s continued (1) Its crewmembers; and eligibility to hold its management (2) Representatives of the Adminis- specifications on any grounds listed in trator assigned to the program man- paragraph (a) of this section, or any ager. other appropriate grounds. (e) Each employee of the program (e) Failure by any program manager manager to whom a manual or appro- to make available to the Administrator priate portions of it are furnished upon request, the management speci- under paragraph (d)(1) of this section fications, or any required record, docu- must keep it up-to-date with the ment, or report is grounds for suspen- changes and additions furnished to sion of all or any part of the program them. manager’s management specifications. (f) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, the appropriate § 91.1021 Internal safety reporting and parts of the manual must be carried on incident/accident response. each aircraft when away from the prin- (a) Each program manager must es- cipal operations base. The appropriate tablish an internal anonymous safety parts must be available for use by reporting procedure that fosters an en- ground or flight personnel. vironment of safety without any poten- (g) For the purpose of complying tial for retribution for filing the re- with paragraph (d) of this section, a port. program manager may furnish the per- (b) Each program manager must es- sons listed therein with all or part of tablish procedures to respond to an its manual in printed form or other aviation incident/accident. form, acceptable to the Administrator, that is retrievable in the English lan- § 91.1023 Program operating manual guage. If the program manager fur- requirements. nishes all or part of the manual in (a) Each program manager must pre- other than printed form, it must en- pare and keep current a program oper- sure there is a compatible reading de- ating manual setting forth procedures vice available to those persons that and policies acceptable to the Adminis- provides a legible image of the mainte- trator. The program manager’s man- nance information and instructions, or agement, flight, ground, and mainte- a system that is able to retrieve the nance personnel must use this manual maintenance information and instruc- to conduct operations under this sub- tions in the English language.

790

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00800 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1025

(h) If a program manager conducts mechanical irregularities or defects aircraft inspections or maintenance at have been deferred; specified facilities where the approved (g) Procedures to be followed by the aircraft inspection program is avail- pilot in command to obtain mainte- able, the program manager is not re- nance, preventive maintenance, and quired to ensure that the approved air- servicing of the aircraft at a place craft inspection program is carried where previous arrangements have not aboard the aircraft en route to those been made by the program manager or facilities. owner, when the pilot is authorized to (i) Program managers that are also so act for the operator; certificated to operate under part 121 (h) Procedures under § 91.213 for the or 135 of this chapter may be author- release of, and continuation of flight if ized to use the operating manual re- any item of equipment required for the quired by those parts to meet the man- particular type of operation becomes ual requirements of subpart K, pro- inoperative or unserviceable en route; vided: (i) Procedures for refueling aircraft, (1) The policies and procedures are eliminating fuel contamination, pro- consistent for both operations, or tecting from fire (including electro- (2) When policies and procedures are static protection), and supervising and different, the applicable policies and protecting passengers during refueling; procedures are identified and used. (j) Procedures to be followed by the pilot in command in the briefing under § 91.1025 Program operating manual § 91.1035. contents. (k) Procedures for ensuring compliance with emergency procedures, in- Each program operating manual cluding a list of the functions assigned must have the date of the last revision each category of required crew- on each revised page. Unless otherwise members in connection with an emer- authorized by the Administrator, the gency and emergency evacuation du- manual must include the following: ties; (a) Procedures for ensuring compli- (l) The approved aircraft inspection ance with aircraft weight and balance program, when applicable; limitations; (m) Procedures for the evacuation of (b) Copies of the program manager’s persons who may need the assistance of management specifications or appro- another person to move expeditiously priate extracted information, including to an exit if an emergency occurs; area of operations authorized, category (n) Procedures for performance plan- and class of aircraft authorized, crew ning that take into account take off, complements, and types of operations landing and en route conditions; authorized; (o) An approved Destination Airport (c) Procedures for complying with ac- Analysis, when required by § 91.1037(c), cident notification requirements; that includes the following elements, (d) Procedures for ensuring that the supported by aircraft performance data pilot in command knows that required supplied by the aircraft manufacturer airworthiness inspections have been for the appropriate runway condi- made and that the aircraft has been ap- tions— proved for return to service in compli- (1) Pilot qualifications and experi- ance with applicable maintenance re- ence; quirements; (2) Aircraft performance data to in- (e) Procedures for reporting and re- clude normal, abnormal and emergency cording mechanical irregularities that procedures as supplied by the aircraft come to the attention of the pilot in manufacturer; command before, during, and after (3) Airport facilities and topography; completion of a flight; (4) Runway conditions (including (f) Procedures to be followed by the contamination); pilot in command for determining that (5) Airport or area weather reporting; mechanical irregularities or defects re- (6) Appropriate additional runway ported for previous flights have been safety margins, if required; corrected or that correction of certain (7) Airplane inoperative equipment;

791

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00801 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1027 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(8) Environmental conditions; and (vi) The date and result of each of the (9) Other criteria that affect aircraft initial and recurrent competency tests performance. and proficiency checks required by this (p) A suitable system (which may in- subpart and the type of aircraft flown clude a coded or electronic system) during that test or check. that provides for preservation and re- (vii) The pilot’s flight time in suffi- trieval of maintenance recordkeeping cient detail to determine compliance information required by § 91.1113 in a with the flight time limitations of this manner acceptable to the Adminis- subpart. trator that provides— (viii) The pilot’s check pilot author- (1) A description (or reference to date ization, if any. acceptable to the Administrator) of the (ix) Any action taken concerning the work performed: pilot’s release from employment for (2) The name of the person per- physical or professional disqualifica- forming the work if the work is per- tion; and formed by a person outside the organi- (x) The date of the satisfactory com- zation of the program manager; and pletion of initial, transition, upgrade, (3) The name or other positive identi- and differences training and each re- fication of the individual approving the current training phase required by this work. subpart. (q) Flight locating and scheduling (4) An individual record for each procedures; and flight attendant used in operations (r) Other procedures and policy in- under this subpart, including the fol- structions regarding program oper- lowing information: ations that are issued by the program manager or required by the Adminis- (i) The full name of the flight attend- trator. ant, and (ii) The date and result of training § 91.1027 Recordkeeping. required by § 91.1063, as applicable. (a) Each program manager must keep (5) A current list of all fractional at its principal base of operations or at owners and associated aircraft. This other places approved by the Adminis- list or a reference to its location must trator, and must make available for in- be included in the management speci- spection by the Administrator all of fications and should be of sufficient de- the following: tail to determine the minimum frac- (1) The program manager’s manage- tional ownership interest of each air- ment specifications. craft. (2) A current list of the aircraft used (b) Each program manager must keep or available for use in operations under each record required by paragraph this subpart, the operations for which (a)(2) of this section for at least 6 each is equipped (for example, MNPS, months, and must keep each record re- RNP5/10, RVSM.). quired by paragraphs (a)(3) and (a)(4) of (3) An individual record of each pilot this section for at least 12 months. used in operations under this subpart, When an employee is no longer em- including the following information: ployed or affiliated with the program (i) The full name of the pilot. manager or fractional owner, each (ii) The pilot certificate (by type and record required by paragraphs (a)(3) number) and ratings that the pilot and (a)(4) of this section must be re- holds. tained for at least 12 months. (iii) The pilot’s aeronautical experi- (c) Each program manager is respon- ence in sufficient detail to determine sible for the preparation and accuracy the pilot’s qualifications to pilot air- of a load manifest in duplicate con- craft in operations under this subpart. taining information concerning the (iv) The pilot’s current duties and the loading of the aircraft. The manifest date of the pilot’s assignment to those must be prepared before each takeoff duties. and must include— (v) The effective date and class of the (1) The number of passengers; medical certificate that the pilot (2) The total weight of the loaded air- holds. craft;

792

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00802 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1033

(3) The maximum allowable takeoff § 91.1029 Flight scheduling and locat- weight for that flight; ing requirements. (4) The center of gravity limits; (a) Each program manager must es- (5) The center of gravity of the load- tablish and use an adequate system to ed aircraft, except that the actual cen- schedule and release program aircraft. ter of gravity need not be computed if (b) Except as provided in paragraph the aircraft is loaded according to a (d) of this section, each program man- loading schedule or other approved ager must have adequate procedures es- method that ensures that the center of tablished for locating each flight, for gravity of the loaded aircraft is within which a flight plan is not filed, that— approved limits. In those cases, an (1) Provide the program manager entry must be made on the manifest in- with at least the information required dicating that the center of gravity is to be included in a VFR flight plan; within limits according to a loading (2) Provide for timely notification of an FAA facility or search and rescue schedule or other approved method; facility, if an aircraft is overdue or (6) The registration number of the missing; and aircraft or flight number; (3) Provide the program manager (7) The origin and destination; and with the location, date, and estimated (8) Identification of crewmembers time for reestablishing radio or tele- and their crew position assignments. phone communications, if the flight (d) The pilot in command of the air- will operate in an area where commu- craft for which a load manifest must be nications cannot be maintained. prepared must carry a copy of the com- (c) Flight locating information must pleted load manifest in the aircraft to be retained at the program manager’s its destination. The program manager principal base of operations, or at must keep copies of completed load other places designated by the program manifest for at least 30 days at its prin- manager in the flight locating proce- cipal operations base, or at another lo- dures, until the completion of the cation used by it and approved by the flight. Administrator. (d) The flight locating requirements of paragraph (b) of this section do not (e) Each program manager is respon- apply to a flight for which an FAA sible for providing a written document flight plan has been filed and the flight that states the name of the entity hav- plan is canceled within 25 nautical ing operational control on that flight miles of the destination airport. and the part of this chapter under which the flight is operated. The pilot § 91.1031 Pilot in command or second in command of the aircraft must carry in command: Designation required. a copy of the document in the aircraft (a) Each program manager must des- to its destination. The program man- ignate a— ager must keep a copy of the document (1) Pilot in command for each pro- for at least 30 days at its principal op- gram flight; and erations base, or at another location (2) Second in command for each pro- used by it and approved by the Admin- gram flight requiring two pilots. istrator. (b) The pilot in command, as des- (f) Records may be kept either in ignated by the program manager, must paper or other form acceptable to the remain the pilot in command at all Administrator. times during that flight. (g) Program managers that are also § 91.1033 Operating information re- certificated to operate under part 121 quired. or 135 of this chapter may satisfy the (a) Each program manager must, for recordkeeping requirements of this sec- all program operations, provide the fol- tion and of § 91.1113 with records main- lowing materials, in current and appro- tained to fulfill equivalent obligations priate form, accessible to the pilot at under part 121 or 135 of this chapter. the pilot station, and the pilot must use them— (1) A cockpit checklist;

793

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00803 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1035 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(2) For multiengine aircraft or for propriate use of child restraint sys- aircraft with retractable landing gear, tems, if available. This briefing must an emergency cockpit checklist con- include a statement, as appropriate, taining the procedures required by that the regulations require passenger paragraph (c) of this section, as appro- compliance with the lighted passenger priate; information sign and/or crewmember (3) At least one set of pertinent aero- instructions with regard to these nautical charts; and items; (4) For IFR operations, at least one (3) The placement of seat backs in an set of pertinent navigational en route, upright position before takeoff and terminal area, and instrument ap- landing; proach procedure charts. (4) Location and means for opening (b) Each cockpit checklist required the passenger entry door and emer- by paragraph (a)(1) of this section must gency exits; contain the following procedures: (5) Location of survival equipment; (1) Before starting engines; (6) Ditching procedures and the use of (2) Before takeoff; flotation equipment required under (3) Cruise; § 91.509 for a flight over water; (4) Before landing; (7) The normal and emergency use of (5) After landing; and oxygen installed in the aircraft; and (6) Stopping engines. (8) Location and operation of fire ex- (c) Each emergency cockpit checklist tinguishers. required by paragraph (a)(2) of this sec- (b) Prior to each takeoff, the pilot in tion must contain the following proce- command of an aircraft carrying pas- dures, as appropriate: sengers on a program flight must en- (1) Emergency operation of fuel, hy- sure that each person who may need draulic, electrical, and mechanical sys- the assistance of another person to tems. move expeditiously to an exit if an (2) Emergency operation of instru- emergency occurs and that person’s at- ments and controls. tendant, if any, has received a briefing (3) Engine inoperative procedures. as to the procedures to be followed if (4) Any other emergency procedures an evacuation occurs. This paragraph necessary for safety. does not apply to a person who has been given a briefing before a previous § 91.1035 Passenger awareness. leg of that flight in the same aircraft. (a) Prior to each takeoff, the pilot in (c) Prior to each takeoff, the pilot in command of an aircraft carrying pas- command must advise the passengers sengers on a program flight must en- of the name of the entity in oper- sure that all passengers have been oral- ational control of the flight. ly briefed on— (d) The oral briefings required by (1) Smoking: Each passenger must be paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this sec- briefed on when, where, and under what tion must be given by the pilot in com- conditions smoking is prohibited. This mand or another crewmember. briefing must include a statement, as (e) The oral briefing required by appropriate, that the regulations re- paragraph (a) of this section may be de- quire passenger compliance with light- livered by means of an approved re- ed passenger information signs and no cording playback device that is audible smoking placards, prohibit smoking in to each passenger under normal noise lavatories, and require compliance levels. with crewmember instructions with re- (f) The oral briefing required by para- gard to these items; graph (a) of this section must be sup- (2) Use of safety belts, shoulder har- plemented by printed cards that must nesses, and child restraint systems: Each be carried in the aircraft in locations passenger must be briefed on when, convenient for the use of each pas- where and under what conditions it is senger. The cards must— necessary to have his or her safety belt (1) Be appropriate for the aircraft on and, if installed, his or her shoulder which they are to be used; harness fastened about him or her, and (2) Contain a diagram of, and method if a child is being transported, the ap- of operating, the emergency exits; and

794

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00804 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1037

(3) Contain other instructions nec- of that allowed by paragraph (b) of this essary for the use of emergency equip- section if all of the following condi- ment on board the aircraft. tions exist: (1) The operation is conducted in ac- § 91.1037 Large transport category air- cordance with an approved Destination planes: Turbine engine powered; Airport Analysis in that person’s pro- Limitations; Destination and alternate airports. gram operating manual that contains the elements listed in § 91.1025(o). (a) No program manager or any other (2) The airplane’s weight on arrival, person may permit a turbine engine allowing for normal consumption of powered large transport category air- fuel and oil in flight (in accordance plane on a program flight to take off with the landing distance in the Air- that airplane at a weight that (allow- plane Flight Manual for the elevation ing for normal consumption of fuel and of the destination airport and the wind oil in flight to the destination or alter- conditions expected there at the time nate airport) the weight of the airplane of landing), would allow a full stop on arrival would exceed the landing landing at the intended destination air- weight in the Airplane Flight Manual port within 80 percent of the effective for the elevation of the destination or length of each runway described below alternate airport and the ambient tem- from a point 50 feet above the intersec- perature expected at the time of land- tion of the obstruction clearance plane ing. and the runway. For the purpose of de- (b) Except as provided in paragraph termining the allowable landing weight (c) of this section, no program manager at the destination airport, the fol- or any other person may permit a tur- lowing is assumed: bine engine powered large transport category airplane on a program flight (i) The airplane is landed on the most to take off that airplane unless its favorable runway and in the most fa- weight on arrival, allowing for normal vorable direction, in still air. consumption of fuel and oil in flight (in (ii) The airplane is landed on the accordance with the landing distance most suitable runway considering the in the Airplane Flight Manual for the probable wind velocity and direction elevation of the destination airport and and the ground handling characteris- the wind conditions expected there at tics of that airplane, and considering the time of landing), would allow a full other conditions such as landing aids stop landing at the intended destina- and terrain. tion airport within 60 percent of the ef- (3) The operation is authorized by fective length of each runway described management specifications. below from a point 50 feet above the (d) No program manager or other per- intersection of the obstruction clear- son may select an airport as an alter- ance plane and the runway. For the nate airport for a turbine engine pow- purpose of determining the allowable ered large transport category airplane landing weight at the destination air- unless (based on the assumptions in port, the following is assumed: paragraph (b) of this section) that air- (1) The airplane is landed on the most plane, at the weight expected at the favorable runway and in the most fa- time of arrival, can be brought to a full vorable direction, in still air. stop landing within 80 percent of the (2) The airplane is landed on the most effective length of the runway from a suitable runway considering the prob- point 50 feet above the intersection of able wind velocity and direction and the obstruction clearance plane and the ground handling characteristics of the runway. that airplane, and considering other (e) Unless, based on a showing of ac- conditions such as landing aids and ter- tual operating landing techniques on rain. wet runways, a shorter landing dis- (c) A program manager or other per- tance (but never less than that re- son flying a turbine engine powered quired by paragraph (b) or (c) of this large transport category airplane on a section) has been approved for a spe- program flight may permit that air- cific type and model airplane and in- plane to take off at a weight in excess cluded in the Airplane Flight Manual,

795

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00805 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1039 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

no person may take off a turbojet air- thorized IFR landing minimums unless plane when the appropriate weather re- there is an alternate airport within one ports or forecasts, or any combination hour’s flying time (at normal cruising of them, indicate that the runways at speed, in still air) of the airport of de- the destination or alternate airport parture. may be wet or slippery at the esti- (e) Each pilot making an IFR takeoff mated time of arrival unless the effec- or approach and landing at an airport tive runway length at the destination must comply with applicable instru- airport is at least 115 percent of the ment approach procedures and take off runway length required under para- and landing weather minimums pre- graph (b) or (c) of this section. scribed by the authority having jurisdiction over the airport. In addition, no § 91.1039 IFR takeoff, approach and pilot may, at that airport take off landing minimums. when the visibility is less than 600 feet. (a) No pilot on a program aircraft operating a program flight may begin an § 91.1041 Aircraft proving and valida- instrument approach procedure to an tion tests. airport unless— (a) No program manager may permit (1) Either that airport or the alter- the operation of an aircraft, other than nate airport has a weather reporting a turbojet aircraft, for which two pilots facility operated by the U.S. National are required by the type certification Weather Service, a source approved by requirements of this chapter for oper- the U.S. National Weather Service, or a ations under VFR, if it has not pre- source approved by the Administrator; viously proved such an aircraft in oper- and ations under this part in at least 25 (2) The latest weather report issued hours of proving tests acceptable to the by the weather reporting facility in- Administrator including— cludes a current local altimeter setting (1) Five hours of night time, if night for the destination airport. If no local flights are to be authorized; altimeter setting is available at the (2) Five instrument approach proce- destination airport, the pilot must ob- dures under simulated or actual condi- tain the current local altimeter setting tions, if IFR flights are to be author- from a source provided by the facility ized; and designated on the approach chart for (3) Entry into a representative num- the destination airport. ber of en route airports as determined (b) For flight planning purposes, if by the Administrator. the destination airport does not have a (b) No program manager may permit weather reporting facility described in the operation of a turbojet airplane if paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the it has not previously proved a turbojet pilot must designate as an alternate an airplane in operations under this part airport that has a weather reporting in at least 25 hours of proving tests ac- facility meeting that criteria. ceptable to the Administrator includ- (c) The MDA or Decision Altitude ing— and visibility landing minimums pre- (1) Five hours of night time, if night scribed in part 97 of this chapter or in flights are to be authorized; the program manager’s management (2) Five instrument approach proce- specifications are increased by 100 feet dures under simulated or actual condi- and 1⁄2 mile respectively, but not to ex- tions, if IFR flights are to be author- ceed the ceiling and visibility mini- ized; and mums for that airport when used as an (3) Entry into a representative num- alternate airport, for each pilot in ber of en route airports as determined command of a turbine-powered aircraft by the Administrator. who has not served at least 100 hours as (c) No program manager may carry pilot in command in that type of air- passengers in an aircraft during prov- craft. ing tests, except those needed to make (d) No person may take off an air- the tests and those designated by the craft under IFR from an airport where Administrator to observe the tests. weather conditions are at or above However, pilot flight training may be takeoff minimums but are below au- conducted during the proving tests.

796

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00806 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1047

(d) Validation testing is required to (4) A traffic alert and collision avoid- determine that a program manager is ance system as required by § 121.356 of capable of conducting operations safely this chapter as applicable to the air- and in compliance with applicable reg- craft specified in that section. ulatory standards. Validation tests are (5) Airborne weather radar as re- required for the following authoriza- quired by § 121.357 of this chapter, as tions: applicable to the aircraft specified in (1) The addition of an aircraft for that section. which two pilots are required for oper- (b) Airplanes having a passenger-seat ations under VFR or a turbojet air- configuration of 30 seats or fewer, ex- plane, if that aircraft or an aircraft of cluding each crewmember, and a pay- the same make or similar design has load capacity of 7,500 pounds or less, not been previously proved or validated and any rotorcraft (as applicable): in operations under this part. (1) A cockpit voice recorder as re- (2) Operations outside U.S. airspace. quired by § 135.151 of this chapter as ap- (3) Class II navigation authoriza- plicable to the aircraft specified in tions. that section. (4) Special performance or oper- (2) A flight recorder as required by ational authorizations. § 135.152 of this chapter as applicable to (e) Validation tests must be accom- the aircraft specified in that section. plished by test methods acceptable to (3) A terrain awareness and warning the Administrator. Actual flights may system as required by § 135.154 of this not be required when an applicant can chapter as applicable to the aircraft demonstrate competence and compli- specified in that section. ance with appropriate regulations (4) A traffic alert and collision avoid- without conducting a flight. ance system as required by § 135.180 of (f) Proving tests and validation tests this chapter as applicable to the air- may be conducted simultaneously craft specified in that section. when appropriate. (5) As applicable to the aircraft speci- (g) The Administrator may authorize fied in that section, either: deviations from this section if the Ad- (i) Airborne thunderstorm detection ministrator finds that special cir- equipment as required by § 135.173 of cumstances make full compliance with this chapter; or this section unnecessary. (ii) Airborne weather radar as re- § 91.1043 [Reserved] quired by § 135.175 of this chapter.

§ 91.1045 Additional equipment re- § 91.1047 Drug and alcohol misuse edu- quirements. cation program. No person may operate a program (a) Each program manager must pro- aircraft on a program flight unless the vide each direct employee performing aircraft is equipped with the fol- flight crewmember, flight attendant, lowing— flight instructor, or aircraft mainte- (a) Airplanes having a passenger-seat nance duties with drug and alcohol configuration of more than 30 seats or misuse education. a payload capacity of more than 7,500 (b) No program manager may use any pounds: contract employee to perform flight (1) A cockpit voice recorder as re- crewmember, flight attendant, flight quired by § 121.359 of this chapter as ap- instructor, or aircraft maintenance du- plicable to the aircraft specified in ties for the program manager unless that section. that contract employee has been pro- (2) A flight recorder as required by vided with drug and alcohol misuse § 121.343 or § 121.344 of this chapter as education. applicable to the aircraft specified in (c) Program managers must disclose that section. to their owners and prospective owners (3) A terrain awareness and warning the existence of a company drug and system as required by § 121.354 of this alcohol misuse testing program. If the chapter as applicable to the aircraft program manager has implemented a specified in that section. company testing program, the program

797

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00807 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1049 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

manager’s disclosure must include the prevention program may be used to following: satisfy these requirements. (1) Information on the substances [Docket No. FAA–2001–10047, 68 FR 54561, that they test for, for example, alcohol Sept. 17, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 91–307, 74 and a list of the drugs; FR 22653, May 14, 2009] (2) The categories of employees tested, the types of tests, for example, pre- § 91.1049 Personnel. employment, random, reasonable (a) Each program manager and each cause/suspicion, post accident, return fractional owner must use in program to duty and follow-up; and operations on program aircraft flight (3) The degree to which the program crews meeting § 91.1053 criteria and manager’s company testing program is qualified under the appropriate regula- comparable to the federally mandated tions. The program manager must pro- drug and alcohol testing program re- vide oversight of those crews. (b) Each program manager must em- quired under part 120 of this chapter re- ploy (either directly or by contract) an garding the information in paragraphs adequate number of pilots per program (c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section. aircraft. Flight crew staffing must be (d) If a program aircraft is operated determined based on the following fac- on a program flight into an airport at tors, at a minimum: which no maintenance personnel are (1) Number of program aircraft. available that are subject to the re- (2) Program manager flight, duty, quirements of paragraphs (a) or (b) of and rest time considerations, and in all this section and emergency mainte- cases within the limits set forth in nance is required, the program man- §§ 91.1057 through 91.1061. ager may use persons not meeting the (3) Vacations. requirements of paragraphs (a) or (b) of (4) Operational efficiencies. this section to provide such emergency (5) Training. maintenance under both of the fol- (6) Single pilot operations, if author- lowing conditions: ized by deviation under paragraph (d) (1) The program manager must notify of this section. (c) Each program manager must pub- the Drug Abatement Program Division, lish pilot and flight attendant duty AAM–800, 800 Independence Avenue, schedules sufficiently in advance to SW., Washington, DC 20591 in writing follow the flight, duty, and rest time within 10 days after being provided limits in §§ 91.1057 through 91.1061 in emergency maintenance in accordance program operations. with this paragraph. The program man- (d) Unless otherwise authorized by ager must retain copies of all such the Administrator, when any program written notifications for two years. aircraft is flown in program operations (2) The aircraft must be reinspected with passengers onboard, the crew by maintenance personnel who meet must consist of at least two qualified the requirements of paragraph (a) or pilots employed or contracted by the (b) of this section when the aircraft is program manager or the fractional next at an airport where such mainte- owner. nance personnel are available. (e) The program manager must en- (e) For purposes of this section, sure that trained and qualified sched- emergency maintenance means main- uling or flight release personnel are on tenance that— duty to schedule and release program (1) Is not scheduled, and aircraft during all hours that such aircraft are available for program oper- (2) Is made necessary by an aircraft ations. condition not discovered prior to the departure for that location. § 91.1050 Employment of former FAA (f) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) employees. and (b) of this section, drug and alcohol (a) Except as specified in paragraph misuse education conducted under an (c) of this section, no fractional owner FAA-approved drug and alcohol misuse or fractional ownership program manager may knowingly employ or make a

798

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00808 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1053

contractual arrangement which per- (3) Summaries of legal enforcement mits an individual to act as an agent or actions resulting in a finding by the representative of the fractional owner Administrator of a violation. or fractional ownership program man- (b) Records from all previous employ- ager in any matter before the Federal ers during the five years preceding the Aviation Administration if the indi- date of the employment application vidual, in the preceding 2 years— where the applicant worked as a pilot. (1) Served as, or was directly respon- If any of these firms are in bankruptcy, sible for the oversight of, a Flight the records must be requested from the Standards Service aviation safety in- trustees in bankruptcy for those em- spector; and ployees. If the previous employer is no (2) Had direct responsibility to in- longer in business, a documented good spect, or oversee the inspection of, the faith effort must be made to obtain the operations of the fractional owner or records. Records from previous employ- fractional ownership program manager. ers must include, as applicable— (b) For the purpose of this section, an (1) Crew member records. individual shall be considered to be (2) Drug testing—collection, testing, acting as an agent or representative of and rehabilitation records pertaining a fractional owner or fractional owner- to the individual. ship program manager in a matter be- (3) Alcohol misuse prevention pro- fore the agency if the individual makes gram records pertaining to the indi- any written or oral communication on vidual. behalf of the fractional owner or frac- (4) The applicant’s individual record tional ownership program manager to that includes certifications, ratings, the agency (or any of its officers or em- aeronautical experience, effective date ployees) in connection with a par- and class of the medical certificate. ticular matter, whether or not involving a specific party and without regard § 91.1053 Crewmember experience. to whether the individual has partici- (a) No program manager or owner pated in, or had responsibility for, the may use any person, nor may any per- particular matter while serving as a son serve, as a pilot in command or Flight Standards Service aviation safe- second in command of a program air- ty inspector. craft, or as a flight attendant on a pro- (c) The provisions of this section do gram aircraft, in program operations not prohibit a fractional owner or frac- under this subpart unless that person tional ownership program manager has met the applicable requirements of from knowingly employing or making part 61 of this chapter and has the fol- a contractual arrangement which per- lowing experience and ratings: mits an individual to act as an agent or (1) Total flight time for all pilots: representative of the fractional owner (i) Pilot in command—A minimum of or fractional ownership program man- 1,500 hours. ager in any matter before the Federal (ii) Second in command—A minimum Aviation Administration if the indi- of 500 hours. vidual was employed by the fractional (2) For multi-engine turbine-powered owner or fractional ownership program fixed-wing and powered-lift aircraft, manager before October 21, 2011. the following FAA certification and [Doc. No. FAA–2008–1154, 76 FR 52235, Aug. 22, ratings requirements: 2011] (i) Pilot in command—Airline transport pilot and applicable type ratings. § 91.1051 Pilot safety background (ii) Second in command—Commercial check. pilot and instrument ratings. Within 90 days of an individual begin- (iii) Flight attendant (if required or ning service as a pilot, the program used)—Appropriately trained per- manager must request the following in- sonnel. formation: (3) For all other aircraft, the fol- (a) FAA records pertaining to— lowing FAA certification and rating re- (1) Current pilot certificates and as- quirements: sociated type ratings. (i) Pilot in command—Commercial (2) Current medical certificates. pilot and instrument ratings.

799

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00809 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1055 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(ii) Second in command—Commercial (vii) Any other condition in which pilot and instrument ratings. the pilot in command determines it to (iii) Flight attendant (if required or be prudent to exercise the pilot in com- used)—Appropriately trained per- mand’s authority. sonnel. (b) No program manager may release (b) The Administrator may authorize a program flight under this subpart un- deviations from paragraph (a)(1) of this less, for that aircraft make or model section if the Flight Standards District and, if a type rating is required, for Office that issued the program man- that type aircraft, either the pilot in ager’s management specifications finds command or the second in command that the crewmember has comparable has at least 75 hours of flight time, ei- experience, and can effectively perform ther as pilot in command or second in the functions associated with the posi- command. The Administrator may, tion in accordance with the require- upon application by the program man- ments of this chapter. Grants of devi- ager, authorize deviations from the re- ation under this paragraph may be quirements of this paragraph by an ap- granted after consideration of the size propriate amendment to the manage- and scope of the operation, the quali- ment specifications in any of the fol- fications of the intended personnel and lowing circumstances: the circumstances set forth in (1) A newly authorized program man- § 91.1055(b)(1) through (3). The Adminis- ager does not employ any pilots who trator may, at any time, terminate any meet the minimum requirements of grant of deviation authority issued this paragraph. under this paragraph. (2) An existing program manager adds to its fleet a new category and § 91.1055 Pilot operating limitations class aircraft not used before in its op- and pairing requirement. eration. (a) If the second in command of a (3) An existing program manager es- fixed-wing program aircraft has fewer tablishes a new base to which it assigns than 100 hours of flight time as second pilots who will be required to become in command flying in the aircraft qualified on the aircraft operated from make and model and, if a type rating is that base. required, in the type aircraft being (c) No person may be assigned in the flown, and the pilot in command is not capacity of pilot in command in a pro- an appropriately qualified check pilot, gram operation to more than two air- the pilot in command shall make all craft types that require a separate type takeoffs and landings in any of the fol- rating. lowing situations: (1) Landings at the destination air- § 91.1057 Flight, duty and rest time report when a Destination Airport Anal- quirements: All crewmembers. ysis is required by § 91.1037(c); and (a) For purposes of this subpart— (2) In any of the following conditions: Augmented flight crew means at least (i) The prevailing visibility for the three pilots. airport is at or below 3⁄4 mile. Calendar day means the period of (ii) The runway visual range for the elapsed time, using Coordinated Uni- runway to be used is at or below 4,000 versal Time or local time that begins feet. at midnight and ends 24 hours later at (iii) The runway to be used has the next midnight. water, snow, slush, ice or similar con- Duty period means the period of tamination that may adversely affect elapsed time between reporting for an aircraft performance. assignment involving flight time and (iv) The braking action on the run- release from that assignment by the way to be used is reported to be less program manager. All time between than ‘‘good.’’ these two points is part of the duty pe- (v) The crosswind component for the riod, even if flight time is interrupted runway to be used is in excess of 15 by nonflight-related duties. The time is knots. calculated using either Coordinated (vi) Windshear is reported in the vi- Universal Time or local time to reflect cinity of the airport. the total elapsed time.

800

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00810 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1057

Extension of flight time means an in- member is subject to the control of the crease in the flight time because of cir- program manager and holds himself or cumstances beyond the control of the herself in a condition of readiness to program manager or flight crew- undertake a flight. Standby is not part member (such as adverse weather) that of any rest period. are not known at the time of departure (b) A program manager may assign a and that prevent the flightcrew from crewmember and a crewmember may reaching the destination within the accept an assignment for flight time planned flight time. only when the applicable requirements Flight attendant means an individual, of this section and §§ 91.1059–91.1062 are other than a flight crewmember, who is met. assigned by the program manager, in (c) No program manager may assign accordance with the required minimum any crewmember to any duty during crew complement under the program any required rest period. manager’s management specifications (d) Time spent in transportation, not or in addition to that minimum com- local in character, that a program plement, to duty in an aircraft during manager requires of a crewmember and flight time and whose duties include provides to transport the crewmember but are not necessarily limited to to an airport at which he or she is to cabin-safety-related responsibilities. serve on a flight as a crewmember, or Multi-time zone flight means an eas- from an airport at which he or she was terly or westerly flight or multiple relieved from duty to return to his or flights in one direction in the same her home station, is not considered duty period that results in a time zone part of a rest period. difference of 5 or more hours and is (e) A flight crewmember may con- conducted in a geographic area that is tinue a flight assignment if the flight south of 60 degrees north latitude and to which he or she is assigned would north of 60 degrees south latitude. normally terminate within the flight Reserve status means that status in time limitations, but because of cir- which a flight crewmember, by ar- cumstances beyond the control of the rangement with the program manager: program manager or flight crew- Holds himself or herself fit to fly to the member (such as adverse weather con- extent that this is within the control ditions), is not at the time of departure of the flight crewmember; remains expected to reach its destination with- within a reasonable response time of in the planned flight time. The exten- the aircraft as agreed between the sion of flight time under this para- flight crewmember and the program graph may not exceed the maximum manager; and maintains a ready means time limits set forth in § 91.1059. whereby the flight crewmember may be (f) Each flight assignment must pro- contacted by the program manager. vide for at least 10 consecutive hours of Reserve status is not part of any duty rest during the 24-hour period that pre- period or rest period. cedes the completion time of the as- Rest period means a period of time re- signment. quired pursuant to this subpart that is (g) The program manager must pro- free of all responsibility for work or vide each crewmember at least 13 rest duty prior to the commencement of, or periods of at least 24 consecutive hours following completion of, a duty period, each in each calendar quarter. and during which the flight crew- (h) A flight crewmember may decline member or flight attendant cannot be a flight assignment if, in the flight required to receive contact from the crewmember’s determination, to do so program manager. A rest period does would not be consistent with the stand- not include any time during which the ard of safe operation required under program manager imposes on a flight this subpart, this part, and applicable crewmember or flight attendant any provisions of this title. duty or restraint, including any actual (i) Any rest period required by this work or present responsibility for work subpart may occur concurrently with should the occasion arise. any other rest period. Standby means that portion of a duty (j) If authorized by the Adminis- period during which a flight crew- trator, a program manager may use the

801

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00811 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1059 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

applicable unscheduled flight time lim- (3) 1,400 hours in any calendar year. itations, duty period limitations, and (b) Except as provided in paragraph rest requirements of part 121 or part 135 (c) of this section, during any 24 con- of this chapter instead of the flight secutive hours the total flight time of time limitations, duty period limita- the assigned flight, when added to any tions, and rest requirements of this commercial flying by that flight crew- subpart. member, may not exceed— § 91.1059 Flight time limitations and (1) 8 hours for a flight crew con- rest requirements: One or two pilot sisting of one pilot; or crews. (2) 10 hours for a flight crew con- (a) No program manager may assign sisting of two pilots qualified under any flight crewmember, and no flight this subpart for the operation being crewmember may accept an assign- conducted. ment, for flight time as a member of a (c) No program manager may assign one- or two-pilot crew if that crew- any flight crewmember, and no flight member’s total flight time in all com- crewmember may accept an assign- mercial flying will exceed— ment, if that crewmember’s flight time (1) 500 hours in any calendar quarter; or duty period will exceed, or rest time (2) 800 hours in any two consecutive will be less than— calendar quarters;

Normal duty Extension of flight time

(1) Minimum Rest Immediately Before Duty ...... 10 Hours ...... 10 Hours. (2) Duty Period ...... Up to 14 Hours Up to 14 Hours. (3) Flight Time For 1 Pilot ...... Up to 8 Hours ... Exceeding 8 Hours up to 9 Hours. (4) Flight Time For 2 Pilots ...... Up to 10 Hours Exceeding 10 Hours up to 12 Hours. (5) Minimum After Duty Rest ...... 10 Hours ...... 12 Hours. (6) Minimum After Duty Rest Period for Multi-Time Zone Flights ...... 14 Hours ...... 18 Hours.

§ 91.1061 Augmented flight crews. (ii) A PIC qualified pilot who meets (a) No program manager may assign the applicable flight crewmember re- any flight crewmember, and no flight quirements of this subpart and § 61.57(c) crewmember may accept an assign- and (d) of this chapter. ment, for flight time as a member of an (iii) A second in command (SIC) who augmented crew if that crewmember’s meets the SIC qualifications of this total flight time in all commercial fly- subpart. For flight under IFR, that per- ing will exceed— son must also meet the recent instru- (1) 500 hours in any calendar quarter; ment experience requirements of part (2) 800 hours in any two consecutive 61 of this chapter. calendar quarters; (4) For a four-pilot crew, at least (3) 1,400 hours in any calendar year. three pilots who meet the conditions of (b) No program manager may assign paragraph (b)(3) of this section, plus a any pilot to an augmented crew, unless fourth pilot who meets the SIC quali- the program manager ensures: fications of this subpart. For flight (1) Adequate sleeping facilities are under IFR, that person must also meet installed on the aircraft for the pilots. (2) No more than 8 hours of flight the recent instrument experience re- deck duty is accrued in any 24 consecu- quirements of part 61 of this chapter. tive hours. (c) No program manager may assign (3) For a three-pilot crew, the crew any flight crewmember, and no flight must consist of at least the following: crewmember may accept an assign- (i) A pilot in command (PIC) who ment, if that crewmember’s flight time meets the applicable flight crew- or duty period will exceed, or rest time member requirements of this subpart will be less than— and § 61.57 of this chapter.

802

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00812 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1062

3-Pilot crew 4-Pilot crew

(1) Minimum Rest Immediately Before Duty ...... 10 Hours ...... 10 Hours (2) Duty Period ...... Up to 16 Hours ...... Up to 18 Hours (3) Flight Time ...... Up to 12 Hours ...... Up to 16 Hours (4) Minimum After Duty Rest ...... 12 Hours ...... 18 Hours (5) Minimum After Duty Rest Period for Multi-Time Zone Flights ...... 18 hours ...... 24 hours

§ 91.1062 Duty periods and rest re- period of more than 16 hours, but no quirements: Flight attendants. more than 18 hours, if the program (a) Except as provided in paragraph manager has assigned to the flight or (b) of this section, a program manager flights in that duty period at least two may assign a duty period to a flight at- flight attendants in addition to the tendant only when the assignment minimum flight attendant complement meets the applicable duty period limi- required for the flight or flights in that tations and rest requirements of this duty period under the program man- paragraph. ager’s management specifications. (1) Except as provided in paragraphs (6) A program manager may assign a (a)(4), (a)(5), and (a)(6) of this section, flight attendant to a scheduled duty no program manager may assign a period of more than 18 hours, but no flight attendant to a scheduled duty more than 20 hours, if the scheduled period of more than 14 hours. duty period includes one or more (2) Except as provided in paragraph flights that land or take off outside the (a)(3) of this section, a flight attendant 48 contiguous states and the District of scheduled to a duty period of 14 hours Columbia, and if the program manager or less as provided under paragraph has assigned to the flight or flights in (a)(1) of this section must be given a that duty period at least three flight scheduled rest period of at least 9 con- attendants in addition to the minimum secutive hours. This rest period must flight attendant complement required occur between the completion of the for the flight or flights in that duty pe- scheduled duty period and the com- riod under the program manager’s mencement of the subsequent duty pe- management specifications. riod. (7) Except as provided in paragraph (3) The rest period required under (a)(8) of this section, a flight attendant paragraph (a)(2) of this section may be scheduled to a duty period of more scheduled or reduced to 8 consecutive than 14 hours but no more than 20 hours if the flight attendant is pro- hours, as provided in paragraphs (a)(4), vided a subsequent rest period of at (a)(5), and (a)(6) of this section, must be least 10 consecutive hours; this subse- given a scheduled rest period of at least quent rest period must be scheduled to 12 consecutive hours. This rest period begin no later than 24 hours after the must occur between the completion of beginning of the reduced rest period the scheduled duty period and the com- and must occur between the comple- mencement of the subsequent duty pe- tion of the scheduled duty period and riod. the commencement of the subsequent (8) The rest period required under duty period. paragraph (a)(7) of this section may be (4) A program manager may assign a scheduled or reduced to 10 consecutive flight attendant to a scheduled duty hours if the flight attendant is pro- period of more than 14 hours, but no vided a subsequent rest period of at more than 16 hours, if the program least 14 consecutive hours; this subse- manager has assigned to the flight or quent rest period must be scheduled to flights in that duty period at least one begin no later than 24 hours after the flight attendant in addition to the min- beginning of the reduced rest period imum flight attendant complement re- and must occur between the comple- quired for the flight or flights in that tion of the scheduled duty period and duty period under the program man- the commencement of the subsequent ager’s management specifications. duty period. (5) A program manager may assign a (9) Notwithstanding paragraphs flight attendant to a scheduled duty (a)(4), (a)(5), and (a)(6) of this section, if

803

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00813 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1063 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

a program manager elects to reduce (4) Permits training center personnel the rest period to 10 hours as author- authorized under part 142 of this chap- ized by paragraph (a)(8) of this section, ter who meet the requirements of the program manager may not sched- § 91.1075 to conduct training, testing ule a flight attendant for a duty period and checking under contract or other of more than 14 hours during the 24- arrangements to those persons subject hour period commencing after the be- to the requirements of this subpart. ginning of the reduced rest period. (b) If authorized by the Adminis- (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of trator, a program manager may com- this section, a program manager may ply with the applicable training and apply the flight crewmember flight testing sections of subparts N and O of time and duty limitations and rest re- part 121 of this chapter instead of quirements of this part to flight at- §§ 91.1065 through 91.1107, except for the tendants for all operations conducted operating experience requirements of under this part provided that the pro- § 121.434 of this chapter. gram manager establishes written pro- (c) If authorized by the Adminis- cedures that— trator, a program manager may com- (1) Apply to all flight attendants used ply with the applicable training and in the program manager’s operation; testing sections of subparts G and H of (2) Include the flight crewmember part 135 of this chapter instead of rest and duty requirements of §§ 91.1057, §§ 91.1065 through 91.1107, except for the 91.1059, and 91.1061, as appropriate to operating experience requirements of the operation being conducted, except § 135.244 of this chapter. that rest facilities on board the air- (d) For the purposes of this subpart, craft are not required; the following terms and definitions (3) Include provisions to add one apply: flight attendant to the minimum flight (1) Initial training. The training re- attendant complement for each flight crewmember who is in excess of the quired for crewmembers who have not minimum number required in the air- qualified and served in the same capac- craft type certificate data sheet and ity on an aircraft. who is assigned to the aircraft under (2) Transition training. The training the provisions of § 91.1061; and required for crewmembers who have (4) Are approved by the Adminis- qualified and served in the same capac- trator and described or referenced in ity on another aircraft. the program manager’s management (3) Upgrade training. The training re- specifications. quired for crewmembers who have qualified and served as second in com- § 91.1063 Testing and training: Appli- mand on a particular aircraft type, be- cability and terms used. fore they serve as pilot in command on (a) Sections 91.1065 through 91.1107: that aircraft. (1) Prescribe the tests and checks re- (4) Differences training. The training quired for pilots and flight attendant required for crewmembers who have crewmembers and for the approval of qualified and served on a particular check pilots in operations under this type aircraft, when the Administrator subpart; finds differences training is necessary (2) Prescribe the requirements for es- before a crewmember serves in the tablishing and maintaining an ap- same capacity on a particular vari- proved training program for crew- ation of that aircraft. members, check pilots and instructors, (5) Recurrent training. The training and other operations personnel em- required for crewmembers to remain ployed or used by the program manager adequately trained and currently pro- in program operations; ficient for each aircraft crewmember (3) Prescribe the requirements for the position, and type of operation in qualification, approval and use of air- which the crewmember serves. craft simulators and flight training de- (6) In flight. The maneuvers, proce- vices in the conduct of an approved dures, or functions that will be con- training program; and ducted in the aircraft.

804

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00814 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1065

(7) Training center. An organization (6) Meteorology in general, including governed by the applicable require- the principles of frontal systems, icing, ments of part 142 of this chapter that fog, thunderstorms, and windshear, conducts training, testing, and check- and, if appropriate for the operation of ing under contract or other arrange- the program manager, high altitude ment to program managers subject to weather; the requirements of this subpart. (7) Procedures for— (8) Requalification training. The train- (i) Recognizing and avoiding severe ing required for crewmembers pre- weather situations; viously trained and qualified, but who (ii) Escaping from severe weather sit- have become unqualified because of not uations, in case of inadvertent encoun- having met within the required period ters, including low-altitude windshear any of the following: (except that rotorcraft aircraft pilots (i) Recurrent crewmember training are not required to be tested on escap- requirements of § 91.1107. ing from low-altitude windshear); and (ii) Instrument proficiency check re- (iii) Operating in or near thunder- quirements of § 91.1069. storms (including best penetration al- (iii) Testing requirements of § 91.1065. titudes), turbulent air (including clear (iv) Recurrent flight attendant test- air turbulence), icing, hail, and other ing requirements of § 91.1067. potentially hazardous meteorological conditions; and § 91.1065 Initial and recurrent pilot (8) New equipment, procedures, or testing requirements. techniques, as appropriate. (a) No program manager or owner (b) No program manager or owner may use a pilot, nor may any person may use a pilot, nor may any person serve as a pilot, unless, since the begin- serve as a pilot, in any aircraft unless, ning of the 12th month before that since the beginning of the 12th month service, that pilot has passed either a before that service, that pilot has written or oral test (or a combination), passed a competency check given by given by the Administrator or an au- the Administrator or an authorized thorized check pilot, on that pilot’s check pilot in that class of aircraft, if knowledge in the following areas— single-engine aircraft other than tur- (1) The appropriate provisions of bojet, or that type of aircraft, if rotor- parts 61 and 91 of this chapter and the craft, multiengine aircraft, or turbojet management specifications and the op- airplane, to determine the pilot’s com- erating manual of the program man- petence in practical skills and tech- ager; niques in that aircraft or class of air- (2) For each type of aircraft to be craft. The extent of the competency flown by the pilot, the aircraft power- check will be determined by the Ad- plant, major components and systems, ministrator or authorized check pilot major appliances, performance and op- conducting the competency check. The erating limitations, standard and competency check may include any of emergency operating procedures, and the maneuvers and procedures cur- the contents of the accepted operating rently required for the original manual or equivalent, as applicable; issuance of the particular pilot certifi- (3) For each type of aircraft to be cate required for the operations au- flown by the pilot, the method of deter- thorized and appropriate to the cat- mining compliance with weight and egory, class and type of aircraft in- balance limitations for takeoff, landing volved. For the purposes of this para- and en route operations; graph, type, as to an airplane, means (4) Navigation and use of air naviga- any one of a group of airplanes deter- tion aids appropriate to the operation mined by the Administrator to have a or pilot authorization, including, when similar means of propulsion, the same applicable, instrument approach facili- manufacturer, and no significantly dif- ties and procedures; ferent handling or flight characteris- (5) Air traffic control procedures, in- tics. For the purposes of this para- cluding IFR procedures when applica- graph, type, as to a rotorcraft, means a ble; basic make and model.

805

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00815 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1067 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(c) The instrument proficiency check (h) Location and operation of all nor- required by § 91.1069 may be substituted mal and emergency exits, including for the competency check required by evacuation slides and escape ropes; and this section for the type of aircraft (i) Seating of persons who may need used in the check. assistance of another person to move (d) For the purpose of this subpart, rapidly to an exit in an emergency as competent performance of a procedure prescribed by the program manager’s or maneuver by a person to be used as operations manual. a pilot requires that the pilot be the § 91.1069 Flight crew: Instrument pro- obvious master of the aircraft, with the ficiency check requirements. successful outcome of the maneuver never in doubt. (a) No program manager or owner may use a pilot, nor may any person (e) The Administrator or authorized serve, as a pilot in command of an air- check pilot certifies the competency of craft under IFR unless, since the begin- each pilot who passes the knowledge or ning of the 6th month before that serv- flight check in the program manager’s ice, that pilot has passed an instru- pilot records. ment proficiency check under this sec- (f) All or portions of a required com- tion administered by the Adminis- petency check may be given in an air- trator or an authorized check pilot. craft simulator or other appropriate (b) No program manager or owner training device, if approved by the Ad- may use a pilot, nor may any person ministrator. serve, as a second command pilot of an aircraft under IFR unless, since the be- § 91.1067 Initial and recurrent flight ginning of the 12th month before that attendant crewmember testing re- service, that pilot has passed an instru- quirements. ment proficiency check under this sec- No program manager or owner may tion administered by the Adminis- use a flight attendant crewmember, trator or an authorized check pilot. nor may any person serve as a flight (c) No pilot may use any type of pre- attendant crewmember unless, since cision instrument approach procedure the beginning of the 12th month before under IFR unless, since the beginning that service, the program manager has of the 6th month before that use, the determined by appropriate initial and pilot satisfactorily demonstrated that recurrent testing that the person is type of approach procedure. No pilot knowledgeable and competent in the may use any type of nonprecision ap- following areas as appropriate to as- proach procedure under IFR unless, signed duties and responsibilities— since the beginning of the 6th month (a) Authority of the pilot in com- before that use, the pilot has satisfac- mand; torily demonstrated either that type of (b) Passenger handling, including approach procedure or any other two procedures to be followed in handling different types of nonprecision ap- deranged persons or other persons proach procedures. The instrument ap- whose conduct might jeopardize safety; proach procedure or procedures must include at least one straight-in ap- (c) Crewmember assignments, func- proach, one circling approach, and one tions, and responsibilities during ditch- missed approach. Each type of ap- ing and evacuation of persons who may proach procedure demonstrated must need the assistance of another person be conducted to published minimums to move expeditiously to an exit in an for that procedure. emergency; (d) The instrument proficiency (d) Briefing of passengers; checks required by paragraphs (a) and (e) Location and operation of port- (b) of this section consists of either an able fire extinguishers and other items oral or written equipment test (or a of emergency equipment; combination) and a flight check under (f) Proper use of cabin equipment and simulated or actual IFR conditions. controls; The equipment test includes questions (g) Location and operation of pas- on emergency procedures, engine oper- senger oxygen equipment; ation, fuel and lubrication systems,

806

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00816 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1073

power settings, stall speeds, best en- flight check during each period de- gine-out speed, propeller and super- scribed in paragraph (a) of this section. charger operations, and hydraulic, me- (i) All or portions of a required flight chanical, and electrical systems, as ap- check may be given in an aircraft sim- propriate. The flight check includes ulator or other appropriate training de- navigation by instruments, recovery vice, if approved by the Administrator. from simulated emergencies, and standard instrument approaches in- § 91.1071 Crewmember: Tests and volving navigational facilities which checks, grace provisions, training that pilot is to be authorized to use. to accepted standards. (e) Each pilot taking the instrument (a) If a crewmember who is required proficiency check must show that to take a test or a flight check under standard of competence required by this subpart, completes the test or § 91.1065(d). flight check in the month before or (1) The instrument proficiency check after the month in which it is required, must— that crewmember is considered to have (i) For a pilot in command of an air- completed the test or check in the craft requiring that the PIC hold an month in which it is required. airline transport pilot certificate, in- (b) If a pilot being checked under this clude the procedures and maneuvers for subpart fails any of the required ma- an airline transport pilot certificate in neuvers, the person giving the check the particular type of aircraft, if appro- may give additional training to the priate; and pilot during the course of the check. In (ii) For a pilot in command of a addition to repeating the maneuvers rotorcraft or a second in command of failed, the person giving the check may any aircraft requiring that the SIC require the pilot being checked to re- hold a commercial pilot certificate in- peat any other maneuvers that are nec- clude the procedures and maneuvers for essary to determine the pilot’s pro- a commercial pilot certificate with an ficiency. If the pilot being checked is instrument rating and, if required, for unable to demonstrate satisfactory the appropriate type rating. performance to the person conducting (2) The instrument proficiency check the check, the program manager may must be given by an authorized check not use the pilot, nor may the pilot pilot or by the Administrator. serve, as a flight crewmember in oper- (f) If the pilot is assigned to pilot ations under this subpart until the only one type of aircraft, that pilot pilot has satisfactorily completed the must take the instrument proficiency check. If a pilot who demonstrates un- check required by paragraph (a) of this satisfactory performance is employed section in that type of aircraft. as a pilot for a certificate holder oper- (g) If the pilot in command is as- ating under part 121, 125, or 135 of this signed to pilot more than one type of chapter, he or she must notify that cer- aircraft, that pilot must take the in- tificate holder of the unsatisfactory strument proficiency check required by performance. paragraph (a) of this section in each type of aircraft to which that pilot is § 91.1073 Training program: General. assigned, in rotation, but not more (a) Each program manager must have than one flight check during each pe- a training program and must: riod described in paragraph (a) of this (1) Establish, obtain the appropriate section. initial and final approval of, and pro- (h) If the pilot in command is as- vide a training program that meets signed to pilot both single-engine and this subpart and that ensures that each multiengine aircraft, that pilot must crewmember, including each flight at- initially take the instrument pro- tendant if the program manager uses a ficiency check required by paragraph flight attendant crewmember, flight (a) of this section in a multiengine air- instructor, check pilot, and each per- craft, and each succeeding check alter- son assigned duties for the carriage and nately in single-engine and multien- handling of hazardous materials (as de- gine aircraft, but not more than one fined in 49 CFR 171.8) is adequately

807

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00817 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1075 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

trained to perform these assigned du- program manager’s training program if ties. approved by the Administrator. (2) Provide adequate ground and (f) Each program manager is respon- flight training facilities and properly sible for establishing safe and efficient qualified ground instructors for the crew management practices for all training required by this subpart. phases of flight in program operations (3) Provide and keep current for each including crew resource management aircraft type used and, if applicable, training for all crewmembers used in the particular variations within the program operations. aircraft type, appropriate training ma- (g) If an aircraft simulator has been terial, examinations, forms, instruc- approved by the Administrator for use tions, and procedures for use in con- in the program manager’s training pro- ducting the training and checks re- gram, the program manager must en- quired by this subpart. sure that each pilot annually com- (4) Provide enough flight instructors, pletes at least one flight training ses- check pilots, and simulator instructors sion in an approved simulator for at to conduct required flight training and least one program aircraft. The train- flight checks, and simulator training ing session may be the flight training courses allowed under this subpart. portion of any of the pilot training or (b) Whenever a crewmember who is check requirements of this subpart, in- required to take recurrent training cluding the initial, transition, upgrade, under this subpart completes the train- requalification, differences, or recur- ing in the month before, or the month rent training, or the accomplishment after, the month in which that training of a competency check or instrument is required, the crewmember is consid- proficiency check. If there is no ap- ered to have completed it in the month proved simulator for that aircraft type in which it was required. in operation, then all flight training (c) Each instructor, supervisor, or and checking must be accomplished in check pilot who is responsible for a the aircraft. particular ground training subject, segment of flight training, course of train- § 91.1075 Training program: Special ing, flight check, or competence check rules. under this subpart must certify as to the proficiency and knowledge of the Other than the program manager, crewmember, flight instructor, or only the following are eligible under check pilot concerned upon completion this subpart to conduct training, test- of that training or check. That certifi- ing, and checking under contract or cation must be made a part of the other arrangement to those persons crewmember’s record. When the certifi- subject to the requirements of this sub- cation required by this paragraph is part. made by an entry in a computerized (a) Another program manager oper- recordkeeping system, the certifying ating under this subpart: instructor, supervisor, or check pilot, (b) A training center certificated must be identified with that entry. under part 142 of this chapter to con- However, the signature of the certi- duct training, testing, and checking re- fying instructor, supervisor, or check quired by this subpart if the training pilot is not required for computerized center— entries. (1) Holds applicable training speci- (d) Training subjects that apply to fications issued under part 142 of this more than one aircraft or crewmember chapter; position and that have been satisfac- (2) Has facilities, training equipment, torily completed during previous train- and courseware meeting the applicable ing while employed by the program requirements of part 142 of this chap- manager for another aircraft or an- ter; other crewmember position, need not (3) Has approved curriculums, cur- be repeated during subsequent training riculum segments, and portions of cur- other than recurrent training. riculum segments applicable for use in (e) Aircraft simulators and other training courses required by this sub- training devices may be used in the part; and

808

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00818 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1081

(4) Has sufficient instructors and notice with the Administrator. The fil- check pilots qualified under the appli- ing of a petition to reconsider stays the cable requirements of §§ 91.1089 through notice pending a decision by the Ad- 91.1095 to conduct training, testing, and ministrator. However, if the Adminis- checking to persons subject to the re- trator finds that there is an emergency quirements of this subpart. that requires immediate action in the (c) A part 119 certificate holder oper- interest of safety, the Administrator ating under part 121 or part 135 of this may, upon a statement of the reasons, chapter. require a change effective without (d) As authorized by the Adminis- stay. trator, a training center that is not certificated under part 142 of this chap- § 91.1079 Training program: Cur- ter. riculum. (a) Each program manager must pre- § 91.1077 Training program and revi- pare and keep current a written train- sion: Initial and final approval. ing program curriculum for each type (a) To obtain initial and final ap- of aircraft for each crewmember re- proval of a training program, or a revi- quired for that type aircraft. The cur- sion to an approved training program, riculum must include ground and flight each program manager must submit to training required by this subpart. the Administrator— (b) Each training program cur- (1) An outline of the proposed or re- riculum must include the following: vised curriculum, that provides enough (1) A list of principal ground training information for a preliminary evalua- subjects, including emergency training tion of the proposed training program subjects, that are provided. or revision; and (2) A list of all the training devices, (2) Additional relevant information mock-ups, systems trainers, procedures that may be requested by the Adminis- trainers, or other training aids that trator. the program manager will use. (b) If the proposed training program (3) Detailed descriptions or pictorial or revision complies with this subpart, displays of the approved normal, abnor- the Administrator grants initial ap- mal, and emergency maneuvers, proce- proval in writing after which the pro- dures and functions that will be per- gram manager may conduct the train- formed during each flight training ing under that program. The Adminis- phase or flight check, indicating those trator then evaluates the effectiveness maneuvers, procedures and functions of the training program and advises the that are to be performed during the program manager of deficiencies, if inflight portions of flight training and any, that must be corrected. flight checks. (c) The Administrator grants final approval of the proposed training pro- § 91.1081 Crewmember training re- gram or revision if the program man- quirements. ager shows that the training conducted (a) Each program manager must in- under the initial approval in paragraph clude in its training program the fol- (b) of this section ensures that each lowing initial and transition ground person who successfully completes the training as appropriate to the par- training is adequately trained to per- ticular assignment of the crewmember: form that person’s assigned duties. (1) Basic indoctrination ground train- (d) Whenever the Administrator finds ing for newly hired crewmembers in- that revisions are necessary for the cluding instruction in at least the— continued adequacy of a training pro- (i) Duties and responsibilities of gram that has been granted final ap- crewmembers as applicable; proval, the program manager must, (ii) Appropriate provisions of this after notification by the Adminis- chapter; trator, make any changes in the pro- (iii) Contents of the program man- gram that are found necessary by the ager’s management specifications (not Administrator. Within 30 days after the required for flight attendants); and program manager receives the notice, (iv) Appropriate portions of the pro- it may file a petition to reconsider the gram manager’s operating manual.

809

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00819 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1083 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(2) The initial and transition ground (ii) Fire in flight or on the surface training in §§ 91.1101 and 91.1105, as ap- and smoke control procedures with em- plicable. phasis on electrical equipment and re- (3) Emergency training in § 91.1083. lated circuit breakers found in cabin (b) Each training program must pro- areas; vide the initial and transition flight (iii) Ditching and evacuation; training in § 91.1103, as applicable. (iv) Illness, injury, or other abnormal (c) Each training program must pro- situations involving passengers or vide recurrent ground and flight train- crewmembers; and ing as provided in § 91.1107. (v) Hijacking and other unusual situ- (d) Upgrade training in §§ 91.1101 and ations. 91.1103 for a particular type aircraft (4) Review and discussion of previous may be included in the training pro- aircraft accidents and incidents involv- gram for crewmembers who have quali- ing actual emergency situations. fied and served as second in command (c) Each crewmember must perform on that aircraft. at least the following emergency drills, (e) In addition to initial, transition, using the proper emergency equipment upgrade and recurrent training, each and procedures, unless the Adminis- training program must provide ground trator finds that, for a particular drill, and flight training, instruction, and the crewmember can be adequately practice necessary to ensure that each trained by demonstration: crewmember— (1) Ditching, if applicable. (1) Remains adequately trained and (2) Emergency evacuation. currently proficient for each aircraft, (3) Fire extinguishing and smoke con- crewmember position, and type of oper- trol. ation in which the crewmember serves; (4) Operation and use of emergency and exits, including deployment and use of (2) Qualifies in new equipment, facili- evacuation slides, if applicable. ties, procedures, and techniques, in- (5) Use of crew and passenger oxygen. cluding modifications to aircraft. (6) Removal of life rafts from the aircraft, inflation of the life rafts, use of § 91.1083 Crewmember emergency lifelines, and boarding of passengers training. and crew, if applicable. (a) Each training program must pro- (7) Donning and inflation of life vests vide emergency training under this sec- and the use of other individual flotation for each aircraft type, model, and tion devices, if applicable. configuration, each crewmember, and (d) Crewmembers who serve in oper- each kind of operation conducted, as ations above 25,000 feet must receive appropriate for each crewmember and instruction in the following: the program manager. (1) Respiration. (b) Emergency training must provide (2) Hypoxia. the following: (3) Duration of consciousness without (1) Instruction in emergency assign- supplemental oxygen at altitude. ments and procedures, including co- (4) Gas expansion. ordination among crewmembers. (5) Gas bubble formation. (2) Individual instruction in the loca- (6) Physical phenomena and incidents tion, function, and operation of emer- of decompression. gency equipment including— (i) Equipment used in ditching and § 91.1085 Hazardous materials recogni- evacuation; tion training. (ii) First aid equipment and its prop- No program manager may use any er use; and person to perform, and no person may (iii) Portable fire extinguishers, with perform, any assigned duties and re- emphasis on the type of extinguisher to sponsibilities for the handling or car- be used on different classes of fires. riage of hazardous materials (as de- (3) Instruction in the handling of fined in 49 CFR 171.8), unless that per- emergency situations including— son has received training in the rec- (i) Rapid decompression; ognition of hazardous materials.

810

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00820 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1089

§ 91.1087 Approval of aircraft simula- lots who perform the functions de- tors and other training devices. scribed in § 91.1073(a)(4) and (c). (a) Training courses using aircraft (b) No program manager may use a simulators and other training devices person, nor may any person serve as a may be included in the program man- check pilot (aircraft) in a training pro- ager’s training program if approved by gram established under this subpart the Administrator. unless, with respect to the aircraft (b) Each aircraft simulator and other type involved, that person— training device that is used in a train- (1) Holds the pilot certificates and ing course or in checks required under ratings required to serve as a pilot in this subpart must meet the following command in operations under this sub- requirements: part; (1) It must be specifically approved (2) Has satisfactorily completed the for— training phases for the aircraft, includ- (i) The program manager; and ing recurrent training, that are re- (ii) The particular maneuver, proce- quired to serve as a pilot in command dure, or crewmember function in- in operations under this subpart; volved. (3) Has satisfactorily completed the (2) It must maintain the perform- proficiency or competency checks that ance, functional, and other characteris- are required to serve as a pilot in com- tics that are required for approval. mand in operations under this subpart; (3) Additionally, for aircraft simula- (4) Has satisfactorily completed the tors, it must be— applicable training requirements of (i) Approved for the type aircraft § 91.1093; and, if applicable, the particular vari- (5) Holds at least a Class III medical ation within type for which the train- certificate unless serving as a required ing or check is being conducted; and crewmember, in which case holds a (ii) Modified to conform with any Class I or Class II medical certificate modification to the aircraft being sim- as appropriate; and ulated that changes the performance, (6) Has been approved by the Admin- functional, or other characteristics re- istrator for the check pilot duties in- quired for approval. volved. (c) A particular aircraft simulator or (c) No program manager may use a other training device may be used by person, nor may any person serve as a more than one program manager. check pilot (simulator) in a training (d) In granting initial and final ap- program established under this subpart proval of training programs or revi- unless, with respect to the aircraft sions to them, the Administrator con- type involved, that person meets the siders the training devices, methods, provisions of paragraph (b) of this sec- and procedures listed in the program tion, or— manager’s curriculum under § 91.1079. (1) Holds the applicable pilot certificates and ratings, except medical cer- § 91.1089 Qualifications: Check pilots tificate, required to serve as a pilot in (aircraft) and check pilots (simu- command in operations under this sub- lator). part; (a) For the purposes of this section (2) Has satisfactorily completed the and § 91.1093: appropriate training phases for the air- (1) A check pilot (aircraft) is a person craft, including recurrent training, who is qualified to conduct flight that are required to serve as a pilot in checks in an aircraft, in a flight simu- command in operations under this sub- lator, or in a flight training device for part; a particular type aircraft. (3) Has satisfactorily completed the (2) A check pilot (simulator) is a per- appropriate proficiency or competency son who is qualified to conduct flight checks that are required to serve as a checks, but only in a flight simulator, pilot in command in operations under in a flight training device, or both, for this subpart; a particular type aircraft. (4) Has satisfactorily completed the (3) Check pilots (aircraft) and check applicable training requirements of pilots (simulator) are those check pi- § 91.1093; and

811

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00821 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1091 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(5) Has been approved by the Admin- unless, with respect to the type, class, istrator for the check pilot (simulator) or category aircraft involved, that per- duties involved. son— (d) Completion of the requirements (1) Holds the pilot certificates and in paragraphs (b)(2), (3), and (4) or ratings required to serve as a pilot in (c)(2), (3), and (4) of this section, as ap- command in operations under this sub- plicable, must be entered in the indi- part or part 121 or 135 of this chapter; vidual’s training record maintained by (2) Has satisfactorily completed the the program manager. training phases for the aircraft, includ- (e) A check pilot who does not hold ing recurrent training, that are re- an appropriate medical certificate may quired to serve as a pilot in command function as a check pilot (simulator), in operations under this subpart; but may not serve as a flightcrew (3) Has satisfactorily completed the member in operations under this sub- proficiency or competency checks that part. are required to serve as a pilot in com- (f) A check pilot (simulator) must ac- mand in operations under this subpart; complish the following— (4) Has satisfactorily completed the (1) Fly at least two flight segments applicable training requirements of as a required crewmember for the type, § 91.1095; and class, or category aircraft involved (5) Holds at least a Class III medical within the 12-month period preceding certificate. the performance of any check pilot (c) No program manager may use a duty in a flight simulator; or person, nor may any person serve as a (2) Before performing any check pilot flight instructor (simulator) in a train- duty in a flight simulator, satisfac- ing program established under this sub- torily complete an approved line-obser- part, unless, with respect to the type, vation program within the period pre- class, or category aircraft involved, scribed by that program. that person meets the provisions of (g) The flight segments or line-obser- paragraph (b) of this section, or— vation program required in paragraph (1) Holds the pilot certificates and (f) of this section are considered to be ratings, except medical certificate, re- completed in the month required if quired to serve as a pilot in command completed in the month before or the in operations under this subpart or month after the month in which they part 121 or 135 of this chapter; are due. (2) Has satisfactorily completed the § 91.1091 Qualifications: Flight instruc- appropriate training phases for the air- tors (aircraft) and flight instructors craft, including recurrent training, (simulator). that are required to serve as a pilot in (a) For the purposes of this section command in operations under this sub- and § 91.1095: part; (1) A flight instructor (aircraft) is a (3) Has satisfactorily completed the person who is qualified to instruct in appropriate proficiency or competency an aircraft, in a flight simulator, or in checks that are required to serve as a a flight training device for a particular pilot in command in operations under type, class, or category aircraft. this subpart; and (2) A flight instructor (simulator) is a (4) Has satisfactorily completed the person who is qualified to instruct in a applicable training requirements of flight simulator, in a flight training § 91.1095. device, or in both, for a particular (d) Completion of the requirements type, class, or category aircraft. in paragraphs (b)(2), (3), and (4) or (3) Flight instructors (aircraft) and (c)(2), (3), and (4) of this section, as ap- flight instructors (simulator) are those plicable, must be entered in the indi- instructors who perform the functions vidual’s training record maintained by described in § 91.1073(a)(4) and (c). the program manager. (b) No program manager may use a (e) A pilot who does not hold a med- person, nor may any person serve as a ical certificate may function as a flight flight instructor (aircraft) in a training instructor in an aircraft if functioning program established under this subpart as a non-required crewmember, but

812

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00822 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1093

may not serve as a flightcrew member program manager’s policies and proce- in operations under this subpart. dures. (f) A flight instructor (simulator) (3) The applicable methods, proce- must accomplish the following— dures, and techniques for conducting (1) Fly at least two flight segments the required checks. as a required crewmember for the type, (4) Proper evaluation of student per- class, or category aircraft involved formance including the detection of— within the 12-month period preceding (i) Improper and insufficient train- the performance of any flight instruc- ing; and tor duty in a flight simulator; or (ii) Personal characteristics of an ap- (2) Satisfactorily complete an applicant that could adversely affect proved line-observation program with- safety. in the period prescribed by that pro- (5) The corrective action in the case gram preceding the performance of any of unsatisfactory checks. flight instructor duty in a flight simu- (6) The approved methods, proce- lator. dures, and limitations for performing (g) The flight segments or line-obser- the required normal, abnormal, and vation program required in paragraph emergency procedures in the aircraft. (f) of this section are considered com- (d) The transition ground training for pleted in the month required if com- a check pilot must include the ap- pleted in the month before, or in the proved methods, procedures, and limi- month after, the month in which they tations for performing the required are due. normal, abnormal, and emergency pro- [Doc. No. FAA–2001–10047, 68 FR 54561, Sept. cedures applicable to the aircraft to 17, 2003, as amended by Amdt. 91–322, 76 FR which the check pilot is in transition. 31823, June 2, 2011] (e) The initial and transition flight training for a check pilot (aircraft) § 91.1093 Initial and transition train- must include the following— ing and checking: Check pilots (air- (1) The safety measures for emer- craft), check pilots (simulator). gency situations that are likely to de- (a) No program manager may use a velop during a check; person nor may any person serve as a (2) The potential results of improper, check pilot unless— untimely, or nonexecution of safety (1) That person has satisfactorily measures during a check; completed initial or transition check (3) Training and practice in con- pilot training; and ducting flight checks from the left and (2) Within the preceding 24 months, right pilot seats in the required nor- that person satisfactorily conducts a mal, abnormal, and emergency proce- proficiency or competency check under dures to ensure competence to conduct the observation of an FAA inspector or the pilot flight checks required by this an aircrew designated examiner em- subpart; and ployed by the program manager. The (4) The safety measures to be taken observation check may be accom- from either pilot seat for emergency plished in part or in full in an aircraft, situations that are likely to develop in a flight simulator, or in a flight during checking. training device. (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) (b) The observation check required of this section may be accomplished in by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is full or in part in flight, in a flight sim- considered to have been completed in ulator, or in a flight training device, as the month required if completed in the appropriate. month before or the month after the (g) The initial and transition flight month in which it is due. training for a check pilot (simulator) (c) The initial ground training for must include the following: check pilots must include the fol- (1) Training and practice in con- lowing: ducting flight checks in the required (1) Check pilot duties, functions, and normal, abnormal, and emergency pro- responsibilities. cedures to ensure competence to con- (2) The applicable provisions of the duct the flight checks required by this Code of Federal Regulations and the subpart. This training and practice

813

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00823 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1095 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

must be accomplished in a flight simu- (i) The fundamental principles of the lator or in a flight training device. teaching-learning process; (2) Training in the operation of flight (ii) Teaching methods and proce- simulators, flight training devices, or dures; and both, to ensure competence to conduct (iii) The instructor-student relation- the flight checks required by this sub- ship. part. (d) The transition ground training for flight instructors must include the ap- § 91.1095 Initial and transition train- proved methods, procedures, and limi- ing and checking: Flight instructors tations for performing the required (aircraft), flight instructors (simulator). normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures applicable to the type, class, or (a) No program manager may use a category aircraft to which the flight person nor may any person serve as a instructor is in transition. flight instructor unless— (e) The initial and transition flight (1) That person has satisfactorily training for flight instructors (aircraft) completed initial or transition flight must include the following— instructor training; and (1) The safety measures for emer- (2) Within the preceding 24 months, gency situations that are likely to de- that person satisfactorily conducts in- velop during instruction; struction under the observation of an (2) The potential results of improper FAA inspector, a program manager or untimely safety measures during in- check pilot, or an aircrew designated struction; examiner employed by the program (3) Training and practice from the manager. The observation check may left and right pilot seats in the re- be accomplished in part or in full in an quired normal, abnormal, and emer- aircraft, in a flight simulator, or in a flight training device. gency maneuvers to ensure competence (b) The observation check required to conduct the flight instruction re- by paragraph (a)(2) of this section is quired by this subpart; and considered to have been completed in (4) The safety measures to be taken the month required if completed in the from either the left or right pilot seat month before, or the month after, the for emergency situations that are like- month in which it is due. ly to develop during instruction. (c) The initial ground training for (f) The requirements of paragraph (e) flight instructors must include the fol- of this section may be accomplished in lowing: full or in part in flight, in a flight sim- (1) Flight instructor duties, func- ulator, or in a flight training device, as tions, and responsibilities. appropriate. (2) The applicable Code of Federal (g) The initial and transition flight Regulations and the program man- training for a flight instructor (simu- ager’s policies and procedures. lator) must include the following: (3) The applicable methods, proce- (1) Training and practice in the re- dures, and techniques for conducting quired normal, abnormal, and emer- flight instruction. gency procedures to ensure competence (4) Proper evaluation of student per- to conduct the flight instruction re- formance including the detection of— quired by this subpart. These maneu- (i) Improper and insufficient train- vers and procedures must be accom- ing; and plished in full or in part in a flight sim- (ii) Personal characteristics of an ap- ulator or in a flight training device. plicant that could adversely affect (2) Training in the operation of flight safety. simulators, flight training devices, or (5) The corrective action in the case both, to ensure competence to conduct of unsatisfactory training progress. the flight instruction required by this (6) The approved methods, proce- subpart. dures, and limitations for performing the required normal, abnormal, and § 91.1097 Pilot and flight attendant emergency procedures in the aircraft. crewmember training programs. (7) Except for holders of a flight in- (a) Each program manager must es- structor certificate— tablish and maintain an approved pilot

814

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00824 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1101

training program, and each program § 91.1101 Pilots: Initial, transition, and manager who uses a flight attendant upgrade ground training. crewmember must establish and main- Initial, transition, and upgrade tain an approved flight attendant ground training for pilots must include training program, that is appropriate instruction in at least the following, as to the operations to which each pilot applicable to their duties: and flight attendant is to be assigned, (a) General subjects— and will ensure that they are ade- (1) The program manager’s flight lo- quately trained to meet the applicable cating procedures; knowledge and practical testing re- (2) Principles and methods for deter- quirements of §§ 91.1065 through 91.1071. mining weight and balance, and run- (b) Each program manager required way limitations for takeoff and land- to have a training program by para- ing; graph (a) of this section must include (3) Enough meteorology to ensure a practical knowledge of weather phe- in that program ground and flight nomena, including the principles of training curriculums for— frontal systems, icing, fog, thunder- (1) Initial training; storms, windshear and, if appropriate, (2) Transition training; high altitude weather situations; (3) Upgrade training; (4) Air traffic control systems, proce- (4) Differences training; dures, and phraseology; (5) Recurrent training; and (5) Navigation and the use of naviga- (6) Requalification training. tional aids, including instrument ap- (c) Each program manager must pro- proach procedures; vide current and appropriate study ma- (6) Normal and emergency commu- terials for use by each required pilot nication procedures; and flight attendant. (7) Visual cues before and during de- (d) The program manager must fur- scent below Decision Altitude or MDA; and nish copies of the pilot and flight at- (8) Other instructions necessary to tendant crewmember training program, ensure the pilot’s competence. and all changes and additions, to the (b) For each aircraft type— assigned representative of the Admin- (1) A general description; istrator. If the program manager uses (2) Performance characteristics; training facilities of other persons, a (3) Engines and propellers; copy of those training programs or ap- (4) Major components; propriate portions used for those facili- (5) Major aircraft systems (that is, ties must also be furnished. Curricula flight controls, electrical, and hydrau- that follow FAA published curricula lic), other systems, as appropriate, may be cited by reference in the copy principles of normal, abnormal, and of the training program furnished to emergency operations, appropriate pro- the representative of the Adminis- cedures and limitations; trator and need not be furnished with (6) Knowledge and procedures for— the program. (i) Recognizing and avoiding severe weather situations; § 91.1099 Crewmember initial and re- (ii) Escaping from severe weather sit- current training requirements. uations, in case of inadvertent encoun- No program manager may use a per- ters, including low-altitude windshear (except that rotorcraft pilots are not son, nor may any person serve, as a required to be trained in escaping from crewmember in operations under this low-altitude windshear); subpart unless that crewmember has (iii) Operating in or near thunder- completed the appropriate initial or re- storms (including best penetration al- current training phase of the training titudes), turbulent air (including clear program appropriate to the type of op- air turbulence), inflight icing, hail, and eration in which the crewmember is to other potentially hazardous meteoro- serve since the beginning of the 12th logical conditions; and month before that service. (iv) Operating airplanes during ground icing conditions, (that is, any

815

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00825 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1103 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

time conditions are such that frost, (1) Training and practice in the simu- ice, or snow may reasonably be ex- lator or training device in at least the pected to adhere to the aircraft), if the maneuvers and procedures in this sub- program manager expects to authorize part that are capable of being per- takeoffs in ground icing conditions, informed in the aircraft simulator or cluding: training device; and (A) The use of holdover times when (2) A flight check in the aircraft or a using deicing/anti-icing fluids; check in the simulator or training de- (B) Airplane deicing/anti-icing proce- vice to the level of proficiency of a dures, including inspection and check pilot in command or second in com- procedures and responsibilities; mand, as applicable, in at least the ma- (C) Communications; neuvers and procedures that are capa- (D) Airplane surface contamination ble of being performed in an aircraft (that is, adherence of frost, ice, or simulator or training device. snow) and critical area identification, and knowledge of how contamination § 91.1105 Flight attendants: Initial and transition ground training. adversely affects airplane performance and flight characteristics; Initial and transition ground train- (E) Types and characteristics of deicing for flight attendants must include ing/anti-icing fluids, if used by the pro- instruction in at least the following— gram manager; (a) General subjects— (F) Cold weather preflight inspection (1) The authority of the pilot in com- procedures; mand; and (G) Techniques for recognizing con- (2) Passenger handling, including pro- tamination on the airplane; cedures to be followed in handling de- (7) Operating limitations; ranged persons or other persons whose (8) Fuel consumption and cruise con- conduct might jeopardize safety. trol; (b) For each aircraft type— (9) Flight planning; (1) A general description of the air- (10) Each normal and emergency pro- craft emphasizing physical characteris- cedure; and tics that may have a bearing on ditch- (11) The approved Aircraft Flight ing, evacuation, and inflight emer- Manual or equivalent. gency procedures and on other related duties; § 91.1103 Pilots: Initial, transition, up- (2) The use of both the public address grade, requalification, and dif- system and the means of commu- ferences flight training. nicating with other flight crew- (a) Initial, transition, upgrade, re- members, including emergency means qualification, and differences training in the case of attempted hijacking or for pilots must include flight and prac- other unusual situations; and tice in each of the maneuvers and pro- (3) Proper use of electrical galley cedures contained in each of the cur- equipment and the controls for cabin riculums that are a part of the ap- heat and ventilation. proved training program. (b) The maneuvers and procedures re- § 91.1107 Recurrent training. quired by paragraph (a) of this section (a) Each program manager must en- must be performed in flight, except to sure that each crewmember receives the extent that certain maneuvers and recurrent training and is adequately procedures may be performed in an air- trained and currently proficient for the craft simulator, or an appropriate type aircraft and crewmember position training device, as allowed by this sub- involved. part. (b) Recurrent ground training for (c) If the program manager’s ap- crewmembers must include at least the proved training program includes a following: course of training using an aircraft (1) A quiz or other review to deter- simulator or other training device, mine the crewmember’s knowledge of each pilot must successfully com- the aircraft and crewmember position plete— involved.

816

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00826 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1115

(2) Instruction as necessary in the spection program must be derived from subjects required for initial ground one of the following programs: training by this subpart, as appro- (1) An inspection program currently priate, including low-altitude recommended by the manufacturer of windshear training and training on op- the aircraft, aircraft engines, propel- erating during ground icing conditions, lers, appliances, and survival and emer- as prescribed in § 91.1097 and described gency equipment; in § 91.1101, and emergency training. (2) An inspection program that is (c) Recurrent flight training for pi- part of a continuous airworthiness lots must include, at least, flight train- maintenance program currently in use ing in the maneuvers or procedures in by a person holding an air carrier or this subpart, except that satisfactory operating certificate issued under part completion of the check required by 119 of this chapter and operating that § 91.1065 within the preceding 12 months make and model aircraft under part 121 may be substituted for recurrent flight or 135 of this chapter; training. (3) An aircraft inspection program approved under § 135.419 of this chapter § 91.1109 Aircraft maintenance: Inspec- and currently in use under part 135 of tion program. this chapter by a person holding a cer- Each program manager must estab- tificate issued under part 119 of this lish an aircraft inspection program for chapter; or each make and model program aircraft (4) An airplane inspection program and ensure each aircraft is inspected in approved under § 125.247 of this chapter accordance with that inspection pro- and currently in use under part 125 of gram. this chapter. (a) The inspection program must be (5) An inspection program that is in writing and include at least the fol- part of the program manager’s contin- lowing information: uous airworthiness maintenance pro- (1) Instructions and procedures for gram under §§ 91.1411 through 91.1443. the conduct of inspections for the par- (c) The Administrator may require ticular make and model aircraft, in- revision of the inspection program ap- cluding necessary tests and checks. proved under this section in accordance The instructions and procedures must with the provisions of § 91.415. set forth in detail the parts and areas of the airframe, engines, propellers, ro- § 91.1111 Maintenance training. tors, and appliances, including survival and emergency equipment required to The program manager must ensure be inspected. that all employees who are responsible (2) A schedule for performing the infor maintenance related to program spections that must be accomplished aircraft undergo appropriate initial under the inspection program ex- and annual recurrent training and are pressed in terms of the time in service, competent to perform those duties. calendar time, number of system oper- § 91.1113 Maintenance recordkeeping. ations, or any combination thereof. (3) The name and address of the per- Each fractional ownership program son responsible for scheduling the in- manager must keep (using the system spections required by the inspection specified in the manual required in program. A copy of the inspection pro- § 91.1025) the records specified in gram must be made available to the § 91.417(a) for the periods specified in person performing inspections on the § 91.417(b). aircraft and, upon request, to the Ad- ministrator. § 91.1115 Inoperable instruments and (b) Each person desiring to establish equipment. or change an approved inspection pro- (a) No person may take off an air- gram under this section must submit craft with inoperable instruments or the inspection program for approval to equipment installed unless the fol- the Flight Standards District Office lowing conditions are met: that issued the program manager’s (1) An approved Minimum Equipment management specifications. The in- List exists for that aircraft.

817

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00827 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1411 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(2) The program manager has been (d) A person authorized to use an ap- issued management specifications au- proved Minimum Equipment List thorizing operations in accordance issued for a specific aircraft under part with an approved Minimum Equipment 121, 125, or 135 of this chapter must use List. The flight crew must have direct that Minimum Equipment List to com- access at all times prior to flight to all ply with this section. of the information contained in the approved Minimum Equipment List § 91.1411 Continuous airworthiness through printed or other means ap- maintenance program use by frac- proved by the Administrator in the tional ownership program manager. program manager’s management speci- Fractional ownership program air- fications. An approved Minimum craft may be maintained under a con- Equipment List, as authorized by the tinuous airworthiness maintenance management specifications, con- program (CAMP) under §§ 91.1413 stitutes an approved change to the through 91.1443. Any program manager type design without requiring recertifi- who elects to maintain the program cation. aircraft using a continuous airworthi- (3) The approved Minimum Equip- ness maintenance program must comment List must: ply with §§ 91.1413 through 91.1443. (i) Be prepared in accordance with the limitations specified in paragraph § 91.1413 CAMP: Responsibility for air- (b) of this section. worthiness. (ii) Provide for the operation of the (a) For aircraft maintained in ac- aircraft with certain instruments and cordance with a Continuous Airworthi- equipment in an inoperable condition. ness Maintenance Program, each pro- (4) Records identifying the inoperable gram manager is primarily responsible instruments and equipment and the infor the following: formation required by (a)(3)(ii) of this (1) Maintaining the airworthiness of section must be available to the pilot. the program aircraft, including air- (5) The aircraft is operated under all frames, aircraft engines, propellers, ro- applicable conditions and limitations tors, appliances, and parts. contained in the Minimum Equipment (2) Maintaining its aircraft in accord- List and the management specifica- ance with the requirements of this tions authorizing use of the Minimum chapter. Equipment List. (3) Repairing defects that occur be- (b) The following instruments and tween regularly scheduled mainte- equipment may not be included in the nance required under part 43 of this Minimum Equipment List: chapter. (1) Instruments and equipment that (b) Each program manager who main- are either specifically or otherwise retains program aircraft under a CAMP quired by the airworthiness require- must— ments under which the airplane is type (1) Employ a Director of Maintenance certificated and that are essential for or equivalent position. The Director of safe operations under all operating Maintenance must be a certificated conditions. mechanic with airframe and power- (2) Instruments and equipment re- plant ratings who has responsibility for quired by an airworthiness directive to the maintenance program on all pro- be in operable condition unless the air- gram aircraft maintained under a con- worthiness directive provides other- tinuous airworthiness maintenance wise. program. This person cannot also act (3) Instruments and equipment reas Chief Inspector. quired for specific operations by this (2) Employ a Chief Inspector or part. equivalent position. The Chief Inspec- (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (b)(1) tor must be a certificated mechanic and (b)(3) of this section, an aircraft with airframe and powerplant ratings with inoperable instruments or equip- who has overall responsibility for in- ment may be operated under a special spection aspects of the CAMP. This flight permit under §§ 21.197 and 21.199 person cannot also act as Director of of this chapter. Maintenance.

818

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00828 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1415

(3) Have the personnel to perform the when the aircraft is in motion on the maintenance of program aircraft, in- ground; cluding airframes, aircraft engines, (14) Aircraft structure that requires propellers, rotors, appliances, emer- major repair; gency equipment and parts, under its (15) Cracks, permanent deformation, manual and this chapter; or make ar- or corrosion of aircraft structures, if rangements with another person for more than the maximum acceptable to the performance of maintenance. How- the manufacturer or the FAA; and ever, the program manager must en- (16) Aircraft components or systems sure that any maintenance, preventive that result in taking emergency ac- maintenance, or alteration that is per- tions during flight (except action to formed by another person is performed shut down an engine). under the program manager’s oper- (b) For the purpose of this section, ating manual and this chapter. during flight means the period from the moment the aircraft leaves the surface § 91.1415 CAMP: Mechanical reliability of the earth on takeoff until it touches reports. down on landing. (a) Each program manager who main- (c) In addition to the reports required tains program aircraft under a CAMP by paragraph (a) of this section, each must report the occurrence or detec- program manager must report any tion of each failure, malfunction, or de- other failure, malfunction, or defect in fect in an aircraft concerning— an aircraft that occurs or is detected at (1) Fires during flight and whether any time if, in the manager’s opinion, the related fire-warning system func- the failure, malfunction, or defect has tioned properly; endangered or may endanger the safe (2) Fires during flight not protected operation of the aircraft. by related fire-warning system; (d) Each program manager must send (3) False fire-warning during flight; each report required by this section, in (4) An exhaust system that causes writing, covering each 24-hour period damage during flight to the engine, ad- beginning at 0900 hours local time of jacent structure, equipment, or compo- each day and ending at 0900 hours local nents; time on the next day to the Flight Standards District Office that issued (5) An aircraft component that the program manager’s management causes accumulation or circulation of specifications. Each report of occur- smoke, vapor, or toxic or noxious rences during a 24-hour period must be fumes in the crew compartment or pas- mailed or transmitted to that office senger cabin during flight; within the next 72 hours. However, a (6) Engine shutdown during flight be- report that is due on Saturday or Sun- cause of flameout; day may be mailed or transmitted on (7) Engine shutdown during flight the following Monday and one that is when external damage to the engine or due on a holiday may be mailed or aircraft structure occurs; transmitted on the next workday. For (8) Engine shutdown during flight be- aircraft operated in areas where mail is cause of foreign object ingestion or not collected, reports may be mailed or icing; transmitted within 72 hours after the (9) Shutdown of more than one en- aircraft returns to a point where the gine during flight; mail is collected. (10) A propeller feathering system or (e) The program manager must trans- ability of the system to control over- mit the reports required by this section speed during flight; on a form and in a manner prescribed (11) A fuel or fuel-dumping system by the Administrator, and must in- that affects fuel flow or causes haz- clude as much of the following as is ardous leakage during flight; available: (12) An unwanted landing gear exten- (1) The type and identification num- sion or retraction or opening or closing ber of the aircraft. of landing gear doors during flight; (2) The name of the program man- (13) Brake system components that ager. result in loss of brake actuating force (3) The date.

819

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00829 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1417 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(4) The nature of the failure, mal- that are not required to be reported function, or defect. under § 91.1415. (5) Identification of the part and sys- (b) The number of propeller tem involved, including available infor- featherings in flight, listed by type of mation pertaining to type designation propeller and engine and aircraft on of the major component and time since which it was installed. Propeller last overhaul, if known. featherings for training, demonstra- (6) Apparent cause of the failure, tion, or flight check purposes need not malfunction or defect (for example, be reported. wear, crack, design deficiency, or personnel error). § 91.1423 CAMP: Maintenance organi- (7) Other pertinent information nec- zation. essary for more complete identifica- (a) Each program manager who main- tion, determination of seriousness, or corrective action. tains program aircraft under a CAMP (f) A program manager that is also that has its personnel perform any of the holder of a type certificate (includ- its maintenance (other than required ing a supplemental type certificate), a inspections), preventive maintenance, Parts Manufacturer Approval, or a or alterations, and each person with Technical Standard Order Authoriza- whom it arranges for the performance tion, or that is the licensee of a type of that work, must have an organiza- certificate need not report a failure, tion adequate to perform the work. malfunction, or defect under this sec- (b) Each program manager who has tion if the failure, malfunction, or de- personnel perform any inspections re- fect has been reported by it under § 21.3 quired by the program manager’s man- of this chapter or under the accident ual under § 91.1427(b) (2) or (3), (in this reporting provisions of part 830 of the subpart referred to as required inspec- regulations of the National Transpor- tions), and each person with whom the tation Safety Board. program manager arranges for the per- (g) No person may withhold a report formance of that work, must have an required by this section even when not organization adequate to perform that all information required by this section work. is available. (c) Each person performing required (h) When the program manager re- inspections in addition to other main- ceives additional information, includ- tenance, preventive maintenance, or ing information from the manufacturer alterations, must organize the perform- or other agency, concerning a report ance of those functions so as to sepa- required by this section, the program rate the required inspection functions manager must expeditiously submit it from the other maintenance, preven- as a supplement to the first report and tive maintenance, or alteration func- reference the date and place of submis- tions. The separation must be below sion of the first report. the level of administrative control at § 91.1417 CAMP: Mechanical interrup- which overall responsibility for the re- tion summary report. quired inspection functions and other Each program manager who main- maintenance, preventive maintenance, tains program aircraft under a CAMP or alterations is exercised. must mail or deliver, before the end of the 10th day of the following month, a § 91.1425 CAMP: Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alteration summary report of the following occur- programs. rences in multiengine aircraft for the preceding month to the Flight Stand- Each program manager who main- ards District Office that issued the tains program aircraft under a CAMP management specifications: must have an inspection program and a (a) Each interruption to a flight, un- program covering other maintenance, scheduled change of aircraft en route, preventive maintenance, or alterations or unscheduled stop or diversion from a that ensures that— route, caused by known or suspected (a) Maintenance, preventive mainte- mechanical difficulties or malfunctions nance, or alterations performed by its

820

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00830 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1427

personnel, or by other persons, are per- quired to be inspected and for periodic formed under the program manager’s inspection and calibration of precision manual; tools, measuring devices, and test (b) Competent personnel and ade- equipment. quate facilities and equipment are pro- (6) Procedures to ensure that all re- vided for the proper performance of quired inspections are performed. maintenance, preventive maintenance, (7) Instructions to prevent any per- or alterations; and son who performs any item of work (c) Each aircraft released to service from performing any required inspec- is airworthy and has been properly tion of that work. maintained for operation under this part. (8) Instructions and procedures to prevent any decision of an inspector re- § 91.1427 CAMP: Manual requirements. garding any required inspection from (a) Each program manager who main- being countermanded by persons other tains program aircraft under a CAMP than supervisory personnel of the in- must put in the operating manual the spection unit, or a person at the level chart or description of the program of administrative control that has manager’s organization required by overall responsibility for the manage- § 91.1423 and a list of persons with ment of both the required inspection whom it has arranged for the perform- functions and the other maintenance, ance of any of its required inspections, preventive maintenance, or alterations and other maintenance, preventive functions. maintenance, or alterations, including (9) Procedures to ensure that mainte- a general description of that work. nance (including required inspections), (b) Each program manager must put preventive maintenance, or alterations in the operating manual the programs that are not completed because of work required by § 91.1425 that must be fol- interruptions are properly completed lowed in performing maintenance, pre- before the aircraft is released to serv- ventive maintenance, or alterations of ice. that program manager’s aircraft, in- (c) Each program manager must put cluding airframes, aircraft engines, in the manual a suitable system (which propellers, rotors, appliances, emer- may include an electronic or coded sys- gency equipment, and parts, and must include at least the following: tem) that provides for the retention of (1) The method of performing routine the following information— and nonroutine maintenance (other (1) A description (or reference to data than required inspections), preventive acceptable to the Administrator) of the maintenance, or alterations. work performed; (2) A designation of the items of (2) The name of the person per- maintenance and alteration that must forming the work if the work is per- be inspected (required inspections) informed by a person outside the organi- cluding at least those that could result zation of the program manager; and in a failure, malfunction, or defect en- (3) The name or other positive identi- dangering the safe operation of the air- fication of the individual approving the craft, if not performed properly or if work. improper parts or materials are used. (d) For the purposes of this part, the (3) The method of performing re- program manager must prepare that quired inspections and a designation by part of its manual containing mainte- occupational title of personnel author- nance information and instructions, in ized to perform each required inspec- whole or in part, in a format accept- tion. (4) Procedures for the reinspection of able to the Administrator, that is re- work performed under previous retrievable in the English language. quired inspection findings (buy-back procedures). (5) Procedures, standards, and limits necessary for required inspections and acceptance or rejection of the items re-

821

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00831 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1429 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

§ 91.1429 CAMP: Required inspection Administrator, make changes in those personnel. programs requested by the Adminis- (a) No person who maintains an air- trator. craft under a CAMP may use any per- (c) A program manager may petition son to perform required inspections un- the Administrator to reconsider the less the person performing the inspec- notice to make a change in a program. tion is appropriately certificated, prop- The petition must be filed with the Di- erly trained, qualified, and authorized rector, Flight Standards Service, with- to do so. in 30 days after the program manager (b) No person may allow any person receives the notice. Except in the case to perform a required inspection un- of an emergency requiring immediate less, at the time the work was per- action in the interest of safety, the fil- formed, the person performing that in- ing of the petition stays the notice spection is under the supervision and pending a decision by the Adminis- control of the chief inspector. trator. (c) No person may perform a required inspection if that person performed the § 91.1433 CAMP: Maintenance and pre- item of work required to be inspected. ventive maintenance training pro- (d) Each program manager must gram. maintain, or must ensure that each Each program manager who main- person with whom it arranges to per- tains program aircraft under a CAMP form required inspections maintains, a or a person performing maintenance or current listing of persons who have preventive maintenance functions for been trained, qualified, and authorized it must have a training program to en- to conduct required inspections. The sure that each person (including in- persons must be identified by name, oc- spection personnel) who determines the cupational title, and the inspections adequacy of work done is fully in- that they are authorized to perform. formed about procedures and tech- The program manager (or person with niques and new equipment in use and is whom it arranges to perform its re- competent to perform that person’s du- quired inspections) must give written ties. information to each person so authorized, describing the extent of that per- § 91.1435 CAMP: Certificate require- son’s responsibilities, authorities, and ments. inspectional limitations. The list must (a) Except for maintenance, preven- be made available for inspection by the tive maintenance, alterations, and re- Administrator upon request. quired inspections performed by repair stations located outside the United § 91.1431 CAMP: Continuing analysis States certificated under the provi- and surveillance. sions of part 145 of this chapter, each (a) Each program manager who main- person who is directly in charge of tains program aircraft under a CAMP maintenance, preventive maintenance, must establish and maintain a system or alterations for a CAMP, and each for the continuing analysis and surveil- person performing required inspections lance of the performance and effective- for a CAMP must hold an appropriate ness of its inspection program and the airman certificate. program covering other maintenance, (b) For the purpose of this section, a preventive maintenance, and alter- person ‘‘directly in charge’’ is each per- ations and for the correction of any de- son assigned to a position in which ficiency in those programs, regardless that person is responsible for the work of whether those programs are carried of a shop or station that performs out by employees of the program man- maintenance, preventive maintenance, ager or by another person. alterations, or other functions affect- (b) Whenever the Administrator finds ing airworthiness. A person who is di- that the programs described in para- rectly in charge need not physically graph (a) of this section does not con- observe and direct each worker contain adequate procedures and standards stantly but must be available for con- to meet this part, the program man- sultation and decision on matters re- ager must, after notification by the quiring instruction or decision from

822

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00832 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1443

higher authority than that of the per- engine, propeller, rotor, and appliance son performing the work. the records specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section must be retained until § 91.1437 CAMP: Authority to perform the work is repeated or superseded by and approve maintenance. other work or for one year after the A program manager who maintains work is performed. program aircraft under a CAMP may (2) The records of the last complete employ maintenance personnel, or overhaul of each airframe, engine, pro- make arrangements with other persons peller, rotor, and appliance must be re- to perform maintenance and preventive tained until the work is superseded by maintenance as provided in its mainte- work of equivalent scope and detail. nance manual. Unless properly certifi- (3) The records specified in paragraph cated, the program manager may not (a)(2) of this section must be retained perform or approve maintenance for reas specified unless transferred with the turn to service. aircraft at the time the aircraft is sold. § 91.1439 CAMP: Maintenance record- (c) The program manager must make ing requirements. all maintenance records required to be kept by this section available for in- (a) Each program manager who main- spection by the Administrator or any tains program aircraft under a CAMP representative of the National Trans- must keep (using the system specified portation Safety Board. in the manual required in § 91.1427) the following records for the periods speci- § 91.1441 CAMP: Transfer of mainte- fied in paragraph (b) of this section: nance records. (1) All the records necessary to show that all requirements for the issuance When a U.S.-registered fractional of an airworthiness release under ownership program aircraft maintained § 91.1443 have been met. under a CAMP is removed from the list (2) Records containing the following of program aircraft in the management information: specifications, the program manager (i) The total time in service of the must transfer to the purchaser, at the airframe, engine, propeller, and rotor. time of the sale, the following records (ii) The current status of life-limited of that aircraft, in plain language form parts of each airframe, engine, pro- or in coded form that provides for the peller, rotor, and appliance. preservation and retrieval of informa- (iii) The time since last overhaul of tion in a manner acceptable to the Ad- each item installed on the aircraft that ministrator: are required to be overhauled on a (a) The records specified in specified time basis. § 91.1439(a)(2). (iv) The identification of the current (b) The records specified in inspection status of the aircraft, in- § 91.1439(a)(1) that are not included in cluding the time since the last inspec- the records covered by paragraph (a) of tions required by the inspection pro- this section, except that the purchaser gram under which the aircraft and its may allow the program manager to appliances are maintained. keep physical custody of such records. (v) The current status of applicable However, custody of records by the pro- airworthiness directives, including the gram manager does not relieve the pur- date and methods of compliance, and, chaser of its responsibility under if the airworthiness directive involves § 91.1439(c) to make the records avail- recurring action, the time and date able for inspection by the Adminis- when the next action is required. trator or any representative of the Na- (vi) A list of current major alter- tional Transportation Safety Board. ations and repairs to each airframe, engine, propeller, rotor, and appliance. § 91.1443 CAMP: Airworthiness release (b) Each program manager must re- or aircraft maintenance log entry. tain the records required to be kept by (a) No program aircraft maintained this section for the following periods: under a CAMP may be operated after (1) Except for the records of the last maintenance, preventive maintenance, complete overhaul of each airframe, or alterations are performed unless

823

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00833 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1501 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

qualified, certificated personnel em- each airplane. These requirements may ployed by the program manager pre- include, but are not limited to, revising pare, or cause the person with whom the inspection program, incorporating the program manager arranges for the design changes, and incorporating revi- performance of the maintenance, pre- sions to Instructions for Continued ventive maintenance, or alterations, to Airworthiness. prepare— (b) For purposes of this subpart, the (1) An airworthiness release; or ‘‘FAA Oversight Office’’ is the aircraft (2) An appropriate entry in the air- certification office or office of the craft maintenance log. Transport Airplane Directorate with (b) The airworthiness release or log oversight responsibility for the rel- entry required by paragraph (a) of this evant type certificate or supplemental section must— type certificate, as determined by the (1) Be prepared in accordance with Administrator. the procedure in the program manager’s manual; § 91.1503 [Reserved] (2) Include a certification that— (i) The work was performed in ac- § 91.1505 Repairs assessment for pres- cordance with the requirements of the surized fuselages. program manager’s manual; (a) No person may operate an Airbus (ii) All items required to be inspected Model A300 (excluding the –600 series), were inspected by an authorized person British Aerospace Model BAC 1–11, Boe- who determined that the work was sat- ing Model, 707, 720, 727, 737 or 747, isfactorily completed; McDonnell Douglas Model DC–8, DC–9/ (iii) No known condition exists that MD–80 or DC–10, Fokker Model F28, or would make the aircraft unairworthy; Lockheed Model L–1011 airplane beyond (iv) So far as the work performed is applicable flight cycle implementation concerned, the aircraft is in condition time specified below, or May 25, 2001, for safe operation; and whichever occurs later, unless repair (3) Be signed by an authorized certifi- assessment guidelines applicable to the cated mechanic. fuselage pressure boundary (fuselage (c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(3) skin, door skin, and bulkhead webs) of this section, after maintenance, pre- that have been approved by the FAA ventive maintenance, or alterations Aircraft Certification Office (ACO), or performed by a repair station certifi- office of the Transport Airplane Direc- cated under the provisions of part 145 torate, having cognizance over the type of this chapter, the approval for return certificate for the affected airplane are to service or log entry required by incorporated within its inspection pro- paragraph (a) of this section may be gram: signed by a person authorized by that (1) For the Airbus Model A300 (ex- repair station. cluding the –600 series), the flight cycle (d) Instead of restating each of the implementation time is: conditions of the certification required (i) Model B2: 36,000 flights. by paragraph (b) of this section, the (ii) Model B4–100 (including Model program manager may state in its B4–2C): 30,000 flights above the window manual that the signature of an au- line, and 36,000 flights below the win- thorized certificated mechanic or re- dow line. pairman constitutes that certification. (iii) Model B4–200: 25,500 flights above the window line, and 34,000 flights Subpart L—Continued Airworthi- below the window line. ness and Safety Improve- (2) For all models of the British Aero- ments space BAC 1–11, the flight cycle implementation time is 60,000 flights. SOURCE: Amdt. 91–297, 72 FR 63410, Nov. 8, (3) For all models of the Boeing 707, 2007, unless otherwise noted. the flight cycle implementation time is 15,000 flights. § 91.1501 Purpose and definition. (4) For all models of the Boeing 720, (a) This subpart requires operators to the flight cycle implementation time is support the continued airworthiness of 23,000 flights.

824

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00834 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 91.1603

(5) For all models of the Boeing 727, cable inspections, procedures, and limi- the flight cycle implementation time is tations for fuel tank systems. 45,000 flights. (d) The proposed fuel tank system in- (6) For all models of the Boeing 737, spection program revisions specified in the flight cycle implementation time is paragraph (c) of this section must be 60,000 flights. based on fuel tank system Instructions (7) For all models of the Boeing 747, for Continued Airworthiness (ICA) that the flight cycle implementation time is have been developed in accordance 15,000 flights. with the applicable provisions of SFAR (8) For all models of the McDonnell 88 of this chapter or § 25.1529 and part Douglas DC–8, the flight cycle imple- 25, Appendix H, of this chapter, in ef- mentation time is 30,000 flights. fect on June 6, 2001 (including those de- (9) For all models of the McDonnell veloped for auxiliary fuel tanks, if any, Douglas DC–9/MD–80, the flight cycle installed under supplemental type cer- implementation time is 60,000 flights. tificates or other design approval) and (10) For all models of the McDonnell that have been approved by the FAA Douglas DC–10, the flight cycle imple- Oversight Office. mentation time is 30,000 flights. (e) After December 16, 2008, before re- (11) For all models of the Lockheed turning an airplane to service after any L–1011, the flight cycle implementation alterations for which fuel tank ICA are time is 27,000 flights. developed under SFAR 88, or under (12) For the Fokker F–28 Mark 1000, § 25.1529 in effect on June 6, 2001, the op- 2000, 3000, and 4000, the flight cycle im- erator must include in the inspection plementation time is 60,000 flights. program for the airplane inspections (b) [Reserved] and procedures for the fuel tank sys- [Doc. No. 29104, 65 FR 24125, Apr. 25, 2000; 65 tem based on those ICA. FR 35703, June 5, 2000; 65 FR 50744, Aug. 21, (f) The fuel tank system inspection 2000, as amended by Amdt. 91–266, 66 FR program changes identified in para- 23130, May 7, 2001; Amdt. 91–277, 67 FR 72834, Dec. 9, 2002; Amdt. 91–283, 69 FR 45941, July graphs (d) and (e) of this section and 30, 2004. Redesignated and amended by Amdt. any later fuel tank system revisions 91–297, 72 FR 63410, Nov. 8, 2007] must be submitted to the Flight Stand- ards District Office (FSDO) responsible § 91.1507 Fuel tank system inspection for review and approval. program. (g) This section does not apply to the (a) Except as provided in paragraph following airplane models: (g) of this section, this section applies (1) Bombardier CL–44 to transport category, turbine-powered (2) Concorde airplanes with a type certificate issued (3) deHavilland D.H. 106 Comet 4C after January 1, 1958, that, as a result (4) VFW-Vereinigte Flugtechnische of original type certification or later Werk VFW–614 increase in capacity, have— (5) Illyushin Aviation IL 96T (1) A maximum type-certificated pas- (6) Bristol Aircraft Britannia 305 senger capacity of 30 or more, or (7) Handley Page Herald Type 300 (2) A maximum payload capacity of 7,500 pounds or more. (8) Avions Marcel Dassault—Breguet (b) For each airplane on which an Aviation Mercure 100C auxiliary fuel tank is installed under a (9) Airbus Caravelle field approval, before June 16, 2008, the (10) Lockheed L–300 operator must submit to the FAA Oversight Office proposed maintenance Subpart M—Special Federal instructions for the tank that meet the Aviation Regulations requirements of Special Federal Avia- tion Regulation No. 88 (SFAR 88) of § 91.1603 Special Federal Aviation Reg- this chapter. ulation No. 112—Prohibition (c) After December 16, 2008, no oper- Against Certain Flights Within the ator may operate an airplane identified Tripoli (HLLL) Flight Information in paragraph (a) of this section unless Region (FIR). the inspection program for that air- (a) Applicability. This section applies plane has been revised to include appli- to the following persons:

825

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00835 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 91.1605 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(1) All U.S. air carriers and U.S. com- the deviation, including a description mercial operators; of the deviation and the reasons for it. (2) All persons exercising the privi- (e) Expiration. This Special Federal leges of an airman certificate issued by Aviation Regulation will remain in ef- the FAA, except when such persons are fect for 3 years from the effective date. operating a U.S.-registered aircraft for The FAA may amend, rescind, or ex- a foreign air carrier; and tend this Special Federal Aviation (3) All operators of U.S.-registered Regulation as necessary. civil aircraft, except operators of such [Doc. No. FAA–2011–0246, 76 FR 16238, Mar. 23, aircraft that are foreign air carriers. 2011] (b) Flight prohibition. Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this § 91.1605 Special Federal Aviation Reg- section, no person described in para- ulation No. 77—Prohibition Against graph (a) of this section may conduct Certain Flights Within the Terri- flight operations within the Tripoli tory and Airspace of Iraq. (HLLL) FIR. (a) Applicability. This rule applies to (c) Permitted operations. This section the following persons: does not prohibit persons described in (1) All U.S. air carriers or commer- paragraph (a) of this section from con- cial operators; ducting flight operations within the (2) All persons exercising the privi- Tripoli (HLLL) FIR under the fol- leges of an airman certificate issued by lowing conditions: the FAA except such persons operating (1) Flight operations are conducted U.S.-registered aircraft for a foreign under a contract, grant or cooperative air carrier; or agreement with another department, (3) All operators of aircraft registered agency, or instrumentality of the in the United States except where the United States Government with the ap- operator of such aircraft is a foreign proval of the FAA, or by an exemption air carrier. issued by the Administrator. The FAA (b) Flight prohibition. No person may will process requests for approval or conduct flight operations over or with- exemption in a timely manner, with an in the territory of Iraq, except as pro- order of preference first for those oper- vided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this ations in support of U.S. government- section or except as follows: sponsored activities, second for those (1) Overflights of Iraq may be con- operations in support of government- ducted above flight level (FL) 200 sub- sponsored activities of another State ject to the approval of, and in accord- with the support of a U.S. government ance with the conditions established agency, and third for all other oper- by, the appropriate authorities of Iraq. ations. (2) Flights departing from the coun- (2) Flight operations are coordinated tries adjacent to Iraq whose climb per- with any mechanism established by formance will not permit operations paragraph 8 of U.N. Security Council above FL200 prior to entering Iraqi air- Resolution 1973 (2011). space may operate at altitudes below (d) Emergency situations. In an emer- FL200 within Iraq to the extent nec- gency that requires immediate decision essary to permit a climb above FL200, and action for the safety of the flight, subject to the approval of, and in ac- the pilot in command of an aircraft cordance with the conditions estab- may deviate from this section to the lished by, the appropriate authorities extent required by that emergency. Ex- of Iraq. cept for U.S. air carriers and commer- (3) Flights originating from or des- cial operators that are subject to the tined to areas outside of Iraq may be requirements of 14 CFR parts 119, 121, operated to or from Erbil International 125, or 135, each person who deviates Airport (ORER) or Sulaymaniyah from this section must, within 10 days International Airport (ORSU) within of the deviation, excluding Saturdays, the territory of Iraq north of 34°30′ Sundays, and Federal holidays, submit North latitude. Such flights may oper- to the nearest FAA Flight Standards ate below FL200 only when initiating District Office a complete report of the an arrival to or departure from Erbil operations of the aircraft involved in International Airport (ORER) or

826

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00836 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, App. A

Sulaymaniyah International Airport APPENDIX A TO PART 91—CATEGORY II (ORSU). OPERATIONS: MANUAL, INSTRU- (4) Flights departing Erbil and MENTS, EQUIPMENT, AND MAINTE- Sulaymaniyah whose climb perform- NANCE ance will not permit operation above 1. Category II Manual FL200 prior to entering Iraqi airspace south of the 34°30′ North latitude may (a) Application for approval. An applicant for approval of a Category II manual or an operate at altitudes below FL 200 to amendment to an approved Category II man- the extent necessary to permit a climb ual must submit the proposed manual or above FL200. amendment to the Flight Standards District (5) Prior to conducting the flight op- Office having jurisdiction of the area in erations described in paragraphs (b)(3) which the applicant is located. If the appli- and (4) of this section, the operator cation requests an evaluation program, it must include the following: must obtain a letter of authorization (1) The location of the aircraft and the or operations specification, as appro- place where the demonstrations are to be priate, from the Director, Flight conducted; and Standards Service, AFS–1, which will (2) The date the demonstrations are to specify the limitations and conditions commence (at least 10 days after filing the under which the operation must be application). (b) Contents. Each Category II manual conducted. All flights conducted under must contain: paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this section (1) The registration number, make, and are subject to the approval of, and model of the aircraft to which it applies; must be conducted in accordance with (2) A maintenance program as specified in the conditions established by the ap- section 4 of this appendix; and propriate authorities of Iraq. (3) The procedures and instructions related to recognition of decision height, use of run- (c) Permitted Operations. This SFAR way visual range information, approach does not prohibit persons described in monitoring, the decision region (the region paragraph (a) of this section from con- between the middle marker and the decision ducting flight operations within the height), the maximum permissible devi- territory and airspace of Iraq when ations of the basic ILS indicator within the decision region, a missed approach, use of such operations are authorized either airborne low approach equipment, minimum by another agency of the United States altitude for the use of the autopilot, instru- Government with the approval of the ment and equipment failure warning sys- FAA, or by an exemption granted by tems, instrument failure, and other proce- the Administrator. dures, instructions, and limitations that (d) Emergency situations. In an emer- may be found necessary by the Adminis- trator. gency that requires immediate decision and action for the safety of the flight, 2. Required Instruments and Equipment the pilot in command of an aircraft The instruments and equipment listed in may deviate from this SFAR to the ex- this section must be installed in each air- tent required by that emergency. Ex- craft operated in a Category II operation. cept for U.S. air carriers or commercial This section does not require duplication of operators that are subject to the re- instruments and equipment required by § 91.205 or any other provisions of this chap- quirements of parts 119, 121, or 135, ter. each person who deviates from this (a) Group I. (1) Two localizer and glide rule shall, within ten (10) days of the slope receiving systems. Each system must deviation, excluding Saturdays, Sun- provide a basic ILS display and each side of days, and Federal holidays, submit to the instrument panel must have a basic ILS the Flight Standards Service Air display. However, a single localizer antenna and a single glide slope antenna may be used. Transportation Division (AFS–200) a (2) A communications system that does not complete report of the operations of affect the operation of at least one of the the aircraft involved in the deviation ILS systems. including a description of the deviation (3) A marker beacon receiver that provides and the reasons therefore. distinctive aural and visual indications of the outer and the middle markers. [Doc. No. FAA–2003–14766, 77 FR 72712, Dec. 6, (4) Two gyroscopic pitch and bank indi- 2012] cating systems.

827

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00837 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, App. A 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(5) Two gyroscopic direction indicating Localizer and Glide Slope Receivers,’’ which systems. may be obtained from the RTCA Secretariat, (6) Two airspeed indicators. 1425 K St., NW., Washington, DC 20005. (7) Two sensitive altimeters adjustable for (2) The altimeters and the static pressure barometric pressure, each having a placarded systems were tested and inspected in accord- correction for altimeter scale error and for ance with appendix E to part 43 of this chap- the wheel height of the aircraft. After June ter; and 26, 1979, two sensitive altimeters adjustable (3) All other instruments and items of for barometric pressure, having markings at equipment specified in section 2(a) of this ap- 20-foot intervals and each having a placarded pendix that are listed in the proposed main- correction for altimeter scale error and for tenance program were bench checked and the wheel height of the aircraft. found to meet the manufacturer’s specifica- (8) Two vertical speed indicators. tions. (9) A flight control guidance system that (b) Flight control guidance system. All com- consists of either an automatic approach ponents of the flight control guidance sys- coupler or a flight director system. A flight tem must be approved as installed by the director system must display computed in- evaluation program specified in paragraph formation as steering command in relation (e) of this section if they have not been ap- to an ILS localizer and, on the same instru- proved for Category III operations under ap- ment, either computed information as pitch plicable type or supplemental type certifi- command in relation to an ILS glide slope or cation procedures. In addition, subsequent basic ILS glide slope information. An auto- changes to make, model, or design of the matic approach coupler must provide at components must be approved under this least automatic steering in relation to an paragraph. Related systems or devices, such ILS localizer. The flight control guidance as the autothrottle and computed missed ap- system may be operated from one of the re- proach guidance system, must be approved in ceiving systems required by subparagraph (1) the same manner if they are to be used for of this paragraph. Category II operations. (10) For Category II operations with deci- (c) Radio altimeter. A radio altimeter must sion heights below 150 feet either a marker beacon receiver providing aural and visual meet the performance criteria of this para- indications of the inner marker or a radio al- graph for original approval and after each timeter. subsequent alteration. (b) Group II. (1) Warning systems for imme- (1) It must display to the flight crew clear- diate detection by the pilot of system faults ly and positively the wheel height of the in items (1), (4), (5), and (9) of Group I and, if main landing gear above the terrain. installed for use in Category III operations, (2) It must display wheel height above the the radio altimeter and autothrottle system. terrain to an accuracy of plus or minus 5 feet (2) Dual controls. or 5 percent, whichever is greater, under the (3) An externally vented static pressure following conditions: system with an alternate static pressure (i) Pitch angles of zero to plus or minus 5 source. degrees about the mean approach attitude. (4) A windshield wiper or equivalent means (ii) Roll angles of zero to 20 degrees in ei- of providing adequate cockpit visibility for a ther direction. safe visual transition by either pilot to (iii) Forward velocities from minimum ap- touchdown and rollout. proach speed up to 200 knots. (5) A heat source for each airspeed system (iv) Sink rates from zero to 15 feet per sec- pitot tube installed or an equivalent means ond at altitudes from 100 to 200 feet. of preventing malfunctioning due to icing of (3) Over level ground, it must track the ac- the pitot system. tual altitude of the aircraft without significant lag or oscillation. 3. Instruments and Equipment Approval (4) With the aircraft at an altitude of 200 (a) General. The instruments and equip- feet or less, any abrupt change in terrain ment required by section 2 of this appendix representing no more than 10 percent of the must be approved as provided in this section aircraft’s altitude must not cause the altim- before being used in Category II operations. eter to unlock, and indicator response to Before presenting an aircraft for approval of such changes must not exceed 0.1 seconds the instruments and equipment, it must be and, in addition, if the system unlocks for shown that since the beginning of the 12th greater changes, it must reacquire the signal calendar month before the date of submis- in less than 1 second. sion— (5) Systems that contain a push-to-test (1) The ILS localizer and glide slope equip- feature must test the entire system (with or ment were bench checked according to the without an antenna) at a simulated altitude manufacturer’s instructions and found to of less than 500 feet. meet those standards specified in RTCA (6) The system must provide to the flight Paper 23–63/DO–117 dated March 14, 1963, crew a positive failure warning display any ‘‘Standard Adjustment Criteria for Airborne time there is a loss of power or an absence of

828

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00838 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, App. A

ground return signals within the designed both on a diagram of the basic ILS display range of operating altitudes. and a diagram of the runway extended to the (d) Other instruments and equipment. All middle marker. Estimated touchdown point other instruments and items of equipment must be indicated on the runway diagram. required by § 2 of this appendix must be capa- (vi) Compatibility of flight director with ble of performing as necessary for Category the auto coupler, if applicable. II operations. Approval is also required after (vii) Quality of overall system perform- each subsequent alteration to these instru- ance. ments and items of equipment. (4) Evaluation. A final evaluation of the (e) Evaluation program—(1) Application. Ap- flight control guidance system is made upon proval by evaluation is requested as a part of successful completion of the demonstrations. the application for approval of the Category If no hazardous tendencies have been dis- II manual. played or are otherwise known to exist, the (2) Demonstrations. Unless otherwise au- system is approved as installed. thorized by the Administrator, the evaluation program for each aircraft requires the 4. Maintenance program demonstrations specified in this paragraph. (a) Each maintenance program must con- At least 50 ILS approaches must be flown tain the following: with at least five approaches on each of (1) A list of each instrument and item of three different ILS facilities and no more equipment specified in § 2 of this appendix than one half of the total approaches on any that is installed in the aircraft and approved one ILS facility. All approaches shall be for Category II operations, including the flown under simulated instrument conditions make and model of those specified in § 2(a). to a 100-foot decision height and 90 percent of (2) A schedule that provides for the per- the total approaches made must be success- formance of inspections under subparagraph ful. A successful approach is one in which— (5) of this paragraph within 3 calendar (i) At the 100-foot decision height, the indi- months after the date of the previous inspec- cated airspeed and heading are satisfactory tion. The inspection must be performed by a for a normal flare and landing (speed must be person authorized by part 43 of this chapter, plus or minus 5 knots of programmed air- except that each alternate inspection may be speed, but may not be less than computed replaced by a functional flight check. This threshold speed if autothrottles are used); functional flight check must be performed (ii) The aircraft at the 100-foot decision by a pilot holding a Category II pilot author- height, is positioned so that the cockpit is ization for the type aircraft checked. within, and tracking so as to remain within, (3) A schedule that provides for the per- the lateral confines of the runway extended; formance of bench checks for each listed in- (iii) Deviation from glide slope after leav- strument and item of equipment that is spec- ing the outer marker does not exceed 50 per- ified in section 2(a) within 12 calendar cent of full-scale deflection as displayed on months after the date of the previous bench the ILS indicator; check. (iv) No unusual roughness or excessive at- (4) A schedule that provides for the per- titude changes occur after leaving the mid- formance of a test and inspection of each dle marker; and static pressure system in accordance with (v) In the case of an aircraft equipped with appendix E to part 43 of this chapter within an approach coupler, the aircraft is suffi- 12 calendar months after the date of the pre- ciently in trim when the approach coupler is vious test and inspection. disconnected at the decision height to allow (5) The procedures for the performance of for the continuation of a normal approach the periodic inspections and functional flight and landing. checks to determine the ability of each list- (3) Records. During the evaluation program ed instrument and item of equipment speci- the following information must be main- fied in section 2(a) of this appendix to per- tained by the applicant for the aircraft with form as approved for Category II operations respect to each approach and made available including a procedure for recording func- to the Adninistrator upon request: tional flight checks. (i) Each deficiency in airborne instruments (6) A procedure for assuring that the pilot and equipment that prevented the initiation is informed of all defects in listed instru- of an approach. ments and items of equipment. (ii) The reasons for discontinuing an ap- (7) A procedure for assuring that the condi- proach, including the altitude above the run- tion of each listed instrument and item of way at which it was discontinued. equipment upon which maintenance is per- (iii) Speed control at the 100-foot decision formed is at least equal to its Category II ap- height if auto throttles are used. proval condition before it is returned to serv- (iv) Trim condition of the aircraft upon ice for Category II operations. disconnecting the auto coupler with respect (8) A procedure for an entry in the mainte- to continuation to flare and landing. nance records required by § 43.9 of this chap- (v) Position of the aircraft at the middle ter that shows the date, airport, and reasons marker and at the decision height indicated for each discontinued Category II operation

829

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00839 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, App. B 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

because of a malfunction of a listed instru- cannot be safely or properly accomplished by ment or item of equipment. overocean testing; (b) Bench check. A bench check required by (2) A description of the test area proposed this section must comply with this para- by the applicant, including an environmental graph. analysis of that area meeting the require- (1) It must be performed by a certificated ments of paragraph (b) of this section; and repair station holding one of the following (3) Conditions and limitations that will en- ratings as appropriate to the equipment sure that no measurable sonic boom over- checked: pressure will reach the surface outside of the (i) An instrument rating. designated test area. (ii) A radio rating. (d) An application is denied if the Adminis- (2) It must consist of removal of an instru- trator finds that such action is necessary to ment or item of equipment and performance protect or enhance the environment. of the following: (i) A visual inspection for cleanliness, im- Section 2. Issuance pending failure, and the need for lubrication, repair, or replacement of parts; (a) For a flight in a designated test area, (ii) Correction of items found by that vis- an authorization to exceed Mach 1 may be ual inspection; and issued when the Administrator has taken the (iii) Calibration to at least the manufac- environmental protective actions specified turer’s specifications unless otherwise speci- in section 1(b) of this appendix and the appli- fied in the approved Category II manual for cant shows one or more of the following: the aircraft in which the instrument or item (1) The flight is necessary to show compli- of equipment is installed. ance with airworthiness requirements. (c) Extensions. After the completion of one (2) The flight is necessary to determine the maintenance cycle of 12 calendar months, a sonic boom characteristics of the airplane or request to extend the period for checks, to establish means of reducing or elimi- tests, and inspections is approved if it is nating the effects of sonic boom. shown that the performance of particular (3) The flight is necessary to demonstrate equipment justifies the requested extension. the conditions and limitations under which speeds greater than a true flight Mach num- [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34325, Aug. 18, 1989, as ber of 1 will not cause a measurable sonic amended by Amdt. 91–269, 66 FR 41116, Aug. 6, boom overpressure to reach the surface. 2001] (b) For a flight outside of a designated test area, an authorization to exceed Mach 1 may APPENDIX B TO PART 91—AUTHORIZA- be issued if the applicant shows conserv- TIONS TO EXCEED MACH 1 (§ 91.817) atively under paragraph (a)(3) of this section Section 1. Application that— (1) The flight will not cause a measurable (a) An applicant for an authorization to ex- sonic boom overpressure to reach the surface ceed Mach 1 must apply in a form and man- when the aircraft is operated under condi- ner prescribed by the Administrator and tions and limitations demonstrated under must comply with this appendix. paragraph (a)(3) of this section; and (b) In addition, each application for an au- (2) Those conditions and limitations rep- thorization to exceed Mach 1 covered by sec- resent all foreseeable operating conditions. tion 2(a) of this appendix must contain all information requested by the Administrator Section 3. Duration necessary to assist him in determining whether the designation of a particular test (a) An authorization to exceed Mach 1 is ef- area or issuance of a particular authoriza- fective until it expires or is surrendered, or tion is a ‘‘major Federal action significantly until it is suspended or terminated by the affecting the quality of the human environ- Administrator. Such an authorization may ment’’ within the meaning of the National be amended or suspended by the Adminis- Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. trator at any time if the Administrator finds 4321 et seq.), and to assist him in complying that such action is necessary to protect the with that act and with related Executive Or- environment. Within 30 days of notification ders, guidelines, and orders prior to such ac- of amendnent, the holder of the authorization. tion must request reconsideration or the (c) In addition, each application for an au- amendnent becomes final. Within 30 days of thorization to exceed Mach 1 covered by sec- notification of suspension, the holder of the tion 2(a) of this appendix must contain— authorization must request reconsideration (1) Information showing that operation at or the authorization is automatically termi- a speed greater than Mach 1 is necessary to nated. If reconsideration is requested within accomplish one or more of the purposes spec- the 30-day period, the amendment or suspen- ified in section 2(a) of this appendix, includ- sion continues until the holder shows why ing a showing that the purpose of the test the authorization should not be amended or

830

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00840 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, App. D

terminated. Upon such showing, the Admin- be provided appropriate separation and that istrator may terminate or amend the author- the flight will not interfere with, or impose ization if the Administrator finds that such a burden upon, the operations of other air- action is necessary to protect the environ- craft which meet the requirements of § 91.705. ment, or he may reinstate the authorization [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34327, Aug. 18, 1989, as without amendment if he finds that termi- amended by Amdt. 91–254, 62 FR 17487, Apr. 9, nation or amendnent is not necessary to pro- 1997] tect the environment. (b) Findings and actions by the Adminis- trator under this section do not affect any APPENDIX D TO PART 91—AIRPORTS/LO- certificate issued under title VI of the Fed- CATIONS: SPECIAL OPERATING RE- eral Aviation Act of 1958. STRICTIONS [Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34327, Aug. 18, 1989] Section 1. Locations at which the requirements of § 91.215(b)(2) and § 91.225(d)(2) apply. APPENDIX C TO PART 91—OPERATIONS IN The requirements of §§ 91.215(b)(2) and THE NORTH ATLANTIC (NAT) MIN- 91.225(d)(2) apply below 10,000 feet MSL with- IMUM NAVIGATION PERFORMANCE in a 30-nautical-mile radius of each location SPECIFICATIONS (MNPS) AIRSPACE in the following list. Atlanta, GA (The William B. Hartsfield At- Section 1 lanta International Airport) NAT MNPS airspace is that volume of air- Baltimore, MD (Baltimore Washington Inter- space between FL 285 and FL 420 extending national Airport) between latitude 27 degrees north and the Boston, MA (General Edward Lawrence North Pole, bounded in the east by the east- Logan International Airport) ern boundaries of control areas Santa Maria Chantilly, VA (Washington Dulles Inter- Oceanic, Shanwick Oceanic, and Reykjavik national Airport) Oceanic and in the west by the western Charlotte, NC (Charlotte/Douglas Inter- boundary of Reykjavik Oceanic Control national Airport) Area, the western boundary of Gander Oce- Chicago, IL Chicago-O’Hare International anic Control Area, and the western boundary Airport) of New York Oceanic Control Area, excluding Cleveland, OH (Cleveland-Hopkins Inter- the areas west of 60 degrees west and south national Airport) of 38 degrees 30 minutes north. Covington, KY (Cincinnati Northern Ken- tucky International Airport) Section 2 Dallas, TX (Dallas/Fort Worth Regional Air- The navigation performance capability report) quired for aircraft to be operated in the air- Denver, CO (Denver International Airport) space defined in section 1 of this appendix is Detroit, MI (Metropolitan Wayne County as follows: Airport) (a) The standard deviation of lateral track Honolulu, HI (Honolulu International Air- errors shall be less than 6.3 NM (11.7 Km). port) Standard deviation is a statistical measure Houston, TX (George Bush Intercontinental of data about a mean value. The mean is zero Airport/Houston) nautical miles. The overall form of data is Kansas City, KS (Mid-Continent Inter- such that the plus and minus 1 standard de- national Airport) viation about the mean encompasses ap- Las Vegas, NV (McCarran International Air- proximately 68 percent of the data and plus port) or minus 2 deviations encompasses approxi- Los Angeles, CA (Los Angeles International mately 95 percent. Airport) (b) The proportion of the total flight time Memphis, TN (Memphis International Air- spent by aircraft 30 NM (55.6 Km) or more off port) the cleared track shall be less than 5.3 × 10¥4 Miami, FL (Miami International Airport) (less than 1 hour in 1,887 flight hours). Minneapolis, MN (Minneapolis-St. Paul (c) The proportion of the total flight time International Airport) spent by aircraft between 50 NM and 70 NM Newark, NJ (Newark International Airport) (92.6 Km and 129.6 Km) off the cleared track New Orleans, LA (New Orleans International shall be less than 13 × 10¥5 (less than 1 hour Airport-Moisant Field) in 7,693 flight hours.) New York, NY (John F. Kennedy Inter- national Airport) Section 3 New York, NY (LaGuardia Airport) Air traffic control (ATC) may authorize an Orlando, FL (Orlando International Airport) aircraft operator to deviate from the re- Philadelphia, PA (Philadelphia International quirements of § 91.705 for a specific flight if, Airport) at the time of flight plan filing for that Phoenix, AZ (Phoenix Sky Harbor Inter- flight, ATC determines that the aircraft may national Airport)

831

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00841 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, App. D 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

Pittsburgh, PA (Greater Pittsburgh Inter- Philadelphia, PA (Philadelphia International national Airport) Airport) St. Louis, MO (Lambert-St. Louis Inter- Pittsburgh, PA (Greater Pittsburgh Inter- national Airport) national Airport) Salt Lake City, UT (Salt Lake City Inter- Portland, OR (Portland International Air- national Airport) port) San Diego, CA (San Diego International Air- San Francisco, CA (San Francisco Inter- port) national Airport) San Francisco, CA (San Francisco Inter- Seattle, WA (Seattle-Tacoma International national Airport) Airport) Seattle, WA (Seattle-Tacoma International St. Louis, MO (Lambert-St. Louis Inter- Airport) national Airport) Tampa, FL (Tampa International Airport) Tampa, FL (Tampa International Airport) Washington, DC (Ronald Reagan Washington Washington, DC (Ronald Reagan Washington National Airport and Andrews Air Force National Airport and Andrews Air Force Base, MD) Base, MD) Section 2. Airports at which the require- Section 4. Locations at which solo student, ments of § 91.215(b)(5)(ii) apply. [Reserved] sport, and recreational pilot activity is not Section 3. Locations at which fixed-wing permitted. Special VFR operations are prohibited. Pursuant to § 91.131(b)(2), solo student, The Special VFR weather minimums of sport, and recreational pilot operations are § 91.157 do not apply to the following air- not permitted at any of the following airports: ports. Atlanta, GA (The William B. Hartsfield At- Atlanta, GA (The William B. Hartsfield At- lanta International Airport) lanta International Airport) Baltimore, MD (Baltimore/Washington Inter- Boston, MA (General Edward Lawrence national Airport) Logan International Airport) Boston, MA (General Edward Lawrence Chicago, IL (Chicago-O’Hare International Logan International Airport) Airport) Buffalo, NY (Greater Buffalo International Airport) Dallas, TX (Dallas/Fort Worth Regional Air- Chicago, IL (Chicago-O’Hare International port) Airport) Los Angeles, CA (Los Angeles International Cleveland, OH (Cleveland-Hopkins Inter- Airport) national Airport) Miami, FL (Miami International Airport) Columbus, OH (Port Columbus International Newark, NJ (Newark International Airport) Airport) New York, NY (John F. Kennedy Inter- Covington, KY (Cincinnati Northern Ken- national Airport) tucky International Airport) New York, NY (LaGuardia Airport) Dallas, TX (Dallas/Fort Worth Regional Air- San Francisco, CA (San Francisco Inter- port) national Airport) Dallas, TX (Love Field) Washington, DC (Ronald Reagan Washington Denver, CO (Denver International Airport) National Airport) Detroit, MI (Metropolitan Wayne County Andrews Air Force Base, MD Airport) [Amdt. 91–227, 56 FR 65661, Dec. 17, 1991, as Honolulu, HI (Honolulu International Air- amended by Amdt. 91–235, 58 FR 51968, Oct. 5, port) 1993; Amdt. 91–236, 59 FR 2918, Jan. 19, 1994; Houston, TX (George Bush Intercontinental Amdt. 91–237, 59 FR 6547, Feb. 11, 1994; 59 FR Airport/Houston) 37667, July 25, 1994; Amdt. 91–258, 64 FR 66769, Indianapolis, IN (Indianapolis International Nov. 30, 1999; Amdt. 91–278, 68 FR 9795, Feb. Airport) 28, 2003; Amdt. 91–282, 69 FR 44882, July 27, Los Angeles, CA (Los Angeles International 2004; Amdt. 91–314, 75 FR 30195, May 28, 2010; Airport) Amdt. 91–319, 75 FR 61613, Oct. 6, 2010] Louisville, KY (Standiford Field) Memphis, TN (Memphis International Air- EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: By Amdt. 91–236, 59 port) FR 2918, Jan. 19, 1994, as corrected by Amdt. Miami, FL (Miami International Airport) 91–237, 59 FR 6547, Feb. 11, 1994, appendix D to Minneapolis, MN (Minneapolis-St. Paul part 91 was amended in sections 1 and 3 in International Airport) the Denver, CO, entry by revising Newark, NJ (Newark International Airport) ‘‘Stapleton’’ to read ‘‘Denver’’ effective Mar. New York, NY (John F. Kennedy Inter- 9, 1994. By Amdt. 91–238, 59 FR 10958, Mar. 9, national Airport) 1994, the effective date was delayed to May New York, NY (LaGuardia Airport) 15, 1994. By Amdt. 91–241, 59 FR 24916, May 13, New Orleans, LA (New Orleans International 1994, the effective date was suspended indefi- Airport-Moisant Field) nitely.

832

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00842 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, App. E

APPENDIX E TO PART 91—AIRPLANE FLIGHT RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS

1 Installed system min- Sampling interval (per Parameters Range imum accuracy (to recov- Resolution 4 read out ered data) second)

Relative Time (From 8 hr minimum ...... ±0.125% per hour ...... 1 ...... 1 sec. Recorded on Prior to Takeoff). Indicated Airspeed ..... Vso to VD (KIAS) ...... ±5% or ±10 kts., which- 1 ...... 1% 3 ever is greater. Resolu- tion 2 kts. below 175 KIAS. Altitude ...... ¥1,000 ft. to max cert. ±100 to ±700 ft. (see 1 ...... 25 to 150 ft. alt. of A/C. Table 1, TSO C51–a). Magnetic Heading ..... 360° ...... ±5° ...... 1 ...... 1° Vertical Acceleration .. ¥3g to +6g ...... ±0.2g in addition to ±0.3g 4 (or 1 per second 0.03g. maximum datum. where peaks, ref. to 1g are recorded). Longitudinal Accelera- ±1.0g ...... ±1.5% max. range ex- 2 ...... 0.01g. tion. cluding datum error of ±5%. Pitch Attitude ...... 100% of usable ...... ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.8° Roll Attitude ...... ±60° or 100% of usable ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.8° range, whichever is greater. Stabilizer Trim Posi- Full Range ...... ±3% unless higher 1 ...... 1% 3 tion, or. uniquely required. Pitch Control Posi- tion 5. Engine Power, Each Full Range ...... ±3% unless higher 1 ...... 1% 3 Engine: uniquely required. Fan or N 1 Speed Maximum Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1% 3 or EPR or Cockpit indications Used for Aircraft Certifi- cation OR. Prop. speed and ...... 1 (prop Speed) ...... 1%3 Torque (Sam- 1 (torque) ...... 1% 3 ple Once/Sec as Close together as Prac- ticable). Altitude Rate 2 (need ±8,000 fpm ...... ±10%. Resolution 250 1 ...... 250 fpm. below depends on altitude fpm below 12,000 ft. in- 12,000 resolution). dicated. Angle of Attack 2 ¥20° to 40° or 100% of ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.8%3 (need depends on usable range. altitude resolution). Radio Transmitter On/Off ...... 1. Keying (Discrete). TE Flaps (Discrete or Each discrete position (U, ...... 1. Analog). D, T/O, AAP) OR. LE Flaps (Discrete or Analog 0–100% range ..... ±3% ...... 1 ...... 1%3 Analog). Each discrete position (U, ...... 1. D, T/O, AAP) OR. Thrust Reverser, Analog 0–100% range ..... ±3° ...... 1 ...... 1%3 Each Engine (Dis- crete). Stowed or full reverse. Spoiler/Speedbrake Stowed or out ...... 1. (Discrete). Autopilot Engaged Engaged or Disengaged ...... 1. (Discrete). 1 When data sources are aircraft instruments (except altimeters) of acceptable quality to fly the aircraft the recording system excluding these sensors (but including all other characteristics of the recording system) shall contribute no more than half of the values in this column. 2 If data from the altitude encoding altimeter (100 ft. resolution) is used, then either one of these parameters should also be recorded. If however, altitude is recorded at a minimum resolution of 25 feet, then these two parameters can be omitted. 3 Per cent of full range. 4 This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991. 5 For Pitch Control Position only, for all aircraft manufactured on or after April 6, 2012, the sampling interval (per second) is 8. Each input must be recorded at this rate. Alternately sampling inputs (interleaving) to meet this sampling interval is prohibited.

833

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00843 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, App. F 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34327, Aug. 18, 1989, as amended by Amdt. 91–300, 73 FR 12565, Mar. 7, 2008; 73 FR 15280, Mar. 21, 2008; Amdt. 91–313, 75 FR 17046, Apr. 5, 2010; Amdt. 91–329, 78 FR 39971, July 3, 2013]

APPENDIX F TO PART 91—HELICOPTER FLIGHT RECORDER SPECIFICATIONS

Installed system 1 min- Parameters Range imum accuracy (to recov- Sampling interval (per Resolution 3 read out ered data) second)

Relative Time (From 4 hr minimum ...... ±0.125% per hour ...... 1 ...... 1 sec. Recorded on Prior to Takeoff). Indicated Airspeed ..... VM in to VD (KIAS) (min- ±5% or ±10 kts., which- 1 ...... 1 kt. imum airspeed signal ever is greater. attainable with installed pilot-static system). Altitude ...... ¥1,000 ft. to 20,000 ft. ±100 to ±700 ft. (see 1 ...... 25 to 150 ft. pressure altitude. Table 1, TSO C51–a). Magnetic Heading ..... 360° ...... ±5° ...... 1 ...... 1° Vertical Acceleration .. ¥3g to +6g ...... ±0.2g in addition to ±0.3g 4 (or 1 per second 0.05g. maximum datum. where peaks, ref. to 1g are recorded). Longitudinal Accelera- ±1.0g ...... ±1.5% max. range ex- 2 ...... 0.03g. tion. cluding datum error of ±5%. Pitch Attitude ...... 100% of usable range ..... ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.8° Roll Attitude ...... ±60 or 100% of usable ±2° ...... 1 ...... 0.8° range, whichever is greater. Altitude Rate ...... ±8,000 fpm ...... ±10% Resolution 250 fpm 1 ...... 250 fpm below below 12,000 ft. indi- 12,000. cated. Engine Power, Each Engine Main Rotor Speed ..... Maximum Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1%2. Free or Power Tur- Maximum Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1%2. bine. Engine Torque ...... Maximum Range ...... ±5% ...... 1 ...... 1%2. Flight Control Hydraulic Pressure Primary (Discrete) ..... High/Low ...... 1. Secondary—if appli- High/Low ...... 1. cable (Discrete). Radio Transmitter On/Off ...... 1. Keying (Discrete). Autopilot Engaged Engaged or Disengaged ...... 1. (Discrete). SAS Status-Engaged Engaged or Disengaged ...... 1. (Discrete). SAS Fault Status Fault/OK ...... 1. (Discrete). Flight Controls Collective 4 ...... Full range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 1%2. Pedal Position 4 ...... Full range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 1%2. Lat. Cyclic 4 ...... Full range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 1%2. Long. Cyclic 4 ...... Full range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 1%2. Controllable Stabilator Full range ...... ±3% ...... 2 ...... 1%2. Position 4. 1 When data sources are aircraft instruments (except altimeters) of acceptable quality to fly the aircraft the recording system excluding these sensors (but including all other characteristics of the recording system) shall contribute no more than half of the values in this column. 2 Per cent of full range. 3 This column applies to aircraft manufactured after October 11, 1991. 4 For all aircraft manufactured on or after April 6, 2012, the sampling interval per second is 4.

[Doc. No. 18334, 54 FR 34328, Aug. 18, 1989; 54 FR 41211, Oct. 5, 1989; 54 FR 53036, Dec. 26, 1989; Amdt. 91–300, 73 FR 12565, Mar. 7, 2008; 73 FR 15280, Mar. 21, 2008; Amdt. 91–313, 75 FR 17046, Apr. 5, 2010]

834

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00844 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, App. G

APPENDIX G TO PART 91—OPERATIONS IN the maneuvering airspeed, whichever is REDUCED VERTICAL SEPARATION lower; (ii) To the maximum operating airspeed MINIMUM (RVSM) AIRSPACE (Vmo/Mmo), or airspeed limited by cruise Section 1. Definitions thrust buffet, or other flight limitations, whichever is lower. Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum (3) All permissible gross weights within the (RVSM) Airspace. Within RVSM airspace, air flight envelopes defined in paragraphs (1) and traffic control (ATC) separates aircraft by a (2) of this definition. minimum of 1,000 feet vertically between (b) The basic RVSM flight envelope is the flight level (FL) 290 and FL 410 inclusive. same as the full RVSM flight envelope ex- RVSM airspace is special qualification air- cept that the airspeed flight envelope ex- space; the operator and the aircraft used by tends: the operator must be approved by the Ad- (1) From the airspeed of the slats/flaps-up ministrator. Air-traffic control notifies oper- maximum endurance (holding) airspeed, or ators of RVSM by providing route planning the maneuver airspeed, whichever is lower; information. Section 8 of this appendix iden- (2) To the upper Mach/airspeed boundary tifies airspace where RVSM may be applied. defined for the full RVSM flight envelope, or RVSM Group Aircraft. Aircraft within a a specified lower value not less than the group of aircraft, approved as a group by the long-range cruise Mach number plus .04 Administrator, in which each of the aircraft Mach, unless further limited by available satisfy each of the following: cruise thrust, buffet, or other flight limita- (a) The aircraft have been manufactured to tions. the same design, and have been approved under the same type certificate, amended Section 2. Aircraft Approval type certificate, or supplemental type cer- (a) An operator may be authorized to con- tificate. duct RVSM operations if the Administrator (b) The static system of each aircraft is in- finds that its aircraft comply with this sec- stalled in a manner and position that is the tion. same as those of the other aircraft in the (b) The applicant for authorization shall group. The same static source error correc- submit the appropriate data package for air- tion is incorporated in each aircraft of the craft approval. The package must consist of group. at least the following: (c) The avionics units installed in each air- (1) An identification of the RVSM aircraft craft to meet the minimum RVSM equip- group or the nongroup aircraft; ment requirements of this appendix are: (2) A definition of the RVSM flight enve- (1) Manufactured to the same manufac- lopes applicable to the subject aircraft; turer specification and have the same part (3) Documentation that establishes compli- number; or ance with the applicable RVSM aircraft re- (2) Of a different manufacturer or part quirements of this section; and number, if the applicant demonstrates that (4) The conformity tests used to ensure the equipment provides equivalent system that aircraft approved with the data package meet the RVSM aircraft requirements. performance. (c) Altitude-keeping equipment: All aircraft. RVSM Nongroup Aircraft. An aircraft that To approve an aircraft group or a nongroup is approved for RVSM operations as an indi- aircraft, the Administrator must find that vidual aircraft. the aircraft meets the following require- RVSM Flight envelope. An RVSM flight en- ments: velope includes the range of Mach number, (1) The aircraft must be equipped with two weight divided by atmospheric pressure operational independent altitude measure- ratio, and altitudes over which an aircraft is ment systems. approved to be operated in cruising flight (2) The aircraft must be equipped with at within RVSM airspace. RVSM flight enve- least one automatic altitude control system lopes are defined as follows: that controls the aircraft altitude— (a) The full RVSM flight envelope is bounded (i) Within a tolerance band of ±65 feet as follows: about an acquired altitude when the aircraft (1) The altitude flight envelope extends is operated in straight and level flight under from FL 290 upward to the lowest altitude of nonturbulent, nongust conditions; or the following: (ii) Within a tolerance band of ±130 feet (i) FL 410 (the RVSM altitude limit); under nonturbulent, nongust conditions for (ii) The maximum certificated altitude for aircraft for which application for type cer- the aircraft; or tification occurred on or before April 9, 1997 (iii) The altitude limited by cruise thrust, that are equipped with an automatic altitude buffet, or other flight limitations. control system with flight management/per- (2) The airspeed flight envelope extends: formance system inputs. (i) From the airspeed of the slats/flaps-up (3) The aircraft must be equipped with an maximum endurance (holding) airspeed, or altitude alert system that signals an alert

835

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00845 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 91, App. G 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

when the altitude displayed to the flight craft, the Administrator must find that the crew deviates from the selected altitude by altimetry system error (ASE) is contained as more than: follows: (i) ±300 feet for aircraft for which applica- (1) For each condition in the basic RVSM tion for type certification was made on or flight envelope, the largest combined abso- before April 9, 1997; or lute value for residual static source error (ii) ±200 feet for aircraft for which applica- plus the avionics error may not exceed 160 tion for type certification is made after feet. April 9, 1997. (2) For each condition in the full RVSM (d) Altimetry system error containment: Group flight envelope, the largest combined abso- aircraft for which application for type certifi- lute value for residual static source error cation was made on or before April 9, 1997. To plus the avionics error may not exceed 200 approve group aircraft for which application feet. for type certification was made on or before (g) Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance April 9, 1997, the Administrator must find System (TCAS) Compatibility With RVSM that the altimetry system error (ASE) is Operations: All aircraft. After March 31, 2002, contained as follows: unless otherwise authorized by the Adminis- (1) At the point in the basic RVSM flight trator, if you operate an aircraft that is envelope where mean ASE reaches its largest equipped with TCAS II in RVSM airspace, it absolute value, the absolute value may not must be a TCAS II that meets TSO C–119b exceed 80 feet. (Version 7.0), or a later version. (2) At the point in the basic RVSM flight (h) If the Administrator finds that the ap- envelope where mean ASE plus three stand- plicant’s aircraft comply with this section, ard deviations reaches its largest absolute the Administrator notifies the applicant in value, the absolute value may not exceed 200 writing. feet. (3) At the point in the full RVSM flight en- Section 3. Operator Authorization velope where mean ASE reaches its largest (a) Authority for an operator to conduct absolute value, the absolute value may not flight in airspace where RVSM is applied is exceed 120 feet. issued in operations specifications, a Letter (4) At the point in the full RVSM flight en- of Authorization, or management specifica- velope where mean ASE plus three standard tions issued under subpart K of this part, as deviations reaches its largest absolute value, appropriate. To issue an RVSM authoriza- the absolute value may not exceed 245 feet. tion, the Administrator must find that the (5) Necessary operating restrictions. If the ap- operator’s aircraft have been approved in ac- plicant demonstrates that its aircraft other- cordance with Section 2 of this appendix and wise comply with the ASE containment re- the operator complies with this section. quirements, the Administrator may estab- (b) An applicant for authorization to oper- lish an operating restriction on that appli- ate within RVSM airspace shall apply in a cant’s aircraft to restrict the aircraft from form and manner prescribed by the Adminis- operating in areas of the basic RVSM flight trator. The application must include the fol- envelope where the absolute value of mean lowing: ASE exceeds 80 feet, and/or the absolute (1) An approved RVSM maintenance pro- value of mean ASE plus three standard devi- gram outlining procedures to maintain ations exceeds 200 feet; or from operating in RVSM aircraft in accordance with the re- areas of the full RVSM flight envelope where quirements of this appendix. Each program the absolute value of the mean ASE exceeds must contain the following: 120 feet and/or the absolute value of the (i) Periodic inspections, functional flight mean ASE plus three standard deviations ex- tests, and maintenance and inspection proce- ceeds 245 feet. dures, with acceptable maintenance prac- (e) Altimetry system error containment: Group tices, for ensuring continued compliance aircraft for which application for type certifi- with the RVSM aircraft requirements. cation is made after April 9, 1997. To approve (ii) A quality assurance program for ensur- group aircraft for which application for type ing continuing accuracy and reliability of certification is made after April 9, 1997, the test equipment used for testing aircraft to Administrator must find that the altimetry determine compliance with the RVSM air- system error (ASE) is contained as follows: craft requirements. (1) At the point in the full RVSM flight en- (iii) Procedures for returning noncompli- velope where mean ASE reaches its largest ant aircraft to service. absolute value, the absolute value may not (2) For an applicant who operates under exceed 80 feet. part 121 or 135 of this chapter or under sub- (2) At the point in the full RVSM flight en- part K of this part, initial and recurring velope where mean ASE plus three standard pilot training requirements. deviations reaches its largest absolute value, (3) Policies and procedures: An applicant the absolute value may not exceed 200 feet. who operates under part 121 or 135 of this (f) Altimetry system error containment: chapter or under subpart K of this part must Nongroup aircraft. To approve a nongroup air- submit RVSM policies and procedures that

836

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00846 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 91, App. G

will enable it to conduct RVSM operations Section 7. Removal or Amendment of Authority safely. The Administrator may amend operations (c) Validation and Demonstration. In a specifications or management specifications manner prescribed by the Administrator, the issued under subpart K of this part to revoke operator must provide evidence that: or restrict an RVSM authorization, or may (1) It is capable to operate and maintain revoke or restrict an RVSM letter of author- each aircraft or aircraft group for which it ization, if the Administrator determines that applies for approval to operate in RVSM air- the operator is not complying, or is unable space; and to comply, with this appendix or subpart H (2) Each pilot has an adequate knowledge of this part. Examples of reasons for amend- of RVSM requirements, policies, and proce- ment, revocation, ore restriction include, dures. but are not limited to, an operator’s: (a) Committing one or more altitude-keep- Section 4. RVSM Operations ing errors in RVSM airspace; (b) Failing to make an effective and timely (a) Each person requesting a clearance to response to identify and correct an altitude- operate within RVSM airspace shall cor- keeping error; or rectly annotate the flight plan filed with air (c) Failing to report an altitude-keeping traffic control with the status of the oper- error. ator and aircraft with regard to RVSM approval. Each operator shall verify RVSM ap- Section 8. Airspace Designation plicability for the flight planned route (a) RVSM in the North Atlantic. (1) RVSM through the appropriate flight planning in- may be applied in the NAT in the following formation sources. ICAO Flight Information Regions (FIRs): (b) No person may show, on the flight plan New York Oceanic, Gander Oceanic, filed with air traffic control, an operator or Sondrestrom FIR, Reykjavik Oceanic, aircraft as approved for RVSM operations, or Shanwick Oceanic, and Santa Maria Oceanic. operate on a route or in an area where RVSM (2) RVSM may be effective in the Minimum approval is required, unless: Navigation Performance Specification (1) The operator is authorized by the Ad- (MNPS) airspace within the NAT. The MNPS ministrator to perform such operations; and airspace within the NAT is defined by the (2) The aircraft has been approved and volume of airspace between FL 285 and FL complies with the requirements of Section 2 420 (inclusive) extending between latitude 27 of this appendix. degrees north and the North Pole, bounded in the east by the eastern boundaries of con- Section 5. Deviation Authority Approval trol areas Santa Maria Oceanic, Shanwick Oceanic, and Reykjavik Oceanic and in the The Administrator may authorize an air- west by the western boundaries of control craft operator to deviate from the require- areas Reykjavik Oceanic, Gander Oceanic, ments of § 91.180 or § 91.706 for a specific flight and New York Oceanic, excluding the areas in RVSM airspace if that operator has not west of 60 degrees west and south of 38 de- been approved in accordance with section 3 grees 30 minutes north. of this appendix if: (b) RVSM in the Pacific. (1) RVSM may be (a) The operator submits a request in a applied in the Pacific in the following ICAO time and manner acceptable to the Adminis- Flight Information Regions (FIRs): Anchor- trator; and age Arctic, Anchorage Continental, Anchor- (b) At the time of filing the flight plan for age Oceanic, Auckland Oceanic, Brisbane, that flight, ATC determines that the aircraft Edmonton, Honiara, Los Angeles, Melbourne, may be provided appropriate separation and Nadi, Naha, Nauru, New Zealand, Oakland, that the flight will not interfere with, or im- Oakland Oceanic, Port Moresby, Seattle, Ta- pose a burden on, the operations of operators hiti, Tokyo, Ujung Pandang and Vancouver. who have been approved for RVSM oper- (c) RVSM in the West Atlantic Route System ations in accordance with Section 3 of this (WATRS). RVSM may be applied in the New appendix. York FIR portion of the West Atlantic Route System (WATRS). The area is defined as be- Section 6. Reporting Altitude-Keeping Errors ginning at a point 38°30′ N/60°00′W direct to 38°30′ N/69°15′ W direct to 38°20′ N/69°57′ W di- Each operator shall report to the Adminis- rect to 37°31′ N/71°41′ W direct to 37°13′ N/72°40′ trator each event in which the operator’s W direct to 35°05′ N/72°40′ W direct to 34°54′ N/ aircraft has exhibited the following altitude- 72°57′ W direct to 34°29′ N/73°34′ W direct to keeping performance: 34°33′ N/73°41′ W direct to 34°19′ N/74°02′ W di- (a) Total vertical error of 300 feet or more; rect to 34°14′ N/73°57′ W direct to 32°12′ N/76°49′ (b) Altimetry system error of 245 feet or W direct to 32°20′ N/77°00′ W direct to 28°08′ N/ more; or 77°00′ W direct to 27°50′ N/76°32′ W direct to (c) Assigned altitude deviation of 300 feet 27°50′ N/74°50′ W direct to 25°00′ N/73°21′ W di- or more. rect to 25°00′05′ N/69°13′06′ W direct to 25°00′ N/

837

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00847 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Pt. 93 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

69°07′ W direct to 23°30′ N/68°40′ W direct to Subpart G—Special Flight Rules in the 23°30′ N/60°00′ W to the point of beginning. Vicinity of Los Angeles International Airport (d) RVSM in the United States. RVSM may be applied in the airspace of the 48 contig- 93.91 Applicability. uous states, District of Columbia, and Alas- 93.93 Description of area. ka, including that airspace overlying the wa- 93.95 General operating procedures. ters within 12 nautical miles of the coast. 93.97 Operations in the SFRA. (e) RVSM in the gulf of Mexico. RVSM may be applied in the Gulf of Mexico in the fol- Subpart H—Mandatory Use of the New lowing areas: Gulf of Mexico High Offshore York North Shore Helicopter Route Airspace, Houston Oceanic ICAO FIR and 93.101 Applicability. Miami Oceanic ICAO FIR. 93.103 Helicopter operations. (f) RVSM in Atlantic High Offshore Airspace and the San Juan FIR. RVSM may be applied Subpart I [Reserved] in Atlantic High Offshore Airspace and in the San Juan ICAO FIR. Subpart J—Lorain County Regional Airport [Doc. No. 28870, 62 FR 17487, Apr. 9, 1997, as Traffic Rule amended by Amdt. 91–261, 65 FR 5942, Feb. 7, 2000; Amdt. 91–271, 66 FR 63895, Dec. 10, 2001; 93.117 Applicability. Amdt. 91–274, 68 FR 54584, Sept. 17, 2003; 93.119 Aircraft operations. Amdt. 91–276, 68 FR 70133, Dec. 17, 2003] Subpart K—High Density Traffic Airports PART 93—SPECIAL AIR TRAFFIC 93.121 Applicability. 93.123 High density traffic airports. RULES 93.125 Arrival or departure reservation. 93.129 Additional operations. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. 93.130 Suspension of allocations. 60 [NOTE] 93.133 Exceptions.

Subpart A—General Subpart L [Reserved]

Sec. Subpart M—Ketchikan International Airport 93.1 Applicability. Traffic Rule 93.151 Applicability. Subparts B–C [Reserved] 93.152 Description of area. 93.153 Communications. Subpart D—Anchorage, Alaska, Terminal 93.155 Aircraft operations. Area Subpart N [Reserved] 93.51 Applicability. 93.53 Description of area. Subpart O—Special Flight Rules in the 93.55 Subdivision of Terminal Area. Vicinity of Luke AFB, AZ 93.57 General rules: All segments. 93.59 General rules: International segment. 93.175 Applicability. 93.61 General rules: Lake Hood segment. 93.176 Description of area. 93.63 General rules: Merrill segment. 93.177 Operations in the Special Air Traffic 93.65 General rules: Elmendorf segment. Rule Area. 93.67 General rules: Bryant segment. Subparts P–R [Reserved] 93.68 General rules: Seward Highway segment. Subpart S—Allocation of Commuter and 93.69 Special requirements, Lake Campbell Air Carrier IFR Operations at High Den- and Sixmile Lake Airports. sity Traffic Airports Subpart E—Flight Restrictions in the Vicinity 93.211 Applicability. of Niagara Falls, New York 93.213 Definitions and general provisions. 93.215 Initial allocation of slots. 93.71 General operating procedures. 93.217 Allocation of slots for international operations and applicable limitations. Subpart F—Valparaiso, Florida, Terminal 93.218 Slots for transborder service to and Area from Canada. 93.219 Allocation of slots for essential air 93.80 Applicability. service operations and applicable limita- 93.81 Applicability and description of area. tions. 93.83 Aircraft operations. 93.221 Transfer of slots.

838

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00848 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.53

93.223 Slot withdrawal. 93.351 General requirements for operating in 93.224 Return of slots. the East River and/or Hudson River Ex- 93.225 Lottery of available slots. clusions. 93.226 Allocation of slots in low-demand pe- 93.352 Hudson River Exclusion specific oper- riods. ating procedures. 93.227 Slot use and loss. 93.353 East River Exclusion specific operating procedures.

Subpart T—Ronald Reagan Washington AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40103, 40106, National Airport Traffic Rules 40109, 40113, 44502, 44514, 44701, 44719, 46301.

93.251 Applicability. SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION 93.253 Nonstop operations. NO. 60 Subpart U—Special Flight Rules in the Vi- EDITORIAL NOTE: For the text of SFAR No. cinity of Grand Canyon National Park, 60, see part 91 of this chapter. AZ 93.301 Applicability. Subpart A—General 93.303 Definitions. 93.305 Flight-free zones and flight corridors. § 93.1 Applicability. 93.307 Minimum flight altitudes. This part prescribes special air traf- 93.309 General operating procedures. fic rules for operating aircraft in cer- 93.311 Minimum terrain clearance. tain areas described in this part, unless 93.313 Communications. 93.315 Requirements for commercial Special otherwise authorized by air traffic con- Flight Rules Area operations. trol. 93.316 [Reserved] [Doc. No. FAA–2002–13235, 68 FR 9795, Feb. 28, 93.317 Commercial Special Flight Rules 2003] Area operation curfew. 93.319 Commercial air tour limitations. 93.321 Transfer and termination of alloca- Subparts B–C [Reserved] tions. 93.323 Flight plans. Subpart D—Anchorage, Alaska, 93.325 Quarterly reporting. Terminal Area APPENDIX TO SUBPART U—SPECIAL FLIGHT RULES IN THE VICINITY OF THE GRAND CANYON NATIONAL PARK, AZ SOURCE: Docket No. 29029, 64 FR 14976, Mar. APPENDIX A TO SUBPART U OF PART 93— 29, 1999, unless otherwise noted. GCNP QUIET AIRCRAFT TECHNOLOGY DES- IGNATION § 93.51 Applicability. This subpart prescribes special air Subpart V—Washington, DC Metropolitan traffic rules for aircraft operating in Area Special Flight Rules Area the Anchorage, Alaska, Terminal Area. 93.331 Purpose and applicability of this sub- [Doc. No. FAA–2002–13235, 68 FR 9795, Feb. 28, part. 2003] 93.333 Failure to comply with this subpart. 93.335 Definitions. § 93.53 Description of area. 93.337 Requirements for operating in the DC The Anchorage, Alaska, Terminal SFRA. 93.339 Requirements for operating in the DC Area is designated as that airspace ex- SFRA, including the DC FRZ. tending upward from the surface to the 93.341 Aircraft operations in the DC FRZ. upper limit of each of the segments de- 93.343 Requirements for aircraft operations scribed in § 93.55. It is bounded by a line to or from College Park Airport, Poto- beginning at Point MacKenzie, extend- mac Airfield, or Washington Executive/ ing westerly along the bank of Knik Hyde Field Airport. Arm to a point intersecting the 350° 93.345 VFR outbound procedures for fringe bearing from the Anchorage Inter- airports. national ATCT; thence north to inter- Subpart W—New York Class B Airspace cept the 5.2-mile arc centered on the Hudson River and East River Exclusion geographical center of Anchorage, Special Flight Rules Area Alaska, ATCT; thence counterclockwise along that arc to its inter- 93.350 Definitions. section with a line bearing 180° from

839

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00849 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.55 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

the intersection of the new Seward of the new Seward Highway and Inter- Highway and International Airport national Airport Road and the airspace Road; thence due north to O’Malley extending upward from the surface to Road; thence east along O’Malley Road but not including 600 feet MSL, south to its intersection with Lake Otis of lat. 61°08′28″ N. Parkway; thence northerly along Lake (b) Merrill segment. That area from Otis Parkway to its intersection with the surface to and including 2,500 feet Abbott Road; thence east along Abbott MSL, within a line beginning at Point Road to its intersection with Abbott Noname; thence direct to the mouth of Loop Road; thence north to its inter- Ship Creek; thence direct to the intersection with Tudor Road; thence eas- section of the Glenn Highway and terly along Tudor Road to its intersec- Muldoon Road; thence south along tion with Muldoon Road; thence north- Muldoon Road to Tudor Road; thence erly along Muldoon Road to the inter- west along Tudor Road to the new Sew- section of the Glenn Highway; thence ard Highway; thence direct to West An- north and east along the Glenn High- chorage High School; thence direct to way to Ski Bowl Road; thence south- Point MacKenzie; thence via the north east along the Ski Bowl Road to a bank of Knik Arm to the point of be- point one-half mile south of the Glenn ginning. Highway; thence north and east one- (c) Lake Hood segment. That area from half mile south of and parallel to the the surface to and including 2,500 feet Glenn Highway to its intersection with MSL, within a line beginning at Point a line one-half mile east of and parallel MacKenzie; thence direct to West An- to the Bryant Airport Runway 16/34 ex- chorage High School; thence direct to tended centerline; thence northeast the intersection of Tudor Road and the along a line one-half mile east of and new Seward Highway; thence south parallel to Bryant Airport Runway 16/ along the new Seward Highway to the 34 extended centerline to lat. 61°17′13″ 090° bearing from the Anchorage Inter- ° ′ ″ N., long. 149 37 35 W.; thence west national ATCT; thence west direct to ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ along lat. 61 17 13 N., to long. 149 43 08 the Anchorage International ATCT; ° ′ ″ W.; thence north along long. 149 43 08 thence north along the 350° bearing ° ′ ″ W., to lat. 61 17 30 N.; thence to lat. from the Anchorage International ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 61 17 58 N., long 149 44 08 W.; thence to ATCT to the north bank of Knik arm; ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ lat. 61 19 10 N., long. 149 46 44 W.; thence via the north bank of Knik Arm ° ′ ″ thence north along long. 149 46 44 W., to the point of beginning. to intercept the 4.7-mile radius arc cen- (d) Elmendorf segment. That area from tered on Elmendorf Air Force Base the surface to and including 3,000 feet (AFB), Alaska; thence counter- MSL, within a line beginning at Point clockwise along the 4.7-mile radius arc Noname; thence via the north bank of to its intersection with the west bank Knik Arm to the intersection of the of Knik Arm; thence southerly along 4.7-mile radius of Elmendorf AFB; the west bank of Knik Arm to the thence clockwise along the 4.7-mile ra- point of beginning. dius of Elmendorf AFB to long. [Doc. No. 29029, 64 FR 14976, Mar. 29, 1999; 149°46′44″ W.; thence south along long. Amdt. 93–77, 64 FR 17439, Apr. 9, 1999] 149°46′44″ W. to lat. 61°19′10″ N.; thence to lat. 61°17′58″ N., long. 149°44′08″ W.; § 93.55 Subdivision of Terminal Area. thence to lat. 61°17′30″ N., long. The Anchorage, Alaska, Terminal 149°43′08″ W.; thence south along long. Area is subdivided as follows: 149°43′08″ W. to the Glenn Highway; (a) International segment. That area thence south and west along the Glenn from the surface to and including 4,100 Highway to Muldoon Road; thence di- feet MSL, within a 5.2-mile radius of rect to the mouth of Ship Creek; the Anchorage International ATCT; ex- thence direct to the point of beginning. cluding that airspace east of the 350° (e) Bryant segment. That area from bearing from the Anchorage Inter- the surface to and including 2,000 feet national ATCT and north of the 090° MSL, within a line beginning at lat. bearing from the Anchorage Inter- 61°17′13″ N., long. 149°37′35″ W.; thence national ATCT and east of a line bear- west along lat. 61°17′13″ N., to long. ing 180° and 360° from the intersection 149°43′08″ W.; thence south along long.

840

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00850 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.61

149°43′08″ W., to the Glenn Highway; traffic depicted on the appropriate thence north and east along the Glenn aeronautical charts. Highway to Ski Bowl Road; thence (c) Each person operating a heli- southeast along the Ski Bowl Road to copter shall operate it in a manner so a point one-half mile south of the as to avoid the flow of airplanes. Glenn Highway; thence north and east (d) Except as provided in § 93.65 (d) one-half mile south of and parallel to and (e), and § 93.67(b), each person oper- the Glenn Highway to its intersection ating an aircraft in the Anchorage, with a line one-half mile east of and Alaska, Terminal Area shall operate parallel to the Bryant Airport Runway that aircraft only within the des- 16/34 extended centerline; thence north- ignated segment containing the arrival east along a line one-half mile east of or departure airport. and parallel to Bryant Airport runway (e) Except as provided in §§ 93.63(d) 16/34 extended centerline to the point of and 93.67(b), each person operating an beginning. aircraft in the Anchorage, Alaska, Ter- (f) Seward Highway segment. That minal Area shall maintain two-way area from the surface to and including radio communications with the ATCT 4,100 feet MSL, within a line beginning serving the segment containing the ar- at the intersection of a line bearing rival or departure airport. 180° from the intersection of the new Seward Highway and International Air- § 93.59 General rules: International port Road, and O’Malley Road; thence segment. east along O’Malley Road to its inter- (a) No person may operate an aircraft section with Lake Otis Park Way, lat. at an altitude between 1,200 feet MSL ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 61 07 23 N., long 149 50 03 W.; thence and 2,000 feet MSL in that portion of northerly along Lake Otis Park Way to this segment lying north of the its intersection with Abbott Road, lat. midchannel of Knik Arm. 61°08′14″ N., long. 149°50′03″ W.; thence (b) Each person operating an airplane east along Abbott Road to its intersec- at a speed of more than 105 knots with- tion with Abbott Loop Road, lat. in this segment (except that part de- 61°08′14″ N., long. 149°48′16″ W.; thence scribed in paragraph (a) of this section) due north to intersect with Tudor shall operate that airplane at an alti- Road, lat. 61°10′51″ N., long. 149°48′16″ tude of at least 1,600 feet MSL until W.; thence west along Tudor Road to maneuvering for a safe landing requires its intersection with the new Seward further descent. Highway, lat. 61°10′51″ N., long. (c) Each person operating an airplane 149°51′38″ W.; thence south along the at a speed of 105 knots or less within new Seward Highway to its intersec- this segment (except that part de- tion with a line bearing 180° and 360° scribed in paragraph (a) of this section) from the intersection of the new Sew- shall operate that airplane at an alti- ard Highway and International Airport tude of at least 900 feet MSL until ma- Road; thence south to the point of be- neuvering for a safe landing requires ginning. further descent. [Doc. No. 29029, 64 FR 14976, Mar. 29, 1999; Amdt. 93–77, 64 FR 17439, Apr. 9, 1999] § 93.61 General rules: Lake Hood segment. § 93.57 General rules: All segments. (a) No person may operate an aircraft (a) Each person operating an aircraft at an altitude between 1,200 feet MSL to, from, or on an airport within the and 2,000 feet MSL in that portion of Anchorage, Alaska, Terminal Area this segment lying north of the shall operate that aircraft according to midchannel of Knik Arm. the rules set forth in this section and (b) Each person operating an airplane §§ 93.59, 93.61, 93.63, 93.65, 93.67, or 93.68 within this segment (except that part as applicable, unless otherwise author- described in paragraph (a) of this sec- ized or required by ATC. tion) shall operate that airplane at an (b) Each person operating an airplane altitude of at least 600 feet MSL until within the Anchorage, Alaska Ter- maneuvering for a safe landing requires minal Area shall conform to the flow of further descent.

841

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00851 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.63 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

§ 93.63 General rules: Merrill segment. aircraft at an altitude between 1,500 (a) No person may operate an aircraft feet MSL and 1,700 feet MSL within at an altitude between 600 feet MSL that portion of the International and and 2,000 feet MSL in that portion of Lake Hood segments lying north of the this segment lying north of the midchannel of Knik Arm. midchannel of Knik Arm. (e) A person landing or departing (b) Each person operating an airplane from Elmendorf AFB, may operate that at a speed of more than 105 knots with- aircraft at an altitude between 900 feet in this segment (except for that part MSL and 1,700 feet MSL within that described in paragraph (a) of this sec- portion of the Merrill segment lying tion) shall operate that airplane at an north of the midchannel of Knik Arm. altitude of at least 1,200 feet MSL until (f) A person operating in VFR condi- maneuvering for a safe landing requires tions, at or below 600 feet MSL, north further descent. of a line beginning at the intersection (c) Each person operating an airplane of Farrell Road and the long. 149°43′08″ at a speed of 105 knots or less within W.; thence west along Farrell Road to this segment (except for that part de- the east end of Sixmile Lake; thence scribed in paragraph (a) of this section) west along a line bearing on the middle shall operate that airplane at an alti- of Lake Lorraine to the northwest tude of at least 900 feet MSL until ma- bank of Knik Arm; is not required to neuvering for a safe landing requires establish two-way radio communica- further descent. tions with ATC. (d) Whenever the Merrill ATCT is not [Doc. No. 29029, 64 FR 14977, Mar. 29, 1999; operating, each person operating an Amdt. 93–77, 64 FR 17439, Apr. 9, 1999] aircraft either in that portion of the Merrill segment north of midchannel of § 93.67 General rules: Bryant segment. Knik Arm, or in the Seward Highway segment at or below 1200 feet MSL, (a) Each person operating an airplane shall contact Anchorage Approach Con- to or from the Bryant Airport shall trol for wake turbulence and other conform to the flow of traffic shown on advisories. Aircraft operating within the appropriate aeronautical charts, the remainder of the segment should and while in the traffic pattern, shall self-announce intentions on the Merrill operate that airplane at an altitude of Field CTAF. at least 1,000 feet MSL until maneuvering for a safe landing requires fur- § 93.65 General rules: Elmendorf seg- ther descent. ment. (b) Each person operating an aircraft (a) Each person operating a turbine- within the Bryant segment should self- powered aircraft within this segment announce intentions on the Bryant shall operate that aircraft at an alti- Airport CTAF. tude of at least 1,700 feet MSL until maneuvering for a safe landing requires § 93.68 General rules: Seward Highway segment. further descent. (b) Each person operating an airplane (a) Each person operating an airplane (other than turbine-powered aircraft) in the Seward Highway segment shall at a speed of more than 105 knots with- operate that airplane at an altitude of in this segment shall operate that air- at least 1,000 feet MSL unless maneu- plane at an altitude of at least 1,200 vering for a safe landing requires fur- feet MSL until maneuvering for a safe ther descent. landing requires further descent. (b) Each person operating an aircraft (c) Each person operating an airplane at or below 1,200 feet MSL that will (other than turbine-powered aircraft) transition to or from the Lake Hood or at a speed of 105 knots or less within Merrill segment shall contact the ap- the segment shall operate that airplane propriate ATCT prior to entering the at an altitude of at least 800 feet MSL Seward Highway segment. All other until maneuvering for a safe landing persons operating an airplane at or requires further descent. below 1,200 feet MSL in this segment (d) A person landing or departing shall contact Anchorage Approach Con- from Elmendorf AFB, may operate that trol.

842

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00852 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.81

(c) At all times, each person oper- (e) Comply with the following proce- ating an aircraft above 1,200 MSL shall dures when conducting flight over the contact Anchorage Approach Control area described in paragraph (a) of this prior to entering the Seward Highway section: segment. (1) Fly a clockwise pattern; (2) Do not proceed north of the Rain- § 93.69 Special requirements, Lake bow Bridge; Campbell and Sixmile Lake Air- (3) Prior to joining the pattern, ports. broadcast flight intentions on fre- Each person operating an aircraft to quency 122.05 Mhz, giving altitude and or from Lake Campbell or Sixmile position, and monitor the frequency Lake Airport shall conform to the flow while in the pattern; of traffic for the Lake operations that (4) Use the Niagara Falls airport al- are depicted on the appropriate aero- timeter setting. Contact Niagara Falls nautical charts. Airport Traffic Control Tower to obtain the current altimeter setting, to Subpart E—Flight Restrictions in facilitate the exchange of traffic the Vicinity of Niagara Falls, advisories/restrictions, and to reduce New York the risk of midair collisions between aircraft operating in the vicinity of the § 93.71 General operating procedures. Falls. If the Control Tower is closed, use the appropriate Automatic Ter- (a) Flight restrictions are in effect minal Information Service (ATIS) Fre- below 3,500 feet MSL in the airspace quency; above Niagara Falls, New York, west of (5) Do not exceed 130 knots; a line from latitude 43°06′33″ N., lon- (6) Anticipate heavy congestion of gitude 79°03′30″ W. (the Whirlpool Rap- VFR traffic at or above 3,500 feet MSL; ids Bridge) to latitude 43°04′47″ N., lon- and gitude 79°02′44″ W. (the Niagara River Inlet) to latitude 43°04′29″ N., longitude (7) Use caution to avoid high-speed 79°03′30″ W. (the International Control civil and military aircraft transiting Dam) to the United States/Canadian the area to or from Niagara Falls Air- Border and thence along the border to port. the point of origin. (f) These procedures do not relieve pi- (b) No flight is authorized below 3,500 lots from the requirements of § 91.113 of feet MSL in the area described in para- this chapter to see and avoid other air- graph (a) of this section, except for aircraft. craft operations conducted directly to (g) Flight following, to and from the or from an airport/heliport within the area, is available through Buffalo Ap- area, aircraft operating on an ATC-approach. proved IFR flight plan, aircraft oper- [Doc. No. FAA–2002–13235, 68 FR 9795, Feb. 28, ating the Scenic Falls Route pursuant 2003] to approval of Transport Canada, aircraft carrying law enforcement offi- Subpart F—Valparaiso, Florida, cials, or aircraft carrying properly ac- Terminal Area credited news representatives for which a flight plan has been filed with Buffalo § 93.80 Applicability. NY (BUF) Automated Flight Service Station (AFSS). This subpart prescribes special air (c) Check with Transport Canada for traffic rules for aircraft operating in flight restrictions in Canadian air- the Valparaiso, Florida, Terminal space. Commercial air tour operations Area. approved by Transport Canada will be [Doc. No. FAA–2002–13235, 68 FR 9795, Feb. 28, conducting a north/south orbit of the 2003] Niagara Falls area below 3,500 feet MSL over the Niagara River. § 93.81 Applicability and description of (d) The minimum altitude for VFR area. flight over the Scenic Falls area is 3,500 The Valparaiso, Florida Terminal feet MSL. Area is designated as follows:

843

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00853 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.83 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(a) North-South Corridor. The North- feet MSL, bounded by a line beginning South Corridor includes the airspace at: extending upward from the surface up Latitude 30°25′01″ N., Longitude 86°22′26″ W.; to, but not including, 18,000 feet MSL, to bounded by a line beginning at: Latitude 30°22′01″ N., Longitude 86°08′00″ W.; Latitude 30°42′51″ N., Longitude 86°38′02″ W.; to ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ to Latitude 30 19 16 N., Longitude 85 56 00 W.; Latitude 30°43′18″ N., Longitude 86°27′37″ W.; to ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ to Latitude 30 11 01 N., Longitude 85 56 00 W.; Latitude 30°37′01″ N., Longitude 86°27′37″ W.; then 3 NM from and parallel to the shore- ° ′ ″ to line to Latitude 30 19 46 N., Longitude ° ′ ″ Latitude 30°37′01″ N., Longitude 86°25′30″ W.; 86 23 45 W.; to the beginning. to [Amdt. 93–70, 59 FR 46154, Sept. 6, 1994 as Latitude 30°33′01″ N., Longitude 86°25′30″ W.; amended by Amdt. 93–82, 68 FR 9795, Feb. 28, to 2003] Latitude 30°33′01″ N., Longitude 86°25′00″ W.; to § 93.83 Aircraft operations. Latitude 30°25′01″ N., Longitude 86°25′00″ W.; to (a) North-South Corridor. Unless oth- Latitude 30°25′01″ N., Longitude 86°38′12″ W.; erwise authorized by ATC (including to the Eglin Radar Control Facility), no Latitude 30°29′02″ N., Longitude 86°38′02″ W.; person may operate an aircraft in to point of beginning. flight within the North-South Corridor (b) East-West Corridor—The East- designated in § 93.81(b)(1) unless— West Corridor is divided into three sec- (1) Before operating within the cor- tions to accommodate the different al- ridor, that person obtains a clearance titudes as portions of the corridor un- from the Eglin Radar Control Facility derlie restricted areas R–2915C, R– or an appropriate FAA ATC facility; 2919B, and R–2914B. and (1) The west section would include (2) That person maintains two-way that airspace extending upward from radio communication with the Eglin the surface to but not including 8,500 Radar Control Facility or an appro- feet MSL, bounded by a line beginning priate FAA ATC facility while within at: Latitude 30°22′47″ N., Longitude the corridor. 86°51′30″ W.: then along the shoreline to (b) East-West Corridor. Unless other- Latitude 30°23′46″ N., Longitude 86°38′15″ wise authorized by ATC (including the W.; to Latitude 30°20′51″ N., Longitude Eglin Radar Control Facility), no per- 86°38′50″ W.; then 3 NM from and par- son may operate an aircraft in flight allel to the shoreline to Latitude within the East-West Corridor des- 30°19′31″ N., Longitude 86°51′30″ W.; to ignated in § 93.81(b)(2) unless— the beginning. (1) Before operating within the cor- (2) The center section would include ridor, that person establishes two-way that airspace extending upward from radio communications with Eglin the surface to but not including 18,000 Radar Control Facility or an appro- feet MSL, bounded by a line beginning priate FAA ATC facility and receives at: an ATC advisory concerning operations being conducted therein; and Latitude 30°25′01″ N., Longitude 86°38′12″ W.; (2) That person maintains two-way to radio communications with the Eglin ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Latitude 30 25 01 N., Longitude 86 25 00 W.; Radar Control Facility or an appro- to Latitude 30°25′01″ N., Longitude 86°22′26″ W.; priate FAA ATC facility while within to the corridor. ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ Latitude 30 19 46 N., Longitude 86 23 45 W.; [Amdt. 93–70, 59 FR 46155, Sept. 6, 1994] then 3 NM from and parallel to the shoreline to Latitude 30°20′51″ N., Longitude 86°38′50″ W.; to Latitude 30°23′46″ Subpart G—Special Flight Rules in N., the Vicinity of Los Angeles Longitude 86°38′15″ W.; to the beginning. International Airport (3) The east section would include that airspace extending upward from SOURCE: Doc. No. FAA–2002–14149, 68 FR the surface to but not including 8,500 41214, July 10, 2003, unless otherwise noted.

844

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00854 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.117

§ 93.91 Applicability. (h) Anti-collision lights and aircraft position/navigation lights shall be on. This subpart prescribes special air Use of landing lights is recommended. traffic rules for aircraft conducting (i) Turbojet aircraft are prohibited VFR operations in the Los Angeles, from VFR operations in this area. California Special Flight Rules Area. § 93.97 Operations in the SFRA. § 93.93 Description of area. Notwithstanding the provisions of The Los Angeles Special Flight Rules § 91.131(a) of this chapter, an air traffic Area is designated as that part of Area control authorization is not required in A of the Los Angeles Class B airspace the Los Angeles Special Flight Rules area at 3,500 feet above mean sea level Area for operations in compliance with (MSL) and at 4,500 feet MSL, beginning § 93.95. All other provisions of § 91.131 of at Ballona Creek/Pacific Ocean (lat. this chapter apply to operations in the 33°57′42″ N, long. 118°27′23″ W), then Los Angeles Special Flight Rules Area. eastbound along Manchester Blvd. to the intersection of Manchester/405 Freeway (lat. 33°57′42″ N, long. 118°22′10″ Subpart H—Mandatory Use of the W), then southbound along the 405 New York North Shore Heli- Freeway to the intersection of the 405 copter Route Freeway/lmperial Highway (lat. 33°55′51″ N, long. 118°22′06″ W), then SOURCE: Doc. No. FAA–2010–0302, 77 FR westbound along Imperial Highway to 39921, July 6, 2012, unless otherwise noted. the intersection of Imperial Highway/ EFFECTIVE DATE NOTE: By Doc. No. FAA– Pacific Ocean (lat. 33°55′51″ N, long. 2010–0302, 77 FR 39921, July 6, 2012, subpart H 118°26′05″ W), then northbound along was added, effective Aug. 6, 2012 through the shoreline to the point of beginning. Aug. 6, 2014.

§ 93.95 General operating procedures. § 93.101 Applicability. Unless otherwise authorized by the This subpart prescribes a special air Administrator, no person may operate traffic rule for civil helicopters oper- an aircraft in the airspace described in ating VFR along the North Shore, § 93.93 unless the operation is conducted Long Island, New York, between Au- in accordance with the following proce- gust 6, 2012 and August 6, 2014. dures: § 93.103 Helicopter operations. (a) The flight must be conducted under VFR and only when operation (a) Unless otherwise authorized, each may be conducted in compliance with person piloting a helicopter along Long § 91.155(a) of this chapter. Island, New York’s northern shoreline (b) The aircraft must be equipped as between the VPLYD waypoint and Ori- specified in § 91.215(b) of this chapter ent Point, shall utilize the North Shore replying on code 1201 prior to entering Helicopter route and altitude, as pub- and while operating in this area. lished. (c) The pilot shall have a current Los (b) Pilots may deviate from the route Angeles Terminal Area Chart in the and altitude requirements of paragraph aircraft. (a) of this section when necessary for safety, weather conditions or (d) The pilot shall operate on the transitioning to or from a destination Santa Monica very high frequency or point of landing. omni-directional radio range (VOR) 132° radial. (e) Aircraft navigating in a south- Subpart I [Reserved] easterly direction shall be in level flight at 3,500 feet MSL. Subpart J—Lorain County (f) Aircraft navigating in a north- Regional Airport Traffic Rule westerly direction shall be in level flight at 4,500 feet MSL. § 93.117 Applicability. (g) Indicated airspeed shall not ex- This subpart prescribes a special air ceed 140 knots. traffic rule for aircraft operating at the

845

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00855 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.119 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

Lorain County Regional Airport, Lo- JOHN F. KENNEDY—Continued rain County, Ohio. Air carriers Commuters Other [Doc. No. FAA–2002–13235, 68 FR 9795, Feb. 28, 2003] 1600 ...... 74 12 2 1700 ...... 80 13 0 § 93.119 Aircraft operations. 1800 ...... 75 10 2 1900 ...... 63 12 2 Each person piloting an airplane 1 Washington National Airport operations are subject to landing at the Lorain County Regional modifications per Section 93.124. Airport shall enter the traffic pattern 2 The hour period in effect at O’Hare begins at 6:45 a.m. and continues in 30-minute increments until 9:15 p.m. north of the airport and shall execute a 3 Operations at O’Hare International Airport shall not— right traffic pattern for a landing to (a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of the note, exceed 62 for air carriers and 13 for commuters and 5 for ‘‘other’’ dur- the southwest or a left traffic pattern ing any 30-minute period beginning at 6:45 a.m. and con- for a landing to the northeast. Each tinuing every 30 minutes thereafter. (b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of the note, exceed person taking off from the airport shall more than 120 for air carriers, 25 for commuters, and 10 for execute a departure turn to the north ‘‘other’’ in any two consecutive 30-minute periods. (c) For the hours beginning at 6:45 a.m., 7:45 a.m., 11:45 as soon as practicable after takeoff. a.m., 7:45 p.m. and 8:45 p.m., the hourly limitations shall be 105 for air carriers, 40 for commuters and 10 for ‘‘other,’’ and [Doc. No. 8669, 33 FR 11749, Aug. 20, 1968] the 30-minute limitations shall be 55 for air carriers, 20 for commuters and 5 for ‘‘other.’’ For the hour beginning at 3:45 p.m., the hourly limitations shall be 115 for air carriers, 30 for Subpart K—High Density Traffic commuters and 10 for ‘‘others’’, and the 30-minute limitations shall be 60 for air carriers, 15 for commuters and 5 for Airports ‘‘other.’’ 4 Operations at LaGuardia Airport shall not— § 93.121 Applicability. (a) Exceed 26 for air carriers, 7 for commuters and 3 for ‘‘other’’ during any 30-minute period. This subpart designates high density (b) Exceed 48 for air carriers, 14 for commuters, and 6 for ‘‘other’’ in any two consecutive 30-minute periods. traffic airports and prescribes air traf- 5 Pursuant to bilateral agreement, 14 slots at LaGuardia and fic rules for operating aircraft, other 24 slots at O’Hare are allocated to the Canadian carriers. These slots are excluded from the hourly quotas set forth in than helicopters, to or from those air- § 93.123 above. ports. (b) The following exceptions apply to [Doc. No. 9974, 35 FR 16592, Oct. 24, 1970, as the allocations of reservations pre- amended by Amdt. 93–27, 38 FR 29464, Oct. 25, scribed in paragraph (a) Of this section. 1973] (1) The allocations of reservations § 93.123 High density traffic airports. among the several classes of users do not apply from 12 midnight to 6 a.m. (a) Each of the following airports is local time, but the total hourly limita- designated as a high density traffic air- tion remains applicable. port and, except as provided in § 93.129 (2) [Reserved] and paragraph (b) of this section, or (3) The allocation of 37 IFR reserva- unless otherwise authorized by ATC, is tions per hour for air carriers except limited to the hourly number of allo- commuters at Washington National cated IFR operations (takeoffs and Airport does not include charter landings) that may be reserved for the flights, or other nonscheduled flights of specified classes of users for that air- scheduled or supplemental air carriers. port: These flights may be conducted without regard to the limitation of 37 IFR IFR OPERATIONS PER HOUR reservations per hour. AIRPORT (4) The allocation of IFR reservations for air carriers except commuters at Ronald 4 2 LaGuardia, Newark, O’Hare, and Wash- Class of user LaGuardia , Newark O’Hare , Reagan 5 3, 5 Na- ington National Airports does not in- tional 1 clude extra sections of scheduled Air carriers .. 48 40 120 37 flights. The allocation of IFR reserva- Commuters 14 10 25 11 tions for scheduled commuters at Other ...... 6 10 10 12 Washington National Airport does not include extra sections of scheduled JOHN F. KENNEDY flights. These flights may be conducted without regard to the limitation upon Air carriers Commuters Other the hourly IFR reservations at those 1500 ...... 69 15 2 airports.

846

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00856 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.129

(5) Any reservation allocated to, but § 93.221(e) of this part pursuant to the not taken by, air carrier operations requirements of § 93.221(e). (except commuters) is available for a [Doc. No. 9113, 34 FR 2603, Feb. 26, 1969, as scheduled commuter operation. amended by Amdt. 93–37, 45 FR 62408, Sept. (6) Any reservation allocated to, but 18, 1980; Amdt. 93–44, 46 FR 58048, Nov. 27, not taken by, air carrier operations 1981; Amdt. 93–46, 49 FR 8244, Mar. 6, 1984; (except commuters) or scheduled com- Amdt. 93–57, 54 FR 34906, Aug. 22, 1989; 54 FR muter operations is available for other 37303, Sept. 8, 1989; Amdt. 93–59, 54 FR 39843, operations. Sept. 28, 1989; Amdt. 93–62, 56 FR 41207, Aug. 19, 1991; Amdt. 93–78, 64 FR 53564, Oct. 1, 1999; (c) For purposes of this subpart— Amdt. 93–84, 70 FR 29063, May 19, 2005] (1) The number of operations allocated to air carriers except commuters, as § 93.125 Arrival or departure reserva- used in paragraph (a) of this section re- tion. fers to the number of operations con- Except between 12 Midnight and 6 ducted by air carriers with turboprop a.m. local time, no person may operate and reciprocating engine aircraft hav- an aircraft to or from an airport des- ing a certificated maximum passenger ignated as a high density traffic air- seating capacity of 75 or more or with port unless he has received, for that op- turbojet powered aircraft having a cer- eration, an arrival or departure res- tificated maximum passenger seating ervation from ATC. capacity of 56 or more, or, if used for [Doc. No. 9974, 37 FR 22794, Oct. 25, 1972] cargo service in air transportation, with any aircraft having a maximum § 93.129 Additional operations. payload capacity of 18,000 pounds or more. (a) IFR. The operator of an aircraft may take off or land the aircraft under (2) The number of operations allo- IFR at a designated high density traf- cated to scheduled commuters, as used fic airport without regard to the max- in paragraph (a) of this section, refers imum number of operations allocated to the number of operations conducted for that airport if the operation is not by air carriers with turboprop and re- a scheduled operation to or from a high ciprocating engine aircraft having a density airport and he obtains a depar- certificated maximum passenger seat- ture or arrival reservation, as appro- ing capacity of less than 75 or by tur- priate, from ATC. The reservation is bojet aircraft having a certificated granted by ATC whenever the aircraft maximum passenger seating capacity may be accommodated without signifi- of less than 56, or if used for cargo serv- cant additional delay to the operations ice in air transportation, with any air- allocated for the airport for which the craft having a maximum payload ca- reservations is requested. pacity of less than 18,000 pounds. For (b) VFR. The operator of an aircraft purposes of aircraft operations at Ron- may take off and land the aircraft ald Reagan Washington National Air- under VFR at a designated high den- port, the term ‘‘commuters’’ means sity traffic airport without regard to aircraft operations using aircraft hav- the maximum number of operations al- ing a certificated maximum seating ca- located for that airport if the operation pacity of 76 or less. is not a scheduled operation to or from (3) Notwithstanding the provisions of a high density airport and he obtains a paragraph (c)(2) of this section, a lim- departure or arrival reservation, as ap- ited number of operations allocated for propriate, from ATC. The reservation ‘‘scheduled commuters’’ under para- is granted by ATC whenever the air- graph (a) of this section may be con- craft may be accommodated without ducted with aircraft described in significant additional delay to the operations allocated for the airport for which the reservation is requested and the ceiling reported at the airport is at least 1,000 feet and the ground visibility reported at the airport is at least 3 miles.

847

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00857 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.130 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(c) For the purpose of this section a § 93.151 Applicability. scheduled operation to or from the high This subpart prescribes a special air density airport is any operation regu- traffic rule for aircraft conducting larly conducted by an air carrier or VFR operations in the vicinity of the commuter between a high density air- Ketchikan International Airport or port and another point regularly served Ketchikan Harbor, Alaska. by that operator unless the service is conducted pursuant to irregular char- [Doc. No. FAA–2002–13235, 68 FR 9795, Feb. 28, ter or hiring of aircraft or is a nonpas- 2003] senger flight. § 93.152 Description of area. (d) An aircraft operator must obtain an IFR reservation in accordance with Within that airspace below 3,000 feet procedures established by the Adminis- MSL within the lateral boundary of the trator. For IFR flights to or from a surface area of the Ketchikan Class E high density airport, reservations for airspace regardless of whether that air- takeoff and arrival shall be obtained space is in effect. prior to takeoff. [Doc. No. FAA–2002–13235, 68 FR 9795, Feb. 28, 2003] [Doc. No. 9113, 34 FR 2603, Feb. 26, 1969, as amended by Amdt. 93–25, 37 FR 22794, Oct. 25, § 93.153 Communications. 1972; Amdt. 93–44, 46 FR 58049, Nov. 27, 1981; Amdt. 93–46, 49 FR 8244, Mar. 6, 1984] (a) When the Ketchikan Flight Serv- ice Station is in operation, no person § 93.130 Suspension of allocations. may operate an aircraft within the air- The Administrator may suspend the space specified in § 93.151, or taxi onto effectiveness of any allocation pre- the runway at Ketchikan International scribed in § 93.123 and the reservation Airport, unless that person has estab- requirements prescribed in § 93.125 if he lished two-way radio communications finds such action to be consistent with with the Ketchikan Flight Service Sta- the efficient use of the airspace. Such tion for the purpose of receiving traffic suspension may be terminated when- advisories and continues to monitor ever the Administrator determines the advisory frequency at all times that such action is necessary for the ef- while operating within the specified ficient use of the airspace. airspace. (b) When the Ketchikan Flight Serv- [Doc. No. 9974, 35 FR 16592, Oct. 24, 1970, as ice Station is not in operation, no per- amended by Amdt. 93–21, 35 FR 16636, Oct. 27, son may operate an aircraft within the 1970; Amdt. 93–27, 38 FR 29464, Oct. 25, 1973] airspace specified in § 93.151, or taxi § 93.133 Exceptions. onto the runway at Ketchikan Inter- national Airport, unless that person Except as provided in § 93.130, the pro- continuously monitors and commu- visions of §§ 93.123 and 93.125 do not nicates, as appropriate, on the des- apply to— ignated common traffic advisory fre- (a) The Newark Airport, Newark, NJ; quency as follows: (b) The Kennedy International Air- (1) For inbound flights. Announces po- port, New York, NY, except during the sition and intentions when no less than hours from 3 p.m. through 7:59 p.m., 10 miles from Ketchikan International local time; and Airport, and monitors the designated (c) O’Hare International Airport from frequency until clear of the movement 9:15 p.m. to 6:44 a.m., local time. area on the airport or Ketchikan Har- [Doc. No. 24471, 49 FR 8244, Mar. 6, 1984] bor. (2) For departing flights. Announces position and intentions prior to taxiing Subpart L [Reserved] onto the active runway on the airport or onto the movement area of Ketch- Subpart M—Ketchikan ikan Harbor and monitors the des- International Airport Traffic Rule ignated frequency until outside the airspace described in § 93.151 and an- SOURCE: Docket No. 14687, 41 FR 14879, Apr. nounces position and intentions upon 8, 1976, unless otherwise noted. departing that airspace.

848

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00858 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.176

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of (1) South section includes airspace paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, if extending from 3,000 feet MSL to the two-way radio communications failure base of the overlaying Phoenix Class B occurs in flight, a person may operate airspace bounded by a line beginning an aircraft within the airspace speci- at: Lat. 33°23′56″ N; Long. 112°28′37″ W; fied in § 93.151, and land, if weather con- to Lat. 33°22′32″ N; Long. 112°37′14″ W; to ditions are at or above basic VFR Lat. 33°25′39″ N; Long. 112°37′29″ W; to weather minimums. Lat. 33°31′55″ N; Long. 112°30′32″ W; to Lat. 33°28′00″ N; Long. 112°28′41″ W; to [Doc. No. 26653, 56 FR 48094, Sept. 23, 1991] point of beginning. § 93.155 Aircraft operations. (2) South section lower includes airspace extending from 2,100 feet MSL to (a) When an advisory is received from the base of the overlaying Phoenix the Ketchikan Flight Service Station Class B airspace, excluding the Luke stating that an aircraft is on final ap- Class D airspace area bounded by a line proach to the Ketchikan International beginning at: Lat. 33°28′00″ N; Long. Airport, no person may taxi onto the 112°28′41″ W; to Lat. 33°23′56″ N; Long. runway of that airport until the ap- 112°28′37″ W; to Lat. 33°27′53″ N; Long. proaching aircraft has landed and has 112°24′12″ W; to point of beginning. cleared the runway. (3) Center section includes airspace (b) Unless otherwise authorized by extending from surface to the base of ATC, each person operating a large air- the overlaying Phoenix Class B airplane or a turbine engine powered airspace, excluding the Luke Class D airplane shall— space area bounded by a line beginning (1) When approaching to land at the at: Lat. 33°42′22″ N; Long. 112°19′16″ W; Ketchikan International Airport, to Lat. 33°38′40″ N; Long. 112°14′03″ W; to maintain an altitude of at least 900 feet Lat. 33°27′53″ N; Long. 112°24′12″ W; to MSL until within three miles of the Lat. 33°28′00″ N; Long. 112°28′41″ W; to airport; and Lat. 33°31′55″ N; Long. 112°30′32″ W; to (2) After takeoff from the Ketchikan point of beginning. International Airport, maintain run- (4) The north section includes that way heading until reaching an altitude airspace extending upward from 3,000 of 900 feet MSL. feet MSL to 4,000 feet MSL, bounded by a line beginning at: Lat. 33°42′22″ N; Subpart N [Reserved] Long. 112°19′16″ W; to Lat. 33°46′58″ N; Long. 112°16′41″ W; to Lat. 33°44′48″ N; Long. 112°10′59″ W; to Lat. 33°38′40″ N; Subpart O—Special Flight Rules in ° ′ ″ the Vicinity of Luke AFB, AZ Long. 112 14 03 W; to point of beginning. (b) West Sector: SOURCE: 74 FR 69278, Dec. 31, 2009, unless (1) The north section includes that otherwise noted. airspace extending upward from 3,000 feet MSL to 6,000 feet MSL, bounded by § 93.175 Applicability. a line beginning at: Lat. 33°51′52″ N; This subpart prescribes a Special Air Long. 112°37′54″ W; to Lat. 33°49′34″ N; Traffic Rule for aircraft conducting Long. 112°23′34″ W; to Lat. 33°46′58″ N; VFR operations in the vicinity of Luke Long. 112°16′41″ W; to Lat. 33°42′22″ N; Air Force Base, AZ. Long. 112°19′16″ W; to Lat. 33°39′27″ N; Long. 112°22′27″ W; to point of begin- § 93.176 Description of area. ning. The Luke Air Force Base, Arizona (2) The south section includes that Terminal Area is designated during of- airspace extending upward from the ficial daylight hours Monday through surface to 6,000 feet MSL, bounded by a Friday while Luke pilot flight training line beginning at: Lat. 33°39′27″ N; is underway, as broadcast on the local Long. 112°22′27″ W; to Lat. 33°38′06″ N; Automatic Terminal Information Serv- Long. 112°23′51″ W; to Lat. 33°38′07″ N; ice (ATIS), and other times by Notice Long. 112°28′50″ W; to Lat. 33°39′34″ N; to Airmen (NOTAM), as follows: Long. 112°31′39″ W; to Lat. 33°39′32″ N; (a) East Sector: Long. 112°37′36″ W; to Lat. 33°51′52″ N;

849

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00859 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.177 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

Long. 112°37′54″ W; to point of begin- (2) Slot means the operational author- ning. ity to conduct one IFR landing or takeoff operation each day during a specific § 93.177 Operations in the Special Air hour or 30 minute period at one of the Traffic Rule Area. High Density Traffic Airports, as speci- (a) Unless otherwise authorized by fied in subpart K of this part. Air Traffic Control (ATC), no person (3) Summer season means the period of may operate an aircraft in flight with- time from the first Sunday in April in the Luke Terminal Area designated until the last Sunday in October. in § 93.176 unless— (4) Winter season means the period of (1) Before operating within the Luke time from the last Sunday in October Terminal area, that person establishes until the first Sunday in April. radio contact with the Luke RAPCON; (5) Limited incumbent carrier means an and air carrier or commuter operator that (2) That person maintains two-way holds or operates fewer than 12 air car- radio communication with the Luke rier or commuter slots, in any com- RAPCON or an appropriate ATC facil- bination, at a particular airport, not ity while within the designated area. including international slots, Essential (b) Requests for deviation from the Air Service Program slots, or slots be- provisions of this section apply only to tween the hours of 2200 and 0659 at aircraft not equipped with an oper- Washington National Airport or ational radio. The request must be sub- LaGuardia Airport. However, for the mitted at least 24 hours before the pro- purposes of this paragraph (a)(5), the posed operation to Luke RAPCON. carrier is considered to hold the number of slots at that airport that the Subparts P–R [Reserved] carrier has, since December 16, 1985: (i) Returned to the FAA; Subpart S—Allocation of Com- (ii) Had recalled by the FAA under muter and Air Carrier IFR Op- § 93.227(a); or erations at High Density Traffic (iii) Transferred to another party Airports other than by trade for one or more slots at the same airport. SOURCE: Docket No. 24105, 50 FR 52195, Dec. (b) The definitions specified in sub- 20, 1985, unless otherwise noted. part K of this part also apply to this subpart. § 93.211 Applicability. (c) For purposes of this subpart, if an (a) This subpart prescribes rules ap- air carrier, commuter operator, or plicable to the allocation and with- other person has more than a 50-per- drawal of IFR operational authority cent ownership or control of one or (takeoffs and landings) to individual more other air carriers, commuter op- air carriers and commuter operators at erators, or other persons, they shall be the High Density Traffic Airports iden- considered to be a single air carrier, tified in subpart K of this part except commuter operator, or person. In addi- for Newark Airport. tion, if a single company has more (b) This subpart also prescribes rules than a 50-percent ownership or control concerning the transfer of allocated of two or more air carriers and/or com- IFR operational authority and the use muter operators or any combination of that authority once allocated. thereof, those air carriers and/or commuter operators shall be considered to § 93.213 Definitions and general provi- be a single operator. A single operator sions. may be considered to be both an air (a) For purposes of this subpart— carrier and commuter operator for pur- (1) New entrant carrier means a com- poses of this subpart. muter operator or air carrier which [Doc. No. 24105, 50 FR 52195, Dec. 20, 1985, as does not hold a slot at a particular air- amended by Amdt. 93–52, 51 FR 21717, June port and has never sold or given up a 13, 1986; Amdt. 93–57, 54 FR 34906, Aug. 22, slot at that airport after December 16, 1989; 54 FR 37303, Sept. 8, 1989; Amdt. 93–65, 57 1985. FR 37314, Aug. 18, 1992]

850

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00860 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.217

§ 93.215 Initial allocation of slots. or, for foreign operators, the flight seg- (a) Each air carrier and commuter ment is a continuation of a flight that operator holding a permanent slot on begins or ends at a foreign point. Slots December 16, 1985, as evidenced by the may be obtained and used under this records of the air carrier and com- section only for operations at Kennedy muter operator scheduling committees, and O’Hare airports unless otherwise shall be allocated those slots subject to required by bilateral agreement and withdrawal under the provisions of this only for scheduled service unless the subpart. The Chief Counsel of the FAA requesting carrier qualifies for the slot shall be the final decisionmaker for on the basis of historic seasonal oper- initial allocation determinations. ations, under § 93.217(a)(5). (b) Any permanent slot whose use on (2) Slots used for an operation de- December 16, 1985 is divided among dif- scribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- ferent operators, by day of the week, or tion may not be bought, sold, leased, or otherwise, as evidenced by records of otherwise transferred, except that such the scheduling committees, shall be al- a slot may be traded to another slot- located in conformity with those holder on a one-for-one basis for a slot records. The Chief Counsel of the FAA at the same airport in a different hour shall be the final decisionmaker for or half-hour period if the trade is for these determinations. the purpose of conducting such an op- (c) A carrier may permanently des- eration in a different hour or half-hour ignate a slot it holds at Kennedy Inter- period. national Airport as a seasonal slot, to (3) Slots used for operations de- be held by the carrier only during the scribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- corresponding season in future years, if tion must be returned to the FAA if it notifies the FAA (at the address the slot will not be used for such oper- specified in § 93.225(e)), in writing, the ations for more than a 2-week period. preceding winter seasons or by October (4) Each air carrier or commuter op- 15 of the preceding year for summer erator having a slot that is used for op- seasons. erations described in paragraph (a)(1) (d) Within 30 days after December 16, 1985, each U.S. air carrier and com- of this section but is not used every muter operator must notify the office day of the week shall notify the office specified in § 93.221(a)(1), in writing, of specified in § 93.221(a)(1) in writing of those slots used for operations de- those days on which the slots will not scribed in § 93.217(a)(1) on December 16, be used. 1985. (5) Except as provided in paragraph (e) Any slot not held by an operator (a)(10) of this section, at Kennedy and on December 16, 1985 shall be allocated O’Hare Airports, a slot shall be allo- in accordance with the provisions of cated, upon request, for seasonal inter- §§ 93.217, 93.219 or 93.225 of this subpart. national operations, including charter operations, if the Chief Counsel of the [Doc. No. 24105, 50 FR 52195, Dec. 20, 1985, as FAA determines that the slot had been amended by Amdt. 93–52, 51 FR 21717, June 13, 1986] permanently allocated to and used by the requesting carrier in the same hour § 93.217 Allocation of slots for inter- and for the same time period during national operations and applicable the corresponding season of the pre- limitations. ceding year. Requests for such slots (a) Any air carrier of commuter oper- must be submitted to the office speci- ator having the authority to conduct fied in § 93.221(a)(1), by the deadline international operations shall be pro- published in a FEDERAL REGISTER no- vided slots for those operations, ex- tice for each season. For operations cluding transborder service solely be- during the 1986 summer season, re- tween HDR airports and Canada, sub- quests under this paragraph must have ject to the following conditions and the been submitted to the FAA on or be- other provisions of this section: fore February 1, 1986. Each carrier re- (1) The slot may be used only for a questing a slot under this paragraph flight segment in which either the must submit its entire international takeoff or landing is at a foreign point schedule at the relevant airport for the

851

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00861 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.217 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

particular season, noting which re- more permanent slots on the previous quests are in addition to or changes May 15 for a winter season or October from the previous year. 15 for a summer season unless: (6) Except as provided in paragraph (i) Allocation of the slot does not re- (a)(10) of this section, additional slots sult in a total allocation to that car- shall be allocated at O’Hare Airport for rier under this section that exceeds the international scheduled air carrier and number of slots allocated to and sched- commuter operations (beyond those uled by that carrier under this section slots allocated under §§ 93.215 and on February 23, 1990, and as reduced by 93.217(a)(5) if a request is submitted to the number of slots reclassified under the office specified in § 93.221(a)(1) and § 93.218, and does not exceed by more filed by the deadline published in a than 2 the number of slots allocated to FEDERAL REGISTER notice for each sea- and scheduled by that carrier during son. These slots will be allocated at the any half hour of that day, or time requested unless a slot is available within one hour of the requested (ii) Notwithstanding the number of time, in which case the unallocated slots allocated under paragraph slots will be used to satisfy the re- (a)(10)(i) of this section, a slot is avail- quest. able for allocation without withdrawal (7) If required by bilateral agree- of a permanent slot from any carrier. ment, additional slots shall be allo- (b) If a slot allocated under § 93.215 cated at LaGuardia Airport for inter- was scheduled for an operation de- national scheduled passenger oper- scribed in paragraph (a)(1) of this sec- ations within the hour requested. tion on December 16, 1985, its use shall (8) To the extent vacant slots are be subject to the requirements of para- available, additional slots during the graphs (a)(1) through (a)(4) of this sec- high density hours shall be allocated at tion. The requirements also apply to Kennedy Airport for new international slots used for international operations scheduled air carrier and commuter op- at LaGuardia Airport. erations (beyond those operations for (c) If a slot is offered to a carrier in which slots have been allocated under other than the hour requested, the car- §§ 93.215 and 93.217(a)(5)), if a request is rier shall have 14 days after the date of submitted to the office specified in the offer to accept the newly offered § 93.221(a)(1) by the deadline published slot. Acceptance must be in writing in a FEDERAL REGISTER notice for each and sent to the office specified in season. In addition, slots may be with- § 93.221(a)(1) and must repeat the cer- drawn from domestic operations for op- tified statements required by para- erations at Kennedy Airport under this graph (e) of this section. paragraph if required by international (d) The Office of the Secretary of obligations. Transportation reserves the right not (9) In determining the hour in which a slot request under §§ 93.217(a)(6) and to apply the provisions of this section, 93.217(a)(8) will be granted, the fol- concerning the allocation of slots, to lowing will be taken into consider- any foreign air carrier or commuter op- ation, among other things: erator of a country that provides slots (i) The availability of vacant slot to U.S. air carriers and commuter oper- times; ators on a basis more restrictive than (ii) International obligations; provided by this subpart. Decisions not (iii) Airport terminal capacity, in- to apply the provisions of this section cluding facilities and personnel of the will be made by the Office of the Sec- U.S. Customs Service and the U.S. Im- retary of Transportation. migration and Naturalization Service; (e) Each request for slots under this (iv) The extent and regularity of in- section shall state the airport, days of tended use of a slot; and the week and time of the day of the de- (v) Schedule constraints of carriers sired slots and the period of time the requesting slots. slots are to be used. Each request shall (10) At O’Hare Airport, a slot will not identify whether the slot is requested be allocated under this section to a under paragraph (a)(5), (6), or (8) and carrier holding or operating 100 or identify any changes from the previous

852

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00862 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.221

year if requested under both para- (b) Any slot obtained under this sec- graphs. The request must be accom- tion must be returned to the FAA if it panied by a certified statement signed will not be used for EAS purposes for by an officer of the operator indicating more than a 2-week period. A slot re- that the operator has or has contracted turned under this paragraph may be re- for aircraft capable of being utilized in allocated to the operator which re- using the slots requested and that the turned it upon request to the FAA of- operator has bona fide plans to use the fice specified in § 93.221(a)(1) if that slot requested slots for operations described has not been reallocated to an operator in paragraph (a). to provide substitute essential air serv- [Doc. No. 24105, 51 FR 21717, June 13, 1986, as ice. amended by Amdt. 93–61, 55 FR 53243, Dec. 27, (c) Slots shall be allocated for EAS 1990; 56 FR 1059, Jan. 10, 1991; Amdt. 93–78, 64 purposes in a time period within 90 FR 53565, Oct. 1, 1999] minutes of the time period requested. (d) The Department will not honor § 93.218 Slots for transborder service requests for slots for EAS purposes to a to and from Canada. point if the requesting carrier has pre- (a) Except as otherwise provided in viously traded away or sold slots it had this subpart, international slots identi- used or obtained for use in providing fied by U.S. carriers for international essential air service to that point. operations in December 1985 and the (e) Slots obtained under Civil Aero- equivalent number of international nautics Board Order No. 84–11–40 shall slots held as of February 24, 1998, will be considered to have been obtained be domestic slots. The Chief Counsel of under this section. the FAA shall be the final decisionmaker for these determinations. § 93.221 Transfer of slots. (b) Canadian carriers shall have a (a) Except as otherwise provided in guaranteed base level of slots of 42 this subpart, effective April 1, 1986, slots at LaGuardia, 36 slots at O’Hare slots may be bought, sold or leased for for the Sumner season, and 32 slots at any consideration and any time period O’Hare in the Winter season. and they may be traded in any com- (c) Any modification to the slot base bination for slots at the same airport by the Government of Canada or the or any other high density traffic air- Canadian carriers that results in a de- port. Transfers, including leases, shall crease of the guaranteed base in para- comply with the following conditions: graph (b) of this section shall perma- (1) Requests for confirmation must be nently modify the base number of submitted in writing to Slot Adminis- slots. tration Office, AGC–230, Office of the [Doc. No. FAA–1999–4971, 64 FR 53565, Oct. 1, Chief Counsel, Federal Aviation Ad- 1999] ministration, 800 Independence Ave., SW., Washington, DC 20591, in a format § 93.219 Allocation of slots for essential to be prescribed by the Administrator. air service operations and applica- Requests will provide the names of the ble limitations. transferor and recipient; business ad- Whenever the Office of the Secretary dress and telephone number of the per- of Transportation determines that sons representing the transferor and slots are needed for operations to or recipient; whether the slot is to be used from a High Density Traffic Airport for an arrival or departure; the date under the Department of Transpor- the slot was acquired by the transferor; tation’s Essential Air Service (EAS) the section of this subpart under which Program, those slots shall be provided the slot was allocated to the trans- to the designated air carrier or com- feror; whether the slot has been used muter operator subject to the following by the transferor for international or limitations: essential air service operations; and (a) Slots obtained under this section whether the slot will be used by the re- may not be bought, sold, leased or oth- cipient for international or essential erwise transferred, except that such air service operations. After with- slots may be traded for other slots on a drawal priorities have been established one-for-one basis at the same airport. under § 93.223 of this part, the requests

853

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00863 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.221 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

must include the slot designations of (b) A record of each slot transfer the transferred slots as described in shall be kept on file by the office speci- § 93.223(b)(5). fied in paragraph (a)(1) of this section (2) The slot transferred must come and will be made available to the pub- from the transferor’s then-current lic upon request. FAA-approved base. (c) Any person may buy or sell slots (3) Written evidence of each trans- and any air carrier or commuter may feror’s consent to the transfer must be use them. Notwithstanding § 93.123, air provided to the FAA. carrier slots may be used with aircraft (4) The recipient of a transferred slot of the kind described in § 93.123 (c)(1) or may not use the slot until written con- (c)(2) but commuter slots may only be firmation has been received from the used with aircraft of the kind described FAA. in § 93.0123(c)(2). (d) Air carriers and commuter opera- (5)(i) Until a slot obtained by a new tors considered to be a single operator entrant or limited incumbent carrier in under the provisions of § 93.213(c) of a lottery held under § 93.225 after June this subpart but operating under sepa- 1, 1991, has been used by the carrier rate names shall report transfers of that obtained it for a continuous 24- slots between them. month period after the lottery in ac- (e) Notwithstanding § 93.123(c)(2) of cordance with § 93.227(a), that slot may this part, a commuter slot at O’Hare be transferred only by trade for one or International Airport may be used with more slots at the same airport or to an aircraft described in § 93.123(c)(1) of other new entrant or limited incum- this part on the following conditions: bent carriers under § 93.221(a)(5)(iii). (1) Air carrier aircraft that may be This transfer restriction shall apply to operated under this paragraph are lim- the same extent to any slot or slots ac- ited to aircraft: quired by trading the slot obtained in a (i) Having an actual seating configu- lottery. To remove the transfer restric- ration of 110 or fewer passengers; and tion, documentation of 24 months’ con- (ii) Having a maximum certificated tinuous use must be submitted to the takeoff weight of less than 126,000 FAA Office of the Chief Counsel. pounds. (ii) Failure to use a slot acquired by (2) No more than 50 percent of the trading a slot obtained in a lottery for total number of commuter slots held a continuous 24-month period after the by a slot holder at O’Hare Inter- lottery, shall void all trades involving national Airport may be used with air- the lottery slot, which shall be re- craft described in paragraph (e)(1) of turned to the FAA. All use of the lot- this section. tery slot shall be counted toward ful- (3) An air carrier or commuter oper- filling the minimum use requirements ator planning to operate an aircraft de- under § 93.227(a) applicable to the slot scribed in paragraph (e)(1) of this sec- or slots for which the lottery slot was tion in a commuter slot shall notify traded, including subsequent trades. ATC at least 75 days in advance of the (iii) Slots obtained by new entrant or planned start date of such operation. limited incumbent carriers in a lottery The notice shall include the slot num- may be sold, leased, or otherwise trans- ber, proposed time of operation, air- ferred to another entrant or limited in- craft type, aircraft series, actual air- cumbent carrier after a minimum of 60 craft seating configuration, and days of use by the obtaining carrier. planned start date. ATC will approve or The transfer restrictions of disapprove the proposed operation no § 93.221(a)(5)(i) shall continue to apply later than 45 days prior to the planned to the slot until documentation of 24 start date. If an operator does not ini- months’ continuous use has been sub- tiate operation of a commuter slot mitted and the transfer restriction re- under this section within 30 days of the moved. planned start date first submitted to (6) The Office of the Secretary of the FAA, the ATC approval for that op- Transportation must determine that eration will expire. That operator may the transfer will not be injurious to the file a new or revised notice for the essential air service program. same half-hour slot time.

854

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00864 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.223

(4) An operation may not be con- (c) Whenever slots must be with- ducted under paragraph (e)(1) of this drawn, they will be withdrawn in ac- section unless a gate is available for cordance with the priority list estab- that operation without planned wait- lished under paragraph (b) of this sec- ing time. tion, except: (5) For the purposes of this paragraph (1) Slots obtained in a lottery held (e), notice to ATC shall be submitted in pursuant to § 93.225 of this part shall be writing to: Director, Air Traffic Sys- subject to withdrawal pursuant to tem Management, ATM–1, Federal paragraph (i) of that section, and Aviation Administration, 800 Independ- (2) Slots necessary for international ence Avenue SW., Washington, DC and essential air service operations 20591. shall be exempt from withdrawal for use for other international or essential [Doc. No. 24105, 50 FR 52195, Dec. 20, 1985, as air service operations. amended by Amdt. 93–52, 51 FR 21717, June (3) Except as provided in § 93.227(a), 13, 1986; Amdt. 93–58, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, the FAA shall not withdraw slots held 1989; Amdt. 93–62, 56 FR 41208, Aug. 19, 1991; Amdt. 93–65, 57 FR 37314, Aug. 18, 1992; Amdt. at an airport by an air carrier or com- 93–68, 58 FR 39616, July 23, 1993] muter operator holding and operating 12 or fewer slots at that airport (ex- § 93.223 Slot withdrawal. cluding slots used for operations described in § 93.212(a)(1)), if withdrawal (a) Slots do not represent a property would reduce the number of slots held right but represent an operating privi- below the number of slots operated. lege subject to absolute FAA control. (4) No slot comprising the guaranteed Slots may be withdrawn at any time to base of slots, as defined in section fulfill the Department’s operational 93.318(b), shall be withdrawn for use for needs, such as providing slots for inter- international operations or for new en- national or essential air service oper- trants. ations or eliminating slots. Before (d) The following withdrawal priority withdrawing any slots under this sec- rule shall be used to permit application tion to provide them for international of the one-for-one trade provisions for operations, essential air services or international and essential air service other operational needs, those slots re- slots and the slot withdrawal provi- turned under § 93.224 of this part and sions where the slots are needed for those recalled by the agency under other than international or essential § 93.227 will be allocated. air service operations. If an operator (b) Separate slot pools shall be estab- has more than one slot in a specific lished for air carriers and commuter time period in which it also has a slot operators at each airport. The FAA being used for international or essen- shall assign, by random lottery, with- tial air service operations, the inter- drawal priority numbers for the recall national and essential air service slots priority of slots at each airport. Each will be considered to be those with the additional permanent slot, if any, will lowest withdrawal priority. be assigned the next higher number for (e) The operator(s) using each slot to air carrier or commuter slots, as appro- be withdrawn shall be notified by the priate, at each airport. Each slot shall FAA of the withdrawal and shall cease be assigned a designation consisting of operations using that slot on the date the applicable withdrawal priority indicated in the notice. Generally, the number; the airport code; a code indi- FAA will provide at least 30 days after cating whether the slot is an air car- notification for the operator to cease rier or commuter operator slot; and the operations unless exigencies require a time period of the slot. The designation shorter time period. shall also indicate, as appropriate, if (f) For 24 months following a lottery the slot is daily or for certain days of held after June 1, 1991, a slot acquired the week only; is limited to arrivals or in that lottery shall be withdrawn by departures; is allocated for inter- the FAA upon the sale, merger, or ac- national operations or for EAS pur- quisition of more than 50 percent own- poses; and, at Kennedy International ership or control of the carrier using Airport, is a summer or winter slot. that slot or one acquired by trade of

855

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00865 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.224 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

that slot, if the resulting total of slots to initiate scheduled passenger service held or operated at the airport by the at the airport, shall be included in the surviving entity would exceed 12 slots. lottery if that operator notifies, in writing, the Slot Administration Of- [Doc. No. 24105, 50 FR 52195, Dec. 20, 1985, as amended by Amdt. 93–52, 51 FR 21718, June fice, AGC–230, Office of the Chief Coun- 13, 1986; Amdt. 93–57, 54 FR 34906, Aug. 22, sel, Federal Aviation Administration, 1989; Amdt. 93–65, 57 FR 37314, Aug. 18, 1992; 800 Independence Avenue, SW., Wash- Amdt. 93–78, 64 FR 53565, Oct. 1, 1999] ington, DC 20591. The notification must be received 15 days prior to the lottery § 93.224 Return of slots. date and state whether there is any (a) Whenever a slot is required to be common ownership or control of, by, or returned under this subpart, the holder with any other air carrier or commuter must notify the office specified in operator as defined in § 93.213(c). New § 93.221(a)(1) in writing of the date after entrant and limited incumbent carriers which the slot will not be used. will be permitted to complete their se- (b) Slots may be voluntarily returned lections before participation by other for use by other operators by notifying incumbent carriers is initiated. the office specified in § 93.221(a)(1) in (f) At the lottery, each operator must writing. make its selection within 5 minutes after being called or it shall lose its § 93.225 Lottery of available slots. turn. If capacity still remains after (a) Whenever the FAA determines each operator has had an opportunity that sufficient slots have become avail- to select slots, the allocation sequence able for distribution for purposes other will be repeated in the same order. An than international or essential air operator may select any two slots service operations, but generally not available at the airport during each se- more than twice a year, they shall be quence, except that new entrant car- allocated in accordance with the provi- riers may select four slots, if available, sions of this section. in the first sequence. (b) A random lottery shall be held to (g) To select slots during a slot lot- determine the order of slot selection. tery session, a carrier must have ap- (c) Slot allocation lotteries shall be propriate economic authority for held on an airport-by-airport basis scheduled passenger service under Title with separate lotteries for air carrier IV of the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, and commuter operator slots. The slots as amended (49 U.S.C. App. 1371 et seq.), to be allocated in each lottery will be and must hold FAA operating author- each unallocated slot not necessary for ity under part 121 or part 135 of this international or Essential Air Service chapter as appropriate for the slots the Program operations, including any slot operator seeks to select. created by an increase in the operating (h) During the first selection se- limits set forth in § 93.123(a). quence, 25 percent of the slots available (d) The FAA shall publish a notice in but no less than two slots shall be re- the FEDERAL REGISTER announcing any served for selection by new entrant lottery dates. The notice may include carriers. If new entrant carriers do not special procedures to be in effect for select all of the slots set aside for new the lotteries. entrant carriers, limited incumbent (e) Participation in a lottery is open carriers may select the remaining to each U.S. air carrier or commuter slots. If every participating new en- operator operating at the airport and trant carrier and limited incumbent providing scheduled passenger service carrier has ceased selection of avail- at the airport, as well as where pro- able slots or has obtained 12 slots at vided for by bilateral agreement. Any that airport, other incumbent carriers U.S. carrier, or foreign air carrier may participate in selecting the re- where provided for by bilateral agree- maining slots; however, slots selected ment, that is not operating scheduled by non-limited incumbent carriers will service at the airport and has not be allocated only until the date of the failed to operate slots obtained in the next lottery. previous lottery, or slots traded for (i) Slots obtained under this section those obtained by lottery, but wishes shall retain their withdrawal priority

856

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00866 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.227

as established under § 93.223. If the slot (1) The first 90 days after they are al- is newly created, a withdrawal priority located to a new entrant carrier; or shall be assigned. That priority number (2) The first 60 days after they are al- shall be higher than any other slot as- located to a limited incumbent or signed a withdrawal number pre- other incumbent carrier. viously. (c) Paragraph (a) of this section does [Doc. No. 24105, 50 FR 52195, Dec. 20, 1985, as not apply to slots of an operator forced amended by Amdt. 93–52, 51 FR 21718, June by a strike to cease operations using 13, 1986; Amdt. 93–58, 54 FR 39293, Sept. 25, those slots. 1989; Amdt. 93–65, 57 FR 37314, Aug. 18, 1992; 57 (d) In the case of a carrier that files FR 47993, Oct. 21, 1992; Amdt. 93–78, 64 FR 53565, Oct. 1, 1999] for protection under the Federal bankruptcy laws and has not received a No- § 93.226 Allocation of slots in low-de- tice of Withdrawal from the FAA for mand periods. the subject slot or slots, paragraph (a) (a) If there are available slots in the of this section does not apply: following time periods and there are no (1) During a period after the initial pending requests for international or petition in bankruptcy, to any slot EAS operations at these times, FAA held or operated by that carrier, for: will allocate slots upon request on a (i) 60 days after the carrier files the first-come, first-served basis, as set initial petition in bankruptcy; and forth in this section: (ii) 30 days after the carrier, in an- (1) Any period for which a slot is ticipation of transferring slots, sub- available less than 5 days per week. mits information to a Federal govern- (2) Any time period for which a slot ment agency in connection with a stat- is available for less than a full season. utory antitrust, economic impact, or (3) For LaGuardia and Washington similar review of the transfer, provided National Airports: that the information is submitted more (i) 6:00 a.m.–6:59 a.m. than 30 days after filing the initial pe- (ii) 10:00 p.m.–midnight. tition in bankruptcy, and provided fur- (b) Slots will be allocated only to op- ther that any slot to be transferred has erators with the economic and oper- not become subject to withdrawal ating authority and aircraft required under any other provision of this to use the slots. § 93.227; and (c) Requests for allocations under (2) During a period after a carrier this section shall be submitted in writing to the address listed in § 93.221(a)(1) ceases operations at an airport, to any and shall identify the request as made slot held or operated by that carrier at under this section. that airport, for: (d) The FAA may deny requests made (i) 30 days after the carrier ceases op- under this section after a determina- erations at that airport, provided that tion that all remaining slots in a par- the slot has not become subject to ticular category should be distributed withdrawal under any other provision by lottery. of this § 93.227; and (e) Slots may be allocated on a sea- (ii) 30 days after the parties to a pro- sonal or temporary basis under this posed transfer of any such slot comply provision. with requests for additional informa- [Doc. No. 24105, 51 FR 21718, June 13, 1986] tion by a Federal government agency in connection with an antitrust, eco- § 93.227 Slot use and loss. nomic impact, or similar investigation (a) Except as provided in paragraphs of the transfer, provided that— (b), (c), (d), (g), and (l) of this section, (A) The original notice of the trans- any slot not utilized 80 percent of the fer is filed with the Federal agency time over a 2-month period shall be re- within 30 days after the carrier ceases called by the FAA. operation at the airport; (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does (B) The request for additional infor- not apply to slots obtained under mation is made within 10 days of the § 93.225 of this part during: filing of the notice by the carrier;

857

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00867 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.251 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(C) The carrier submits the addi- any other carrier as defined in tional information to the Federal agen- § 93.213(c) of this subpart. The report cy within 15 days of the request by shall be signed by a senior official of such agency; and the air carrier or commuter operator. (D) Any slot to be transferred has not If the slot is held by an ‘‘other person,’’ become subject to withdrawal under the report must be signed by an official any other provision of this § 93.227. representative. (e) Persons having slots withdrawn (j) The Chief Counsel of the FAA may pursuant to paragraph (a) of this sec- waive the requirements of paragraph tion must cease all use of those slots (a) of this section in the event of a upon receipt of notice from the FAA. highly unusual and unpredictable con- (f) Persons holding slots but not dition which is beyond the control of using them pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) may lease the slot-holder and which exists for a those slots for use by others. A slot ob- period of 9 or more days. Examples of tained in a lottery may not be leased conditions which could justify waiver after the expiration of the applicable under this paragraph are weather con- time period specified in paragraph (b) ditions which result in the restricted of this section unless it has been oper- operation of an airport for an extended ated for a 2-month period at least 65 period of time or the grounding of an percent of the time by the operator aircraft type. which obtained it in the lottery. (k) The Chief Counsel of the FAA (g) This section does not apply to may, upon request, grant a waiver from slots used for the operations described the requirements of paragraph (a) of in § 93.217(a)(1) except that a U.S. air this section for a slot used for the do- carrier or commuter operator required mestic segment of an intercontinental to file a report under paragraph (i) of all-cargo flight. To qualify for a waiv- this section shall include all slots oper- er, a carrier must operate the slot a ated at the airport, including slots de- substantial percentage of the time and scribed in § 93.217(a)(1). must return the slot to the FAA in ad- (h) Within 30 days after an operator vance for the time periods it will not files for protection under the Federal be used. bankruptcy laws, the FAA shall recall (l) The FAA will treat as used any any slots of that operator, if—(1) the slot held by a carrier at a High Density slots were formerly used for essential air service and (2) the Office of the Sec- Traffic Airport on Thanksgiving Day, retary of Transportation determines the Friday following Thanksgiving those slots are required to provide sub- Day, and the period from December 24 stitute essential air service to or from through the first Saturday in January. the same points. [Doc. No. 24105, 50 FR 52195, Dec. 20, 1985, as (i) Every air carrier and commuter amended by Amdt. 93–52, 51 FR 21718, June operator or other person holding a slot 13, 1986; Amdt. 93–65, 57 FR 37315, Aug. 18, at a high density airport shall, within 1992; Amdt. 93–71, 59 FR 58771, Nov. 15, 1994] 14 days after the last day of the 2- month period beginning January 1, Subpart T—Ronald Reagan Wash- 1986, and every 2 months thereafter, forward, in writing, to the address ington National Airport Traffic identified in § 93.221(a)(1), a list of all Rules slots held by the air carrier, commuter operator or other person along with a SOURCE: Docket No. 25143, 51 FR 43587, Dec. listing of which air carrier or com- 3, 1986; Amdt. 93–82, 68 FR 9795, Feb. 28, 2003, muter operator actually operated the unless otherwise noted. slot for each day of the 2-month period. The report shall identify the flight § 93.251 Applicability. number for which the slot was used and This subpart prescribes rules applica- the equipment used, and shall identify ble to the operation of aircraft to or the flight as an arrival or departure. from Ronald Reagan Washington Na- The report shall identify any common tional Airport. ownership or control of, by, or with

858

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00868 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.303

§ 93.253 Nonstop operations. Lat. 35°41′01″ N., Long. 113°35′27″ W.; No person may operate an aircraft thence clockwise via the 4.2-nautical mile radius of the Peach Springs nonstop in air transportation between ° ′ ″ Ronald Reagan Washington National VORTAC to Lat. 36 38 53 N., Long. 113°27′49″ W.; northeast to Lat. 35°42′58″ Airport and another airport that is ° ′ ″ more than 1,250 miles away from Ron- N., Long. 113 10 57 W.; north to Lat. 35°57′51″ N., Long. 113°11′06″ W.; east to ald Reagan Washington National Air- ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ port. Lat. 35 57 44 N., Long. 112 14 04 W.; thence clockwise via the 4.3-nautical mile radius of the Grand Canyon Na- Subpart U—Special Flight Rules in tional Park Airport reference point the Vicinity of Grand Canyon (Lat. 35°57′08″ N., Long. 112°08′49″ W.) to National Park, AZ the point of origin. [Doc. No. 5926, 65 FR 17742, Apr. 4, 2000] SOURCE: Doc. No. 28537, 61 FR 69330, Dec. 31, 1996, unless otherwise noted. § 93.303 Definitions. § 93.301 Applicability. For the purposes of this subpart: This subpart prescribes special oper- Allocation means authorization to ating rules for all persons operating conduct a commercial air tour in the aircraft in the following airspace, des- Grand Canyon National Park (GCNP) ignated as the Grand Canyon National Special Flight Rules Area (SFRA). Park Special Flight Rules Area: That Commercial air tour means any flight airspace extending from the surface up conducted for compensation or hire in to but not including 18,000 feet MSL a powered aircraft where a purpose of within an area bounded by a line begin- the flight is sightseeing. If the operator ning at Lat. 35°55′12″ N., Long. 112°04′05″ of a flight asserts that the flight is not W.; east to Lat. 35°55′30″ N., Long. a commercial air tour, factors that can 111°45′00″ W.; to Lat. 35°59′02″ N., Long. be considered by the Administrator in 111°36′03″ W.; north to Lat. 36°15′30″ N., making a determination of whether the Long. 111°36′06″ W.; to Lat. 36°24′49″ N., flight is a commercial air tour include, Long. 111°47′45″ W.; to Lat. 36°52′23″ N., but are not limited to— Long. 111°33′10″ W.; west-northwest to (1) Whether there was a holding out Lat. 36°53′37″ N., Long. 111°38′29″ W.; to the public of willingness to conduct southwest to Lat. 36°35′02″ N., Long. a sightseeing flight for compensation 111°53′28″ W.; to Lat. 36°21′30″ N., Long. or hire; 112°00′03″ W.; west-northwest to Lat. (2) Whether a narrative was provided 36°30′30″ N., Long. 112°35′59″ W.; south- that referred to areas or points of in- west to Lat. 36°24′46″ N., Long. 112°51′10″ terest on the surface; W., thence west along the boundary of (3) The area of operation; Grand Canyon National Park (GCNP) (4) The frequency of flights; to Lat. 36°14′08″ N., Long. 113°10′07″ W.; (5) The route of flight; west-southwest to Lat. 36°09′30″ N., (6) The inclusion of sightseeing Long. 114°03′03″ W.; southeast to Lat. flights as part of any travel arrange- 36°05′11″ N., Long. 113°58′46″ W.; thence ment package; or south along the boundary of GCNP to (7) Whether the flight in question Lat. 35°58′23″ N., Long. 113°54′14″ W.; would or would not have been canceled north to Lat. 36°00′10″ N., Long. based on poor visibility of the surface. 113°53′48″ W.; northeast to Lat. 36°02′14″ Commercial Special Flight Rules Area N., Long. 113°50′16″ W.; to Lat. 36°02′17″ Operation means any portion of any N., Long. 113°53′48″ W.; northeast to flight within the Grand Canyon Na- Lat. 36°02′14″ N., Long. 113°50′16″ W.; to tional Park Special Flight Rules Area Lat. 36°02′17″ N., Long. 113°49′11″ W.; that is conducted by a certificate hold- southeast to Lat. 36°01′22″ N., Long. er that has operations specifications 113°48′21″ W.; to Lat. 35°59′15″ N., Long. authorizing flights within the Grand 113°47′13″ W.; to Lat. 35°57′51″ N., Long. Canyon National Park Special Flight 113°46′01″ W.; to Lat. 35°57′45″ N., Long. Rules Area. This term does not include 113°45′23″ W.; southwest to Lat. 35°54′48″ operations conducted under an FAA N., Long. 113°50′24″ W.; southeast to Form 7711–1, Certificate of Waiver or

859

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00869 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.305 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

Authorization. The types of flights cov- ridor is 2 nautical miles wide for com- ered by this definition are set forth in mercial air tour flights and 4 nautical the ‘‘Las Vegas Flight Standards Dis- miles wide for transient and general trict Office Grand Canyon National aviation operations. Park Special Flight Rules Area Proce- (b) Bright Angel Flight-free Zone. That dures Manual’’ which is available from airspace extending from the surface up the Las Vegas Flight Standards Dis- to but not including 14,500 feet MSL trict Office. within an area bounded by a line begin- Flight Standards District Office means ning at Lat. 35°58′39″ N., Long. 111°55′43″ the FAA Flight Standards District Of- W.; north to Lat. 36°12′41″ N., Long. fice with jurisdiction for the geo- 111°53′54″ W.; northwest to Lat. 36°18′18″ graphical area containing the Grand N., Long. 111°58′15″ W.; thence west Canyon. along the GCNP boundary to Lat. GCNP quiet aircraft technology des- 36°20′11″ N., Long. 112°06′25″ W.; south- ignation means an aircraft that is sub- southwest to Lat. 36°09′31″ N., Long. ject to § 93.301 and has been shown to 112°11′15″ W.; to Lat. 36°04′16″ N., Long. comply with the noise limit specified 112°17′20″ W.; thence southeast along in appendix A of this part. the GCNP boundary to Lat. 36°01′54″ N., Number of passenger seats means the Long. 112°11′24″ W.; thence clockwise number of passenger seats for which an via the 4.3-nautical mile radius of the individual aircraft is configured. Grand Canyon National Park Airport Park means Grand Canyon National reference point (Lat. 35°57′08″ N., Long. Park. 112°08′49″ W.) to Lat. 35°59′37″ N., Long. Special Flight Rules Area means the 112°04′29″ W.; thence east along the Grand Canyon National Park Special GCNP boundary to the point of origin; Flight Rules Area. but not including the airspace at and [65 FR 17732, Apr. 4, 2000, as amended at 70 above 10,500 feet MSL within 1 nautical FR 16092, Mar. 29, 2005] mile of the eastern boundary or the airspace at and above 10,500 feet MSL § 93.305 Flight-free zones and flight within 2 nautical miles of the north- corridors. western boundary. The corridor to the Except in an emergency or if other- east, between this flight-free zone and wise necessary for safety of flight, or the Desert View Flight-free Zone, is unless otherwise authorized by the designated the ‘‘Zuni Point Corridor.’’ Flight Standards District Office for a The corridor to the west, between the purpose listed in 93.309, no person may Bright Angel and Toroweap/Shinumo operate an aircraft in the Special Flight-free Zones, is designated the Flight Rules Area within the following ‘‘Dragon Corridor.’’ This corridor is 2 flight-free zones: nautical miles wide for commercial air (a) Desert View Flight-free Zone. That tour flights and 4 nautical miles wide airspace extending from the surface up for transient and general aviation oper- to but not including 14,500 feet MSL ations. The Bright Angel Flight-free within an area bounded by a line begin- Zone does not include the following ning at Lat. 35°59′58″ N., Long. 111°52′47″ airspace designated as the Bright W.; thence east to Lat. 36°00′00″ N., Angel Corridor: That airspace one-half Long. 111°51′04″ W.; thence north to nautical mile on either side of a line 36°00′24″ N., Long. 111°51′04″ W.; thence extending from Lat. 36°14′57″ N., Long. east to 36°00′24″ N., Long. 111°45′44″ W.; 112°08′45″ W. and Lat. 36°15′01″ N., Long. thence north along the GCNP boundary 111°55′39″ W. to Lat. 36°14′05″ N., Long. 111°48′34″ W.; (c) Toroweap/Shinumo Flight-free Zone. thence southwest to Lat. 36°12′06″ N., That airspace extending from the sur- Long. 111°51′14″ W.; to the point of ori- face up to but not including 14,500 feet gin; but not including the airspace at MSL within an area bounded by a line and above 10,500 feet MSL within 1 nau- beginning at Lat. 36°05′44″ N., Long. tical mile of the western boundary of 112°19′27″ W.; north-northeast to Lat. the zone. The corridor to the west be- 36°10′49″ N., Long. 112°13′19″ W.; to Lat. tween the Desert View and Bright 36°21′02″ N., Long. 112°08′47″ W.; thence Angel Flight-free Zones, is designated west and south along the GCNP bound- the ‘‘Zuni Point Corridor.’’ This cor- ary to Lat 36°10′58″ N., Long. 113°08′35″

860

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00870 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.309

W.; south to Lat. 36°10′12″ N., Long. (iv) Pearce Ferry Sector. Diamond 113°08′34″ W.; thence in an easterly di- Creek to the Grand Wash Cliffs: 5,000 rection along the park boundary to the feet MSL. point of origin; but not including the (2) Transient and general aviation oper- following airspace designated as the ations—(i) Marble Canyon Sector. Lees ‘‘Tuckup Corridor’’: at or above 10,500 Ferry to Boundary Ridge: 8,000 feet feet MSL within 2 nautical miles either MSL. side of a line extending between Lat. (ii) Supai Sector. Boundary Ridge to 36°24′42″ N., Long. 112°48′47″ W. and Lat. Supai Point: 10,000 feet MSL. 36°14′17″ N., Long. 112°48′31″ W. The air- (iii) Diamond Creek Sector. Supai space designated as the ‘‘Fossil Canyon Point to Diamond Creek: 9,000 feet Corridor’’ is also excluded from the MSL. Toroweap/Shinumo Flight-free Zone at (iv) Pearce Ferry Sector. Diamond or above 10,500 feet MSL within 2 nau- Creek to the Grand Wash Cliffs: 8,000 tical miles either side of a line extend- feet MSL. ing between Lat. 36°16′26″ N., Long. (b) Minimum corridor altitudes—(1) 112°34′35″ W. and Lat. 36°22′51″ N., Long. Commercial air tours—(i) Zuni Point Cor- 112°18′18″ W. The Fossil Canyon Cor- ridors. 7,500 feet MSL. ridor is to be used for transient and (ii) Dragon Corridor. 7,500 feet MSL. general aviation operations only. (2) Transient and general aviation oper- (d) Sanup Flight-free Zone. That air- ations—(i) Zuni Point Corridor. 10,500 space extending from the surface up to feet MSL. but not including 8,000 feet MSL within (ii) Dragon Corridor. 10,500 feet MSL. an area bounded by a line beginning at (iii) Tuckup Corridor. 10,500 feet MSL. Lat. 35°59′32″ N., Long. 113°20′28″ W.; (iv) Fossil Canyon Corridor. 10,500 west to Lat. 36°00′55″ N., Long. 113°42′09″ feet W.; southeast to Lat. 35°59′57″ N., Long. ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ [Doc. No. 28537, 61 FR 69330, Dec. 31, 1996, as 113 41 09 W.; to Lat. 35 59 09 N., Long. amended by Amdt. 93–80, 65 FR 17742, 17743, 113°40′53″ W.; to Lat. 35°58′45″ N., Long. Apr. 4, 2000] 113°40′15″ W.; to Lat. 35°57′52″ N., Long. 113°39′34″ W.; to Lat. 35°56′44″ N., Long. § 93.309 General operating procedures. 113°39′07″ W.; to Lat. 35°56′04″ N., Long. Except in an emergency, no person 113°39′20″ W.; to Lat. 35°55′02″ N., Long. may operate an aircraft in the Special 113°40′43″ W.; to Lat. 35°54′47″ N., Long. Flight Rules Area unless the operation 113°40′51″ W.; southeast to Lat. 35°50′16″ is conducted in accordance with the ° ′ ″ N., Long. 113 37 13 W.; thence along the following procedures. (NOTE: The fol- park boundary to the point of origin. lowing procedures do not relieve the [Doc. No. 28537, 61 FR 69330, Dec. 31, 1996, as pilot from see-and-avoid responsibility amended by Amdt. 93–80, 65 FR 17742, Apr. 4, or compliance with the minimum safe 2000] altitude requirements specified in § 91.119 of this chapter.): § 93.307 Minimum flight altitudes. (a) Unless necessary to maintain a Except in an emergency, or if other- safe distance from other aircraft or ter- wise necessary for safety of flight, or rain remain clear of the flight-free unless otherwise authorized by the zones described in § 93.305; Flight Standards District Office for a (b) Unless necessary to maintain a purpose listed in 93.309, no person may safe distance from other aircraft or ter- operate an aircraft in the Special rain, proceed through the Zuni Point, Flight Rules Area at an altitude lower Dragon, Tuckup, and Fossil Canyon than the following: Flight Corridors described in § 93.305 at (a) Minimum sector altitudes—(1) Com- the following altitudes unless other- mercial air tours—(i) Marble Canyon Sec- wise authorized in writing by the tor. Lees Ferry to Boundary Ridge: Flight Standards District Office: 6,000 feet MSL. (1) Northbound. 11,500 or 13,500 feet (ii) Supai Sector. Boundary Ridge to MSL. Supai Point: 7,500 feet MSL. (2) Southbound. 10,500 or 12,500 feet (iii) Diamond Creek Sector. Supai MSL. Point to Diamond Creek: 6,500 feet (c) For operation in the flight-free MSL. zones described in § 93.305, or flight

861

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00871 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.311 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

below the altitudes listed in § 93.307, is § 93.313 Communications. authorized in writing by the Flight Except when in contact with the Standards District Office and is con- Grand Canyon National Park Airport ducted in compliance with the condi- Traffic Control Tower during arrival or tions contained in that authorization. departure or on a search and rescue Normally authorization will be granted mission directed by the U.S. Air Force for operation in the areas described in Rescue Coordination Center, no person § 93.305 or below the altitudes listed in may operate an aircraft in the Special § 93.307 only for operations of aircraft Flight Rules Area unless he monitors necessary for law enforcement, fire- the appropriate frequency continuously fighting, emergency medical treat- while in that airspace. ment/evacuation of persons in the vicinity of the Park; for support of Park § 93.315 Requirements for commercial maintenance or activities; or for aerial Special Flight Rules Area oper- access to and maintenance of other ations. property located within the Special Each person conducting commercial Flight Rules Area. Authorization may Special Flight Rules Area operations be issued on a continuing basis; must be certificated in accordance (d) Is conducted in accordance with a with Part 119 for Part 135 or 121 oper- specific authorization to operate in ations and hold appropriate Grand Can- that airspace incorporated in the oper- yon National Park Special Flight ator’s operations specifications and ap- Rules Area operations specifications. proved by the Flight Standards Dis- [65 FR 17732, Apr. 4, 2000] trict Office in accordance with the provisions of this subpart; § 93.316 [Reserved] (e) Is a search and rescue mission directed by the U.S. Air Force Rescue § 93.317 Commercial Special Flight Rules Area operation curfew. Coordination Center; (f) Is conducted within 3 nautical Unless otherwise authorized by the miles of Grand Canyon Bar Ten Air- Flight Standards District Office, no strip, Pearce Ferry Airstrip, Cliff person may conduct a commercial Spe- Dwellers Airstrip, Marble Canyon Air- cial Flight Rules Area operation in the strip, or Tuweep Airstrip at an altitude Dragon and Zuni Point corridors dur- less than 3,000 feet above airport ele- ing the following flight-free periods: vation, for the purpose of landing at or (a) Summer season (May 1–Sep- taking off from that facility; or tember 30)–6 p.m. to 8 a.m. daily; and (b) Winter season (October 1–April (g) Is conducted under an instrument 30)–5 p.m. to 9 a.m. daily. flight rules (IFR) clearance and the pilot is acting in accordance with ATC [65 FR 17732, Apr. 4, 2000] instructions. An IFR flight plan may not be filed on a route or at an altitude § 93.319 Commercial air tour limitations. that would require operation in an area described in § 93.305. (a) Unless excepted under paragraph (f) or (g) of this section, no certificate [Doc. No. 28537, 61 FR 69330, Dec. 31, 1996, as holder certificated in accordance with amended by Amdt. 93–80, 65 FR 17742, 17743, part 119 for part 121 or 135 operations Apr. 4, 2000] may conduct more commercial air tours in the Grand Canyon National § 93.311 Minimum terrain clearance. Park in any calendar year than the Except in an emergency, when nec- number of allocations specified on the essary for takeoff or landing, or unless certificate holder’s operations speci- otherwise authorized by the Flight fications. Standards District Office for a purpose (b) The Administrator determines the listed in § 93.309(c), no person may oper- number of initial allocations for each ate an aircraft within 500 feet of any certificate holder based on the total terrain or structure located between number of commercial air tours con- the north and south rims of the Grand ducted by the certificate holder and re- Canyon. ported to the FAA during the period

862

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00872 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.321

beginning on May 1, 1997 and ending on by the eastward shift of the SFRA who April 30, 1998, unless excepted under did not receive initial allocations in paragraph (g). 1999 because they were not required to (c) Certificate holders who conducted report during the base year may con- commercial air tours during the base tinue to operate on the specified routes year and reported them to the FAA re- without an allocation in the area ceive an initial allocation. bounded by longitude line 111 degrees (d) A certificate holder must use one 42 minutes east and longitude line 111 allocation for each flight that is a com- degrees 36 minutes east. This exception mercial air tour, unless excepted under does not include operation in the Zuni paragraph (f) or (g) of this section. Point corridor. (e) Each certificate holder’s oper- [65 FR 17732, Apr. 4, 2000] ation specifications will identify the following information, as applicable: § 93.321 Transfer and termination of (1) Total SFRA allocations; and allocations. (2) Dragon corridor and Zuni Point corridor allocations. (a) Allocations are not a property in- (f) Certificate holders satisfying the terest; they are an operating privilege requirements of § 93.315 of this subpart subject to absolute FAA control. are not required to use a commercial (b) Allocations are subject to the fol- air tour allocation for each commercial lowing conditions: air tour flight in the GCNP SFRA pro- (1) The Administrator will re-author- vided the following conditions are sat- ize and re-distribute allocations no ear- isfied: lier than two years from the effective (1) The certificate holder conducts its date of this rule. operations in conformance with the (2) Allocations that are held by the routes and airspace authorizations as FAA at the time of reallocation may be specified in its Grand Canyon National distributed among remaining certifi- Park Special Flight Rules Area oper- cate holders, proportionate to the size ations specifications; of each certificate holder’s allocation. (2) The certificate holder must have (3) The aggregate SFRA allocations executed a written contract with the will not exceed the number of oper- Hualapai Indian Nation which grants ations reported to the FAA for the base the certificate holder a trespass permit year beginning on May 1, 1997 and end- and specifies the maximum number of ing on April 30, 1998, except as adjusted flights to be permitted to land at to incorporate operations occurring for Grand Canyon West Airport and at the base year of April 1, 2000 and end- other sites located in the vicinity of ing on March 31, 2001, that operate at that airport and operates in compli- or above 14,500 feet MSL and below ance with that contract; and 18,000 feet MSL and operations in the (3) The certificate holder must have a area affected by the eastward shift of valid operations specification that au- the SFRA bounded by longitude line thorizes the certificate holder to con- 111 degrees 42 minutes east to lon- duct the operations specified in the gitude 111 degrees 36 minutes east. contract with the Hualapai Indian Na- (4) Allocations may be transferred tion and specifically approves the num- among Part 135 or Part 121 certificate ber of operations that may transit the holders, subject to all of the following: Grand Canyon National Park Special (i) Such transactions are subject to Flight Rules Area under this exception. all other applicable requirements of (g) Certificate holders conducting this chapter. commercial air tours at or above 14,500 (ii) Allocations authorizing commer- feet MSL but below 18,000 feet MSL cial air tours outside the Dragon and who did not receive initial allocations Zuni Point corridors may not be trans- in 1999 because they were not required ferred into the Dragon and Zuni Point to report during the base year may op- corridors. Allocations authorizing com- erate without an allocation when con- mercial air tours within the Dragon ducting air tours at those altitudes. and Zuni Point corridors may be trans- Certificate holders conducting com- ferred outside of the Dragon and Zuni mercial air tours in the area affected Point corridors.

863

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00873 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.323 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(iii) A certificate holder must notify § 93.323 Flight plans. in writing the Las Vegas Flight Stand- Each certificate holder conducting a ards District Office within 10 calendar commercial SFRA operation must file days of a transfer of allocations. This a visual flight rules (VFR) flight plan notification must identify the parties in accordance with § 91.153. This section involved, the type of transfer (perma- does not apply to operations conducted nent or temporary) and the number of in accordance with § 93.309(g). The allocations transferred. Permanent flight plan must be on file with a FAA transfers are not effective until the Flight Service Station prior to each Flight Standards District Office re- flight. Each VFR flight plan must iden- issues the operations specifications re- tify the purpose of the flight in the flecting the transfer. Temporary trans- ‘‘remarks’’ section according to one of fers are effective upon notification. the types set forth in the ‘‘Las Vegas (5) An allocation will revert to the Flight Standards District Office Grand FAA upon voluntary cessation of com- Canyon National Park Special Flight mercial air tours within the SFRA for Rules Area Procedures Manual’’ which any consecutive 180-day period unless is available from the Las Vegas Flight the certificate holder notifies the Standards District Office. FSDO in writing, prior to the expira- [65 FR 17733, Apr. 4, 2000] tion of the 180-day time period, of the following: the reason why the certifi- § 93.325 Quarterly reporting. cate holder has not conducted any (a) Each certificate holder must sub- commercial air tours during the con- mit in writing, within 30 days of the secutive 180-day period; and the date end of each calendar quarter, the total the certificate holder intends on re- number of commercial SFRA oper- suming commercial air tours operations conducted for that quarter. ations. The FSDO will notify the cer- Quarterly reports must be filed with tificate holder of any extension to the the Las Vegas Flight Standards Dis- consecutive 180-days. A certificate trict Office. holder may be granted one extension. (b) Each quarterly report must con- (6) The FAA retains the right to retain the following information. (1) Make and model of aircraft; distribute, reduce, or revoke alloca- (2) Identification number (registra- tions based on: tion number) for each aircraft; (i) Efficiency of airspace; (3) Departure airport for each seg- (ii) Voluntary surrender of alloca- ment flown; tions; (4) Departure date and actual Uni- (iii) Involuntary cessation of oper- versal Coordinated Time, as applicable ations; and for each segment flown; (iv) Aviation safety. (5) Type of operation; and (6) Route(s) flown. [65 FR 17733, Apr. 4, 2000] [65 FR 17733, Apr. 4, 2000]

864

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00874 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 93, Subpt. U, App. A

APPENDIX TO SUBPART U OF PART 93—SPECIAL FLIGHT RULES IN THE VICINITY OF THE GRAND CANYON NATIONAL PARK, AZ

APPENDIX A TO SUBPART U OF PART 93— noise certification process as prescribed GCNP QUIET AIRCRAFT TECHNOLOGY under part 36 of this chapter. Where no cer- DESIGNATION tificated noise level is available, the Admin- istrator may approve an alternative meas- This appendix contains procedures for de- urement procedure. termining the GCNP quiet aircraft tech- Aircraft Noise Limit for GCNP Quiet Aircraft nology designation status for each aircraft Technology Designation subject to § 93.301 determined during the

865

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00875 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 EC26SE91.001 § 93.331 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

A. For helicopters with a flyover noise Subpart V—Washington, DC Met- level obtained in accordance with the measurement procedures prescribed in Appendix ropolitan Area Special Flight H of 14 CFR part 36, the limit is 80 dB for hel- Rules Area icopters having a seating configuration of two or fewer passenger seats, increasing at 3 SOURCE: Doc. No. FAA–2004–17005, 73 FR dB per doubling of the number of passenger 76213, Dec. 16, 2008, unless otherwise noted. seats for helicopters having a seating configuration of three or more passenger seats. § 93.331 Purpose and applicability of The noise limit for helicopters with three or this subpart. more passenger seats can be calculated by the formula: This subpart prescribes special air EPNL(H) = 80 +10log(# PAX seats/2) dB traffic rules for aircraft operating in the Washington, DC Metropolitan B. For helicopters with a flyover noise level obtained in accordance with the meas- Area. Because identification and con- urement procedures prescribed in Appendix J trol of aircraft is required for reasons of 14 CFR part 36, the limit is 77 dB for heli- of national security, the areas de- copters having a seating configuration of scribed in this subpart constitute na- two or fewer passenger seats, increasing at 3 tional defense airspace. The purpose of dB per doubling of the number of passenger establishing this area is to facilitate seats for helicopters having a seating con- the tracking of, and communication figuration of three or more passenger seats. with, aircraft to deter persons who The noise limit for helicopters with three or would use an aircraft as a weapon, or more passenger seats can be calculated by the formula: as a means of delivering weapons, to conduct an attack on persons, prop- SEL(J) = 77 + 10log(# PAX seats/2) dB erty, or buildings in the area. This sub- C. For propeller-driven airplanes with a part applies to pilots conducting any measured flyover noise level obtained in accordance with the measurement procedures type of flight operations in the air- prescribed in Appendix F of 14 CFR part 36 space designated as the Washington, without the performance correction defined DC Metropolitan Area Special Flight in Sec. F35.201(c), the limit is 69 dB for air- Rules Area (DC SFRA) (as defined in planes having a seating configuration of two § 93.335), which includes the airspace or fewer passenger seats, increasing at 3 dB designated as the Washington, DC Met- per doubling of the number of passenger ropolitan Area Flight Restricted Zone seats for airplanes having a seating configu- (DC FRZ) (as defined in § 93.335). ration of three or more passenger seats. The noise limit for propeller-driven airplanes § 93.333 Failure to comply with this with three or more passenger seats can be subpart. calculated by the formula: LAmax(F) = 69 + 10log(# PAX seats/2) dB (a) Any violation. The FAA may take civil enforcement action against a D. In the event that a flyover noise level is not available in accordance with Appendix F pilot for violations, whether inad- of 14 CFR part 36, the noise limit for pro- vertent or intentional, including impo- peller-driven airplanes with a takeoff noise sition of civil penalties and suspension level obtained in accordance with the meas- or revocation of airmen’s certificates. urement procedures prescribed in Appendix (b) Knowing or willful violations. The G is 74 dB or 77 dB, depending on 14 CFR part DC FRZ and DC SFRA were established 36 amendment level, for airplanes having a for reasons of national security under seating configuration of two or fewer pas- the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 40103(b)(3). senger seats, increasing at 3 dB per doubling Areas established by the FAA under of the number of passenger seats for airplanes having a seating configuration of that authority constitute ‘‘national de- three or more passenger seats. The noise fense airspace’’ as that term is used in limit for propeller-driven airplanes with 49 U.S.C. 46307. In addition to being three or more passenger seats can be cal- subject to the provisions of paragraph culated by the formula: (a) of this section, persons who know- LAmax(G) = 74 + 10log(# PAX seats/2) dB for ingly or willfully violate national de- certifications obtained under 14 CFR part fense airspace established pursuant to 36, Amendment 21 or earlier; 49 U.S.C. 40103(b)(3) may be subject to LAmax(G) = 77 + 10log(# PAX seats/2) dB for criminal prosecution. certifications obtained under 14 CFR part 36, Amendment 22 or later. § 93.335 Definitions. [FAA–2003–14715, 70 FR 16092, Mar. 29, 2005] For purposes of this subpart—

866

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00876 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.339

DC FRZ flight plan is a flight plan 077°02′11″ W., or the DCA VOR/DME. filed for the sole purpose of complying The DC SFRA includes the DC FRZ. with the requirements for VFR oper- [Doc. No. FAA–2004–17005, 73 FR 76213, Dec. ations into, out of, and through the DC 16, 2008; Amdt. 93–91, 73 FR 79314, Dec. 29, FRZ. This flight plan is separate and 2008] distinct from a standard VFR flight plan, and does not include search and § 93.337 Requirements for operating in rescue services. the DC SFRA. DC SFRA flight plan is a flight plan A pilot conducting any type of flight filed for the sole purpose of complying operation in the DC SFRA must com- with the requirements for VFR oper- ply with the restrictions listed in this ations into, out of, and through the DC subpart and all special instructions SFRA. This flight plan is separate and issued by the FAA in the interest of distinct from a standard VFR flight national security. Those special in- plan, and does not include search and structions may be issued in any man- rescue services. ner the FAA considers appropriate, in- Fringe airports are the following air- cluding a NOTAM. Additionally, a pilot ports located near the outer boundary must comply with all of the applicable of the Washington, DC Metropolitan requirements of this chapter. Area Special Flight Rules Area: Barnes (MD47), Flying M Farms (MD77), Moun- § 93.339 Requirements for operating in the DC SFRA, including the DC tain Road (MD43), Robinson (MD14), FRZ. and Skyview (51VA). (a) Except as provided in paragraphs Washington, DC Metropolitan Area (b) and (c) of this section and in § 93.345, Flight Restricted Zone (DC FRZ) is an or unless authorized by Air Traffic area bounded by a line beginning at the Control, no pilot may operate an air- Washington VOR/DME (DCA) 311° ra- craft, including an ultralight vehicle or dial at 15 nautical miles (NM) (Lat. any civil aircraft or public aircraft, in 38°59′31″ N., Long. 077°18′30″ W.); then the DC SFRA, including the DC FRZ, clockwise along the DCA 15 nautical ° unless— mile arc to the DCA 002 radial at 15 (1) The aircraft is equipped with an ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ NM (Lat. 39 06 28 N., Long 077 04 32 operable two-way radio capable of com- W.); then southeast via a line drawn to municating with Air Traffic Control on ° the DCA 049 radial at 14 NM (Lat. appropriate radio frequencies; ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 39 02 18 N., Long. 076 50 38 W.); thence (2) Before operating an aircraft in the ° south via a line drawn to the DCA 064 DC SFRA, including the DC FRZ, the ° ′ ″ radial at 13 NM (Lat. 38 59 01 N., Long. pilot establishes two-way radio com- ° ′ ″ 076 48 32 W.); thence clockwise along munications with the appropriate Air ° the 13 NM arc to the DCA 276 radial at Traffic Control facility and maintains ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ 13 NM (Lat.38 50 53 N., Long 077 18 48 such communications while operating W.); thence north to the point of begin- the aircraft in the DC SFRA, including ning, excluding the airspace within a the DC FRZ; one nautical mile radius of the Free- (3) The aircraft is equipped with an way Airport, W00, Mitchellville, MD operating automatic altitude reporting from the surface up to but not includ- transponder; ing flight level (FL) 180. The DC FRZ is (4) Before operating an aircraft in the within and part of the Washington, DC DC SFRA, including the DC FRZ, the Metropolitan Area SFRA. pilot obtains and transmits a discrete Washington, DC Metropolitan Area transponder code from Air Traffic Con- Special Flight Rules Area (DC SFRA) is trol, and the aircraft’s transponder an area of airspace over the surface of continues to transmit the assigned the earth where the ready identifica- code while operating within the DC tion, location, and control of aircraft is SFRA; required in the interests of national se- (5) For VFR operations, the pilot curity. Specifically, the DC SFRA is must file and activate a DC FRZ or DC that airspace, from the surface to, but SFRA flight plan by obtaining a dis- not including, FL 180, within a 30-mile crete transponder code. The flight plan radius of Lat. 38°51′34″ N., Long. is closed upon landing at an airport

867

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00877 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.341 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

within the DC SFRA or when the air- (4) Before exiting the traffic pattern, craft exits the DC SFRA; comply with paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) Before operating the aircraft into, (a)(7) of this section. out of, or through the Washington, DC (e) Pilots must transmit the assigned Tri-Area Class B Airspace Area, the transponder code. No pilot may use pilot receives a specific Air Traffic transponder code 1200 while in the DC Control clearance to operate in the SFRA. Class B airspace area; and (7) Before operating the aircraft into, § 93.341 Aircraft operations in the DC out of, or through Class D airspace FRZ. area that is within the DC SFRA, the (a) Except as provided in paragraph pilot complies with § 91.129 of this chap- (b) of this section, no pilot may con- ter. duct any flight operation under part 91, (b) Paragraph (a)(5) of this section 101, 103, 105, 125, 133, 135, or 137 of this does not apply to operators of Depart- chapter in the DC FRZ, unless the spe- ment of Defense aircraft, law enforce- cific flight is operating under an FAA/ ment operations, or lifeguard or air TSA authorization. ambulance operations under an FAA/ (b) Department of Defense (DOD) op- TSA airspace authorization, if the erations, law enforcement operations, flight crew is in contact with Air Traf- and lifeguard or air ambulance oper- fic Control and is transmitting an Air ations under an FAA/TSA airspace au- Traffic Control-assigned discrete trans- thorization are excepted from the pro- ponder code. hibition in paragraph (a) of this section (c) When operating an aircraft in the if the pilot is in contact with Air Traf- VFR traffic pattern at an airport with- fic Control and operates the aircraft in the DC SFRA (but not within the DC transponder on an Air Traffic Control- FRZ) that does not have an airport assigned beacon code. traffic control tower, a pilot must— (c) The following aircraft operations (1) File a DC SFRA flight plan for are permitted in the DC FRZ: traffic pattern work; (1) Aircraft operations under the DCA (2) Communicate traffic pattern posi- Access Standard Security Program tion via the published Common Traffic (DASSP) (49 CFR part 1562) with a Advisory Frequency (CTAF); Transportation Security Administra- (3) Monitor VHF frequency 121.5 or tion (TSA) flight authorization. UHF frequency 243.0, if the aircraft is (2) Law enforcement and other U.S. suitably equipped; Federal aircraft operations with prior (4) Obtain and transmit the Air Traf- FAA approval. fic Control-assigned discrete trans- (3) Foreign-operated military and ponder code; and state aircraft operations with a State (5) When exiting the VFR traffic pat- Department-authorized diplomatic tern, comply with paragraphs (a)(1) clearance, with State Department noti- through (a)(7) of this section. fication to the FAA and TSA. (d) When operating an aircraft in the (4) Federal, State, Federal DOD con- VFR traffic pattern at an airport with- tract, local government agency air- in the DC SFRA (but not within the DC craft operations and part 121, 129 or 135 FRZ) that has an operating airport air carrier flights with TSA-approved traffic control tower, a pilot must— full aircraft operator standard security (1) Before departure or before enter- programs/procedures, if operating with ing the traffic pattern, request to re- DOD permission and notification to the main in the traffic pattern; FAA and the National Capital Regional (2) Remain in two-way radio commu- Coordination Center (NCRCC). These nications with the tower. If the air- flights may land and depart Andrews craft is suitably equipped, the pilot Air Force Base, MD, with prior permis- must also monitor VHF frequency 121.5 sion, if required. or UHF frequency 243.0; (5) Aircraft operations maintaining (3) Continuously operate the aircraft radio contact with Air Traffic Control transponder on code 1234 unless Air and continuously transmitting an Air Traffic Control assigns a different Traffic Control-assigned discrete trans- code; and ponder code. The pilot must monitor

868

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00878 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 93.345

VHF frequency 121.5 or UHF frequency Traffic Control-assigned course and re- 243.0. main clear of the DC FRZ. (d) Before departing from an airport (c) If using VFR egress procedures, a within the DC FRZ, or before entering pilot must— the DC FRZ, all aircraft, except DOD, (1) Depart as instructed by Air Traf- law enforcement, and lifeguard or air fic Control and expect a heading di- ambulance aircraft operating under an rectly out of the DC FRZ until the FAA/TSA airspace authorization must pilot establishes two-way radio com- file and activate an IFR or a DC FRZ munication with Potomac Approach; or a DC SFRA flight plan and transmit and a discrete transponder code assigned by (2) Operate as assigned by Air Traffic an Air Traffic Control facility. Aircraft Control until clear of the DC FRZ, the must transmit the discrete transponder DC SFRA, and the Class B or Class D code at all times while in the DC FRZ airspace area. or DC SFRA. (d) If using VFR ingress procedures, the aircraft must remain outside the § 93.343 Requirements for aircraft operations to or from College Park DC SFRA until the pilot establishes Airport, Potomac Airfield, or Wash- communications with Air Traffic Con- ington Executive/Hyde Field Air- trol and receives authorization for the port. aircraft to enter the DC SFRA. (a) A pilot may not operate an air- (e) VFR arrivals: craft to or from College Park Airport, (1) If landing at College Park Airport MD, Potomac Airfield, MD, or Wash- a pilot may receive routing via the vi- ington Executive/Hyde Field Airport, cinity of Freeway Airport; or MD unless— (2) If landing at Washington Execu- (1) The aircraft and its crew and pas- tive/Hyde Field or Potomac Airport, sengers comply with security rules the pilot may receive routing via the issued by the TSA in 49 CFR part 1562, vicinity of Maryland Airport or the subpart A; Nottingham VORTAC. (2) Before departing, the pilot files an IFR or DC FRZ or DC SFRA flight plan § 93.345 VFR outbound procedures for with the Washington Hub Flight Serv- fringe airports. ice Station (FSS) for each departure (a) A pilot may depart from a fringe and arrival from/to College Park, Poto- airport as defined in § 93.335 without fil- mac Airfield, and Washington Execu- ing a flight plan or communicating tive/Hyde Field airports, whether or with Air Traffic Control, unless re- not the aircraft makes an intermediate quested, provided: stop; (1) The aircraft’s transponder trans- (3) When filing a flight plan with the mits code 1205; Washington Hub FSS, the pilot identi- (2) The pilot exits the DC SFRA by fies himself or herself by providing the the most direct route before proceeding assigned pilot identification code. The on course; and Washington Hub FSS will accept the (3) The pilot monitors VHF frequency flight plan only after verifying the 121.5 or UHF frequency 243.0. code; and (b) No pilot may operate an aircraft (4) The pilot complies with the appli- arriving at a fringe airport or transit cable IFR or VFR egress procedures in the DC SFRA unless that pilot com- paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this section. plies with the DC SFRA operating pro- (b) If using IFR procedures, a pilot cedures in this subpart. must— (1) Obtain an Air Traffic Control clearance from the Potomac TRACON; Subpart W—New York Class B Air- and space Hudson River and East (2) Comply with Air Traffic Control River Exclusion Special Flight departure instructions from Wash- Rules Area ington Executive/Hyde Field, Potomac Airport, or College Park Airport. The SOURCE: 74 FR 59910, Nov. 19, 2009, unless pilot must then proceed on the Air otherwise noted.

869

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00879 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 93.350 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

§ 93.350 Definitions. Hudson River to lat. 40°38′39″ N., long. ° ′ ″ For the purposes of this subpart only 74 02 03 W., thence north along a line the following definitions apply: drawn direct to the southwesternmost (a) Local operation. Any aircraft with- point of Governors Island, thence north in the Hudson River Exclusion that is along a line drawn direct to the south- conducting an operation other than as west tip of Manhattan Island, thence described in paragraph (b) of this sec- north along the east bank of the Hud- tion. Local operations include but are son River to the LGA VOR/DME 11- not limited to operations for sight- mile arc, north of LaGuardia Airport, seeing, electronic news gathering, and thence counterclockwise along the 11- law enforcement. mile arc to lat. 40°57′54″ N., long. (b) Transient operation. Aircraft 73°54′23″ W., thence to the point of be- transiting the entire length of the Hud- ginning. son River Class B Exclusion, as defined in paragraph (d) of this section, from § 93.351 General requirements for op- one end to the other. erating in the East River and/or (c) New York Class B airspace East Hudson River Exclusions. River Exclusion is that airspace below Pilots must adhere to the following 1,500 feet MSL between the east and requirements: west banks of, and overlying, the East (a) Maintain an indicated airspeed River beginning at lat. 40°38′39″ N., not to exceed 140 knots. long. 74°02′03″ W., thence north along a (b) Anti-collision lights and aircraft line drawn direct to the southwestern position/navigation lights shall be on, tip of Governors Island, thence north if equipped. Use of landing lights is rec- along a line direct to the southwest tip ommended. of Manhattan Island, thence north (c) Self announce position on the ap- along the west bank of the East River propriate radio frequency for the East to the LGA VOR/DME 6-mile arc, River or Hudson River as depicted on thence counterclockwise along the 6- the New York VFR Terminal Area mile arc to the east bank of the East Chart (TAC) and/or New York Heli- River, thence south along the east copter Route Chart. bank of the East River to the point of (d) Have a current New York TAC beginning at lat. 40°38′39″ N., long chart and/or New York Helicopter 74°02′03″ W.; and that airspace 1,100 feet Route Chart in the aircraft and be fa- MSL and below between the east and miliar with the information contained west banks of, and overlying the East therein. River, from the LGA VOR/DME 6-mile arc to the north tip of Roosevelt Is- § 93.352 Hudson River Exclusion spe- land. cific operating procedures. (d) New York Class B airspace Hudson River Exclusion is that area from the In addition to the requirements in surface up to but not including the § 93.351, the following procedures apply: overlying floor of the New York Class (a) Pilots must self announce, at the B airspace area, between the east and charted mandatory reporting points, west banks of, and overlying, the Hud- the following information: aircraft son River within the area beginning type, current position, direction of north of LaGuardia Airport on the west flight, and altitude. bank of the Hudson River at lat. (b) Pilots must fly along the west 40°57′45″ N., long. 73°54′48″ W. (near Al- shoreline of the Hudson River when pine Tower), thence south along the southbound, and along the east shore- west bank of the Hudson River to line of the Hudson River when north- intersect the Colts Neck VOR/DME 012° bound; while remaining within the radial, thence southwest along the boundaries of the Hudson River Exclu- Colts Neck 012° radial to the Hudson sion as defined in § 93.350(d). River shoreline, thence south along the (c) Aircraft transiting the area with- shoreline to the Verrazano-Narrows in the Hudson River Exclusion in ac- Bridge, thence east along the Bridge to cordance with § 93.350(b) must transit the east bank of the Hudson River, the Hudson River Exclusion at or above thence north along the east bank of the an altitude of 1,000 feet MSL up to, but

870

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00880 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 95.3

not including, the floor of the over- routes for which an MEA is designated lying Class B airspace. in this part. In addition, it designates mountainous areas and changeover § 93.353 East River Exclusion specific points. operating procedures. (b) The MAA is the highest altitude No person may operate an airplane in on an ATS route, or other direct route the East River Exclusion extending for which an MEA is designated, at from the southwestern tip of Governors which adequate reception of VOR sig- Island to the north tip of Roosevelt Is- nals is assured. land except: (c) The MCA applies to the operation (a) Seaplanes landing on or taking off of an aircraft proceeding to a higher from the river; or minimum en route altitude when cross- (b) Airplanes authorized by ATC. Pi- ing specified fixes. lots must contact LaGuardia Airport (d) The MEA is the minimum en Traffic Control Tower prior to Gov- route IFR altitude on an ATS route, ernors Island for authorization. ATS route segment, or other direct route. The MEA applies to the entire width of the ATS route, ATS route seg- PART 95—IFR ALTITUDES ment, or other direct route between fixes defining that route. Unless other- SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION NO. wise specified, an MEA prescribed for 97 [NOTE] an off airway route or route segment applies to the airspace 4 nautical miles Subpart A—General on each side of a direct course between Sec. the navigation fixes defining that route 95.1 Applicability. or route segment. 95.3 Symbols. (e) The MOCA assures obstruction clearance on an ATS route, ATS route Subpart B—Designated Mountainous Areas segment, or other direct route, and 95.11 General. adequate reception of VOR navigation 95.13 Eastern United States Mountainous signals within 22 nautical miles of a Area. VOR station used to define the route. 95.15 Western United States Mountainous (f) The MRA applies to the operation Area. of an aircraft over an intersection de- 95.17 Alaska Mountainous Area. fined by ground-based navigation aids. 95.19 Hawaii Mountainous Area. 95.21 Puerto Rico Mountainous Area. The MRA is the lowest altitude at which the intersection can be deter- Subpart C—En Route IFR Altitudes Over mined using the ground-based naviga- Particular Routes and Intersections tion aids. (g) The changeover point (COP) ap- 95.31 General. plies to operation of an aircraft along a Federal airway, jet route, or other di- Subpart D—Changeover Points rect route; for which an MEA is des- 95.8001 General. ignated in this part. It is the point for transfer of the airborne navigation ref- AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40103, 40113, and 14 CFR 11.49(b)(2). erence from the ground-based navigation aid behind the aircraft to the next SPECIAL FEDERAL AVIATION REGULATION appropriate ground-based navigation NO. 97 aid to ensure continuous reception of signals. EDITORIAL NOTE: For the text of SFAR No. [Doc. No. FAA–2003–14698, 68 FR 16947, Apr. 8, 97, see part 91 of this chapter. 2003] Subpart A—General § 95.3 Symbols. For the purposes of this part— § 95.1 Applicability. (a) COP means changeover point. (a) This part prescribes altitudes gov- (b) L means compass locator; erning the operation of aircraft under (c) LF/MF means low frequency, me- IFR on ATS routes, or other direct dium frequency;

871

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00881 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 95.11 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(d) LFR means low frequency radio Subpart B—Designated range; Mountainous Areas (e) VOR-E means VOR and distance measuring equipment; and § 95.11 General. (f) Z means a very high frequency lo- The areas described in this subpart cation marker. are designated mountainous areas. [Doc. No. 1580, 28 FR 6718, June 29, 1963, as [Doc. No. 1580, 28 FR 6718, June 29, 1963] amended by Amdt. 95–118, 29 FR 13166, Sept. 23, 1964] § 95.13 Eastern United States Moun- tainous Area. All of the following area excluding those portions specified in the exceptions. (a) Area.

872

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00882 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 95.13

Beginning at latitude 47°10′ N., longitude longitude 75°30′ W.; thence to latitude 43°05′ 67°55′ W.; thence west and south along the N., longitude 75°30′ W.; thence to latitude Canadian Border to latitude 45°00′ N., lon- 42°57′ N., longitude 77°30′ W.; thence to lati- gitude 74°15′ W.; thence to latitude 44°20′ N., tude 42°52′ N., longitude 78°42′ W.; thence to

873

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00883 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 EC26SE91.005 § 95.15 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

latitude 42°26′ N., longitude 79°13′ W.; thence latitude 33°17′ N., longitude 104°27′ W.; thence to latitude 42°05′ N., longitude 80°00′ W.; to latitude 32°17′ N., longitude 104°14′ W.; thence to latitude 40°50′ N., longitude 80°00′ thence to latitude 29°48′ N., longitude 102°00′ W.; thence to latitude 40°26′ N., longitude W. 79°54′ W.; thence to latitude 38°25′ N., longitude 81°46′ W.; thence to latitude 36°00′ N., (b) Exceptions. longitude 86°00′ W.; thence to latitude 33°37′ (1) Beginning at latitude 35°25′ N., lon- N., longitude 86°45′ W.; thence to latitude gitude 119°09′ W.; thence to latitude 35°29′ N., ° ′ ° ′ 32 30 N., longitude 86 25 W.; thence to lati- longitude 118°58′ W.; thence to latitude 36°49′ ° ′ ° ′ tude 33 22 N., longitude 85 00 W.; thence to N., longitude 119°37′ W.; thence to latitude ° ′ ° ′ latitude 36 35 N., longitude 79 20 W.; thence 38°30′ N., longitude 121°24′ W.; thence to lati- ° ′ ° ′ to latitude 40 11 N., longitude 76 24 W.; tude 39°30′ N., longitude 121°32′ W.; thence to ° ′ ° ′ thence to latitude 41 24 N., longitude 74 30 latitude 40°08′ N., longitude 122°08′ W.; thence ° ′ W.; thence to latitude 41 43 N., longitude to latitude 40°06′ N., longitude 122°20′ W.; ° ′ ° ′ 72 40 W.; thence to latitude 42 13 N., lon- thence to latitude 39°05′ N., longitude 122°12′ ° ′ ° ′ gitude 72 44 W.; thence to latitude 43 12 N., W.; thence to latitude 38°01′ N., longitude ° ′ ° ′ longitude 71 30 W.; thence to latitude 43 45 121°51′ W.; thence to latitude 37°37′ N., lon- ° ′ N., longitude 70 30 W.; thence to latitude gitude 121°12′ W.; thence to latitude 37°00′ N., ° ′ ° ′ 45 00 N., longitude 69 30 W.; thence to lati- longitude 120°58′ W.; thence to latitude 36°14′ ° ′ ° ′ tude 47 10 N., longitude 67 55 W., point of be- N., longitude 120°11′ W., point of beginning. ginning. (2) Beginning at latitude 49°00′ N., lon- (b) Exceptions. The area bounded by gitude 122°21′ W.; thence to latitude 48°34′ N., the following coordinates: longitude 122°21′ W.; thence to latitude 48°08′ N., longitude 122°00′ W.; thence to latitude Beginning at latitude 45°00′ N., longitude 47°12′ N., longitude 122°00′ W.; thence to lati- 73°26′ W.; thence to latitude 44°32′ N., lon- tude 46°59′ N., longitude 122°13′ W.; thence to gitude 73°04′ W.; thence to latitude 42°51′ N., latitude 46°52′ N., longitude 122°16′ W.; thence longitude 73°41′ W.; thence to latitude 41°38′ to latitude 46°50′ N., longitude 122°40′ W.; N., longitude 73°46′ W.; thence to latitude thence to latitude 46°35′ N., longitude 122°48′ 41°16′ N., longitude 73°50′ W.; thence to lati- W.; thence to latitude 46°35′ N., longitude tude 41°17′ N., longitude 74°00′ W.; thence to 123°17′ W.; thence to latitude 47°15′ N., lon- latitude 41°25′ N., longitude 73°58′ W.; thence gitude 123°17′ W.; thence to latitude 47°41′ N., to latitude 41°26′ N., longitude 74°01′ W.; longitude 122°54′ W.; thence to latitude 48°03′ thence to latitude 41°37′ N., longitude 73°58′ N., longitude 122°48′ W.; thence to latitude W.; thence to latitude 42°41′ N., longitude 48°17′ N., longitude 123°15′ W.; thence North 73°55′ W.; thence to latitude 43°02′ N., lon- and East along the United States and Canada gitude 76°15′ W.; thence to latitude 43°17′ N., Boundary to latitude 49°00′ N., longitude longitude 75°21′ W.; thence to latitude 42°59′ 122°21′ W., point of beginning. N., longitude 74°43′ W.; thence to latitude 42°52′ N., longitude 73°53′ W.; thence to lati- [21 FR 2750, Apr. 28, 1956. Redesignated by tude 44°30′ N., longitude 73°18′ W.; thence to Amdt. 1–1, 28 FR 6718, June 29, 1963, and latitude 45°00′ N., longitude 73°39′ W.; thence amended by Amdt. 95–255, 40 FR 2579, Jan. 14, to latitude 45°00′ N., longitude 73°26′ W., point 1975] of beginning. § 95.17 Alaska Mountainous Area. [21 FR 2750, Apr. 28, 1956. Redesignated by Amdt. 1–1, 28 FR 6718, June 29, 1963, as All of the following area excluding amended at 73 FR 63885, Oct. 28, 2008] those portions specified in the exceptions: § 95.15 Western United States Moun- (a) Area. The State of Alaska. tainous Area. (b) Exceptions; All of the following area excluding (1) Fairbanks—Nenana Area. Begin- that portion specified in the excep- ning at latitude 64°54′ N, longitude tions: 147°00′ W; thence to latitude 64°50′ N, (a) Area. From the Pacific coastline longitude 151°22′ W, thence to latitude of the United States, eastward along 63°50′ N, longitude 152°50′ W; thence to the Canadian and Mexican borders, to latitude 63°30′ N, longitude 152°30′ W; the following coordinates: thence to latitude 63°30′ N, longitude 151°30′ W; thence to latitude 64°05′ N, Beginning at latitude 49°00′ N., longitude longitude 150°30′ W; thence to latitude 108°00′ W.; thence to latitude 46°45′ N., lon- ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ 64 20 N, longitude 149 00 W; thence to gitude 104 00 W.; thence to latitude 44 06 N., ° ′ ° ′ longitude 103°15′ W.; thence to latitude 43°00′ latitude 64 07 N, longitude 146 30 W; N., longitude 103°15′ W.; thence to latitude thence to latitude 63°53′ N, longitude 41°52′ N., longitude 103°39′ W.; thence to lati- 146°00′ W; thence to latitude 63°53′ N, tude 35°11′ N., longitude 103°39′ W.; thence to longitude 145°00′ W; thence to latitude

874

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00884 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 95.17

64°09′ N, longitude 145°16′ W; thence to 61°51′ N, longitude 160°43′ W; thence to latitude 64°12′ N, longitude 146°00′ W; latitude 62°55′ N, longitude 160°30′ W; thence to latitude 64°25′ N, longitude thence to latitude 63°00′ N, longitude 146°37′ W; thence to latitude 64°54′ N, 158°00′ W; thence to latitude 61°45′ N, longitude 147°00′ W, point of beginning. longitude 159°30′ W; thence to latitude (2) Anchorage—Homer Area. Beginning 61°34′ N, longitude 159°15′ W; thence to at latitude 61°50′ N, longitude 151°12′ W; latitude 61°07′ N, longitude 160°20′ W; thence to latitude 61°24′ N, longitude thence to latitude 60°25′ N, longitude 150°28′ W; thence to latitude 61°08′ N, 160°40′ W; thence to latitude 59°36′ N, longitude 151°47′ W; thence to latitude longitude 161°49′ W; thence along the 59°49′ N, longitude 152°40′ W; thence to shoreline to latitude 63°28′ N, longitude latitude 59°25′ N, longitude 153°10′ W; 161°30′ W; point of beginning; and thence to latitude 59°00′ N, longitude Nunivak Island. 153°10′ W; thence to latitude 59°33′ N, (5) North Slope Area. Beginning at a longitude 151°28′ W; thence to latitude point where latitude 69°30′ N intersects 60°31′ N, longitude 150°43′ W; thence to the northwest coast of Alaska and latitude 61°13′ N, longitude 149°39′ W; eastward along the 69°30′ parallel to thence to latitude 61°37′ N, longitude latitude 69°30′ N, longitude 156°00′ W; 149°15′ W; thence to latitude 61°44′ N, thence to latitude 69°10′ N, longitude longitude 149°48′ W; thence to latitude 153°00′ W; thence eastward along the 62°23′ N, longitude 149°54′ W; thence to 69°10′ N parallel to latitude 69°10′ N, latitude 62°23′ N, longitude 150°14′ W; longitude 149°00′ W; thence to latitude thence to latitude 61°50′ N, longitude 69°50′ N, longitude 146°00′ W; thence 151°12′ W, point of beginning. eastward along the 69°50′ N parallel to (3) King Salmon—Port Heiden Area. Be- latitude 69°50′ N, longitude 145°00′ W; ginning at latitude 58°49′ N, longitude thence to latitude 69°35′ N, longitude 159°30′ W; thence to latitude 59°40′ N, 141°00′ W; thence northward along the longitude 157°00′ W; thence to latitude 141°00′ W Meridian to a point where the 59°40′ N, longitude 155°30′ W; thence to 141°00′ W Meridian intersects the north- latitude 59°50′ N, longitude 154°50′ W; east coastline of Alaska; thence west- thence to latitude 59°35′ N, longitude ward along the northern coastline of 154°40′ W; thence to latitude 58°57′ N, Alaska to the intersection of latitude longitude 156°05′ W; thence to latitude 69°30′ N; point of beginning . 58°00′ N, longitude 156°20′ W; thence to (6) Fort Yukon Area. Beginning at latitude 57°00′ N, longitude 158°20′ W; latitude 67°20′ N, longitude 144°00′ W; thence to latitude 56°43′ N, longitude thence to latitude 66°00′ N, longitude 158°39′ W; thence to latitude 56°27′ N, 143°00′ W; thence to latitude 66°05′ N, longitude 160°00′ W; thence along the longitude 149°00′ W; thence to latitude shoreline to latitude 58°49′ N, longitude 66°45′ N, longitude 148°00′ W; thence to 159°30′ W, point of beginning. latitude 67°00′ N, longitude 147°00′ W; (4) Bethel—Aniak Area. Beginning at thence to latitude 67°20′ N, longitude latitude 63°28′ N, longitude 161°30′ W; 144°00′ W; point of beginning. thence to latitude 62°40′ N, longitude (7) The islands of Saint Paul and 163°03′ W; thence to latitude 62°05′ N, Saint George, together known as the longitude 162°38′ W; thence to latitude Pribilof Islands, in the Bering Sea.

875

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00885 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 95.17 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

[Doc. No. FAA–2004–19352, 70 FR 7360, Feb. 11, 2005]

§ 95.19 Hawaii Mountainous Area. The following islands of the State of Hawaii: Kauai, Oahu, Molokai, Lanai, Kehoolawe, Maui, and Hawaii.

876

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00886 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 ER11FE05.004 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 95.21

[Amdt. 88, 27 FR 4536, May 8, 1962. Redesignated by Amdt. 1–1, 28 FR 6719, June 29, 1963]

§ 95.21 Puerto Rico Mountainous Area. N., longitude 65°42′ W.; thence to latitude 18°03′ N., longitude 65°52′ W.; thence to lati- The area bounded by the following tude 18°02′ N., longitude 65°51′ W.; thence to coordinates: latitude 17°59′ N., longitude 65°55′ W.; thence Beginning at latitude 18°22′ N., longitude to latitude 18°05′ N., longitude 66°57′ W.; 66°58′ W., thence to latitude 18°19′ N., lon- thence to latitude 18°11′ N., longitude 67°07′ gitude 66°06′ W.; thence to latitude 18°20′ N., W.; thence to latitude 18°22′ N., longitude longitude 65°50′ W.; thence to latitude 18°20′ 66°58′ W.; the point of beginning.

877

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00887 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 EC26SE91.007 § 95.21 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

[Amdt. 88, 27 FR 4536, May 8, 1962; 27 FR 5603, June 13, 1962. Redesignated by Amdt. 1–1, 28 FR 6719, June 29, 1963]

878

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00888 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8026 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 EC26SE91.008 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 97.3

Subpart C—En Route IFR Altitudes Subpart B—Procedures Over Particular Routes and 97.10 [Reserved] Intersections Subpart C—TERPS Procedures EDITORIAL NOTE: The prescribed IFR alti- 97.20 General. tudes for flights over particular routes and intersections in this subpart were formerly AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40103, 40106, carried as §§ 610.11 through 610.6887 of this 40113, 40114, 40120, 44502, 44514, 44701, 44719, title and were transferred to part 95 as and 44721–44722. §§ 95.41 through 95.6887, respectively, but are not carried in the Code of Federal Regula- SOURCE: Docket No. 1580, 28 FR 6719, June tions. For FEDERAL REGISTER citations af- 29, 1963, unless otherwise noted. fecting these routes, see the List of CFR Sec- tions Affected, which appears in the Finding Subpart A—General Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov. § 97.1 Applicability. § 95.31 General. (a) This part prescribes standard in- This subpart prescribes IFR altitudes strument approach procedures to civil for flights along particular routes or airports in the United States and the route segments and over additional weather minimums that apply to land- intersections not listed as a part of a ings under IFR at those airports. route or route segment. (b) This part also prescribes obstacle departure procedures (ODPs) for cer- [Doc. No. 1580, 28 FR 6719, June 29, 1963] tain civil airports in the United States and the weather minimums that apply Subpart D—Changeover Points to takeoffs under IFR at civil airports in the United States. EDITORIAL NOTE: The prescribed COP’s for [Doc. No. FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31679, June 7, Federal airways, jet routes, or other direct routes for which an MEA is designated in 2007] this part are not carried in the Code of Fed- eral Regulations. For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- § 97.3 Symbols and terms used in pro- tations affecting these routes see the List of cedures. CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the As used in the standard instrument Finding Aids section of the printed volume procedures prescribed in this part— and at www.fdsys.gov. Aircraft approach category means a § 95.8001 General. grouping of aircraft based on a speed of VREF, if specified, or if VREF is not This subpart prescribes COP’s for specified, 1.3 V at the maximum cer- Federal airways, jet routes, area navi- so tificated landing weight. VREF, Vso, gation routes, or other direct routes and the maximum certificated landing for which an MEA is designated in this weight are those values as established part. Unless otherwise specified the for the aircraft by the certification au- COP is midway between the navigation thority of the country of registry. The facilities or way points for straight categories are as follows— route segments, or at the intersection (1) Category A: Speed less than 91 of radials or courses forming a dogleg knots. in the case of dogleg route segments. (2) Category B: Speed 91 knots or [Doc. No. 10580, 35 FR 14610, Sept. 18, 1970] more but less than 121 knots. (3) Category C: Speed 121 knots or PART 97—STANDARD INSTRUMENT more but less than 141 knots. PROCEDURES (4) Category D: Speed 141 knots or more but less than 166 knots. Subpart A—General (5) Category E: Speed 166 knots or more. Sec. 97.1 Applicability. Approach procedure segments for which 97.3 Symbols and terms used in procedures. altitudes (minimum altitudes, unless 97.5 Bearings, courses, tracks, headings, otherwise specified) and paths are pre- radials, miles. scribed in procedures, are as follows—

879

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00889 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 97.3 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(1) Initial approach is the segment the highest terrain/surface within a between the initial approach fix and 5,200-foot radius of the missed approach the intermediate fix or the point where point used in helicopter instrument ap- the aircraft is established on the inter- proach procedures and is expressed in mediate course or final approach feet above ground level (AGL). course. HAT means height above touchdown. (2) Initial approach altitude is the al- HCH means helipoint crossing height titude (or altitudes, in high altitude and is the computed height of the procedure) prescribed for the initial ap- vertical guidance path above the proach segment of an instrument ap- helipoint elevation at the helipoint ex- proach. pressed in feet. (3) Intermediate approach is the seg- Helipoint means the aiming point for ment between the intermediate fix or the final approach course. It is nor- point and the final approach fix. mally the center point of the touch- (4) Final approach is the segment be- down and lift-off area (TLOF). tween the final approach fix or point Hold in lieu of PT means a holding and the runway, airport, or missed ap- pattern established under applicable proach point. FAA criteria, and used in lieu of a pro- (5) Missed approach is the segment cedure turn to execute a course rever- between the missed approach point, or sal. point of arrival at decision altitude or MAP means missed approach point. decision height (DA/DH), and the More than 65 knots means an aircraft missed approach fix at the prescribed that has a stalling speed of more than altitude. 65 knots (as established in an approved Ceiling means the minimum ceiling, flight manual) at maximum certifi- expressed in feet above the airport ele- cated landing weight with full flaps, vation, required for takeoff or required landing gear extended, and power off. for designating an airport as an alter- MSA means minimum safe altitude, nate airport. expressed in feet above mean sea level, Copter procedures means helicopter depicted on an approach chart that procedures, with applicable minimums provides at least 1,000 feet of obstacle as prescribed in § 97.35. Helicopters may clearance for emergency use within a also use other procedures prescribed in certain distance from the specified subpart C of this part and may use the navigation facility or fix. Category A minimum descent altitude (MDA), or decision altitude or decision NA means not authorized. height (DA/DH). For other than NOPT means no procedure turn re- ‘‘copter-only’’ approaches, the required quired. Altitude prescribed applies only visibility minimum for Category I ap- if procedure turn is not executed. proaches may be reduced to one-half Procedure turn means the maneuver the published visibility minimum for prescribed when it is necessary to re- Category A aircraft, but in no case verse direction to establish the aircraft may it be reduced to less than one- on an intermediate or final approach quarter mile prevailing visibility, or, if course. The outbound course, direction reported, 1,200 feet RVR. Reduction of of turn, distance within which the turn visibility minima on Category II in- must be completed, and minimum alti- strument approach procedures is pro- tude are specified in the procedure. hibited. However, the point at which the turn FAF means final approach fix. may be begun, and the type and rate of HAA means height above airport and turn, is left to the discretion of the is expressed in feet. pilot. HAL means height above landing and RA means radio altimeter setting is the height of the DA/MDA above a height. designated helicopter landing area ele- RVV means runway visibility value. vation used for helicopter instrument SIAP means standard instrument ap- approach procedures and is expressed proach procedure. in feet. 65 knots or less means an aircraft that HAS means height above the surface has a stalling speed of 65 knots or less and is the height of the DA/MDA above (as established in an approved flight

880

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00890 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 99

manual) at maximum certificated land- takeoff minimums and obstacle depar- ing weight with full flaps, landing gear ture procedures (ODPs) based on the extended, and power off. criteria contained in FAA Order 8260.3, T means nonstandard takeoff mini- U.S. Standard for Terminal Instrument mums or specified departure routes/ Procedures (TERPs), and other related procedures or both. Orders in the 8260 series that also ad- TDZ means touchdown zone. dress instrument procedure design cri- Visibility minimum means the min- teria. imum visibility specified for approach, (b) Standard instrument approach landing, or takeoff, expressed in stat- procedures and associated supporting ute miles, or in feet where RVR is re- data adopted by the FAA are docu- ported. mented on FAA Forms 8260–3, 8260–4, 8260–5. Takeoff minimums and obstacle [Doc. No. FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31679, June 7, departure procedures (ODPs) are docu- 2007] mented on FAA Form 8260–15A. These § 97.5 Bearings, courses, tracks, head- forms are incorporated by reference. ings, radials, miles. The Director of the Federal Register approved this incorporation by ref- (a) All bearings, courses, tracks, erence pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 headings, and radials in this part are CFR part 51. The standard instrument magnetic, unless otherwise designated. approach procedures and takeoff mini- (b) RVR values are stated in feet. mums and obstacle departure proce- Other visibility values are stated in dures (ODPs) are available for exam- statute miles. All other mileages are ination at the FAA’s Rules Docket stated in nautical miles. (AGC–200) and at the National Flight [Doc. No. 561, 32 FR 13912, Oct. 6, 1967, as Data Center, 800 Independence Avenue, amended by Amdt. 97–1336, 72 FR 31680, June SW., Washington, DC 20590, or at the 7, 2007] National Archives and Records Admin- istration (NARA). For information on Subpart B—Procedures the availability of this material at NARA, call 202–741–6030, or go to http:// EDITORIAL NOTE: The procedures set forth www.archives.gov/federallregister/ in this subpart were formerly carried as codeloflfederallregulations/ §§ 609.100 through 609.500 of this title and ibrllocations.html. were transferred to part 97 as §§ 97.11 through (c) Standard instrument approach 97.19, respectively, but are not carried in the procedures and takeoff minimums and Code of Federal Regulations. For FEDERAL obstacle departure procedures (ODPs) REGISTER citations affecting these proce- are depicted on aeronautical charts dures, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, published by the FAA National Aero- which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.fdsys.gov. nautical Charting Office. These charts are available for purchase from the § 97.10 [Reserved] FAA’s National Aeronautical Charting Office, Distribution Division, 6303 Ivy Subpart C—TERPS Procedures Lane, Suite 400, Greenbelt, MD 20770. [Doc. No. FAA–2002–14002, 72 FR 31680, June 7, SOURCE: Docket No. 8130, 32 FR 13912, Oct. 2007] 6, 1967, unless otherwise noted.

EDITORIAL NOTE: The procedures for §§ 97.21 PART 99—SECURITY CONTROL OF through 97.35, respectively, are not carried in AIR TRAFFIC the Code of Federal Regulations. For FED- ERAL REGISTER citations affecting these pro- Subpart A—General cedures, see the List of CFR Sections Af- fected, which appears in the Finding Aids Sec. section of the printed volume and at 99.1 Applicability. www.fdsys.gov. 99.3 Definitions. 99.5 Emergency situations. § 97.20 General. 99.7 Special security instructions. 99.9 Radio requirements. (a) This subpart prescribes standard 99.11 ADIZ flight plan requirements. instrument approach procedures and 99.12 [Reserved]

881

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00891 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 99.1 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

99.13 Transponder-on requirements. an ADIZ and are not currently signifi- 99.15 Position reports. cant to the air defense system. 99.17 Deviation from flight plans and ATC (2) Aircraft operations conducted in clearances and instructions. 99.19–99.31 [Reserved] accordance with special procedures prescribed by a U.S. military author- Subpart B—Designated Air Defense ity, or a U.S. Federal security or intel- Identification Zones ligence agency concerned. 99.41 General. [Doc. No. 25113, 53 FR 18217, May 20, 1988, as 99.43 Contiguous U.S. ADIZ. amended by Amdt. 99–14, 53 FR 44182, Nov. 2, 99.45 Alaska ADIZ. 1988; 66 FR 49822, Sept. 28, 2001; 69 FR 16755, 99.47 Guam ADIZ. Mar. 30, 2004] 99.49 Hawaii ADIZ. § 99.3 Definitions. AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40101, 40103, 40106, 40113, 40120, 44502, 44721. Aeronautical facility means, for the purposes of this subpart, a communica- SOURCE: Docket No. 25113, 53 FR 18217, May 20, 1988, unless otherwise noted. tions facility where flight plans or position reports are normally filed during Subpart A—General flight operations. Air defense identification zone (ADIZ) § 99.1 Applicability. means an area of airspace over land or water in which the ready identifica- (a) This subpart prescribes rules for operating all aircraft (except for De- tion, location, and control of all air- partment of Defense and law enforce- craft (except for Department of De- ment aircraft) in a defense area, or fense and law enforcement aircraft) is into, within, or out of the United required in the interest of national se- States through an Air Defense Identi- curity. fication Zone (ADIZ) designated in sub- Defense area means any airspace of part B. the contiguous United States that is (b) Except for §§ 99.7, 99.13, and 99.15 not an ADIZ in which the control of this subpart does not apply to the oper- aircraft is required for reasons of na- ation of any aircraft- tional security. (1) Within the 48 contiguous States Defense visual flight rules (DVFR) and the District of Columbia, or within means, for the purposes of this subpart, the State of Alaska, on a flight which a flight within an ADIZ conducted by remains within 10 nautical miles of the any aircraft (except for Department of point of departure; Defense and law enforcement aircraft) (2) Operating at true airspeed of less in accordance with visual flight rules than 180 knots in the Hawaii ADIZ or in part 91 of this title. over any island, or within 12 nautical miles of the coastline of any island, in [Doc. No. FAA–2001–10693, 66 FR 49822, Sept. the Hawaii ADIZ; 28, 2001, as amended at 69 FR 16755, Mar. 30, (3) Operating at true airspeed of less 2004] than 180 knots in the Alaska ADIZ § 99.5 Emergency situations. while the pilot maintains a continuous listening watch on the appropriate fre- In an emergency that requires imme- quency; or diate decision and action for the safety (4) Operating at true airspeed of less of the flight, the pilot in command of than 180 knots in the Guam ADIZ. an aircraft may deviate from the rules (c) An FAA ATC center may exempt in this part to the extent required by the following operations from this sub- that emergency. He shall report the part (except § 99.7) on a local basis only, reasons for the deviation to the com- with the concurrence of the U.S. mili- munications facility where flight plans tary commanders concerned, or pursu- or position reports are normally filed ant to an agreement with a U.S. Fed- (referred to in this part as ‘‘an appro- eral security or intelligence agency: priate aeronautical facility’’) as soon (1) Aircraft operations that are con- as possible. ducted wholly within the boundaries of

882

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00892 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 99.13

§ 99.7 Special security instructions. (1) A flight plan for IFR flight must contain the information specified in Each person operating an aircraft in § 91.169; and an ADIZ or Defense Area must, in addi- (2) A flight plan for VFR flight must tion to the applicable rules of this part, contain the information specified in comply with special security instruc- § 91.153(a) (1) through (6). tions issued by the Administrator in (3) If airport of departure is within the interest of national security, pur- the Alaskan ADIZ and there is no facil- suant to agreement between the FAA ity for filing a flight plan then: and the Department of Defense, or be- (i) Immediately after takeoff or when tween the FAA and a U.S. Federal se- within range of an appropriate aero- curity or intelligence agency. nautical facility, comply with provi- [69 FR 16756, Mar. 30, 2004] sions of paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) as appropriate. § 99.9 Radio requirements. (ii) Proceed according to the instruc- (a) A person who operates a civil air- tions issued by the appropriate aero- craft into an ADIZ must have a func- nautical facility. tioning two-way radio, and the pilot (c) The pilot shall designate a flight must maintain a continuous listening plan for VFR flight as a DVFR flight watch on the appropriate aeronautical plan. facility’s frequency. (d) The pilot in command of an air- (b) No person may operate an aircraft craft for which a flight plan has been into, within, or whose departure point filed must file an arrival or completion is within an ADIZ unless— notice with an appropriate aero- (1) The person files a DVFR flight nautical facility. plan containing the time and point of [Doc. No. 25113, 53 FR 18217, May 20, 1988; 53 ADIZ penetration, and FR 44182, Nov. 2, 1988, as amended by Amdt. (2) The aircraft departs within five 99–15, 54 FR 34331, Aug. 18, 1989; 66 FR 49822, minutes of the estimated departure Sept. 28, 2001; 69 FR 16756, Mar. 30, 2004] time contained in the flight plan. § 99.12 [Reserved] (c) If the pilot operating an aircraft under DVFR in an ADIZ cannot main- § 99.13 Transponder-on requirements. tain two-way radio communications, the pilot may proceed, in accordance (a) Aircraft transponder-on operation. with original DVFR flight plan, or land Each person operating an aircraft into as soon as practicable. The pilot must or out of the United States into, with- report the radio failure to an appro- in, or across an ADIZ designated in priate aeronautical facility as soon as subpart B of this part, if that aircraft possible. is equipped with an operable radar beacon transponder, shall operate the (d) If a pilot operating an aircraft transponder, including altitude encod- under IFR in an ADIZ cannot maintain ing equipment if installed, and shall two-way radio communications, the reply on the appropriate code or as as- pilot must proceed in accordance with signed by ATC. § 91.185 of this chapter. (b) ATC transponder equipment and [Doc. No. FAA–2001–10693, 66 FR 49822, Sept. use. Effective September 7, 1990, unless 28, 2001, as amended at 69 FR 16756, Mar. 30, otherwise authorized by ATC, no per- 2004] son may operate a civil aircraft into or out of the United States into, within, § 99.11 ADIZ flight plan requirements. or across the contiguous U.S. ADIZ (a) No person may operate an aircraft designated in subpart B of this part un- into, within, or from a departure point less that aircraft is equipped with a within an ADIZ, unless the person files, coded radar beacon transponder. activates, and closes a flight plan with (c) ATC transponder and altitude re- the appropriate aeronautical facility, porting equipment and use. Effective De- or is otherwise authorized by air traffic cember 30, 1990, unless otherwise au- control. thorized by ATC, no person may oper- (b) Unless ATC authorizes an abbre- ate a civil aircraft into or out of the viated flight plan— United States into, within, or across

883

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00893 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 99.15 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

the contiguous U.S. ADIZ unless that ports required in this section or reports aircraft is equipped with a coded radar the position of the aircraft when it is beacon transponder and automatic not less that one hour and not more pressure altitude reporting equipment that 2 hours average direct cruising having altitude reporting capability distance from the United States. that automatically replies to interro- [69 FR 16756, Mar. 30, 2004] gations by transmitting pressure altitude information in 100-foot incre- § 99.17 Deviation from flight plans and ments. ATC clearances and instructions. (d) Paragraphs (b) and (c) of this sec- (a) No pilot may deviate from the tion do not apply to the operation of an provisions of an ATC clearance or ATC aircraft which was not originally cer- instruction except in accordance with tificated with an engine-driven elec- § 91.123 of this chapter. trical system and which has not subse- (b) No pilot may deviate from the quently been certified with such a sys- filed IFR flight plan when operating an tem installed, a balloon, or a glider. aircraft in uncontrolled airspace unless [Doc. No. 24903, 55 FR 8395, Mar. 7, 1990. Re- that pilot notifies an appropriate aero- designated at 69 FR 16756, Mar. 30, 2004] nautical facility before deviating. (c) No pilot may deviate from the § 99.15 Position reports. filed DVFR flight plan unless that pilot (a) The pilot of an aircraft operating notifies an appropriate aeronautical fa- in or penetrating an ADIZ under IFR— cility before deviating. (1) In controlled airspace, must make [69 FR 16756, Mar. 30, 2004] the position reports required in § 91.183; and §§ 99.19–99.31 [Reserved] (2) In uncontrolled airspace, must make the position reports required in Subpart B—Designated Air this section. (b) No pilot may operate an aircraft Defense Identification Zones penetrating an ADIZ under DVFR un- § 99.41 General. less— (1) The pilot reports to an appro- The airspace above the areas de- priate aeronautical facility before pen- scribed in this subpart is established as etration: the time, position, and alti- an ADIZ. The lines between points de- tude at which the aircraft passed the scribed in this subpart are great circles last reporting point before penetration except that the lines joining adjacent and the estimated time of arrival over points on the same parallel of latitude the next appropriate reporting point are rhumb lines. along the flight route; [69 FR 16756, Mar. 30, 2004] (2) If there is no appropriate reporting point along the flight route, the § 99.43 Contiguous U.S. ADIZ. pilot reports at least 15 minutes before The area bounded by a line from penetration: The estimated time, posi- 43°15′ N, 65°55′W; 44°21′ N; 67°16′W; 43°10′ tion, and altitude at which the pilot N; 69°40′W; 41°05′ N; 69°40′W; 40°32′ N; will penetrate; or 72°15′W; 39°55′ N; 73°00′W; 39°38′ N; (3) If the departure airport is within 73°00′W; 39°36′ N; 73°40′W; 37°00′ N; an ADIZ or so close to the ADIZ bound- 75°30′W; 36°10′ N; 75°10′W; 35°10′ N; ary that it prevents the pilot from 75°10′W; 32°00′ N; 80°30′W; 30°30′ N; complying with paragraphs (b)(1) or (2) 81°00′W; 26°40′ N; 79°40′W; 25°00′ N; of this section, the pilot must report 80°05′W; 24°25′ N; 81°15′W; 24°20′ N; immediately after departure: the time 81°45′W; 24°30′ N; 82°06′W; 24°41′ N; of departure, the altitude, and the esti- 82°06′W; 24°43′ N; 82°00′W; 25°00′ N; mated time of arrival over the first re- 81°30′W; 25°10′ N; 81°23′W; 25°35′ N; porting point along the flight route. 81°30′W; 26°15′ N 82°20′W; 27°50′ N; (c) In addition to any other reports 83°05′W; 28°55′ N; 83°30′W; 29°42′ N; as ATC may require, no pilot in com- 84°00′W; 29°20′ N; 85°00′W; 30°00′ N; mand of a foreign civil aircraft may 87°10′W; 30°00′ N; 88°30′W; 28°45′ N; enter the United States through an 88°55′W; 28°45′ N; 90°00′W; 29°25′ N; ADIZ unless that pilot makes the re- 94°00′W; 28°20′ N; 96°00′W; 27°30′ N;

884

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00894 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT Pt. 101

97°00′W; 26°00′ N; 97°00′W; 25°58′ N; 15°24′21″ N, 145°11′21″ E; then to the 97°07′W; westward along the U.S./Mex- point of origin. ico border to 32°32′03″ N, 117°07′25″ W; (b) Outer boundary. The area bounded 32°30′ N; 117°25′W; 32°35′ N; 118°30′W; by a circle with a radius of 250 NM cen- 33°05′ N; 119°45′W; 33°55′ N; 120°40′W; tered at latitude 13°32′41″ N, longitude 34°50′ N; 121°10′W; 38°50′ N; 124°00′W; 144°50′30″ E. 40°00′ N; 124°35′W; 40°25′ N; 124°40′W; 42°50′ N; 124°50′W; 46°15′ N; 124°30′W; [Doc. No. 25113, 53 FR 18217, May 20, 1988. Re- designated at 69 FR 16756, Mar. 30, 2004] 48°30′ N; 125°00′W; 48°20′ N; 128°00′W; 48°20′ N; 132°00′W; 37°42′ N; 130°40′W; § 99.49 Hawaii ADIZ. 29°00′ N; 124°00′W; 30°45′ N; 120°50′W; 32°00′ N; 118°24′W; 32°30′ N; 117°20′W; (a) Outer boundary. The area included ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ in the irregular octagonal figure 32 32 03 N; 117 07 25 W; eastward along ° ′ the U.S./Mexico border to 25°58′ N, formed by a line connecting 26 30 N, ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ 97°07′W; 26°00′ N; 97°00′W; 26°00′ N; 156 00 W; 26 30 N, 161 00 W; 24 00 N, ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ 95°00′W; 26°30′ N; 95°00′W; then via 26°30′ 164 00 W; 20 00 N, 164 00 W; 17 00 N, ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ N; parallel to 26°30′ N; 84°00′W; 24°00′ N; 160 00 W; 17 00 N, 156 00 W; 20 00 N, ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ 83°00′W; then Via 24°00′ N; parallel to 153 00 W; 22 00 N, 153 00 W; to point of 24°00′ N; 79°25′W; 25°40′ N; 79°25′W; 27°30′ beginning. N; 78°50′W; 30°45′ N; 74°00′W; 39°30′ N; (b) Inner boundary. The inner bound- ° ′ 63°45′W; 43°00′ N; 65°48′W; to point of be- ary to follow a line connecting 22 30 N, ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ ginning. 157 00 W; 22 30 N, 160 00 W; 22 00 N, 161°00′ W; 21°00′ N, 161°00′ W; 20°00′ N, [Doc. No. FAA–2001–10693, 66 FR 49822, Sept. 160°00′ W; 20°00′ N, 156°30′ W; 21°00′ N, 28, 2001. Redesignated at 69 FR 16756, Mar. 30, 155°30′ W; to point of beginning. 2004] [Doc. No. 25113, 53 FR 18217, May 20, 1988. Re- § 99.45 Alaska ADIZ. designated at 69 FR 16756, Mar. 30, 2004] The area is bounded by a line from 54°00′ N; 136°00′W; 56°57′ N; 144°00′W; PART 101—MOORED BALLOONS, 57°00′ N; 145°00′W; 53°00′ N; 158°00′W; KITES, AMATEUR ROCKETS AND 50°00′ N; 169°00′W; 50°00′ N; 180°00′; 50°00′ UNMANNED FREE BALLOONS N; 170°00′E; 53°00′ N; 170°00′E; 60°00′00″ N; 180°00′; 65°00′ N; 169°00′W; then along Subpart A—General 169°00′W; to 75°00′ N; 169°00′W; then along the 75°00′ N; parallel to 75°00′ N, Sec. 141°00′W; 69°50′ N; 141°00′W 71°18′ N; 101.1 Applicability. 156°44′W; 68°40′ N; 167°10′W; 67°00′ N; 101.3 Waivers. 165°00′W; 65°40′ N; 168°15′W; 63°45′ N; 101.5 Operations in prohibited or restricted ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ ° ′ areas. 165 30 W; 61 20 N; 166 40 W; 59 00 N; 101.7 Hazardous operations. 163°00′W; then south along 163°00′W to 54°00′ N, 163°00′W; 56°30′ N; 154°00′W; Subpart B—Moored Balloons and Kites 59°20′ N; 146°00′W; 59°30′ N; 140°00′W; 57°00′ N; 136°00′W; 54°35′ N, 133°00′W; to 101.11 Applicability. point of beginning. 101.13 Operating limitations. 101.15 Notice requirements. [Doc. No. FAA–2001–10693, 66 FR 49822, Sept. 101.17 Lighting and marking requirements. 28, 2001. Redesignated at 69 FR 16756, Mar. 30, 101.19 Rapid deflation device. 2004] Subpart C—Amateur Rockets § 99.47 Guam ADIZ. 101.21 Applicability. (a) Inner boundary. From a point 101.22 Definitions. 13°52′07″ N, 143°59′16″ E, counter- 101.23 General operating limitations. clockwise along the 50-nautical-mile 101.25 Operating limitations for Class 2- radius arc of the NIMITZ VORTAC (lo- High Power Rockets and Class 3-Ad- cated at 13°27′11″ N, 144°43′51″ E); to a vanced High Power Rockets. point 13°02′08″ N, 145°28′17″ E; then to a 101.27 ATC notification for all launches. point 14°49′07″ N, 146°13′58″ E; counter- 101.29 Information requirements. clockwise along the 35-nautical-mile Subpart D—Unmanned Free Balloons radius arc of the SAIPAN NDB (located at 15°06′46″ N, 145°42′42″ E); to a point 101.31 Applicability.

885

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00895 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 101.1 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

101.33 Operating limitations. § 101.3 Waivers. 101.35 Equipment and marking requirements. No person may conduct operations 101.37 Notice requirements. that require a deviation from this part 101.39 Balloon position reports. except under a certificate of waiver issued by the Administrator. AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40103, 40113– 40114, 45302, 44502, 44514, 44701–44702, 44721, [Doc. No. 1580, 28 FR 6721, June 29, 1963] 46308. § 101.5 Operations in prohibited or restricted areas. Subpart A—General No person may operate a moored bal- § 101.1 Applicability. loon, kite, amateur rocket, or unmanned free balloon in a prohibited or (a) This part prescribes rules gov- restricted area unless he has permis- erning the operation in the United sion from the using or controlling States, of the following: agency, as appropriate. (1) Except as provided for in § 101.7, any balloon that is moored to the sur- [Doc. No. 1457, 29 FR 46, Jan. 3, 1964, as amended at 74 FR 38092, July 31, 2009] face of the earth or an object thereon and that has a diameter of more than 6 § 101.7 Hazardous operations. feet or a gas capacity of more than 115 (a) No person may operate any cubic feet. moored balloon, kite, amateur rocket, (2) Except as provided for in § 101.7, or unmanned free balloon in a manner any kite that weighs more than 5 that creates a hazard to other persons, pounds and is intended to be flown at or their property. the end of a rope or cable. (b) No person operating any moored (3) Any amateur rocket except aerial balloon, kite, amateur rocket, or un- firework displays. manned free balloon may allow an ob- (4) Except as provided for in § 101.7, ject to be dropped therefrom, if such any unmanned free balloon that— action creates a hazard to other per- (i) Carries a payload package that sons or their property. weighs more than four pounds and has (Sec. 6(c), Department of Transportation Act a weight/size ratio of more than three (49 U.S.C. 1655(c))) ounces per square inch on any surface [Doc. No. 12800, 39 FR 22252, June 21, 1974, as of the package, determined by dividing amended at 74 FR 38092, July 31, 2009] the total weight in ounces of the payload package by the area in square inches of its smallest surface; Subpart B—Moored Balloons and (ii) Carries a payload package that Kites weighs more than six pounds; (iii) Carries a payload, of two or more SOURCE: Docket No. 1580, 28 FR 6722, June 29, 1963, unless otherwise noted. packages, that weighs more than 12 pounds; or § 101.11 Applicability. (iv) Uses a rope or other device for This subpart applies to the operation suspension of the payload that requires of moored balloons and kites. However, an impact force of more than 50 pounds a person operating a moored balloon or to separate the suspended payload from kite within a restricted area must com- the balloon. ply only with § 101.19 and with addi- (b) For the purposes of this part, a tional limitations imposed by the using gyroglider attached to a vehicle on the or controlling agency, as appropriate. surface of the earth is considered to be a kite. § 101.13 Operating limitations. [Doc. No. 1580, 28 FR 6721, June 29, 1963, as (a) Except as provided in paragraph amended by Amdt. 101–1, 29 FR 46, Jan. 3, (b) of this section, no person may oper- 1964; Amdt. 101–3, 35 FR 8213, May 26, 1970; ate a moored balloon or kite— Amdt. 101–8, 73 FR 73781, Dec. 4, 2008; 74 FR (1) Less than 500 feet from the base of 38092, July 31, 2009] any cloud;

886

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00896 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 101.23

(2) More than 500 feet above the sur- § 101.19 Rapid deflation device. face of the earth; No person may operate a moored bal- (3) From an area where the ground loon unless it has a device that will visibility is less than three miles; or automatically and rapidly deflate the (4) Within five miles of the boundary balloon if it escapes from its moorings. of any airport. If the device does not function prop- (b) Paragraph (a) of this section does erly, the operator shall immediately not apply to the operation of a balloon notify the nearest ATC facility of the or kite below the top of any structure location and time of the escape and the and within 250 feet of it, if that shield- estimated flight path of the balloon. ed operation does not obscure any lighting on the structure. Subpart C— Amateur Rockets

§ 101.15 Notice requirements. § 101.21 Applicability. No person may operate an unshielded (a) This subpart applies to operating moored balloon or kite more than 150 unmanned rockets. However, a person feet above the surface of the earth un- operating an unmanned rocket within less, at least 24 hours before beginning a restricted area must comply with the operation, he gives the following § 101.25(b)(7)(ii) and with any additional limitations imposed by the using or information to the FAA ATC facility controlling agency. that is nearest to the place of intended (b) A person operating an unmanned operation: rocket other than an amateur rocket (a) The names and addresses of the as defined in § 1.1 of this chapter must owners and operators. comply with 14 CFR Chapter III. (b) The size of the balloon or the size and weight of the kite. [Doc. No. FAA–2007–27390, 73 FR 73781, Dec. 4, 2008] (c) The location of the operation. (d) The height above the surface of § 101.22 Definitions. the earth at which the balloon or kite The following definitions apply to is to be operated. this subpart: (e) The date, time, and duration of (a) Class 1—Model Rocket means an the operation. amateur rocket that: (1) Uses no more than 125 grams (4.4 § 101.17 Lighting and marking require- ounces) of propellant; ments. (2) Uses a slow-burning propellant; (a) No person may operate a moored (3) Is made of paper, wood, or break- balloon or kite, between sunset and able plastic; sunrise unless the balloon or kite, and (4) Contains no substantial metal its mooring lines, are lighted so as to parts; and give a visual warning equal to that re- (5) Weighs no more than 1,500 grams quired for obstructions to air naviga- (53 ounces), including the propellant. tion in the FAA publication ‘‘Obstruc- (b) Class 2—High-Power Rocket means tion Marking and Lighting’’. an amateur rocket other than a model rocket that is propelled by a motor or (b) No person may operate a moored motors having a combined total im- balloon or kite between sunrise and pulse of 40,960 Newton-seconds (9,208 sunset unless its mooring lines have pound-seconds) or less. colored pennants or streamers attached (c) Class 3—Advanced High-Power at not more than 50 foot intervals be- Rocket means an amateur rocket other ginning at 150 feet above the surface of than a model rocket or high-power the earth and visible for at least one rocket. mile. [Doc. No. FAA–2007–27390, 73 FR 73781, Dec. 4, (Sec. 6(c), Department of Transportation Act 2008] (49 U.S.C. 1655(c))) § 101.23 General operating limitations. [Doc. No. 1580, 28 FR 6722, June 29, 1963, as amended by Amdt. 101–4, 39 FR 22252, June (a) You must operate an amateur 21, 1974] rocket in such a manner that it:

887

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00897 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 101.25 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(1) Is launched on a suborbital trajec- § 101.27 ATC notification for all tory; launches. (2) When launched, must not cross No person may operate an unmanned into the territory of a foreign country rocket other than a Class 1—Model unless an agreement is in place be- Rocket unless that person gives the tween the United States and the coun- following information to the FAA ATC try of concern; facility nearest to the place of in- (3) Is unmanned; and tended operation no less than 24 hours (4) Does not create a hazard to per- before and no more than three days be- sons, property, or other aircraft. fore beginning the operation: (b) The FAA may specify additional (a) The name and address of the oper- operating limitations necessary to en- ator; except when there are multiple sure that air traffic is not adversely af- participants at a single event, the fected, and public safety is not jeopard- name and address of the person so des- ized. ignated as the event launch coordi- [Doc. No. FAA–2007–27390, 73 FR 73781, Dec. 4, nator, whose duties include coordina- 2008] tion of the required launch data esti- mates and coordinating the launch § 101.25 Operating limitations for event; Class 2-High Power Rockets and (b) Date and time the activity will Class 3-Advanced High Power Rock- begin; ets. (c) Radius of the affected area on the When operating Class 2-High Power ground in nautical miles; Rockets or Class 3-Advanced High Power (d) Location of the center of the af- Rockets, you must comply with the fected area in latitude and longitude General Operating Limitations of coordinates; § 101.23. In addition, you must not oper- (e) Highest affected altitude; ate Class 2-High Power Rockets or Class (f) Duration of the activity; 3-Advanced High Power Rockets— (g) Any other pertinent information (a) At any altitude where clouds or requested by the ATC facility. obscuring phenomena of more than [Doc. No. FAA–2007–27390, 73 FR 73781, Dec. 4, five-tenths coverage prevails; 2008, as amended at Doc. No. FAA–2007–27390, (b) At any altitude where the hori- 74 FR 31843, July 6, 2009] zontal visibility is less than five miles; (c) Into any cloud; § 101.29 Information requirements. (d) Between sunset and sunrise with- (a) Class 2—High-Power Rockets. When out prior authorization from the FAA; a Class 2—High-Power Rocket requires (e) Within 9.26 kilometers (5 nautical a certificate of waiver or authoriza- miles) of any airport boundary without tion, the person planning the operation prior authorization from the FAA; must provide the information below on (f) In controlled airspace without each type of rocket to the FAA at least prior authorization from the FAA; 45 days before the proposed operation. (g) Unless you observe the greater of The FAA may request additional infor- the following separation distances from mation if necessary to ensure the pro- any person or property that is not asso- posed operations can be safely con- ciated with the operations: ducted. The information shall include (1) Not less than one-quarter the for each type of Class 2 rocket expected maximum expected altitude; to be flown: (2) 457 meters (1,500 ft.); (1) Estimated number of rockets, (h) Unless a person at least eighteen (2) Type of propulsion (liquid or years old is present, is charged with en- solid), fuel(s) and oxidizer(s), suring the safety of the operation, and (3) Description of the launcher(s) has final approval authority for initi- planned to be used, including any air- ating high-power rocket flight; and borne platform(s), (i) Unless reasonable precautions are (4) Description of recovery system, provided to report and control a fire (5) Highest altitude, above ground caused by rocket activities. level, expected to be reached, [74 FR 38092, July 31, 2009, as amended by (6) Launch site latitude, longitude, Amdt. 101–8, 74 FR 47435, Sept. 16, 2009] and elevation, and

888

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00898 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 101.35

(7) Any additional safety procedures § 101.33 Operating limitations. that will be followed. No person may operate an unmanned (b) Class 3—Advanced High-Power free balloon— Rockets. When a Class 3—Advanced High-Power Rocket requires a certifi- (a) Unless otherwise authorized by cate of waiver or authorization the per- ATC, below 2,000 feet above the surface son planning the operation must pro- within the lateral boundaries of the vide the information below for each surface areas of Class B, Class C, Class type of rocket to the FAA at least 45 D, or Class E airspace designated for an days before the proposed operation. airport; The FAA may request additional infor- (b) At any altitude where there are mation if necessary to ensure the pro- clouds or obscuring phenomena of more posed operations can be safely con- than five-tenths coverage; ducted. The information shall include (c) At any altitude below 60,000 feet for each type of Class 3 rocket expected standard pressure altitude where the to be flown: horizontal visibility is less than five (1) The information requirements of miles; paragraph (a) of this section, (d) During the first 1,000 feet of as- (2) Maximum possible range, cent, over a congested area of a city, (3) The dynamic stability character- town, or settlement or an open-air as- istics for the entire flight profile, sembly of persons not associated with (4) A description of all major rocket the operation; or systems, including structural, pneu- (e) In such a manner that impact of matic, propellant, propulsion, ignition, the balloon, or part thereof including electrical, avionics, recovery, wind- its payload, with the surface creates a weighting, flight control, and tracking, hazard to persons or property not asso- (5) A description of other support ciated with the operation. equipment necessary for a safe oper- [Doc. No. 1457, 29 FR 47, Jan. 3, 1964, as ation, amended by Amdt. 101–5, 56 FR 65662, Dec. 17, (6) The planned flight profile and se- 1991] quence of events, (7) All nominal impact areas, includ- § 101.35 Equipment and marking re- ing those for any spent motors and quirements. other discarded hardware, within three (a) No person may operate an un- standard deviations of the mean im- manned free balloon unless— pact point, (1) It is equipped with at least two (8) Launch commit criteria, payload cut-down systems or devices (9) Countdown procedures, and that operate independently of each (10) Mishap procedures. other; [Doc. No. FAA–2007–27390, 73 FR 73781, Dec. 4, (2) At least two methods, systems, 2008, as amended at Doc. No. FAA–2007–27390, devices, or combinations thereof, that 74 FR 31843, July 6, 2009] function independently of each other, are employed for terminating the Subpart D—Unmanned Free flight of the balloon envelope; and Balloons (3) The balloon envelope is equipped with a radar reflective device(s) or ma- SOURCE: Docket No. 1457, 29 FR 47, Jan. 3, terial that will present an echo to sur- 1964, unless otherwise noted. face radar operating in the 200 MHz to 2700 MHz frequency range. § 101.31 Applicability. The operator shall activate the appro- This subpart applies to the operation priate devices required by paragraphs of unmanned free balloons. However, a (a) (1) and (2) of this section when person operating an unmanned free bal- weather conditions are less than those loon within a restricted area must prescribed for operation under this sub- comply only with § 101.33 (d) and (e) and part, or if a malfunction or any other with any additional limitations that reason makes the further operation are imposed by the using or controlling hazardous to other air traffic or to per- agency, as appropriate. sons and property on the surface.

889

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00899 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 101.37 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(b) No person may operate an un- vice, weight of the payload, and length manned free balloon below 60,000 feet of the trailing antenna. standard pressure altitude between (7) The duration of flight. sunset and sunrise (as corrected to the (8) The forecast time and location of altitude of operation) unless the bal- impact with the surface of the earth. loon and its attachments and payload, (b) For solar or cosmic disturbance whether or not they become separated investigations involving a critical time during the operation, are equipped with element, the information in paragraph lights that are visible for at least 5 (a) of this section shall be given within miles and have a flash frequency of at 30 minutes to 24 hours before beginning least 40, and not more than 100, cycles the operation. per minute. (c) Cancellation notice: If the oper- (c) No person may operate an un- ation is canceled, the person who in- manned free balloon that is equipped tended to conduct the operation shall with a trailing antenna that requires immediately notify the nearest FAA an impact force of more than 50 pounds ATC facility. to break it at any point, unless the an- (d) Launch notice: Each person oper- tenna has colored pennants or stream- ating an unmanned free balloon shall ers that are attached at not more than notify the nearest FAA or military 50 foot intervals and that are visible ATC facility of the launch time imme- for at least one mile. diately after the balloon is launched. (d) No person may operate between sunrise and sunset an unmanned free § 101.39 Balloon position reports. balloon that is equipped with a suspen- (a) Each person operating an un- sion device (other than a highly con- manned free balloon shall: spicuously colored open parachute) (1) Unless ATC requires otherwise, more than 50 feet along, unless the sus- monitor the course of the balloon and pension device is colored in alternate record its position at least every two bands of high conspicuity colors or has hours; and colored pennants or streamers attached (2) Forward any balloon position re- which are visible for at least one mile. ports requested by ATC. (b) One hour before beginning de- (Sec. 6(c), Department of Transportation Act scent, each person operating an un- (49 U.S.C. 1655(c))) manned free balloon shall forward to [Doc. No. 1457, 29 FR 47, Jan. 3, 1964, as the nearest FAA ATC facility the fol- amended by Amdt. 101–2, 32 FR 5254, Mar. 29, lowing information regarding the bal- 1967; Amdt. 101–4, 39 FR 22252, June 21, 1974] loon: (1) The current geographical position. § 101.37 Notice requirements. (2) The altitude. (a) Prelaunch notice: Except as pro- (3) The forecast time of penetration vided in paragraph (b) of this section, of 60,000 feet standard pressure altitude no person may operate an unmanned (if applicable). free balloon unless, within 6 to 24 hours (4) The forecast trajectory for the before beginning the operation, he balance of the flight. gives the following information to the (5) The forecast time and location of FAA ATC facility that is nearest to the impact with the surface of the earth. place of intended operation: (c) If a balloon position report is not (1) The balloon identification. recorded for any two-hour period of (2) The estimated date and time of flight, the person operating an un- launching, amended as necessary to re- manned free balloon shall immediately main within plus or minus 30 minutes. notify the nearest FAA ATC facility. (3) The location of the launching site. The notice shall include the last re- (4) The cruising altitude. corded position and any revision of the (5) The forecast trajectory and esti- forecast trajectory. The nearest FAA mated time to cruising altitude or ATC facility shall be notified imme- 60,000 feet standard pressure altitude, diately when tracking of the balloon is whichever is lower. re-established. (6) The length and diameter of the (d) Each person operating an un- balloon, length of the suspension de- manned free balloon shall notify the

890

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00900 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 103.9

nearest FAA ATC facility when the op- (3) Is not capable of more than 55 eration is ended. knots calibrated airspeed at full power in level flight; and PART 103—ULTRALIGHT VEHICLES (4) Has a power-off stall speed which does not exceed 24 knots calibrated airspeed. Subpart A—General

Sec. § 103.3 Inspection requirements. 103.1 Applicability. (a) Any person operating an ultra- 103.3 Inspection requirements. light vehicle under this part shall, 103.5 Waivers. upon request, allow the Administrator, 103.7 Certification and registration. or his designee, to inspect the vehicle to determine the applicability of this Subpart B—Operating Rules part. (b) The pilot or operator of an ultra- 103.9 Hazardous operations. 103.11 Daylight operations. light vehicle must, upon request of the 103.13 Operation near aircraft; right-of-way Administrator, furnish satisfactory rules. evidence that the vehicle is subject 103.15 Operations over congested areas. only to the provisions of this part. 103.17 Operations in certain airspace. 103.19 Operations in prohibited or restricted § 103.5 Waivers. areas. No person may conduct operations 103.20 Flight restrictions in the proximity that require a deviation from this part of certain areas designated by notice to except under a written waiver issued airmen. by the Administrator. 103.21 Visual reference with the surface. 103.23 Flight visibility and cloud clearance § 103.7 Certification and registration. requirements. (a) Notwithstanding any other sec- AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40103–40104, tion pertaining to certification of air- 40113, 44701. craft or their parts or equipment, SOURCE: Docket No. 21631, 47 FR 38776, ultralight vehicles and their compo- Sept. 2, 1982, unless otherwise noted. nent parts and equipment are not required to meet the airworthiness cer- Subpart A—General tification standards specified for aircraft or to have certificates of air- § 103.1 Applicability. worthiness. (b) Notwithstanding any other sec- This part prescribes rules governing tion pertaining to airman certification, the operation of ultralight vehicles in operators of ultralight vehicles are not the United States. For the purposes of required to meet any aeronautical this part, an ultralight vehicle is a ve- knowledge, age, or experience require- hicle that: ments to operate those vehicles or to (a) Is used or intended to be used for have airman or medical certificates. manned operation in the air by a single (c) Notwithstanding any other sec- occupant; tion pertaining to registration and (b) Is used or intended to be used for marking of aircraft, ultralight vehicles recreation or sport purposes only; are not required to be registered or to (c) Does not have any U.S. or foreign bear markings of any type. airworthiness certificate; and (d) If unpowered, weighs less than 155 Subpart B—Operating Rules pounds; or (e) If powered: § 103.9 Hazardous operations. (1) Weighs less than 254 pounds empty (a) No person may operate any ultra- weight, excluding floats and safety de- light vehicle in a manner that creates vices which are intended for deploy- a hazard to other persons or property. ment in a potentially catastrophic sit- (b) No person may allow an object to uation; be dropped from an ultralight vehicle if (2) Has a fuel capacity not exceeding such action creates a hazard to other 5 U.S. gallons; persons or property.

891

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00901 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 103.11 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

§ 103.11 Daylight operations. § 103.20 Flight restrictions in the proximity of certain areas designated by (a) No person may operate an ultra- notice to airmen. light vehicle except between the hours of sunrise and sunset. No person may operate an ultralight (b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of vehicle in areas designated in a Notice to Airmen under § 91.137, § 91.138, this section, ultralight vehicles may be § 91.141, § 91.143 or § 91.145 of this chap- operated during the twilight periods 30 ter, unless authorized by: minutes before official sunrise and 30 (a) Air Traffic Control (ATC); or minutes after official sunset or, in (b) A Flight Standards Certificate of Alaska, during the period of civil twi- Waiver or Authorization issued for the light as defined in the Air Almanac, if: demonstration or event. (1) The vehicle is equipped with an operating anticollision light visible for [Doc. No. FAA–2000–8274, 66 FR 47378, Sept. at least 3 statute miles; and 11, 2001] (2) All operations are conducted in § 103.21 Visual reference with the sur- uncontrolled airspace. face. § 103.13 Operation near aircraft; right- No person may operate an ultralight of-way rules. vehicle except by visual reference with the surface. (a) Each person operating an ultralight vehicle shall maintain vigilance § 103.23 Flight visibility and cloud so as to see and avoid aircraft and shall clearance requirements. yield the right-of-way to all aircraft. No person may operate an ultralight (b) No person may operate an ultra- vehicle when the flight visibility or light vehicle in a manner that creates distance from clouds is less than that a collision hazard with respect to any in the table found below. All operations aircraft. in Class A, Class B, Class C, and Class (c) Powered ultralights shall yield D airspace or Class E airspace des- the right-of-way to unpowered ultra- ignated for an airport must receive lights. prior ATC authorization as required in § 103.17 of this part. § 103.15 Operations over congested areas. Distance from Airspace Flight visibility clouds No person may operate an ultralight vehicle over any congested area of a Class A ...... Not applicable ...... Not Applicable. Class B ...... 3 statute miles ...... Clear of Clouds. city, town, or settlement, or over any Class C ...... 3 statute miles ...... 500 feet below. open air assembly of persons. 1,000 feet above. 2,000 feet horizontal. § 103.17 Operations in certain air- Class D ...... 3 statute miles ...... 500 feet below. space. 1,000 feet above. No person may operate an ultralight 2,000 feet horizontal. vehicle within Class A, Class B, Class Class E: C, or Class D airspace or within the lat- Less than 3 statute miles ...... 500 feet below. eral boundaries of the surface area of 10,000 feet 1,000 feet above. MSL. 2,000 feet hori- Class E airspace designated for an air- zontal. port unless that person has prior au- At or above 5 statute miles ...... 1,000 feet below. thorization from the ATC facility hav- 10,000 feet 1,000 feet above. ing jurisdiction over that airspace. MSL. 1 statute mile horizontal. [Amdt. 103–17, 56 FR 65662, Dec. 17, 1991] Class G: 1,200 feet or 1 statute mile ...... Clear of clouds. less above the § 103.19 Operations in prohibited or surface (re- restricted areas. gardless of MSL altitude). No person may operate an ultralight More than 1,200 1 statute mile ...... 500 feet below. vehicle in prohibited or restricted feet above the 1,000 feet above. areas unless that person has permis- surface but 2,000 feet hori- less than zontal. sion from the using or controlling 10,000 feet agency, as appropriate. MSL.

892

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00902 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 105.3

(1) In response to an in-flight emer- Airspace Flight visibility Distance from clouds gency, or More than 1,200 5 statute miles ...... 1,000 feet below. (2) To meet an emergency on the sur- feet above the 1,000 feet above. face when it is conducted at the direc- surface and at 1 statute mile hori- tion or with the approval of an agency or above zontal. 10,000 feet of the United States, or of a State, MSL. Puerto Rico, the District of Columbia, or a possession of the United States, or [Amdt. 103–17, 56 FR 65662, Dec. 17, 1991] an agency or political subdivision thereof. (c) Sections 105.5, 105.9, 105.13, 105.15, PART 105—PARACHUTE 105.17, 105.19 through 105.23, 105.25(a)(1) OPERATIONS and 105.27 of this part do not apply to a parachute operation conducted by a Subpart A—General member of an Armed Force— Sec. (1) Over or within a restricted area 105.1 Applicability. when that area is under the control of 105.3 Definitions. an Armed Force. 105.5 General. (2) During military operations in un- 105.7 use of alcohol and drugs. controlled airspace. 105.9 Inspections. § 105.3 Definitions. Subpart B—Operating Rules For the purposes of this part— 105.13 Radio equipment and use require- Approved parachute means a para- ments. chute manufactured under a type cer- 105.15 Information required and notice of tificate or a Technical Standard Order cancellation or postponement of a para- (C–23 series), or a personnel-carrying chute operation. U.S. military parachute (other than a 105.17 Flight visibility and clearance from high altitude, high speed, or ejection cloud requirements. 105.19 Parachute operations between sunset type) identified by a Navy Air Facility, and sunrise. an Army Air Field, and Air Force-Navy 105.21 Parachute operations over or into a drawing number, an Army Air Field congested area or an open-air assembly order number, or any other military of persons. designation or specification number. 105.23 Parachute operations over or onto Automatic Activation Device means a airports. self-contained mechanical or electro- 105.25 Parachute operations in designated mechanical device that is attached to airspace. the interior of the reserve parachute Subpart C—Parachute Equipment and container, which automatically initi- Packing ates parachute deployment of the reserve parachute at a pre-set altitude, 105.41 Applicability. time, percentage of terminal velocity, 105.43 Use of single-harness, dual-parachute or combination thereof. systems. Direct Supervision means that a cer- 105.45 Use of tandem parachute systems. tificated rigger personally observes a 105.47 Use of static lines. 105.49 Foreign parachutists and equipment. non-certificated person packing a main parachute to the extent necessary to AUTHORITY: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113–40114, ensure that it is being done properly, 44701–44702, 44721. and takes responsibility for that pack- SOURCE: Doc. No. FAA–1999–5483, 66 FR ing. 23553, May 9, 2001, unless otherwise noted. Drop Zone means any pre-determined area upon which parachutists or ob- § 105.1 Applicability. jects land after making an intentional (a) Except as provided in paragraphs parachute jump or drop. The center- (b) and (c) of this section, this part pre- point target of a drop zone is expressed scribes rules governing parachute oper- in nautical miles from the nearest VOR ations conducted in the United States. facility when 30 nautical miles or less; (b) This part does not apply to a or from the nearest airport, town, or parachute operation conducted— city depicted on the appropriate Coast

893

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00903 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 105.5 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

and Geodetic Survey World Aero- Passenger parachutist means a person nautical Chart or Sectional Aero- who boards an aircraft, acting as other nautical Chart, when the nearest VOR than the parachutist in command of a facility is more than 30 nautical miles tandem parachute operation, with the from the drop zone. intent of exiting the aircraft while in- Foreign parachutist means a para- flight using the forward harness of a chutist who is neither a U.S. citizen or dual harness tandem parachute system a resident alien and is participating in to descend to the surface. parachute operations within the United Pilot chute means a small parachute States using parachute equipment not used to initiate and/or accelerate de- manufctured in the United States. ployment of a main or reserve para- Freefall means the portion of a parachute. chute jump or drop between aircraft Ram-air parachute means a parachute exit and parachute deployment in with a canopy consisting of an upper which the parachute is activated and lower surface that is inflated by manually by the parachutist at the ram air entering through specially de- parachutist’s discretion or automati- signed openings in the front of the can- cally, or, in the case of an object, is ac- opy to form a gliding airfoil. tivated automatically. Reserve parachute means an approved Main parachute means a parachute parachute worn for emergency use to worn as the primary parachute used or be activated only upon failure of the intended to be used in conjunction with a reserve parachute. main parachute or in any other emergency where use of the main parachute Object means any item other than a person that descends to the surface is impractical or use of the main para- from an aircraft in flight when a parachute would increase risk. chute is used or is intended to be used Single-harness, dual parachute system: during all or part of the descent. means the combination of a main para- Parachute drop means the descent of chute, approved reserve parachute, and an object to the surface from an air- approved single person harness and craft in flight when a parachute is used dual-parachute container. This para- or intended to be used during all or chute system may have an operational part of that descent. automatic activation device installed. Parachute jump means a parachute Tandem parachute operation: means a operation that involves the descent of parachute operation in which more one or more persons to the surface than one person simultaneously uses from an aircraft in flight when an air- the same tandem parachute system craft is used or intended to be used dur- while descending to the surface from ing all or part of that descent. an aircraft in flight. Parachute operation means the per- Tandem parachute system: means the formance of all activity for the purpose combination of a main parachute, ap- of, or in support of, a parachute jump proved reserve parachute, and approved or a parachute drop. This parachute op- harness and dual parachute container, eration can involve, but is not limited and a separate approved forward har- to, the following persons: parachutist, ness for a passenger parachutist. This parachutist in command and passenger parachute system must have an oper- in tandem parachute operations, drop ational automatic activation device in- zone or owner or operator, jump mas- stalled. ter, certificated parachute rigger, or pilot. § 105.5 General. Parachutist means a person who intends to exit an aircraft while in flight No person may conduct a parachute using a single-harness, dual parachute operation, and no pilot in command of system to descend to the surface. an aircraft may allow a parachute op- Parachutist in command means the eration to be conducted from an air- person responsible fro the operation craft, if that operation creates a hazard and safety of a tandem parachute oper- to air traffic or to persons or property ation. on the surface.

894

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00904 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 105.15

§ 105.7 Use of alcohol and drugs. air traffic control that the parachute operation has ended for that flight. No person may conduct a parachute (ii) Advise air traffic control when operation, and no pilot in command of the last parachutist or object leaves an aircraft may allow a person to con- the aircraft. duct a parachute operation from that (b) Parachute operations must be aircraft, if that person is or appears to aborted if, prior to receipt of a required be under the influence of— air traffic control authorization, or (a) Alcohol, or during any parachute operation in or (b) Any drug that affects that per- into controlled airspace, the required son’s faculties in any way contrary to radio communications system is or be- safety. comes inoperative.

§ 105.9 Inspections. § 105.15 Information required and no- The Administrator may inspect any tice of cancellation or postpone- parachute operation to which this part ment of a parachute operation. applies (including inspections at the (a) Each person requesting an author- site where the parachute operation is ization under §§ 105.21(b) and 105.25(a)(2) being conducted) to determine compli- of this part and each person submitting ance with the regulations of this part. a notification under § 105.25(a)(3) of this part must provide the following infor- Subpart B—Operating Rules mation (on an individual or group basis): § 105.13 Radio equipment and use re- (1) The date and time the parachute quirements. operation will begin. (2) The radius of the drop zone (a) Except when otherwise authorized around the target expressed in nautical by air traffic control— miles. (1) No person may conduct a para- (3) The location of the center of the chute operation, and no pilot in com- drop zone in relation to— mand of an aircraft may allow a para- (i) The nearest VOR facility in terms chute operation to be conducted from of the VOR radial on which it is lo- that aircraft, in or into controlled air- cated and its distance in nautical miles space unless, during that flight— from the VOR facility when that facil- (i) The aircraft is equipped with a ity is 30 nautical miles or less from the functioning two-way radio communica- drop zone target; or tion system appropriate to the air traf- (ii) the nearest airport, town, or city fic control facilities being used; and depicted on the appropriate Coast and (ii) Radio communications have been Geodetic Survey World Aeronautical established between the aircraft and Chart or Sectional Aeronautical Chart, the air traffic control facility having when the nearest VOR facility is more jurisdiction over the affected airspace than 30 nautical miles from the drop of the first intended exit altitude at zone target. least 5 minutes before the parachute (4) Each altitude above mean sea operation begins. The pilot in com- level at which the aircraft will be oper- mand must establish radio communica- ated when parachutists or objects exist tions to receive information regarding the aircraft. air traffic activity in the vicinity of (5) The duration of the intended para- the parachute operation. chute operation. (2) The pilot in command of an air- (6) The name, address, and telephone craft used for any parachute operation number of the person who requests the in or into controlled airspace must, authorization or gives notice of the during each flight— parachute operation. (i) Continuously monitor the appro- (7) The registration number of the priate frequency of the aircraft’s radio aircraft to be used. communications system from the time (8) The name of the air traffic control radio communications are first estab- facility with jurisdiction of the air- lished between the aircraft and air space at the first intended exit altitude traffic control, until the pilot advises to be used for the parachute operation.

895

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00905 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 105.17 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

(b) Each holder of a certificate of au- § 105.21 Parachute operations over or thorization issued under §§ 105.21(b) and into a congested area or an open-air 105.25(b) of this part must present that assembly of persons. certificate for inspection upon the re- (a) No person may conduct a para- quest of the Administrator or any Fed- chute operation, and no pilot in com- eral, State, or local official. mand of an aircraft may allow a para- (c) Each person requesting an author- chute operation to be conducted from ization under §§ 105.21(b) and 105.25(a)(2) that aircraft, over or into a congested of this part and each person submitting area of a city, town, or settlement, or a notice under § 105.25(a)(3) of this part an open-air assembly of persons unless must promptly notify the air traffic a certificate of authorization for that control facility having jurisdiction parachute operation has been issued over the affected airspace if the pro- under this section. However, a para- posed or scheduled parachute operation chutist may drift over a congested area is canceled or postponed. or an open-air assembly of persons with a fully deployed and properly func- § 105.17 Flight visibility and clearance tioning parachute if that parachutist is from cloud requirements. at a sufficient altitude to avoid cre- No person may conduct a parachute ating a hazard to persons or property operation, and no pilot in command of on the surface. an aircraft may allow a parachute op- (b) An application for a certificate of eration to be conducted from that air- authorization issued under this section craft— must— (a) Into or through a cloud, or (1) Be made in the form and manner (b) When the flight visibility or the prescribed by the Administrator, and distance from any cloud is less than (2) Contain the information required that prescribed in the following table: in § 105.15(a) of this part. (c) Each holder of, and each person Flight visibility named as a participant in a certificate Altitude (statute Distance from clouds of authorization issued under this sec- miles) tion must comply with all require- 1,200 feet or less 3 500 feet below, 1,000 ments contained in the certificate of above the surface re- feet above, 2,000 authorization. gardless of the MSL feet horizontal. altitude. (d) Each holder of a certificate of au- More than 1,200 feet 3 500 feet below, 1,000 thorization issued under this section above the surface feet above, 2,000 must present that certificate for in- but less than 10,000 feet horizontal. spection upon the request of the Ad- feet MSL. ministrator, or any Federal, State, or More than 1,200 feet 5 1,000 feet below, 1,000 above the surface feet above, 1 mile local official. and at or above horizontal. 10,000 feet MSL. § 105.23 Parachute operations over or onto airports. § 105.19 Parachute operations between No person may conduct a parachute sunset and sunrise. operation, and no pilot in command of (a) No person may conduct a para- an aircraft may allow a parachute op- chute operation, and no pilot in com- eration to be conducted from that air- mand of an aircraft may allow a person craft, over or onto any airport unless— to conduct a parachute operation from (a) For airports with an operating an aircraft between sunset and sunrise, control tower: unless the person or object descending (1) Prior approval has been obtained from the aircraft displays a light that from the management of the airport to is visible for at least 3 statute miles. conduct parachute operations over or (b) The light required by paragraph on that airport. (a) of this section must be displayed (2) Approval has been obtained from from the time that the person or object the control tower to conduct parachute is under a properly functioning open operations over or onto that airport. parachute until that person or object (3) Two-way radio communications reaches the surface. are maintained between the pilot of the

896

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00906 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 105.43

aircraft involved in the parachute oper- endar months. The notification must ation and the control tower of the air- contain the information prescribed by port over or onto which the parachute § 105.15(a) of this part, identify the re- operation is being conducted. sponsible persons associated with that (b) For airports without an operating parachute operation, and be submitted control tower, prior approval has been at least 15 days, but not more than 30 obtained from the management of the days, before the parachute operation airport to conduct parachute oper- begins. The FAA may revoke the ac- ations over or on that airport. ceptance of the notification for any (c) A parachutist may drift over that failure of the organization conducting airport with a fully deployed and prop- the parachute operations to comply erly functioning parachute if the para- with its requirements. chutist is at least 2,000 feet above that (d) Paragraph (a)(3) of this section airport’s traffic pattern, and avoids does not apply to a parachute oper- creating a hazard to air traffic or to ation conducted by a member of an persons and property on the ground. Armed Force within a restricted area that extends upward from the surface § 105.25 Parachute operations in des- when that area is under the control of ignated airspace. an Armed Force. (a) No person may conduct a parachute operation, and no pilot in com- Subpart C—Parachute Equipment mand of an aircraft may allow a para- and Packing chute operation to be conducted from that aircraft— § 105.41 Applicability. (1) Over or within a restricted area or This subpart prescribed rules gov- prohibited area unless the controlling erning parachute equipment used in agency of the area concerned has au- civil parachute operations. thorized that parachute operation; (2) Within or into a Class A, B, C, D § 105.43 Use of single-harness, dual- airspace area without, or in violation parachute systems. of the requirements of, an air traffic No person may conduct a parachute control authorization issued under this operation using a single-harness, dual- section; parachute system, and no pilot in com- (3) Except as provided in paragraph mand of an aircraft may allow any per- (c) and (d) of this section, within or son to conduct a parachute operation into Class E or G airspace area unless from that aircraft using a single-har- the air traffic control facility having ness, dual-parachute system, unless jurisdiction over the airspace at the that system has at least one main first intended exit altitude is notified parachute, one approved reserve para- of the parachute operation no earlier chute, and one approved single person than 24 hours before or no later than 1 harness and container that are packed hour before the parachute operation as follows: begins. (a) The main parachute must have (b) Each request for a parachute op- been packed within 180 days before the eration authorization or notification date of its use by a certificated para- required under this section must be chute rigger, the person making the submitted to the air traffic control fa- next jump with that parachute, or a cility having jurisdiction over the air- non-certificated person under the di- space at the first intended exit altitude rect supervision of a certificated para- and must include the information pre- chute rigger. scribed by § 105.15(a) of this part. (b) The reserve parachute must have (c) For the purposes of paragraph been packed by a certificated para- (a)(3) of this section, air traffic control chute rigger— facilities may accept a written notifi- (1) Within 180 days before the date of cation from an organization that con- its use, if its canopy, shroud, and har- ducts parachute operations and lists ness are composed exclusively of nylon, the scheduled series of parachute oper- rayon, or similar synthetic fiber or ma- ations to be conducted over a stated terial that is substantially resistant to period of time not longer than 12 cal- damage from mold, mildew, and other

897

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00907 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 § 105.45 14 CFR Ch. I (1–1–14 Edition)

fungi, and other rotting agents propa- ating the parachute after freefall, land- gated in a moist environment; or ing approach, and landing. (2) Within 60 days before the date of (ii) Uses the harness position pre- its use, if it is composed of any amount scribed by the manufacturer of the tan- of silk, pongee, or other natural fiber, dem parachute equipment. or material not specified in paragraph (b) No person may make a parachute (b)(1) of this section. jump with a tandem parachute system (c) If installed, the automatic activa- unless— tion device must be maintained in ac- (1) The main parachute has been cordance with manufacturer instruc- packed by a certificated parachute rig- tions for that automatic activation de- ger, the parachutist in command mak- vice. ing the next jump with that parachute, or a person under the direct super- [Doc. No. FAA–1999–5483, 66 FR 23553, May 9, 2001, as amended by Amdt. 105–13, 73 FR vision of a certificated parachute rig- 69531, Nov. 19, 2008] ger. (2) The reserve parachute has been § 105.45 Use of tandem parachute sys- packed by a certificated parachute rig- tems. ger in accordance with § 105.43(b) of this (a) No person may conduct a para- part. chute operation using a tandem para- (3) The tandem parachute system chute system, and no pilot in command contains an operational automatic ac- of an aircraft may allow any person to tivation device for the reserve para- conduct a parachute operation from chute, approved by the manufacturer of that aircraft using a tandem parachute that tandem parachute system. The de- system, unless— vice must— (1) One of the parachutists using the (i) Have been maintained in accord- tandem parachute system is the para- ance with manufacturer instructions, chutist in command, and meets the fol- and lowing requirements: (ii) Be armed during each tandem (i) Has a minimum of 3 years of expe- parachute operation. rience in parachuting, and must pro- (4) The passenger parachutist is provide documentation that the para- vided with a manual main parachute chutist— activation device and instructed on the (ii) Has completed a minimum of 500 use of that device, if required by the freefall parachute jumps using a ram- owner/operator. air parachute, and (5) The main parachute is equipped (iii) Holds a master parachute license with a single-point release system. issued by an organization recognized (6) The reserve parachute meets by the FAA, and Technical Standard Order C23 speci- (iv) Has successfully completed a fications. tandem instructor course given by the manufacturer of the tandem parachute § 105.47 Use of static lines. system used in the parachute operation (a) Except as provided in paragraph or a course acceptable to the Adminis- (c) of this section, no person may con- trator. duct a parachute operation using a (v) Has been certified by the appro- static line attached to the aircraft and priate parachute manufacturer or tan- the main parachute unless an assist de- dem course provider as being properly vice, described and attached as follows, trained on the use of the specific tan- is used to aid the pilot chute in per- dem parachute system to be used. forming its function, or, if no pilot (2) The person acting as parachutist chute is used, to aid in the direct de- in command: ployment of the main parachute can- (i) Has briefed the passenger para- opy. The assist device must— chutist before boarding the aircraft. (1) Be long enough to allow the main The briefing must include the proce- parachute container to open before a dures to be used in case of an emer- load is placed on the device. gency with the aircraft or after exiting (2) Have a static load strength of— the aircraft, while preparing to exit (i) At least 28 pounds but not more and exiting the aircraft, freefall, oper- than 160 pounds if it is used to aid the

898

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00908 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150 Federal Aviation Administration, DOT § 105.49

pilot chute in performing its function; chute operation to be conducted from or that aircraft with an unapproved for- (ii) At least 56 pounds but not more eign parachute system unless— than 320 pounds if it is used to aid in (1) The parachute system is worn by the direct deployment of the main a foreign parachutist who is the owner parachute canopy; and of that system. (3) Be attached as follows: (2) The parachute system is of a sin- (i) At one end, to the static line gle-harness dual parachute type. above the static-line pins or, if static- (3) The parachute system meets the line pins are not used, above the static- civil aviation authority requirements line ties to the parachute cone. of the foreign parachutist’s country. (ii) At the other end, to the pilot (4) All foreign non-approved parachute apex, bridle cord, or bridle loop, chutes deployed by a foreign para- or, if no pilot chute is used, to the chutist during a parachute operation main parachute canopy. conducted under this section shall be (b) No person may attach an assist packed as follows— device required by paragraph (a) of this (i) The main parachute must be section to any main parachute unless packed by the foreign parachutist mak- that person is a certificated parachute ing the next parachute jump with that rigger or that person makes the next parachute, a certificated parachute rig- parachute jump with that parachute. ger, or any other person acceptable to (c) An assist device is not required the Administrator. for parachute operations using direct- (ii) The reserve parachute must be deployed, ram-air parachutes. packed in accordance with the foreign parachutist’s civil aviation authority § 105.49 Foreign parachutists and requirements, by a certificated para- equipment. chute rigger, or any other person ac- (a) No person may conduct a para- ceptable to the Administrator. chute operation, and no pilot in command of an aircraft may allow a para- PARTS 106–109 [RESERVED]

899

VerDate Mar<15>2010 20:48 Jan 30, 2014 Jkt 232047 PO 00000 Frm 00909 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8006 Q:\14\14V2.TXT ofr150 PsN: PC150